FINAL SITE INSPECTION FOR AQUEOUS FILM FORMING FOAM AREAS KIRTLAND AIR FORCE BASE, NEW MEXICO Contract No.: W912BV-15-C-0082 Submitted to: U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, Tulsa District Prepared for: Air Force Civil Engineer Center Prepared by: Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC 9601 McAllister Freeway, Suite 310 San Antonio, Texas 78216 SEPTEMBER 2017 Final Site Inspection for Aqueous Film Forming Foam Areas Kirtland Air Force Base, New Mexico Contract No.: W912BV-15-C-0082 September 2017 TABLE OF CONTENTS 1.0 INTRODUCTION ........................................................................................................ 1-1 1.1 Project Objectives ...................................................................................................................... 1-1 1.2 Project Scope ............................................................................................................................. 1-2 2.0 AQUEOUS FILM FORMING FOAM (AFFF) AREA BACKGROUND.................................... 2-1 2.1 Area Location, Setting, and History ........................................................................................... 2-1 2.1.1 2.1.2 2.1.3 2.1.4 2.1.5 3.0 Kirtland Air Force Base ....................................................................................................... 2-1 AFFF Area 1 Air Force FT-013 (FT013) ................................................................................ 2-1 AFFF AREA 2 Department of Energy (DOE) FT-014 (FT014) ............................................... 2-2 AFFF AREA 3 AFFF Spray Area (AFA) .................................................................................. 2-2 AFFF AREA 4 South Taxiway Spill Area (STSA).................................................................... 2-3 FIELD ACTIVITIES, SAMPLING RATIONALE, AND ANALYTICAL PROTOCOL .................... 3-1 3.1 Field Activities ............................................................................................................................ 3-1 3.1.1 Mobilization ....................................................................................................................... 3-1 3.1.2 Soil Boring Advancement ................................................................................................... 3-1 3.1.3 Soil Sample Collection ........................................................................................................ 3-2 3.1.4 Physicochemical Samples................................................................................................... 3-2 3.1.5 Groundwater Sampling ...................................................................................................... 3-2 3.1.6 PFAS Laboratory Analysis ................................................................................................... 3-2 3.1.7 Surveying ............................................................................................................................ 3-3 3.1.8 Investigation Derived Waste Sampling and Disposal ......................................................... 3-3 3.2 AFFF Area 1 Air Force FT-013 (FT013) ........................................................................................ 3-3 3.2.1 Sample Locations and Rationale ........................................................................................ 3-3 3.2.2 Analytical Results ............................................................................................................... 3-4 3.2.3 Conclusions ........................................................................................................................ 3-5 3.3 AFFF Area 2 DOE FT-014 (FT014) ............................................................................................... 3-5 3.3.1 Sample Locations and Rationale ........................................................................................ 3-5 3.3.2 Analytical Results ............................................................................................................... 3-6 3.3.3 Conclusions ........................................................................................................................ 3-6 3.4 AFFF Area 3 AFFF SPRAY AREA (AFA) ......................................................................................... 3-6 3.4.1 Sample Location and Rationale .......................................................................................... 3-6 3.4.2 Analytical Results ............................................................................................................... 3-8 3.4.3 Conclusions ........................................................................................................................ 3-9 3.5 AFFF Area 4 South Taxiway Spill Area (STSA)............................................................................. 3-9 3.5.1 Sample Locations and Rationale ........................................................................................ 3-9 i Final Site Inspection for Aqueous Film Forming Foam Areas Kirtland Air Force Base, New Mexico 3.5.2 3.5.3 4.0 Contract No.: W912BV-15-C-0082 September 2017 Analytical Results ............................................................................................................. 3-10 Conclusions ...................................................................................................................... 3-10 MIGRATION/EXPOSURE PATHWAYS AND TARGETS ................................................... 4-1 4.1 Soil (Surface and Subsurface) Exposure Pathway ...................................................................... 4-1 4.1.1 Local Geologic Setting ........................................................................................................ 4-1 4.1.2 Actual or Potential Releases in Soil (Surface and Subsurface)........................................... 4-1 4.1.3 Soil Exposure Targets ......................................................................................................... 4-1 4.1.4 Soil Exposure Conclusion ................................................................................................... 4-2 4.2 Groundwater Migration Pathway .............................................................................................. 4-2 4.2.1 4.2.2 4.2.3 4.2.4 5.0 5.1 Local Hydrogeologic Setting ............................................................................................... 4-2 Actual and Potential Releases to Groundwater ................................................................. 4-2 Groundwater Migration Pathway Target ........................................................................... 4-3 Groundwater Migration Pathway Conclusions .................................................................. 4-3 SAMPLING RESULTS .................................................................................................. 5-1 Conclusions ................................................................................................................................ 5-1 6.0 DISCUSSION OF RESULTS .......................................................................................... 6-1 7.0 REFERENCES ............................................................................................................. 7-1 FIGURES Figure 1-1 Installation Location Map Figure 2-1 AFFF Areas, Kirtland Air Force Base Figure 3-2 Sample Locations, AFFF Area 1, Air Force FT-013 (FT013) Figure 3-3 Sample Locations, AFFF Area 2, Department of Energy FT-014 (FT014) Figure 3-4 Sample Locations, AFFF Area 3, AFFF Spray Area (AFA) Figure 3-5 Sample Locations, AFFF Area 4, South Taxiway Spill Area (STSA) ii Final Site Inspection for Aqueous Film Forming Foam Areas Kirtland Air Force Base, New Mexico Contract No.: W912BV-15-C-0082 September 2017 TABLES (IN TEXT) Table 3.0 Total Samples* ....................................................................................................................... 3-1 Table 3.2.1.1 AFFF AREA 1 FT013 Soil Samples* ................................................................................. 3-4 Table 3.2.1.2 AFFF AREA 1 FT013 Water Sample*............................................................................... 3-4 Table 3.3.1.1 AFFF AREA 2 FT014 Soil Samples* ................................................................................. 3-5 Table 3.3.1.2 AFFF AREA 2 FT014 Water Sample*............................................................................... 3-6 Table 3.4.1.1 AFFF AREA 3 AFFF Spray Area Soil Samples* ................................................................. 3-8 Table 3.4.1.2 AFFF AREA 3 AFFF Spray Area Water Sample* .............................................................. 3-8 Table 3.5.1.1 AFFF AREA 4 South Taxiway Spill Area Soil Samples* .................................................... 3-9 Table 3.5.1.2 AFFF AREA 4 South Taxiway Spill Area Water Sample* ............................................... 3-10 Table 5.1 Summary of total number of Samples* with PAL Exceedances............................................. 5-1 *Exclusive of quality control samples APPENDICES Appendix A Field Forms Appendix B OTIE SOPs Appendix C Analytical Tables Appendix D Data Validation Report Appendix E Survey Report Appendix F Waste Documentation Appendix G Laboratory Analytical Reports Appendix H Water Supply Well Report iii Final Site Inspection for Aqueous Film Forming Foam Areas Kirtland Air Force Base, New Mexico Contract No.: W912BV-15-C-0082 September 2017 ACRONYMS AND ABBREVIATIONS °C AAA AFA AFB AFFF amsl bgs BRAC btoc DoD DOE DTW ERPIMS ELAP ft FTA GPS HA HDPE HSA ID IDW IRP µS/cm µg/L mg/kg mg/L mV ND NTU OTIE PAA PA PAL PFAS PFBS PFOA PFOS QAPP RCRA degrees Celsius Actual AFFF Contamination Area AFFF Spray Area Air Force Base Aqueous Film Forming Foam above mean sea level below ground surface Base Realignment and Closure below top of casing Department of Defense Department of Energy depth to water Environmental Resource Program Information Management System Environmental Laboratory Accreditation Program feet fire training area Global Positioning System health advisory high density polyethylene Hollow Stem Auger identification Investigation Derived Waste Installation Restoration Program microsiemens per centimeter micrograms per liter milligrams per kilogram milligrams per liter millivolt non-detect nephelometric turbidity unit Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises Potential AFFF Contamination Area Preliminary Assessment Project Action Limit polyfluoroalkyl substances perfluorobutane sulfonate perfluorooctoanoic acid perfluorooctane sulfonate Quality Assurance Project Plan Resource Conservation and Recovery Act iv Final Site Inspection for Aqueous Film Forming Foam Areas Kirtland Air Force Base, New Mexico RFI RPM RSL SAF/IE SI SOP SS STSA SVOC UFP U.S. EPA USACE USAF VOC Contract No.: W912BV-15-C-0082 September 2017 RCRA Facility Investigation Remedial Project Manager regional screening level Assistant Secretary of the Air Force for Installation, Environment & Logistics Site Inspection Standard Operating Procedure split-spoon South Taxiway Spill Area semi-volatile organic compound Uniform Federal Policy United States Environmental Protection Agency United States Army Corps of Engineers United States Air Force volatile organic compound v Final Site Inspection for Aqueous Film Forming Foam Areas Kirtland Air Force Base, New Mexico 1.0 Contract No.: W912BV-15-C-0082 September 2017 INTRODUCTION Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises (OTIE), under contract to the United States Army Corps of Engineers (USACE) Tulsa District (Contract No. W912BV-15-C-0082), has conducted site inspections (SIs) at four areas located on Kirtland Air Force Base (AFB) in Albuquerque, New Mexico (Figure 1-1 and Figure 2-1). The purpose of this SI is to evaluate the potential presence or absence of select per- and polyfluorinated alkyl substances (PFAS) in environmental samples collected from Aqueous Film Forming Foam (AFFF) release areas. PFAS are a class of synthetic fluorinated chemicals used in industrial and consumer products, and were included in defense-related applications, primarily AFFF. In 1970, the United States Air Force (USAF) began using perfluorooctane sulfonate (PFOS)-based AFFF firefighting agents to extinguish petroleum fires. AFFF may have entered the environment during routine fire training, equipment maintenance, storage, and use. The United States Environmental Protection Agency (U.S. EPA) continues to permit the use of PFOS-based AFFF; however, manufacturers have reformulated AFFF to eliminate PFOS and minimize (if not eliminate) perfluorooctoanoic acid (PFOA). The USAF has an excess inventory of PFOS-based AFFF. The USAF is currently removing PFOSbased AFFF from their inventory and replacing it with formulations containing shorter chain-length PFAS. Per Department of Defense (DoD) Instruction 4715.18, “Emerging Contaminants (DoD, 2009)” and the Interim USAF Guidance on Sampling and Response Actions for Perfluorinated Compounds at Active and Base Realignment and Closure (BRAC) Installations (USAF, 2012), and the Assistant Secretary of the Air Force for Installation, Environment & Logistics (SAF/IE) Policy on Perfluorinated Compounds of Concern (USAF, 2016) the USAF will: • identify locations where there is a reasonable expectation that there may have been a release of PFAS associated with USAF actions; • determine if there is unacceptable risk to human health and the environment; and • identify releases that pose an unacceptable risk, including offsite migration. This work was performed in accordance with the Revised Final Uniform Federal Policy-Quality Assurance Project Plan (UFP-QAPP) Site Inspections of Aqueous Film Forming Foam (AFFF) Usage at Multiple United States Air Force Installations in U.S. EPA Regions 6 & 9, QAPP, [OTIE, 2016] and the UFP-QAPP Addendum “Site Inspections of Aqueous Film Forming Foam Usage at Kirtland Air Force Base” (QAPP Addendum, [OTIE, 2017]). 1.1 PROJECT OBJECTIVES The objectives of this site inspection are to: • Determine if PFAS are present in environmental media (groundwater, soil, surface water, and/or sediment) at Air Force-mediated AFFF release areas selected for inspection; • Evaluate if detected concentrations of PFAS are present above the Project Action Limit (PAL) (defined in the following paragraph); and • Identify potential receptor pathways with potential impacts to human health. 1-1 Final Site Inspection for Aqueous Film Forming Foam Areas Kirtland Air Force Base, New Mexico Contract No.: W912BV-15-C-0082 September 2017 There are no legally enforceable standards for PFAS but a release will be considered for further evaluation if detected concentrations exceed PALs listed below: PFOS: 0.070 micrograms per liter (µg/L) in groundwater and/or surface water 1.26 milligrams per kilogram (mg/kg) in soil and/or sediment PFOA: 0.070 µg/L in groundwater and/or surface water 1.26 mg/kg in soil and/or sediment Sum of PFOS and PFOA: 0.070 µg/L in groundwater and/or surface water Perfluorobutane sulfonate (PFBS): 380 µg/L in groundwater and/or surface water 1,600 mg/kg in soil and/or sediment These PALs were derived from the following sources: Groundwater and Surface Water: The PFOS and PFOA PALs are the U.S. EPA’s 2016 Lifetime health advisories (HAs) (U.S. EPA 2016a, b); and The PFBS PAL is the U.S. EPA Tap water Regional Screening Level (RSL) (U.S. EPA 2016d). Soil and Sediment: The PFOS and PFOA PALs for soils and sediment were derived from the U.S. EPA Superfund program's risk based RSL calculator using a total hazard quotient of 1, default residential and direct contact parameters, reference dose and cancer ingestion slope factor from U.S. EPA (U.S. EPA 2016b, c) health effects support documents for PFOS and PFOA; and The PFBS PAL is the U.S. EPA Residential Soil RSL (U.S. EPA 2016d). Additionally, in accordance with U.S. EPA Fact Sheet (U.S. EPA 2016d), when both PFOA and PFOS are found in drinking water, the combined concentrations of PFOA and PFOS will be compared with the 0.070 µg/L HA level. References are provided at the end of the document. 1.2 PROJECT SCOPE AFFF areas were selected for further inspection while evaluated during the SI process for Kirtland AFB during the preliminary assessment (PA), the PA report (CH2M Hill, 2015), and the 2015 SI scoping meeting. The four (4) AFFF areas selected for this SI and the rationale for inclusion are listed in Section 3.0. Media evaluated at each of the four (4) AFFF areas included surface soil, collected at 0 to 2 feet (ft) below ground surface (bgs); subsurface soil, collected from 15 and 25 ft bgs; and groundwater, collected from permanent monitoring wells. Soil and groundwater samples were collected from each AFFF area to determine if detectable PFAS concentrations exist and, if present, are above the PALs. In accordance with the UFP-QAPP and the Site 1-2 Final Site Inspection for Aqueous Film Forming Foam Areas Kirtland Air Force Base, New Mexico Contract No.: W912BV-15-C-0082 September 2017 Specific UFP-QAPP Addendum for Kirtland AFB (OTIE, 2016, 2017), sample locations were chosen by targeting areas with the potential for the highest concentrations of PFAS. Soil samples were collected using Hollow-Stem Auger (HSA) Drilling and a split-spoon (SS) sampler, while groundwater samples were collected using a combination of Bennett pumps and hydro sleeves. A detailed description of field sampling activities can be found in Section 3.0. Laboratory analyses of samples in all media were analyzed for a total of 16 PFAS species as well as two species of Fluorotelomer sulfonates. While there are no regulatory advisory limits for thirteen of the PFAS species or any of the fluorotelemers, the data may be useful in the future for mass balance and species transformation studies expected to be performed if a Remedial Investigation is required. 1-3 Final Site Inspection for Aqueous Film Forming Foam Areas Kirtland Air Force Base, New Mexico Contract No.: W912BV-15-C-0082 September 2017 2.0 AQUEOUS FILM FORMING FOAM (AFFF) AREA BACKGROUND 2.1 AREA LOCATION, SETTING, AND HISTORY The following provides a description and history of Kirtland AFB and the four (4) AFFF Investigation areas (Figure 2.1). 2.1.1 Kirtland Air Force Base Location and Setting Kirtland AFB occupies approximately 51,558 acres of developed and undeveloped land on the eastern edge of the Rio Grande River in the high desert of New Mexico. The base is located on the southern side edge of the border of Albuquerque, New Mexico (Figure 1-1). General topography at Kirtland AFB is primarily flat with a slight rise in elevation from west to east ranging from approximately 5000 ft above mean sea level (amsl) to 6700 ft amsl. Most facilities on Kirtland AFB are located in the northern portion of the base and include, but are not limited to vehicle maintenance support facilities, administrative offices, family housing, an aircraft runway, fuel storage facilities, and other USAF facilities. Area History Construction of Albuquerque Army Air Base began in 1941; during World War II training of B-17 and B24 crews and in 1945 training of crews for the B-29. In 1946 Kirtland AFB was placed under Air Material Command for testing weaponry delivery systems developed by the Manhattan Engineering District. In December 1949 Kirtland AFB became the headquarters for Air Force Special Weapons Center. In 1971 the Kirtland, Manzano and Sandia AFBs were merged. Kirtland AFB is operated by the 377th Air Base Wing whose mission is to execute nuclear, readiness, and support operations for American air power (CH2M Hill, 2015). 2.1.2 AFFF Area 1 Air Force FT-013 (FT013) Location and Setting Air Force FT-013 (FT013) is an open area south of the runway and due west of the intersection of Southgate Avenue and Old Tower Road in the northwest portion of Kirtland AFB (Figure 2-1). FT013 is southwest of Air Force Fire Station No. 5 (Building 638) and due west of the active current fire training area (FTA). FT013 was historically used by the Kirtland AFB Fire Department. Fire training activities at this location included the use of AFFF from the early 1970s to 1990 (CH2M Hill, 2015). Area History FT013 consists of a former fire training area in use from the 1950’s to 1990. It originally consisted of two unlined pits used until 1976. This portion of the site was capped with 18 inches of asphalt in 1992. In 1976, use of the unlined pits ceased and training was conducted at the former jet burn area. This area consisted of a mock plane located on a concrete pad. Training was conducted at this area from 1976 to 1990. Training at both locations on the site utilized AFFF as an extinguishing agent. FT013 was designated as an Installation Restoration Program (IRP) site and was investigated for fuel releases. The site was capped in 1992 and closed under the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) in 2003, but was not investigated for PFAS (CH2M Hill, 2015). 2-1 Final Site Inspection for Aqueous Film Forming Foam Areas Kirtland Air Force Base, New Mexico 2.1.3 Contract No.: W912BV-15-C-0082 September 2017 AFFF AREA 2 Department of Energy (DOE) FT-014 (FT014) Location and Setting Department of Energy (DOE) FT-014 (FT014) is located in the sparsely developed eastern portion of the installation adjacent to the current and former DOE Manzano facilities (Figure 2-1). FT014 is located in an undeveloped field between Vandenberg Road to the east and a Manzano facility security fence to the west. FT014 occupies approximately 1,500 square feet and is due west of a softball field. Little information on location history and operation is available because FT014 has been closed and abandoned for approximately 30 years. FT014 consisted of two unlined earthen bermed fire pits approximately 200 feet apart. The western pit was reportedly 500 square feet and the eastern pit was reportedly 1,000 square feet (CH2M Hill, 2015). Area History FT014 use dates from the 1950s to the 1970s are estimated based on land use development and DOE operations at Kirtland AFB. FT014 use is not suspected before construction of the DOE Manzano facility in the 1950s. FT014 was reportedly abandoned in the 1970s according to one document and in 1960 according to another document. The frequency of use and the quantities of AFFF applied to FT014 are unknown (CH2M Hill, 2015). FT014 has been investigated, remediated, and closed under the IRP. FT014 was investigated in the 1981 Phase I assessment, the Appendix II Stage 2B RCRA Facility Investigation (RFI) in 1993, the Appendix I Phase 2 RFI in 1996, and in the 2002 confirmation sampling. Investigation activities included surface and subsurface soil sampling for volatile organic compounds (VOCs), semi-volatile organic compounds (SVOCs), petroleum hydrocarbon and metal contaminants of concern. Charred and blackened surface soil was observed in the abandoned pits during environmental investigations. Soil contamination associated with petroleum hydrocarbons and metals was detected above screening levels in shallow soils prior to remedial activities (CH2M Hill, 2015). Interim corrective measures were performed in 1996 and 1997. Remedial activities included soil excavation and stabilization and soil vapor extraction. Confirmation sampling indicated that corrective measures were successful in removing contamination and the location was closed and removed from the RCRA permit. Sampling for PFAS was not included in previous investigations (CH2M Hill, 2015). 2.1.4 AFFF AREA 3 AFFF Spray Area (AFA) Location and Setting The AFFF Spray Area (AFA) is a flat area of bare ground located between Echo Taxiway and Hangar 1000 on the north side of the main runway (Figure 2-1). The AFA was identified during interviews with the Air Force Fire Department staff and delineated on Kirtland AFB maps with the assistance of fire department staff. The ground is a slight depression of bare ground surrounded by aircraft pavement on all sides and has no storm drains. Surface water accumulates at this location and does not overflow onto paved areas during applications of up to several hundred gallons of AFFF and water; the water rapidly dissipates by evaporation and infiltration. The location is surrounded by paved military and industrial areas, with no residents or natural habitat (CH2M Hill, 2015). 2-2 Final Site Inspection for Aqueous Film Forming Foam Areas Kirtland Air Force Base, New Mexico Contract No.: W912BV-15-C-0082 September 2017 Area History The Air Force Fire Department uses the AFA for training and testing of 3 percent AFFF carried on crash trucks. The AFA was designated as such in 1992 after the use of FT013 ceased. Testing at the location with 3 percent AFFF occurs routinely at a frequency of 8 to 10 times per year. During each test, AFFF and water mixtures are sprayed across the area to train staff and test equipment. The quantity of AFFF used was estimated at approximately 20 gallons (and approximately 650 gallons of water), which were typically discharged during each test (CH2M Hill, 2015). 2.1.5 AFFF AREA 4 South Taxiway Spill Area (STSA) Location and Setting In 1995 a spill of AFFF occurred from a Fire Department P-19 crash truck. The spill occurred during siphoning of 3 percent AFFF from a holding tank on the crashed vehicle. The spill was not immediately detected and resulted in a spill spreading across more than 4,000 linear feet of runway (CH2M Hill, 2015) (Figure 2-1). Area History The spill response team was called to clean up and remove the spilled material for offsite disposal. The liquids were covered in sand to absorb them, brushed up, and containerized. Approximately 100 to 125 gallons of 3 percent AFFF were spilled (CH2M Hill, 2015). 2-3 Final Site Inspection for Aqueous Film Forming Foam Areas Kirtland Air Force Base, New Mexico 3.0 Contract No.: W912BV-15-C-0082 September 2017 FIELD ACTIVITIES, SAMPLING RATIONALE, AND ANALYTICAL PROTOCOL SI activities were conducted at Kirtland AFB between 13 and 17 February 2017 at 4 AFFF Areas identified for inspection during the 2015 site scoping visit (Figure 2-1). Media sampled during the 2017 AFFF SI included soil and groundwater. Sample quantities are presented in Table 3-1. The most likely locations that PFAS constituents would concentrate were identified and used as the rationale for locating soil borings and sediment samples and are referred to throughout this report as either release areas or accumulation areas. For the purposes of this report release areas are defined as specific locations that received AFFF due to fire suppression, equipment testing, equipment leaks, spillage or any other release of AFFF into the environment. Accumulation areas are defined as topographically depressed locations susceptible to runoff and subsequent accumulation of AFFF. Soil boring placement rationale was decided during a teleconference meeting conducted on 21 June 2016 attended by Kirtland AFB environmental and AFCEC personnel the results of which are reflected in the Technical Memorandum - Summary of Findings (OTIE, 2016). Table 3.0 Total Samples* AFFF Area Soil Groundwater AFFF Area 1: Air Force FT-013 9 1 AFFF Area 2: DOE FT-014 9 1 AFFF Area 3: AFFF Spray Area 9 1 AFFF Area 4: South Taxiway Spill 9 1 36 4 Total Sample Number* NOTES: *Exclusive of quality control samples 3.1 FIELD ACTIVITIES A record of field activities and Daily Field Forms are provided in Appendix A.1. Daily Safety and Operations Tailgate Meeting Forms are provided in Appendix A.2. 3.1.1 Mobilization Prior to commencement of field activities, the base Remedial Project Manager (RPM) was notified of OTIE’s field mobilization schedule to Kirtland AFB. This notification allowed OTIE, with the assistance of the base RPM, to coordinate dig permits, locate areas for storage of investigative derive waste, and identify general area access for subcontractor to come on base and access suspected AFFF sites. A copy of the dig permits are presented in Appendix A.1. 3.1.2 Soil Boring Advancement Soil borings were completed by Enviro Drill, licensed drillers in the state of New Mexico. Soil borings were initially cleared of utilities to a depth of 5 ft bgs with a hand auger and completed with a 8-inch diameter HSA in accordance with OTIE007A_Drilling Methods and Procedures (Standard Operating Procedure [SOP]) (Appendix B). Lithologic boring logs and driller reports are provided in Appendix A.3. Soil cores and cuttings were screened with a photoionization detector to evaluate the potential presence of VOCs in the soil for workers safety and in accordance to the OTIE Health and Safety Plan. This information was logged according to OTIE007B Soil and Rock Geologic Logging and Classification SOP (Appendix B). 3-1 Final Site Inspection for Aqueous Film Forming Foam Areas Kirtland Air Force Base, New Mexico 3.1.3 Contract No.: W912BV-15-C-0082 September 2017 Soil Sample Collection Soil samples were continuously collected for lithologic logging purposes at 5 ft intervals using 3.5-inch diameter stainless steel split-spoon sampler. Soil cores and cuttings were screened with a photoionization detector to evaluate the potential presence of VOCs in the soil for workers safety and in accordance to the OTIE Health and Safety Plan (OTIE, 2016). This information was logged according to OTIE007B Soil and Rock Geologic Logging and Classification SOP (Appendix B). Samples were transferred directly into laboratory-provided high density polyethylene (HDPE) containers in accordance with OTIE007D Subsurface Soil Sampling SOP (Appendix B). Sample containers were sealed, labeled, packed into ice-filled coolers and delivered under chain-of-custody to Maxxam Analytics for PFAS analysis (Appendix A.4). 3.1.4 Physicochemical Samples A set of physical/chemical properties were measured by compositing the soil samples from similar depths from the 3 (typical) borings at each area. Representative measurements for Total Organic Carbon, pH, and grain size at each of the sampling depths are provided in Appendix C.1. The parameters were collected as part of an ongoing effort by the Air Force to understand fate and transport of PFAS with these physiochemical properties but their significance are not discussed in this SI. 3.1.5 Groundwater Sampling Permanent wells were used to sample for groundwater. Wells were purged and sampled by Daniel B. Stephens. The permanent existing wells were purged using a Bennett pump or hydro sleeve. Prior to sampling, depth to groundwater was measured in all existing permanent monitoring wells, and is provided in Appendix A.5 as directed by the OTIE008E Fluid Level Measurement in Wells SOP (Appendix B). During the purging process, water quality parameters temperature (degrees Celsius [°C]), pH, specific conductance (microsiemens per centimeter [µS/cm]), dissolved oxygen (milligram/liter [mg/L]), oxidation reduction potential (millivolt [mV]), and turbidity (nephelometric turbidity units [NTU]) were measured using a Horiba multi-parameter water quality meter in accordance with OTIE005A Field Parameter Measurements in Water SOP (Appendix B). The wells were sampled for PFAS using direct fill sampling techniques for analysis of PFAS in accordance with OTIE008F Monitoring Well Sampling SOP (Appendix B). The sample containers were sealed, labeled, packed on ice in an insulated cooler, and delivered to Maxxam Analytics under chain-of-custody in accordance with OTIE010C Sample Labeling, Control, and Shipping SOP (Appendix B). Groundwater sampling was documented on Groundwater Sample Collection Logs provided in Appendix A.5. 3.1.6 PFAS Laboratory Analysis EPA method 537M is modified drinking water analysis method that was used to analyze for 16 PFAS compounds. The modification of the method was developed for solids, groundwater and other matrices. The Maxxam modification of the method is proprietary; however, in general the changes have to do with the preparation of the samples using solid phase extraction, expanding the number of analytes that can be reported by the method (18 for OTIE) and the use of Isotope Dilution instead of surrogates. More information related to the method can be found in the project QAPP (OTIE, 2016). The Data Usability Summary containing the results of laboratory analyses on PFAS samples and associated field quality control samples is provided in Appendix D. 3-2 Final Site Inspection for Aqueous Film Forming Foam Areas Kirtland Air Force Base, New Mexico 3.1.7 Contract No.: W912BV-15-C-0082 September 2017 Surveying The soil boring locations were surveyed by Shields Surveying LTD Co. on 16 February 2017. Soil boring locations were determined in the field using a Global Positioning System (GPS) receiver; following their advancement and abandonment, surveying was conducted. The coordinates were listed in State Plane Coordinates on New Mexico Central Zone (NAD 83) projection. Due to the borings being backfilled after sampling, all vertical data from the surveys are measured from natural ground surface. Survey coordinates and measuring point elevations are reported in Appendix E. 3.1.8 Investigation Derived Waste Sampling and Disposal No Investigation Derived Waste (IDW) was generated from soil borings as the soil was returned to the borehole from which it was taken. One drum of groundwater IDW was generated per site and each drum was sampled and analyzed for RCRA metals and characteristics, VOCs, and SVOCs. Disposable sampling equipment was used to take waste samples in accordance with OTIE012A IDW Management SOP (Appendix B). The drum inventory and analytical results are presented in Appendix F. The evaluation of the IDW analytical results indicated that the IDW was non-hazardous and water samples collected from the monitoring wells were non-detect for PFAS. IDW samples were analyzed by Eurofins Laboratories, in Lancaster, Pennsylvania. Eurofins Laboratories is accredited under the DoD Environmental Laboratory Accreditation Program (ELAP) program. With approval from the Air Force and after IDW sample results were analyzed the IDW (groundwater) was disposed on-site near their point of origin. 3.2 AFFF AREA 1 AIR FORCE FT-013 (FT013) 3.2.1 Sample Locations and Rationale Air Force FT-013 (FT013) is located south of the runway due west of the intersection of Southgate Avenue and Old Tower Road in the northwest portion of Kirtland AFB (Figure 2-1). FT013 consists of two former fire pits that have since been capped with 18 inches of concrete. Unimproved land surrounds the concrete cap in all directions. Soil boring locations were located around the concrete cap at potential AFFF source areas and accumulation points (topographically depressed locations susceptible to the gathering and accumulation of AFFF). A groundwater sampling location was identified adjacent to the concrete cap at existing source area groundwater monitoring well (KAFB0417). 3.2.1.1 Soil Samples Three soil borings, FT013-SB01, FT013-SB02, and FT013-SB03, were each advanced to a depth of 25 ft bgs for lithologic logging and soil sample collection on 14 February 2017. Soil boring FT013-SB01 was located adjacent to the old capped fire training area, soil boring FT013-SB02 was located within a second potential source area in the southwest portion of FT013, and soil boring FT013-SB03 was located adjacent to a potential accumulation point downslope from FT013. Three soil samples were collected from each of the soil borings, for a total of nine soil samples. The rationale for soil sampling depths is presented in Table 3.2.1.1. 3-3 Final Site Inspection for Aqueous Film Forming Foam Areas Kirtland Air Force Base, New Mexico Table 3.2.1.1 Contract No.: W912BV-15-C-0082 September 2017 AFFF AREA 1 FT013 Soil Samples* Sample Location Sample ID FT013-SB01 FT013-SB02 FT013-SB03 Depth (ft bgs) Reasoning DXN398 0–1 Surface sampling DXN399 15 – 16 Median sampling DXN401 24 – 25 Bottom of the boring DXN402 0–1 Surface sampling DXN403 15 – 16 Median sampling DXN404 24 – 25 Bottom of the boring DXN405 0–1 Surface sampling DXN406 15 – 16 Median sampling DXN407 24 – 25 Bottom of the boring NOTES: *Exclusive of quality control samples DEFINITIONS: bgs = below ground surface ft = feet ID = identification Soil boring sample locations are presented in Figure 3-2. 3.2.1.2 Water Samples One permanent existing groundwater monitoring well, KAFB0417, was sampled. Monitoring well KAFB0417 is located due north of the concrete cap. Well construction information is presented in Table 3.2.1.2 below. Table 3.2.1.2 AFFF AREA 1 FT013 Water Sample* Sample Location Sample ID DTW(ft btoc) Screened Interval (ft bgs) Sample Date KAFB0417 DXW953 447.94 430-455 2/16/2017 NOTES: *Exclusive of quality control samples DEFINITIONS: btoc = below top of casing DTW = Depth to Water ft = feet ID = identification 1 Name of the well as named on Environmental Resource Program Information Management System (ERPIMS) The groundwater sample location is presented in Figure 3-2. 3.2.2 Analytical Results 3.2.2.1 Soil Results PFAS were not detected above their respective PALs in the soil samples from this area. Figure 3-2 presents the soil boring locations. Appendix C.2 presents all PFAS analytical soil results. 3.2.2.2 Water Results PFAS were not detected above their respective PALs in the groundwater sample from this area. 3-4 Final Site Inspection for Aqueous Film Forming Foam Areas Kirtland Air Force Base, New Mexico Contract No.: W912BV-15-C-0082 September 2017 Figure 3-2 presents the well location. Appendix C.3 presents all PFAS analytical groundwater results. 3.2.3 Conclusions None of the samples collected from FT013 contained PFAS constituents with concentrations above their respective PALs. Laboratory results and signed chain of custodies are provided in Appendix G. 3.3 AFFF AREA 2 DOE FT-014 (FT014) 3.3.1 Sample Locations and Rationale DOE FT-014 (FT014) is located west of the current and former DOE Manzano facilities in the eastern portion of Kirtland AFB (Figure 2-1). FT014 consists of two unlined earthen bermed fire pits used for fire training activities over 30 years ago. Soil boring locations were located adjacent to FT014 at potential AFFF source areas and accumulation points. The groundwater sampling location was identified at an existing groundwater monitoring well (KAFB0622) located downgradient of FT014. 3.3.1.1 Soil Samples Three soil borings, FT014-SB01, FT014-SB02, and FT014-SB03, were each advanced to a depth of 25 ft bgs for lithologic logging and soil sample collection on 13 February 2017. Soil borings FT014-SB01 and FT014-SB02 were located adjacent to the two former fire pits, and soil boring FT013-SB03 was located at a potential accumulation point downslope from FT014. Three soil samples were collected from each of the soil borings for a total of nine soil samples. The rationale for soil sampling depths is presented in Table 3.3.1.1. Table 3.3.1.1 AFFF AREA 2 FT014 Soil Samples* Sample Location FT014-SB01 FT014-SB02 FT014-SB03 Sample ID Depth (ft bgs) Reasoning DXH435 0–1 Surface sampling DXH436 15 – 16 Median sampling DXH437 24 – 25 Bottom of the boring DXH438 0–1 Surface sampling DXH439 15 – 16 Median sampling DXH440 24 – 25 Bottom of the boring DXH441 0–1 Surface sampling DXH442 15 – 16 Median sampling DXH444 24 – 25 Bottom of the boring NOTES: *Exclusive of quality control samples DEFINITIONS: bgs = below ground surface ft = feet ID = identification Soil boring sample locations are presented in Figure 3-3. 3.3.1.2 Water Samples One permanent existing groundwater monitoring well, KAFB0622, was sampled. Monitoring well KAFB0622 is located northwest of FT014. Well construction information is presented in Table 3.3.1.2. 3-5 Final Site Inspection for Aqueous Film Forming Foam Areas Kirtland Air Force Base, New Mexico Table 3.3.1.2 Contract No.: W912BV-15-C-0082 September 2017 AFFF AREA 2 FT014 Water Sample* Sample Location Sample ID DTW(ft btoc) Screened Interval (ft bgs) Sample Date KAFB0622 DXW949 538.25 529-554 2/13/2017 NOTES: *Exclusive of quality control samples DEFINITIONS: btoc = below top of casing DTW = Depth to Water ft = feet ID = identification 1 Name of the well as named on Environmental Resource Program Information Management System (ERPIMS) The groundwater sample location is presented in Figure 3-3. 3.3.2 Analytical Results 3.3.2.1 Soil Results PFAS were not detected above their respective PALs in the soil samples from this area. Figure 3-3 presents the soil boring locations. Appendix C.2 presents all PFAS analytical soil results. 3.3.2.2 Water Results PFAS were not detected above their respective PALs in the groundwater sample from this area. Figure 3-3 presents the well location. Appendix C.3 presents all PFAS analytical groundwater results. 3.3.3 Conclusions None of the samples collected from FT014 contained PFAS constituents with concentrations above their respective PALs. Laboratory results and signed chain of custodies are provided in Appendix G. 3.4 AFFF AREA 3 AFFF SPRAY AREA (AFA) 3.4.1 Sample Location and Rationale The AFFF Spray Area (AFA) is located between Echo Taxiway and Hangar 1000 on the north side of the main runway in the northwestern portion of Kirtland AFB (Figure 2-1). The AFA consists of bare ground surrounded on all sides by paved runway. Soil boring locations were located within the AFA at potential AFFF source areas and accumulation points. The groundwater sampling location was identified at an existing groundwater monitoring well (KAFB_7001) located downgradient of the AFA. 3.4.1.1 Soil Samples Three soil borings, AFA-SB01, AFA-SB02, and AFA-SB03, were each advanced to a depth of 25 ft bgs for lithologic logging and soil sample collection on 15 February 2017. Soil borings AFA-SB01 and AFA-SB03 were located at potential accumulation points in a topographic low adjacent to the AFA, and soil boring FT013-SB02 was located at a potential source area. Three soil samples were collected from each of the soil borings for a total of nine soil samples. The rationale for sampling depths is presented in Table 3.4.1.1. 3-6 Final Site Inspection for Aqueous Film Forming Foam Areas Kirtland Air Force Base, New Mexico Contract No.: W912BV-15-C-0082 September 2017 3-7 Final Site Inspection for Aqueous Film Forming Foam Areas Kirtland Air Force Base, New Mexico Table 3.4.1.1 Contract No.: W912BV-15-C-0082 September 2017 AFFF AREA 3 AFFF Spray Area Soil Samples* Sample Location Depth (ft bgs) Sample ID AFA-SB01 AFA-SB02 AFA-SB03 Reasoning DXR065 0 – 1.0 Surface sampling DXR066 15.0 – 16.0 Median sampling DXR067 24.0 – 25.0 Bottom of the boring DXR068 0.0 – 1.0 Surface sampling DXR069 15.0 – 16.0 Median sampling DXR070 24.0 – 25.0 Bottom of the boring DXR061 0.0 – 1.0 Surface sampling DXR063 15.0 – 16.0 Median sampling DXR064 24.0 – 25.0 Bottom of the boring NOTES: *Exclusive of quality control samples DEFINITIONS: bgs = below ground surface ft = feet ID = identification Soil boring sample locations are presented in Figure 3-4. 3.4.1.2 Water Samples One permanent existing groundwater monitoring well, KAFB_7001, was sampled. Monitoring well KAFB_7001 is located north of the AFA. Well construction information is presented in Table 3.4.1.2. Table 3.4.1.2 AFFF AREA 3 AFFF Spray Area Water Sample* Sample Location Sample ID DTW(ft btoc) Screened Interval (ft bgs) Sample Date KAFB_7001 DXW950 448.55 454-479 2/15/2017 NOTES: *Exclusive of quality control samples DEFINITIONS: btoc = below top of casing DTW = Depth to Water ft = feet ID = identification 1 Name of the well as named on Environmental Resource Program Information Management System (ERPIMS) The groundwater sample location is presented in Figure 3-4. 3.4.2 Analytical Results 3.4.2.1 Soil Results PFAS were not detected above their respective PALs in the soil samples from this area. Figure 3-4 presents the soil boring locations. Appendix C.2 presents all PFAS analytical soil results. 3.4.2.2 Water Results PFAS were not detected above their respective PALs in the groundwater sample from this area. 3-8 Final Site Inspection for Aqueous Film Forming Foam Areas Kirtland Air Force Base, New Mexico Contract No.: W912BV-15-C-0082 September 2017 Figure 3-4 presents the well location; and Appendix C.3 presents all PFAS analytical groundwater results. 3.4.3 Conclusions None of the samples collected from AFA contained PFAS constituents with concentrations above their respective PALs. Laboratory results and signed chain of custodies are provided in Appendix G. 3.5 AFFF AREA 4 SOUTH TAXIWAY SPILL AREA (STSA) 3.5.1 Sample Locations and Rationale The South Taxiway Spill Area (STSA) is located south of the main runway in the northcentral portion of Kirtland AFB (Figure 2-1). The STSA consists of bare ground bordered to the north by paved runway and to the south by Kirtland Road SE. Soil boring locations were identified adjacent to potential AFFF source areas and accumulation points. The groundwater sampling location was identified at an existing groundwater monitoring well (KAFB-106027) located downgradient of the STSA. 3.5.1.1 Soil Samples Three soil borings, STSA-SB01, STSA-SB02, and STSA-SB03, were each advanced to a depth of 25 ft bgs for lithologic logging and soil sample collection on 14-15 February 2017. Soil borings AFA-SB01, AFASB02, and AFA-SB03 were located at potential accumulation points in a topographic low adjacent to the taxiway. Three soil samples were collected from each of the soil borings for a total of nine soil samples. The rationale for sampling depths is presented in Table 3.5.1.1. Table 3.5.1.1 AFFF AREA 4 South Taxiway Spill Area Soil Samples* Sample Location STSA-SB01 STSA-SB02 STSA-SB03 Sample ID Depth (ft bgs) Reasoning DXN426 0–1 Surface sampling DXN427 15 – 16 Median sampling DXN428 24 – 25 Bottom of the boring DXN429 0–1 Surface sampling DXN431 15 – 16 Median sampling DXN432 24 – 25 Bottom of the boring DXR080 0–1 Surface sampling DXR081 15 – 16 Median sampling DXR082 24 – 25 Bottom of the boring NOTES: *Exclusive of quality control samples DEFINITIONS: bgs = below ground surface ft = feet ID = identification Soil boring sample locations are presented in Figure 3-5. 3.5.1.2 Water Samples One permanent existing groundwater monitoring well, KAFB-106027, was sampled. Monitoring well KAFB-106027 is located north of the STSA. Well construction information is presented in Table 3.5.1.2. 3-9 Final Site Inspection for Aqueous Film Forming Foam Areas Kirtland Air Force Base, New Mexico Table 3.5.1.2 Contract No.: W912BV-15-C-0082 September 2017 AFFF AREA 4 South Taxiway Spill Area Water Sample* Sample Location Sample ID DTW(ft btoc) Screened Interval (ft bgs) Sample Date KAFB-106027 DXW952 478.00 481.00-501.00 2/15/2017 NOTES: *Exclusive of quality control samples DEFINITIONS: btoc = below top of casing DTW = Depth to Water ft = feet ID = identification 1 Name of the well as named on Environmental Resource Program Information Management System (ERPIMS) 3.5.2 Analytical Results 3.5.2.1 Soil Results PFAS were not detected above their respective PALs in the soil samples from this area. Figure 3-5 presents the soil boring locations. Appendix C.2 presents all PFAS analytical soil results. 3.5.2.2 Water Results PFAS were not detected above their respective PALs in the groundwater sample from this area. Figure 3-5 presents the well location. Appendix C.3 presents all PFAS analytical groundwater results. 3.5.3 Conclusions None of the samples collected from STSA contained PFAS constituents with concentrations above their respective PALs. Laboratory results and signed chain of custodies are provided in Appendix G. 3-10 Final Site Inspection for Aqueous Film Forming Foam Areas Kirtland Air Force Base, New Mexico 4.0 MIGRATION/EXPOSURE PATHWAYS AND TARGETS 4.1 SOIL (SURFACE AND SUBSURFACE) EXPOSURE PATHWAY 4.1.1 Local Geologic Setting Contract No.: W912BV-15-C-0082 September 2017 Kirtland AFB is located in the Middle Rio Grande Basin (Albuquerque Basin) of the Rio Grande Rift, which stretches from central Colorado through New Mexico to Mexico and Texas. The Basin is filled with up to 14,000 feet of middle Tertiary to Quaternary Santa Fe Group and Quaternary post-Santa Fe Group sediments. The Santa Fe Group consists of alternating beds of sand, gravel, silt, and clay. Quaternary post-Santa Fe Group sediments are similarly variable, but mainly consist of silts and silty sands typical of stream overbank and basin fill deposition. Bedrock of various geological ages outcrops to the east of Kirtland AFB as the Sandia-Manzano Mountains, which are typically separated from the Basin fill by north-south trending faults (OTIE, 2014). 4.1.2 Actual or Potential Releases in Soil (Surface and Subsurface) The AFFF Areas where PFAS concentrations exceed the PALs are defined as “Actual AFFF Contamination Areas” (AAAs). There are no AAA areas found on Kirtland AFB. AFFF Areas where no PFAS concentrations exceed the PALs are defined as “Potential AFFF Contamination Areas” (PAAs). PFAS concentrations were below the PALs for soil at each of the investigated AFFF Areas, thus, the four (4) AFFF Areas have been categorized as PAAs for soil pathway analysis. Soil samples at each of the AFFF Areas were collected from depths ranging from the ground surface to 25 ft bgs. PFAS concentrations were detected below the PALs in soil samples for all of the AFFF Areas; thus, the four AFFF Areas have been evaluated as PAAs for soil pathway analysis. Below is a summary of the Potential PFAS impacted Areas for soil evaluated during the investigation. Because of the low analyte concentrations pathways that would affect human health are incomplete. AFFF Area 1 – PAA Air Force FT-013 (FT013): None of the PFAS were detected above the PALs. Select soil samples had very minor PFAS concentration several orders of magnitude below the PALS at levels that have been measured in the literature occurring in rainwater, likely indicative of anthropogenic background. AFFF Area 2 – PAA Department of Energy FT-014 (FT014): None of the PFAS were detected above the PALs. Select soil samples had very minor PFAS concentration several orders of magnitude below the PALS at levels that have been measured in the literature occurring in rainwater, likely indicative of anthropogenic background. AFFF Area 3 – PAA AFFF Spray Area (AFA): None of the PFAS were detected above the PALs. Select soil samples had very minor PFAS concentration several orders of magnitude below the PALS at levels that have been measured in the literature occurring in rainwater, likely indicative of anthropogenic background. AFFF Area 4 – PAA South Taxiway Spill Area (STSA): None of the PFAS were detected above the PALs. Select soil samples had very minor PFAS concentration several orders of magnitude below the PALS at levels that have been measured in the literature occurring in rainwater, likely indicative of anthropogenic background. 4.1.3 Soil Exposure Targets No AAAs were identified in Section 4.1.2. 4-1 Final Site Inspection for Aqueous Film Forming Foam Areas Kirtland Air Force Base, New Mexico 4.1.4 Contract No.: W912BV-15-C-0082 September 2017 Soil Exposure Conclusion PFAS concentrations did not exceed the PALs for soil at any of the four AFFF Areas investigated. Based on these results the exposure pathway for soil is incomplete. 4.2 GROUNDWATER MIGRATION PATHWAY 4.2.1 Local Hydrogeologic Setting The groundwater system at Kirtland AFB and in the Albuquerque area lies within the Albuquerque Basin also referred to as the Middle Rio Grande Basin. The basin is part of the Rio Grande Rift. As the Rio Grande Rift spread apart, creating various basins, the Albuquerque Basin is filled with sediments several miles thick, most of which are referred to as the Santa Fe Group. The unit consists of unconsolidated sediments that thin toward the basin boundary. The edges of the basin are marked by normal faults. Overlying the Santa Fe Group are the Pliocene Ortiz gravel and Rio Grande fluvial deposits (CH2M Hill, 2015). Water supply for Kirtland AFB is primarily derived from five onsite groundwater production wells in the northern portion of the Base which are screened in the Upper and Middle Santa Fe Group. Two additional Base water supply wells have recently been activated, but are not currently operational. Ten historical onsite wells have been decommissioned. Additionally, water may be purchased from the Albuquerque Bernalillo County Water Utility Authority municipal supply if necessary. Municipal supply of the Albuquerque region is from groundwater production wells as well as Rio Grande surface water. Several Albuquerque Bernalillo County Water Utility Authority municipal supply wells are located north and downgradient of Kirtland AFB (CH2M Hill, 2015). Six water supply wells active on Kirtland AFB were sampled by Bioenvironmental 28 November 2016 as part of a USAF program to evaluate the possible presence of PFAS in water supply wells at USAF facilities nationwide. The results of the subject water sampling activities indicated that PFAS constituents were not detected in samples collected from Kirtland AFB potable water supply wells at concentrations approaching the EPA HAs. The water supply data is found in Appendix H. 4.2.2 Actual and Potential Releases to Groundwater PFAS concentrations were not detected in groundwater samples collected from all AFFF Areas. Groundwater samples were collected from existing monitoring wells at depths ranging from 447.94 to 538.25. Below is a summary of the Actual and Potential PFAs impacted Areas for groundwater evaluated during the site inspection: AFFF Area 1 – Air Force FT-013 (FT013): PFAS compounds were not detected in groundwater sample. FT013. AFFF Area 2 – Department of Energy FT-014 (FT014): PFAS compounds were not detected in groundwater sample. AFFF Area 3 – AFFF Spray Area (AFA): PFAS compounds were not detected in groundwater sample. AFFF Area 4 – South Taxiway Spill Area (STSA): PFAS compounds were not detected in groundwater sample. 4-2 Final Site Inspection for Aqueous Film Forming Foam Areas Kirtland Air Force Base, New Mexico 4.2.3 Contract No.: W912BV-15-C-0082 September 2017 Groundwater Migration Pathway Target No AAAs were identified in Section 4.2.2. 4.2.4 Groundwater Migration Pathway Conclusions PFAS concentrations did not exceed the PALs for groundwater at any of the four AFFF Areas. Based on these results the groundwater migration pathway for groundwater is incomplete. 4-3 Final Site Inspection for Aqueous Film Forming Foam Areas Kirtland Air Force Base, New Mexico 5.0 SAMPLING RESULTS 5.1 CONCLUSIONS Contract No.: W912BV-15-C-0082 September 2017 Four AFFF areas were sampled for PFAS in soil and groundwater. Table 5.1 summarizes the AFFF area results for each type of media. For sampling depths and range of constituent concentrations see tables in Appendix C. Table 5.1 Summary of total number of Samples* with PAL Exceedances Surface 1 Soil Subsurface Soil Groundwater PAL Exceedances? AFFF Area 1 Air Force FT013 (FT013) --- --- ND No AFFF Area 2 Department of Energy FT-014 (FT014) --- --- AFFF Area 3 AFFF Spray Area (AFA) --- --- AFFF Area 4 South Taxiway Spill Area (STSA) --- --- AFFF Area 2 ND ND ND No No No NOTES: *Exclusive of quality control samples ND-Non-Detect 1 Soil 0 to 1 feet (ft) below ground surface (bgs) 2 Subsurface soil (collected from an interim depth and 25 ft bgs). --- = PFAS did not exceed the PALs in the media ns = media not sampled for PFAS 5-1 Final Site Inspection for Aqueous Film Forming Foam Areas Kirtland Air Force Base, New Mexico 6.0 Contract No.: W912BV-15-C-0082 September 2017 DISCUSSION OF RESULTS AFFF Area 1 – PAA Air Force FT-013 (FT013): One groundwater sample was collected from the existing monitoring well, KAFB-0417 located directly north of FT013. KAFB-0417 is the closest existing downgradient monitoring well located to the potential source area. No PFAS constituents above the PALs were detected in the groundwater sample. Each of the nine soil samples were either non-detect or detected PFAS constituents below the PALs. Of the three surface soil samples FT013-SB01 detected PFOS concentrations between 0-1 ft bgs that were considerably greater than the other two soil sampling locations. AFFF Area 2 – PAA Department of Energy FT-014 (FT014): One groundwater sample was collected from existing monitoring well, KAFB-0622 located northwest of FT014. KAFB-0622 is the closest existing downgradient monitoring well located to the potential source area. No PFAS constituents above the PALs were detected in the groundwater sample. Each of the nine soil samples detected constituents below the PALs. There was not a clear difference in concentrations between the samples. AFFF Area 3 – PAA AFFF Spray Area (AFA): One groundwater sample was collected from existing monitoring well, KAFB-7001 located north of AFA. KAFB-7001 is the closest existing downgradient monitoring well located to the potential source area. No PFAS constituents above the PALs were detected in the groundwater sample. Each of the nine soil samples detected constituents below the PALs by several orders of magnitude. There was not a clear difference in concentrations between the samples. AFFF Area 4 – PAA South Taxiway Spill Area (STSA): One groundwater sample was collected from existing monitoring well, KAFB-10627 located north of STSA. KAFB-10627 is the closest existing downgradient monitoring well located to the potential source area. No PFAS constituents above the PALs were detected in the groundwater sample. Although soil samples detected constituents below PALs by several orders of magnitude, there was not a clear difference in concentration between samples. 6-1 Final Site Inspection for Aqueous Film Forming Foam Areas Kirtland Air Force Base, New Mexico 7.0 Contract No.: W912BV-15-C-0082 September 2017 REFERENCES CH2M Hill. 2015. Final Preliminary Assessment Report for Perfluorinated Compounds at Kirtland Air Force Base, Albuquerque, New Mexico. June. Department of Defense (DoD). 2009. Department of Defense Instruction 4715.18, Emerging Contaminants, Certified current through 11 June 2016. Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises (OTIE). 2014. Final Investigation Report SWMU ST-105 Nitrate Characterization at Kirtland Air Force Base, Albuquerque, New Mexico. October. ______. 2016. Revised Final Uniform Federal Policy for Quality Assurance Project Plan Site Inspections of Aqueous Film Forming Foam Usage at Multiple United States Air Force Installations in U.S. EPA Regions 6 &9. August. ______. 2016. Technical Memorandum, Summary of Findings, Kirtland Air Force Base, New Mexico USACE Tulsa District Contract: W912BV-15-C-0082. ______. 2017. Final Uniform Federal Policy for Quality Assurance Project Plan Addendum, Site Inspections of Aqueous Film Forming Foam Usage at Kirtland AFB. January. U.S. Air Force (USAF). 2012. Interim Air Force Guidance on Sampling and Response Actions for Perfluorinated Compounds at Active and Base Closure and Realignment (BRAC) Installations. September. ______. 2016. SAF/IE Policy on Perfluorinated Compounds of Concern United States Environmental Protection Agency (U.S. EPA). 2016a. Drinking Water Health Advisory for Perfluorooctoanoic Acid (PFOA), U.S. EPA Document Number 822-R-16-005. May. ______. 2016b. Health Effects Support Document for Perfluorooctoanoic Acid (PFOA), U.S. EPA Document Number 822-R-16-003. May. ______. 2016c. Health Effects Support Document for Perfluorooctane Sulfonate (PFOS), U.S. EPA Document Number 822-R-16-002. May. ______. 2016d. U.S. EPA Regional Screening Level (RSL) Summary Table (TR = 1E-06. HQ =1). May. 7-1 Final Site Inspection for Aqueous Film Forming Foam Areas Kirtland Air Force Base, New Mexico Figures Contract No. W912BV-15-C-0082 September 2017 Approximate Geographic Location Kirtland Air Force Base FIGURE 1-1 Installation Location Map Kirtland Air Force Base Albuquerque, New Mexico Site Inspection For Aqueous Film Forming Foam (AFFF) Areas at Kirtland Air Force Base New Mexico U.S. Army Corps of Engineers Tulsa District for Air Force Civil Engineer Center 2261 Hughes Avenue Building 1, Suite 155 JBSA Lackland, Texas 78236 Legend Kirtland AFB Installation Boundary Albuquerque, New Mexico Abbreviations AFB = Air Force Base AFFF = Aqueous Film Forming Foam Kirtland Air Force Base Service Layer Credits: ESRI Digital Globe (2016) Disclaimer: For general reference purposes only. DO NOT USE to determine, certify, or verify map features, scale and/or other information. Contract # W912BV-15-C-0082 By: E. Cutler C:\Users\cuteri\Desktop\GIS\Kirtland\Fig 1-1 Installation Location Map.mxd µ 6/19/2017 0 10,000 20,000 Approximate Scale in Feet FIGURE 2-1 AFFF Areas Kirtland Air Force Base Albuquerque, New Mexico AFFF Area 3 AFFF Spray Area (AFA) Site Inspection For Aqueous Film Forming Foam (AFFF) Areas at Kirtland Air Force Base New Mexico U.S. Army Corps of Engineers Tulsa District for Air Force Civil Engineer Center 2261 Hughes Avenue Building 1, Suite 155 JBSA Lackland, Texas 78236 AFFF Area 1 Air Force FT-013 (FT013) AFFF Area 4 South Taxiway Spill Area (STSA) AFFF Area 2 Department of Energy FT-014 (FT014) Legend AFFF Area Kirtland AFB Installation Boundary Abbreviations AFB = Air Force Base AFFF = Aqueous Film Forming Foam Service Layer Credits: Bernalillo County Mosaic Kirtland AFB GIS Geodatabase (2016) Disclaimer: For general reference purposes only. DO NOT USE to determine, certify, or verify map features, scale and/or other information. Contract # W912BV-15-C-0082 By: E. Cutler C:\Users\cuteri\Desktop\GIS\Kirtland\Fig 2-1 Area Locations Map.mxd µ 6/19/2017 0 2,000 4,000 Approximate Scale in Feet FIGURE 3-2 Sample Locations AFFF Area 1 Air Force FT-013 (FT013) Kirtland Air Force Base Albuquerque, New Mexico Site Inspection For Aqueous Film Forming Foam (AFFF) Areas at Kirtland Air Force Base New Mexico FT013-SB01 U.S. Army Corps of Engineers Tulsa District for KAFB-0417 N.E. Air Force Civil Engineer Center N.E. ( ! 2261 Hughes Avenue Building 1, Suite 155 JBSA Lackland, Texas 78236 Legend @ A ? AFFF Area 1 Air Force FT-013 (FT013) @ A ? Monitoring Well ( ! Soil Boring Notes FT013-SB03 - No concentrations exceed PALs N.E. Abbreviations ( ! AFFF = Aqueous Film Forming Foam µg/kg = micrograms per kilogram µg/L = micrograms per liter NA = not available N.E. = no exceedances PAL = Project Action Limit U.S. = United States ( ! FT013-SB02 N.E. Service Layer Credits: Benalillo County Mosaic Kirtland AFB Geodatabase (2016) Disclaimer: For general reference purposes only. DO NOT USE to determine, certify, or verify map features, scale and/or other information. Contract # W912BV-15-C-0082 PAL (Groundwater) PAL (Soil) Perfluorooctanoic acid (PFOA) 0.07 µg/L 1,260 µg/kg PFOA + PFOS 0.07 µg/L NA Analyte Perfluorooctanesulfonic acid (PFOS) Perfluorobutane sulfonate (PFBS) C:\Users\cuteri\Desktop\GIS\Kirtland\Fig 3-2_FT013_All Results.mxd 0.07 µg/L 380 µg/L 1,260 µg/kg 1,600,000 µg/kg By: E. Cutler µ 6/27/2017 0 100 200 Approximate Scale in Feet FIGURE 3-3 Sample Locations AFFF Area 2 Department of Energy FT-014 (FT014) Kirtland Air Force Base Albuquerque, New Mexico @ A ? Site Inspection For Aqueous Film Forming Foam (AFFF) Areas at Kirtland Air Force Base New Mexico KAFB-0622 N.E. U.S. Army Corps of Engineers Tulsa District for Air Force Civil Engineer Center 2261 Hughes Avenue Building 1, Suite 155 JBSA Lackland, Texas 78236 FT014-SB01 FT014-SB02 N.E. N.E. ( ! Legend ( ! ( ! AFFF Area 2 Department of Energy FT-014 (FT014) Monitoring Well ( ! Soil Boring Notes ck R o ad N.E. - No concentrations exceed PALs Abbreviations Barra FT014-SB03 @ A ? za Ma n no R oad AFFF = Aqueous Film Forming Foam µg/kg = micrograms per kilogram µg/L = micrograms per liter NA = not available N.E. = no exceedances PAL = Project Action Limit U.S. = United States Service Layer Credits: Benalillo County Mosaic Kirtland AFB Geodatabase (2016) Disclaimer: For general reference purposes only. DO NOT USE to determine, certify, or verify map features, scale and/or other information. Contract # W912BV-15-C-0082 PAL (Groundwater) PAL (Soil) Perfluorooctanoic acid (PFOA) 0.07 µg/L 1,260 µg/kg PFOA + PFOS 0.07 µg/L NA Analyte Perfluorooctanesulfonic acid (PFOS) Perfluorobutane sulfonate (PFBS) C:\Users\cuteri\Desktop\GIS\Kirtland\Fig 3-3_FT014_All Results.mxd 0.07 µg/L 380 µg/L 1,260 µg/kg 1,600,000 µg/kg By: E. Cutler µ 6/27/2017 0 200 400 Approximate Scale in Feet FIGURE 3-4 Sample Locations AFFF Area 3 AFFF Spray Area (AFA) Kirtland Air Force Base Albuquerque, New Mexico @ A ? KAFB-7001 N.E. U.S. Army Corps of Engineers Tulsa District Maxwell St SE Chanute St SE Site Inspection For Aqueous Film Forming Foam (AFFF) Areas at Kirtland Air Force Base New Mexico for Air Force Civil Engineer Center Doris Ave SE 2261 Hughes Avenue Building 1, Suite 155 JBSA Lackland, Texas 78236 Lowry Ave SE Randolph Ave SE Legend g ilin o B SE ( ! Soil Boring Notes Abbreviations AFFF = Aqueous Film Forming Foam µg/kg = micrograms per kilogram µg/L = micrograms per liter NA = not available N.E. = no exceedances PAL = Project Action Limit U.S. = United States AFFF Area 3 AFFF Spray Area (AFA) N.E. ( ! - No concentrations exceed PALs ( ! AFA-SB01 Monitoring Well Randolph Ave SE AFA-SB03 N.E. e Av @ A ? Service Layer Credits: Benalillo County Mosaic Kirtland AFB Geodatabase (2016) ( ! Disclaimer: For general reference purposes only. DO NOT USE to determine, certify, or verify map features, scale and/or other information. AFA-SB02 N.E. Contract # W912BV-15-C-0082 PAL (Groundwater) PAL (Soil) Perfluorooctanoic acid (PFOA) 0.07 µg/L 1,260 µg/kg PFOA + PFOS 0.07 µg/L NA Analyte Perfluorooctanesulfonic acid (PFOS) Perfluorobutane sulfonate (PFBS) C:\Users\cuteri\Desktop\GIS\Kirtland\Fig 3-4_AFA_All Results.mxd 0.07 µg/L 380 µg/L 1,260 µg/kg 1,600,000 µg/kg By: E. Cutler µ 7/20/2017 0 100 200 Approximate Scale in Feet FIGURE 3-5 Sample Locations AFFF Area 4 South Taxiway Spill Area (STSA) Kirtland Air Force Base Albuquerque, New Mexico Site Inspection For Aqueous Film Forming Foam (AFFF) Areas at Kirtland Air Force Base New Mexico U.S. Army Corps of Engineers Tulsa District KAFB-10627 for Air Force Civil Engineer Center N.E. 2261 Hughes Avenue Building 1, Suite 155 JBSA Lackland, Texas 78236 Legend @ A ? AFFF Area 4 South Taxiway Spill Area (STSA) STSA-SB01 ( ! a rtl Ki nd R d ( ! Soil Boring Notes Abbreviations AFFF = Aqueous Film Forming Foam µg/kg = micrograms per kilogram µg/L = micrograms per liter NA = not available N.E. = no exceedances PAL = Project Action Limit U.S. = United States N.E. ( ! Service Layer Credits: Benalillo County Mosaic Kirtland AFB Geodatabase (2016) ( ! SE Disclaimer: For general reference purposes only. DO NOT USE to determine, certify, or verify map features, scale and/or other information. STSA-SB03 N.E. Contract # W912BV-15-C-0082 PAL (Groundwater) PAL (Soil) Perfluorooctanoic acid (PFOA) 0.07 µg/L 1,260 µg/kg PFOA + PFOS 0.07 µg/L NA Analyte Perfluorooctanesulfonic acid (PFOS) Perfluorobutane sulfonate (PFBS) C:\Users\cuteri\Desktop\GIS\Kirtland\Fig 3-5_STSA_All Results.mxd Monitoring Well - No concentrations exceed PALs STSA-SB02 N.E. @ A ? 0.07 µg/L 380 µg/L 1,260 µg/kg 1,600,000 µg/kg By: E. Cutler µ 7/20/2017 0 200 400 Approximate Scale in Feet Final Site Inspection for Aqueous Film Forming Foam Areas Kirtland Air Force Base, New Mexico Appendix A Field Forms Contract No. W912BV-15-C-0082 September 2017 Public reporting burden for this collection of lnl?on'netion to estimated to average .3 hours per response. including the time for reviewing instructions. searching eadsting data sources. gathering and maintaining the data needed, and completing and reviewing the collection of infonnatlon. Send comments regarding this burden estimate or any other aspect of this collecan of information. including suggestions for reducing this burden to the Department of Defense. Washington Headquarters Services Directorate for Information Operations and Reports 1215 Jefferson Davis Highway. Suite 1204. Arlington. VA 22202-4302 and to the Olttce of Management and Budget Paperwork Reduction Project 0704-0100 Washington Dc 20503. Please DO NOT RETURN your form to either at these addresses. Send your completed form to HO AFESCIDEMG. SECTION I- To BE COMPLETED BY REQUESTER 1. FROM (Organization) 2. OFFICE 3. DATE OF REQUEST 4. WORK REQUEST N0. {For BCE Use) AFCEC - Air Force Civil Engineer SYMBOL Center CZO 20160817 SI I?q 5. NAME AND PHONE NO. OF REQUESTER e. REQUIRED COMPLETION DATE 7. BUILDING. FACILITY 0R STREET ADDRESS Contractor (OTIE) Cecil Irby (210) 490-4865 WHERE WORK '3 To BE AFCEC - Wayne Bitner - 8538484 20160930 Kirtland Rd SE, FT014, Spray, 3. DESCRIPTION OF WORK TO BE ACCOMPLISHED (Include Sketch or Plan. when appropriate) Will be advancing three small diameter (approx 6 inch) direct-push soil borings for sampling at 4 seperate locations to collect samples to be analyzed for Per?ouroCompound (PFC) contamination related to Aqueous Fire Fighting Foam applications. Samples will be up to 25 feet deep. 4 Areas - 1) South taxiway spill area off of Kirtland Rd 2) FT014 former Env Restoration site, just to the west of National Training Center/Mme; 3) FT013 former Env Restoration site, just SW of Fire Station 5; 4) Spray Area, just west of Randolph inside ?ighline. (Maps to all areas and proposed sampling locations attached.) I""This is for coordination purposes only. No Kirtland AFB programming action required." 0. BRIEF JUSTIFICATION FOR WORK TO BE ACCOMPLISHED (Not required for maintenance and repair) Investigation of PFC contaimation per USAF policy and guidance. Contract is a USACE contract issued for AFCEC CZTE - IS FOR COORDINATION PURPOSES ?ar?llm I . 1o. DONATED RESOURCES 1 ?f -- FUNDS LABOR MATERIAL CONTRACT av REQUESTER NONE I 11. NAME OF REGUESTER 12. GRADE 0F REQUESTER 1s. stemmRE OF - Ludie W. Bitner 63- 3 ag?RglgAyg'w. 42577 I f< I 58/ 1% SECTION - FOR BASE cnm. ENGIN I 15. WORK ORDER (Place an "X'in the appropriate box.) SELF-HELP CONTRACT SABER 1B. DIRECT SCHEDULED WORK (Place an 'X'Irt the appropriate box.) EMERGENCY URGENT ROUTINE SELF-HELP MIC 17. SELF-HELP (Place an ?90 in the appropriate box.) BRIEFING REQUIRED ADEQUATE COORDINATION INSPECTION REQUIRED SECTION - COMPLETE ONLY IF WORK IS TO BE ACCOMPLISHED BY WORK ORDER 18. WORK CLASS 19. PRIOR 20. ESTIMATED HOURS 21. ESTIMATED FUNDED 22. TED TOTAL i 9 COST COST ENVIRONMENTAL A wan-ran ASSESSMENT Is APPROVED (AFR 19-21 BEEN PROCESSED 2i. REMARKS 'I?his' is for coordination purposes ONLY. No Kirtland AFB programming action required. SECTION IV - APPROVING AUTHORITY 28. AND GRADE (Please Type or Print) 29. SIGNATURE 30. DATE j/m?sioplw 51 ?92; AF 332. 19910101, V4 PREVIOUS MASTER FILE COPY 1e}: OTIE USACE CONTRACT DAILY REPORT PROJECT NUMBER: 10? 5% 090604 PROJECT LOCATION: SITE ID: CLIENT: SUBCONTRAC TOR: SUBCONTRACTOR PERSONNEL ON SITE: ON SITE: BRIEF SUMMARY OF WORK PERFORMED: mi?ssgsaxz was a ~o WERE INSTRUMENT START STOP TIME TIME 9825 YES nv on. LSSL cal \035 Re I >500+ 0 I210 {Wed \1525 15795 1353 50 I55 It 0 iv I330 WW 5 3) 0 FIELD RESPRSENTATIVE SIGNATURE: Elli_. ?rm FIELD PERSONNEL: II [ow wane mm?: LOST TIME YES was mzaanous El RELEASED INTO THE DESCRIPTION OF ACTIVITIES: REMARKS 8 a (MA need! 4330 -8 mm 6802? IS - 3. YES PAGE :5 OF 02 7 DATE: II rIt . um DATE: . OTIE DAILY REPORT USACE W9IZBV-15-C-0082 DATE: 5 I PROJECT NUMBER: 205341-06: 0604 PROJECT LOCATION: SITE ID: \4 FIELD PERSONNEL: ?1 PAGE 2 OF 9? START STOP . TIME TIME DESCRIPTION OF ACTIVITIES. RLMARKS 1459 15-24-25 15! 16? SI [546 q. 1956 TWA{5125 715HOURS WORKED FIELD PERSONNEL 056?; Ck 1 SUBCONTRACTOR PERSONNEL UM a HUI SUPPLIES FIELD RESPRSENTATIVE SIGNATURE: @60ij 02/} 3 I No . .9 ONE DAILY REPORT . Comm USACE CONTRACT PROJECT NUMBER: 2015341- 06 - 05W PROJECT LOCATION: SITE ID: 47 FIELD PERSONNEL: CLIENT: SUBCONTRACTOR: SUBCONTRACTOR PERSONNEL ON SITE: ON SITE: BRIEF SUMMARY OF WORK PERFORMEDWERE INSTRUMENT YES NO WAS HAZARDOUS NIATERIALIWASTE CI CALIBRATIONS RELEASED INTO THE YES START STOP . TIME TIME DESCRIPTION OF ACTIVITIES, REMARKS rol3 FIFIID RESPRSENTATIVE SIGNATURE: PAGE 4 OF 4 DATE: 69 Inc-I NO . 9 .9. OTIE DAILY REPORT PAGE OF 2. USACE CONTRACT DATE: 0 2 PROJECT NUMBER: 201534106 '0604 PROJECT LOCATION: SITE ID: HOB XI STSPI FIELD CLIENT: SUBCONTRACTOR: SUBCONTRACTOR PERSONNEL ON SITE: ON SITE: BRIEF SUMMARY OF WORK WAS A TAILGATE WERE THERE ANY LOST SAFETY MEETING 81 YES ?0 TIME YES ?0 WERE YES No WAS El CALIBRATIDNS RELEASED INTO THE START STOP TIME TIME DESCRIPTION OF ACTIVITIES. REMARKS YES 4 OSI PH 0534 cows 0qu Co 6 . 0?126 0?1 '5 5 0?65 0 ?5 \05 I0 I 1045 o? ?5503'0 *3 -r 50 0 - 4'25 1' 3-350 I2 0 5 2 7.80 0.55 ST - l-O* 7.64: ?$30 FIELD RESPRSENTATWE SIGNATURE: OTIE DAILY REPORT mm: .2 OF 17. USACE CONTRACT W912BV- I 5-C-0082 DATE: 0 PROJECT NUMBER: 201534 I 007 0604 PROJECT LOCATION: A SITE ID: FIELD PERSONNEL: CK START STOP DESCRIPTION OF REMARKS TIME TIME Ilo SBA-5 2 15 ML - - (SIM Ld ID I5 535 545 Half) H9201 . a, HOURS WORKED FIELD PERSONNEL 0 RD SUBCONTRACTOR PERSONNEL EQUIPMENT SUPPLIES r' 81 FIELD RESPRSENTATIVE SIGNATURE: OM) Wk DATE: OZZ I 5; H- 9 he. DAILY REPORT USAGE CONTRACT W912BV-15-C-0082 PROJECT NUMBER: 2015341\ ?g CI: 051 PROJECT SITE ID: FIELD PERSONNEL: CLIENT: SUBCONTRACTOR: WCI 57?? SUBCONTRACTOR PERSONNEL ON SITE: ON SITE: BRIEF SUMMARY OF WORK PERFORMED: WAS A. TAILGATE SAFETY MEETING WERE INSTRUMENT CALIBRATIONS START STOP TIME TIME 08 ?03 - +m WERE THERE ANY LOST . TIME m5 No WAS HAZARDOUS MATERIAUWASTE RELEASED INTO THE DESCRIPTION OF REMARKS DYESEINO EYES EINO EIYES We? M03. QM Cm??udur +0 +0 FIELD RESPRSENTATIVE SIGNATURE: PAGE OF OTIE . USAGE CONTRACT PROJECT NUMBER: SITE ID: START STOP TIME TIME 6 FIELD PERSONNEL SUBCONTRACTOR PERSONNEL FIELD RESPRSENTATIVE SIGN RE: DAILY REPORT mg 3 0p .3 DATE: :7 2015341-0 (3 - 096?! PROTECT LOCATION: M. (+161 FIELD PERSONNEL: DESCRIPTION OF REMARKS HOURS WORKED EQUIPMENT SUPPLIES DATE: A mam Mam tom, 0.. .9. DAILY REPORT ME 3 OF 3 USACE CONTRACT W9IZBV-15-C-0032 PROJECT NUMBER: 2015341-0 6 ?o Ioc?f PROTECT LOCATION: SITE ID: FIELD PERSONNEL: CLIENT: SUBCONTRACTOR: SUBCONTRACTOR PERSONNEL ON SITE: VISITORLS) ON SITE: BRIEF SUWARY OF WORK PERFORMED: WAS A TAILGATE WERE THERE ANY LOST SAFETY MEETING ?0 TIME YES [3 N0 WERE INSTRUMENT El YES CI NO WAS HAZARDOUS CALIBRATIONS RELEASED INTO THE START STOP TIME TIME DESCRIPTION OF ACTIVITIES, REMARKS In DYESEINO FIFE. 1050377.- OFG: I0 I FIELD RESPRSENTATIVE SIGNATURE: DAILY REPORT me OF USACE CONTRACT II: W9IZBV- 5-C-0082 DATE: I I PROJECT NUMBER: 2015341-06 0904? PROJECT LOCATION: IRTLPI 0 AF SITE ID: g?g BFEE FIELD PERSONNEL: CLIENT: FCEC SUBCONTRACTOR: I Di I SUBCONTRACTOR PERSONNEL ON SITE: ON SITE: BRIEF SUMMARY OF WORK PERFORMED: was A TAILGATE WERE THERE ANY LOST SAFETY MEETING YES ?0 TIME YES ?0 WERE INSTRUMENT was HAZARDOUS MATERIAUWASTE CALIBRATIONS YES '3 ?0 RELEASED INTO THE YES F: ?0 START STOP . TIME TIME DESCRIPTION OF ACTIVITIES, REMARKS ELI 0%00 FR. I 08305 86 0% 09330 FIELD RESPRSENTATIVE SIGNATUREUSACE CONTRACT PROJECT NUMBER: SITE ID: START STOP TIME TIME 4 FIELD RESPRSENTATIVE SIGNATURE: DAILY REPORT W9IZBV-15-C-0082 2015341436 0604 PROJECT LOCATION: FIELD PERSONNEL: DESCRIPTION OF REMARKS 50 ,3 - TC (1. 50214 -5 - 5 EQUIPMENT 1 SUPPLIES Mala PAGE 2 OF DATE: 9.. 9 OTIE DAILY REPORT PAGE OF 3 . . USAGE CONTRACT DATE: PROJECT NUMBER: 2015341-0? 060V PROJECT LOCATION: 1 SITE 1D: {:11 08?) FIELD PERSONNEL: CLIENT: Ca SUBCONTRACTOR: SUBCONTRACTOR PERSONNEL ON SITE: ON SITE: BRIEF SUMMARY OF WORK PERFORMED: 1/1 SAFETY MEETING TIME WERE INSTRUMENT was HAZARDOUS MATERIAUWASTE CALIBRATIONS YES No RELEASED INTO THE YES XI N0 START STOP TIME. TIME WAS A TAILGATE YES NO WERE THERE ANY El YES NO DESCRIPTION OF REMARKS and we. Pr ?7 FTPOFS) . T??rmmFIELD RESPRSENTATIVE SIGNATURE: DATE: 9 a I 2 .06 I .65. OTIE DAILY REPORT PAGE v; OF 3 . . DATE: (9 IS. 7 2015341-0 PROJECT LOCATION: I43 f? a nef- FIELD PERSONNEL: USACE CONTRACT PROJECT NUMBER: SITE ID: START STOP . TIME TIME DESCRIPTION OF ACTIVITIES, REMARKS {9 HM ?Er 700!? HOURS RKED FIELD PERSONNEL (9 S- SUBCONTRACTOR PERSONNEL EQUIPMENT SUPPLIES FIELD RESPRSENTATIVE SIGNATURE: DATE: 0.9 .9 OTIE DAILY REPORT me 3 OF 3 . USACE CONTRACT W912BV- 5-C-0082 PROJECT NUMBER: 20153414] 6 PROJECT LOCATION: SITE ID: 5.12135} mic-1}] PERSONNEL: I CLIENT: SUBCONTRACTOR: 0L "1 I . SUBCONTRACTOR PERSONNEL ON SITE: me I: ON SITE: BRIEF SUMMARY OF WORK PERFORMED: WAS A TAILGATE WERE THERE ANY LOST SAFETY MEETING YES ?0 TIME YES El ?0 WEREINSTRUMENT El YES a N0 WASHAZARDOUS MATERIALMASTE CALIBRATIONS RELEASED INTO THE START STOP TIME TIME YES NO DESCRIPTION 01" REMARKS - 'Jemme bell 03m: 7" +14 VP 7( 91 ~9405191 [3 FIELD SIGNATURE: - .9. QTIE DAILY REPORT PAGE op USACE CONTRACT W912BV-15-C-0082 DATE: 03 PROJECT NUMBER: 2015341-0 .- a PROJECT LOCATION: at] 6m SITE ID: 197? o( 3 FIELD PERSONNEL: CLIENT: SUBCONTRACTOR: SUBCONTRACTOR PERSONNEL ON SITE: ON SITE: BRIEF SUMMARY OF WORK PERFORMED: GOO WAS A TAILGATE WERE THERE ANY LOST SAFETY MEETING YES TIME ?3 YES 4E N0 WERE INSTRUMENT WAS HAZARDOUS CALIBRATIONS YES NO RELEASED INTO THE ?3 YES NO START STOP TIME TIME DESCRIPTION OF ACTIVITIES, REMARKS 30 - W3 ar? EINO ?10} rH? - I FIELD RESPRSENTATIVE SIGNATURE: DATE: I USACE CONTRACT PROJECT NUMBER: SITE ID: CLIENT: SUBCONTRACTOR: SUBCONTRACTOR PERSONNEL ON SITE: ON SITE: BRIEF SUMMARY OF WORK PERFORMED: WAS A TAILGATE SAFETY MEETING WERE INSTRUMENT CALIBRATIDNS START STOP TIME TIME 5 YES EIYES ML FIELD RESPRSENTATIVE SIGNATURE: PAGE 1 OF 2: DATE: 02/16 1? DAILY REPORT- W9IZBV-15-C-0082 ARE 201534.1-05, '0904 EPICS PROJECT LOCATION: CK FIELD PERSONNEL: .CO. WERE THERE ANY LOST UL TIME ACC '3 YES NO WAS HAZARDOUS NO RELEASED INTO THE YES NO DESCRIPTION OF REMARKS DAILY REPORT PAGE .92. op USACE CONTRACT W912BV-15-C-0082 PROJECT NUMBER: 2015341-059 0604 PROJECT LOCATION: SITE ID: FIELD PERSONNEL: START STOP TIME TIME DESCRIPTION OF ACTIVITIES, REMARKS SUPPLEES FIELD RESPRSENTATIVE SIGNATURE: DATE: QZ I 6 I OTIE . . Date/Time: 02/)5/12? Safety and Operations Tailgate Meeting Form Rev. 2.101 713 Project Number: 2015341- 06 - 06:04 Site Investigations of Aqueous Film Forming Foam Usage W91 Multi Ie U.S. AF Installations. Project Name: u.s. EPA Region; 5 and 9 Contract No: Project Location: Kit i AF 3 Client: A FCEC, Client Phone: Type of Work: OPERATIONS and QUALITY Yes No NIA Tasks to be performed (include the de?nable features of work) Critical path items (schedule, client interaction, project coordination) Subcontractors on site today Other visitors expected on site deliveries expected and storage areas Applicable information from Base Operations or client (as needed) Review of As Builtleayout Plans, if applicable Operational I Quality De?ciencies to discuss (refer to Daily Quality Control Report from day before and other inspection reports) Other: SAFETY A Yes No NIA Protective Clothing/Equipment Level: @9 A (circle appropriate) As applicable, head, eye, ear, respiratory, other protection Contaminants and hazardous materials anticipated Chemical exposure issues anticipated Work zones and methods of security Decontamination procedures (equipment and personnel) General safe work practices GOOD CATCHES and any safety de?ciencies or Near Misses (if yes. provide explanation below) Other: Other: Emergency Procedures: mu bait (Mid Cill Hospital Name: ngwwigm knew-lad Hospital Phone: 84H H34- ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE Yes No NIA Environmental Protection Plan Preservation of existing conditions in surrounding water and land X. Spill prevention and response I . Dust quality monitoring I 0 Promote recycling, waste prevention, minimization and energy conservation Waste Management Plan Storage. shipping, disposal of general waste Storage. shipping. disposal of hazardous waste - Recordkeeping . NO Waste should be kept on site for more than 90 Days ?x Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan . Periodic BMP Inspection Checklist Post-Rain Inspection Other Safety and Operations Tailgate Meeting Form Rev. 2.101713 DateITime: 02/ 1) Project Number: 20153414169 - Site Investigations of Aqueous Film Forming Foam Usage W91 ZBV-1 If I U.S. AF I tall t?ons, Project Name: Regions JEN 3 I Contract No: Project Location: \Md A): Client: AFCEC Client Phone: Type of W0rk= DiilLlL\% Somme/Un?t at PTOI3 ?f OPERATIONS and QUALITY Yes No NIA Tasks to be performed (include the de?nable features of work) Critical path items (schedule, client interaction, project coordination) Subcontractors on site today Other visitors expected on site MateriallEquipment deliveries expected and storage areas - Applicable information from Base Operations or client (as needed) Review of As BuiltsILayout Plans. if applicable Operational I Quality De?ciencies to discuss (refer to Daily Quality Control Report from day before and other inspection reports) Other: SAFETY A, Yes No NIA Protective Clothing/Equipment Level: (D) A (circle appropriate) As applicable, head, eye, ear, regairatory, other protection Contaminants and hazardous materials anticipated 71f Chemical exposure issues anticipated Work zones and methods of security Decontamination procedures (equipment and personnel) General safe work practices GOOD CATCHES and any safety de?ciencies or Near Misses (if yes. provide explanation below) Other: Other: Procedures: (LU bag, Coniad curd CHI Hospital Name: Piggmlamm HOSP: al Hospital Phone: 505? 1231+ ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE Yes No NIA Environmental Protection Plan Preservation of existing conditions in surrounding water and land Dust quality monitoring I I - Spill prevention and response - Promote recycling, waste prevention, minimization and energy conservation Waste Management Plan Storage. shipping. disposal of general waste Storage, shipping, disposal of hazardous waste Recordkeeping NO Waste should be kept on site for more than 90 Days Stonnwater Pollution Prevention Plan . Periodic BMP Inspection Checklist - Post?Rain Inspection - Other 0T IE EXPLANATIONSINOTES Safety and Operations Tailgate Meeting Form Rev. 2.101713 ATTENDEES The following personnel were present for discussion of the topics listed above and have read and understand the contents of the Site Accident Prevention PIan/AHAs/Health and Safety Plan. NAME COMPANY SIGNATURE Cod skim Rash/ope 011 Cain/MW a 07/11: 171an 2949/41? 23m DIE 51% m, 13mm? an 2944/ ?are goose, "1?7er 59.: 70?? 797/7/ 4? Meeting Conducted By: Date: /w 20/ . mm" Safety and Operations Tailgate Meeting Form Rev. 2.101713 DatelTime: Project Number: 2015341- 0Q, '0604 Site Investigations of Aqueous Film Forming Foam Usage Multiple U.S. AF Installations. Preject Name: u.s. EPA Regions 6 and 9 Contract No: Project Location: (0 RT LAND A FB Client: Client Phone: Tlrizieol?WOTIc Swimming} Call, and OPERATIONS and QUALITY to No NA Tasks to be performed (include the definable features of work) Critical path items (schedule. client interaction. project coordination) Subcontractors on site today Other visitors expected on site MateriallEquipment deliveries expected and storage areas Applicable information from Base Operations or client (as needed) Review of As BuiltsILayout Plans, if applicable Operational I Quality De?ciencies to discuss (refer to Daily Quality Control Report from day before and other inspection reports) Other: SAFETY Yes No NIA Protective ClothinglEquipment Level: (9 A (circle appropriate) As applicable, head, eye, ear, respiratory, other protection Contaminants and hazardous materials anticipated Chemical exposure issues anticipated XX Work zones and methods of security Decontamination procedures (equipment and personnel) General safe work practices GOOD CATCHES and any safety de?ciencies or Near Misses (if yes, provide explanation below) Other: Other: Eme ency Procedures: I?oll OPS CLM (ill Hospital Name: Viagbxiqti?mCMk Hospital Phone: ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE No NIA Environmental Protection Plan Preservation of existing conditions in surrounding water and land Spill prevention and response I - Dust quality monitoring 0 I Promote recycling, waste prevention, minimization and energy conservation Waste Management Plan Storage, shipping, disposal of general waste Recordkeeping 0 Storage, shipping, disposal of hazardous waste I I NO Waste should be kept on site for more than 90 Days X5004 Stonnwater Pollution Prevention Plan - Periodic BMP Inspection Checklist - Post-Rain Inspection - Other EXPLANATIONSI NOTES Safety and Operations Tailgate Meeting Form Rev. 2.101 713 ATTENDEES The following personnel were present for discussion of the topics listed above and have read and understand the contents of the Site Accident Prevention Plan/AHAs/Health and Safety Plan. NAME COMPANY SIGNATURE Oath/Um Ens?Hwo 0T1 FWW 960/5?! 07 I Him egg/:42 730j??om 035?? Meeting Conducted By: 435 Date: 90TIE . . Jill Oill'fdu er'fl'mr (um ?i?rnr J4 Date/Time: m, 02/[9/1} Safety and Operations Tailgate Meeting Form Rev. 2. 1 01 713 Project Number: 2015341- 06/0604 Site Investigations of Aqueous Film Forming Foam Usage W91 ZBV-1 lt'pl u.s. AF I tall t' Project Name: u; Iripen Regions ?nd; Ions Contract No: Project Location: Client: Client Phone: Type of Work: 61M n? OPERATIONS and QUALITY cu a: No NIA Tasks to be performed (include the definable features of work) Critical path items (schedule, client interaction, project coordination) Subcontractors on site today Other visitors expected on site MaterialIEquipment deliveries expected and storage areas (?Galas IDW Applicable information from Base Operations or client (as needed) Review of As BuiltsILayout Plans, if applicable Operational I Quality Deficiencies to discuss (refer to Daily Quality Control Report from day before and other inspection reports) Other: SAFETY Yes No NIA Protective CIothingIEquipment Levelicg? A (circle appropriate) As applicable, head, eye, ear, respiratory, other protection Contaminants and hazardous materials anticipated Chemical exposure issues anticipated Work zones and methods of security Decontamination procedures (equipment and personnel) General safe work practices GOOD CATCHES and any safety deficiencies or Near Misses (if yes, provide explanation below) Other: Other: Emergency Procedures: Hospital Name: in; got/3410 [jam HEP rial Hospital Phone: ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE No NIA Environmental Protection Plan Preservation of existing conditions in surrounding water and land Dust quality monitoring Spill prevention and response Promote recycling, waste prevention, minimization and energy conservation Waste Management Plan Storage, shipping, disposal of general waste Storage, shipping, disposal of hazardous waste Recordkeeping NO Waste should be kept on site for more than 90 Days i Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan Periodic BMP Inspection Checklist Post-Rain Inspection Other . . Safety and Operations Tailgate Meeting Form Rev. 2.101713 EXPLANATIONSINOTES SURVEY LTD. CO. PROFESSIONAL LAND SURVEYORS in COLORADO, NEW MEXICO, OKLAHOMA AND TEXAS SCOTT WEESE, PLS 619 SOUTH SECOND ST PHONE: (5 75) 445?1232 PO BOX 639 FAX: (575) 445-3648 RATON, NM87740 CELL: (5 75) 447-2230 Sh ieldssurvey. com EMAIL: scot(@sh iela'ssurvey. com ATTENDEES The following personnel were present for discussion of the topics listed above and hate read and understand the contents of the Site Accident Prevention PIan/AHAs/Health and Safety Plan. NAME COMPANY SIGNATURE OTIE {5.75 MM 0 775 Norman STUH M4959 Sh?ldi Sutr?dfq? Meeting Conducted Byyg?' Date: wg?? . . An Oneida Nation Company Date/Time: /i7 Safety and Operations Tailgate Meeting Form Rev. 2.101 713 Project Number: 2015341- Site Investigations of Aqueous Film Forming Foam Usage W91 ZBV-1 Multi le U.S. AF Installations, Project Name: u.s. EPA Regions 6 and 9 Contract NO: Project Location: )4 (1?C?1qu-t (CB Client: pf pg 9 0 Client Phone: Type of Work: (391,1) 10 I ,tn 9 a OPERATIONS and QUALITY Yes No NIA Tasks to be performed (include the definable features of work) Critical path items (schedule. client interaction. project coordination) Subcontractors on site today Other visitors expected on site f" MaterialIEquipment deliveries expected and storage areas Applicable information from Base Operations or client (as needed) Review of As BuiltsILayout Plans. if applicable Operational 1 Quality Deficiencies to discuss (refer to Daily Quality Control Report from day before and other inspection reports) Other: SAFETY Yes No NIA Protective Clothing/Equipment Level: (9 A (circle appropriate) As applicable. head. eye. ear. respiratory. other protection Contaminants and hazardous materials anticipated Chemical exposure issues anticipated Work zones and methods of security Decontamination procedures (equipment and personnel) General safe work practices GOOD CATCHES and any safety deficiencies or Near Misses (if yes, provide explanation below) Other: Other: Emergency Procedures: Hospital Name: Hospital Phone: ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE Yes No NIA Environmental Protection Plan Preservation of existing conditions in surrounding water and land Dust quality monitoring Spill prevention and response Promote recycling, waste prevention. minimization and energy conservation Waste Management Plan Storage. shipping, disposal of general waste Storage. shipping. disposal of hazardous waste Recordkeeping NO Waste should be kept on site for more than 90 Days Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan Periodic BMP Inspection Checklist Post-Rain Inspection Other . . Safety and Operations Tailgate Meeting Form Rev. 2.101713 EXPLANATIONSINOTES ATTENDEES The following personnel were present for discussion of the topics listed above and have read and understand the contents of the Site Accident Prevention Plan/AHAs/Health and Safety Plan. NAME COMPANY .. . x: 9/80; a Wag-76?- 01 JE Jew/M Aym? D5 ,6 zf? ,zq/Zy 5H -. .- I .4 Meeting Conducted By?? 5/ Date: -. my AFA-SB01 Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises 9601 McAllister Freeway, Suite 310 San Antonio, TX 78216 210-541-0646 PAGE 1 OF 1 CLIENT: USACE-Tulsa District PROJECT NAME: Site Inspections of Aqueous Film Forming Foam Usage USACE PROJECT NUMBER: W912BV-15-C-0082 PROJECT LOCATION: Kirtland Air Force Base, Albuquerque, New Mexico DATE STARTED: 2/15/16 GROUND ELEVATION: 5,320 ft amsl COMPLETED: 2/15/16 HOLE SIZE: 8 inches (in) DRILLING CONTRACTOR: Envirodrill GROUND WATER LEVELS: No groundwater observed within borehole. DRILLING METHOD: Hollow Stem Auger Approximate depth to groundwater is 300 feet below ground surface (ft bgs). LOGGED BY: Robert Kelley GRAPHIC LOG U.S.C.S. SAMPLE ID & RANGE (ft bgs) DEPTH (ft) NOTES: 5' x 3.5'' Core Barrel MATERIAL DESCRIPTION 0 AFA SB01 (0-1) (SW) SAND. Light brown to brown, well sorted, well graded. Moist to dry. SW Elevation feet above mean sea level (ft amsl) 5316.5 Depth (ft bgs) 3.5 (SC) Clayey SAND. Light brown, well sorted, well graded. Dry, low plasticity fines. SC GENERAL BH / TP / WELL - GINT STD US.GDT - 4/28/17 11:42 - C:\USERS\CUTERI\DESKTOP\GINT\KIRTLAND\AFA-SB01.GPJ 5 10 14.0 15 5306.0 (SP) SAND. Brown, dry, well sorted, well graded. Approximately 40% gravel (granite, chert), rounded to subangular, approximately 1-2 cm diameter. SP AFA SB01 (15-16) 20 22.0 25 AFA SB01 (24-25) 5298.0 (SC) Clayey SAND. Dark brown, moist to dry, well sorted, well graded. Low plasticity fines. SC 25.0 5295.0 Bottom of borehole at 25.0 feet. AFA-SB02 Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises 9601 McAllister Freeway, Suite 310 San Antonio, TX 78216 210-541-0646 PAGE 1 OF 2 CLIENT: USACE-Tulsa District PROJECT NAME: Site Inspections of Aqueous Film Forming Foam Usage USACE PROJECT NUMBER: W912BV-15-C-0082 PROJECT LOCATION: Kirtland Air Force Base, Albuquerque, New Mexico DATE STARTED: 2/15/16 GROUND ELEVATION: 5,321 ft amsl COMPLETED: 2/15/16 HOLE SIZE: 8 inches (in) DRILLING CONTRACTOR: Envirodrill GROUND WATER LEVELS: No groundwater observed within borehole. DRILLING METHOD: Hollow Stem Auger Approximate depth to groundwater is 300 feet below ground suface (ft bgs). LOGGED BY: Robert Kelley GRAPHIC LOG U.S.C.S. SAMPLE ID & RANGE (ft bgs) DEPTH (ft) NOTES: 5' x 3.5'' Core Barrel MATERIAL DESCRIPTION 0 AFA SB02 (0-1) (SW) SAND. Light brown to brown, well sorted, well graded. Moist to dry. SW Depth (ft bgs) 3.0 (SC) Clayey SAND. Brown to dark brown, moist, well sorted, well graded. Low plasticity fines. SC Elevation feet above mean sea level (ft amsl) 5318.0 GENERAL BH / TP / WELL - GINT STD US.GDT - 4/28/17 11:51 - C:\USERS\CUTERI\DESKTOP\GINT\KIRTLAND\AFA-SB02.GPJ 5 (SC) SAA grades to light brown, dry 10 15 AFA SB02 (15-16) 20 21.5 SP 25 AFA SB02 (24-25) SC 24.5 25.0 (SP) SAND. Brown, dry. Approximately 40-45% gravel (granite, chert, calcite), well sorted, poorly graded. (SC) Clayey SAND. Dark brown, dry to moist. Well sorted, well graded, low plasticity fines. Bottom of borehole at 25 feet. 5299.5 5296.5 5296.0 AFA-SB03 Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises 9601 McAllister Freeway, Suite 310 San Antonio, TX 78216 210-541-0646 PAGE 1 OF 1 CLIENT: USACE-Tulsa District PROJECT NAME: Site Inspections of Aqueous Film Forming Foam Usage USACE PROJECT NUMBER: W912BV-15-C-0082 PROJECT LOCATION: Kirtland Air Force Base, Albuquerque, New Mexico DATE STARTED: 2/15/16 GROUND ELEVATION: 5,321.3 ft amsl COMPLETED: 2/15/16 HOLE SIZE: 8 inches (in) DRILLING CONTRACTOR: Envirodrill GROUND WATER LEVELS: No groundwater observed within borehole. DRILLING METHOD: Hollow Stem Auger Approximate depth to groundwater is 300 feet below ground surface (ft bgs). LOGGED BY: Robert Kelley 0 AFA SB03 (0-1) GRAPHIC LOG U.S.C.S. SAMPLE ID & RANGE (ft bgs) DEPTH (ft) NOTES: 5' x 3.5'' Core Barrel MATERIAL DESCRIPTION (SW) SAND. Light brown to brown, well sorted, well graded. Moist to dry. SW Depth (ft bgs) 3.0 (SC) Clayey SAND. Brown to dark brown, moist, well sorted, well graded. Low plasticity fines. SC Elevation feet above mean sea level (ft amsl) 5318.3 GENERAL BH / TP / WELL - GINT STD US.GDT - 4/28/17 11:56 - C:\USERS\CUTERI\DESKTOP\GINT\KIRTLAND\AFA-SB03.GPJ 5 (SC) SAA grades to light brown. 10 15 AFA SB03 (15-16) 16.5 SP (SP) SAND. Brown, dry. Approximately 40% gravel (granite, chert, calcite), well sorted, poorly graded. 5304.8 20 21.0 SC 25 AFA SB03 (24-25) 25.0 (SC) Clayey SAND. Dark brown, moist. Well sorted, well graded, low plasticity fines. Bottom of borehole at 25.0 feet. 5300.3 5296.3 FT013-SB01 Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises 9601 McAllister Freeway, Suite 310 San Antonio, TX 78216 210-541-0646 PAGE 1 OF 1 CLIENT: USACE-Tulsa District PROJECT NAME: Site Inspections of Aqueous Film Forming Foam Usage USACE PROJECT NUMBER: W912BV-15-C-0082 PROJECT LOCATION: Kirtland Air Force Base, Albuquerque, New Mexico DATE STARTED: 2/14/16 GROUND ELEVATION: 5,315.3 ft amsl COMPLETED: 2/14/16 HOLE SIZE: 8 inches (in) DRILLING CONTRACTOR: Envirodrill GROUND WATER LEVELS: No groundwater observed within borehole. DRILLING METHOD: Hollow Stem Auger Approximate depth to groundwater is 300 feet below ground surface (ft bgs). LOGGED BY: Robert Kelley GRAPHIC LOG U.S.C.S. SAMPLE ID & RANGE (ft bgs) DEPTH (ft) NOTES: 5' x 3.5'' Core Barrel MATERIAL DESCRIPTION 0 FT013 SB01 (0-1) (SC) Clayey SAND. Dark brown, wet, well sorted. SC (SC) Becomes brown to light brown, well sorted with fines. 5 GENERAL BH / TP / WELL - GINT STD US.GDT - 4/28/17 08:02 - C:\USERS\CUTERI\DESKTOP\GINT\KIRTLAND\FT013-SB01.GPJ (SC) Trace gravel (<5%). <2cm diameter, rounded to subangular grains. 10 15 FT013 SB01 (15-16) (SC) SAA with calcareous lens, dry, white to gray streaks. 20 (SC) SAA packed with white calcareous streaks. 25 FT013 SB01 (24-25) Depth (ft bgs) 23.5 (SM) Silty SAND. Light brown, well sorted, well graded. SM 25.0 Bottom of borehole at 25.0 feet. Elevation feet above mean sea level (ft amsl) 5291.8 5290.3 FT013-SB02 Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises 9601 McAllister Freeway, Suite 310 San Antonio, TX 78216 210-541-0646 PAGE 1 OF 1 CLIENT: USACE-Tulsa District PROJECT NAME: Site Inspections of Aqueous Film Forming Foam Usage USACE PROJECT NUMBER: W912BV-15-C-0082 PROJECT LOCATION: Kirtland Air Force Base, Albuquerque, New Mexico DATE STARTED: 2/14/16 GROUND ELEVATION: 5,316.5 ft amsl COMPLETED: 2/14/16 HOLE SIZE: 8 inches (in) DRILLING CONTRACTOR: Envirodrill GROUND WATER LEVELS: No groundwater observed within borehole. DRILLING METHOD: Hollow Stem Auger Approximate depth to groundwater is 300 feet below ground surface (ft bgs). LOGGED BY: Robert Kelley GRAPHIC LOG U.S.C.S. SAMPLE ID & RANGE (ft bgs) DEPTH (ft) NOTES: 5' x 3.5'' Core Barrel MATERIAL DESCRIPTION 0 FT013 SB02 (0-1) (SM) Silty SAND. Brown, moist. Well sorted, well graded. SM Depth (ft bgs) 5.0 5 (SC) Clayey SAND. Light brown, dry, well sorted, well graded. GENERAL BH / TP / WELL - GINT STD US.GDT - 4/28/17 11:29 - C:\USERS\CUTERI\DESKTOP\GINT\KIRTLAND\FT013-SB03.GPJ SC 10 Elevation feet above mean sea level (ft amsl) 5311.5 (SC) Grades to brown-dark brown (SC) Becomes trace gravel (<5%), rounded to angular. 15 FT013 SB02 (15-16) (SC) SAA with white streaks. 20 21.0 SP 25 FT013 SB02 (24-25) 24.0 SC 25.0 (SP) SAND. Poorly sorted with gravel (approx. 45%), <1cm to 1 in (cherts, granite), rounded to subrounded. 5295.5 5292.5 (SC) SAA at 5-21 ft, brown. Bottom of borehole at 25.0 feet. 5291.5 FT013-SB03 Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises 9601 McAllister Freeway, Suite 310 San Antonio, TX 78216 210-541-0646 PAGE 1 OF 1 CLIENT: USACE-Tulsa District PROJECT NAME: Site Inspections of Aqueous Film Forming Foam Usage USACE PROJECT NUMBER: W912BV-15-C-0082 PROJECT LOCATION: Kirtland Air Force Base, Albuquerque, New Mexico DATE STARTED: 2/14/16 GROUND ELEVATION: 5,299.3 ft amsl COMPLETED: 2/14/16 HOLE SIZE: 8 inches (in) DRILLING CONTRACTOR: Envirodrill GROUND WATER LEVELS: No groundwater observed within borehole. DRILLING METHOD: Hollow Stem Auger Approximate depth to groundwater is 300 feet below ground surface (ft bgs) LOGGED BY: Robert Kelley 0 FT013 SB03 (0-1) GRAPHIC LOG MATERIAL DESCRIPTION (SM) Silty SAND. Brown, moist. Well sorted, well graded. SM Depth (ft bgs) 4.5 5 GENERAL BH / TP / WELL - GINT STD US.GDT - 4/28/17 11:35 - C:\USERS\CUTERI\DESKTOP\GINT\KIRTLAND\FT013-SB03.GPJ U.S.C.S. SAMPLE ID & RANGE (ft bgs) DEPTH (ft) NOTES: 5' x 3.5'' Core Barrel (SC) Clayey SAND. Brown, dry, well sorted, well graded. Trace gravel (<5%), <1cm diameter, rounded to subangular. SC Elevation feet above mean sea level (ft amsl) 5294.8 10 11.0 CL 13.5 SC 15 (CL) CLAY. Dark brown low plasticity. Stiff to medium stiff, dry. (SC) Clayey SAND. Brown, dry, well sorted, well graded. 5288.3 5285.8 FT013 SB03 (15-16) 20 25 FT013 SB03 (24-25) 25.0 Bottom of borehole at 25.0 feet. 5274.3 FT014-SB01 Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises 9601 McAllister Freeway, Suite 310 San Antonio, TX 78216 210-541-0646 PAGE 1 OF 1 CLIENT: USACE-Tulsa District PROJECT NAME: Site Inspections of Aqueous Film Forming Foam Usage USACE PROJECT NUMBER: W912BV-15-C-0082 PROJECT LOCATION: Kirtland Air Force Base, Albuquerque, New Mexico COMPLETED: 2/13/16 DATE STARTED: 2/13/16 GROUND ELEVATION: 5,556.4 ft amsl HOLE SIZE: 8 inches (in) DRILLING CONTRACTOR: Envirodrill GROUND WATER LEVELS: No groundwater observed within borehole. DRILLING METHOD: Hollow Stem Auger Approximate depth to water is 300 feet below ground surface (ft bgs). LOGGED BY: Robert Kelley GRAPHIC LOG U.S.C.S. SAMPLE ID & RANGE (ft bgs) DEPTH (ft) NOTES: 5' x 3.5'' Core Barrel MATERIAL DESCRIPTION 0 FT014 SB01 (0-1) (SC) Clayey SAND. Brown, well sorted, well graded. Low plasticity fines, moist to dry. SC GENERAL BH / TP / WELL - GINT STD US.GDT - 4/27/17 14:42 - C:\USERS\CUTERI\DESKTOP\GINT\KIRTLAND\FT014SB001.GPJ 5 10 15 FT014 SB01 (15-16) Elevation feet above mean sea level (ft amsl) 5540.9 Depth (ft bgs) 15.5 (SP) SAND. Light brown, poorly sorted, poorly graded. Small gravel (rounded to subangular) <1cm in diameter. SP 20 (SP) SAA, becomes larger gravel (granitic), approximately 1.5 cm in diameter. 25 FT014 SB01 (24-25) 25.0 Bottom of borehole at 25.0 feet. 5531.4 FT014-SB02 Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises 9601 McAllister Freeway, Suite 310 San Antonio, TX 78216 210-541-0646 PAGE 1 OF 1 CLIENT: USACE-Tulsa District PROJECT NAME: Site Inspections of Aqueous Film Forming Foam Usage USACE PROJECT NUMBER: W912BV-15-C-0082 PROJECT LOCATION: Kirtland Air Force Base, Albuquerque, New Mexico DATE STARTED: 2/13/16 GROUND ELEVATION: 5,552.3 ft amsl COMPLETED: 2/13/16 HOLE SIZE: 8 inches (in) DRILLING CONTRACTOR: Envirodrill GROUND WATER LEVELS: No groundwater observed in borehole. DRILLING METHOD: Hollow Stem Auger Approximate depth to water is 300 feet below ground surface (ft bgs). LOGGED BY: Robert Kelley 0 FT014 SB02 (0-1) SC GRAPHIC LOG U.S.C.S. SAMPLE ID & RANGE (ft bgs) DEPTH (ft) NOTES: 5' x 3.5'' Core Barrel MATERIAL DESCRIPTION (SC) Clayey SAND. Light brown GENERAL BH / TP / WELL - GINT STD US.GDT - 4/28/17 06:57 - C:\USERS\CUTERI\DESKTOP\GINT\KIRTLAND\FT014-SB01.GPJ 5 10 15 (SC) Becomes dark brown. Increased fines. FT014 SB02 (15-16) (SC) Light brown with trace gravel. Well sorted, approximately 1 inch diameter rounded to subangular gravel (granitic) 20 25 FT014 SB02 (24-25) Depth (ft bgs) 25.0 Bottom of borehole at 25.0 feet. Elevation feet above mean sea level (ft amsl) 5527.3 FT014-SB03 Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises 9601 McAllister Freeway, Suite 310 San Antonio, TX 78216 210-541-0646 PAGE 1 OF 1 CLIENT: USACE-Tulsa District PROJECT NAME: Site Inspections of Aqueous Film Forming Foam Usage USACE PROJECT NUMBER: W912BV-15-C-0082 PROJECT LOCATION: Kirtland Air Force Base, Albuquerque, New Mexico DATE STARTED: 2/13/16 GROUND ELEVATION: 5,540 ft amsl COMPLETED: 2/13/16 HOLE SIZE: 8 inches (in) DRILLING CONTRACTOR: Envirodrill GROUND WATER LEVELS: No groundwater observed within borehole. DRILLING METHOD: Hollow Stem Auger Approximate depth to groundwater is 300 feet below ground surface (ft bgs). LOGGED BY: Robert Kelley GRAPHIC LOG U.S.C.S. SAMPLE ID & RANGE (ft bgs) DEPTH (ft) NOTES: 5' x 3.5'' Core Barrel MATERIAL DESCRIPTION 0 FT014 SB03 (0-1) (SC) Clayey SAND. Light brown, well sorted, well graded. SC GENERAL BH / TP / WELL - GINT STD US.GDT - 4/28/17 07:21 - C:\USERS\CUTERI\DESKTOP\GINT\KIRTLAND\FT014-SB03.GPJ 5 10 15 FT014 SB03 (15-16) Depth (ft bgs) 17.5 GP (GP) GRAVEL lense at 17.5 ft. 1-5 cm diameter gravel (granitic), angular to sub rounded. 18.5 SC Elevation feet above mean sea level (ft amsl) 5522.5 5521.5 (SC) Clayey SAND. SAA 0-17.5 ft. 20 23.0 25 FT014 SB03 (24-25) GP SC 24.0 25.0 5517.0 (GP) GRAVEL lense SAA at 17.5 ft. 5516.0 (SC) Clayey SAND. SAA 0-17.5 ft. Bottom of borehole at 25.0 feet. 5515.0 STSA-SB01 Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises 9601 McAllister Freeway, Suite 310 San Antonio, TX 78216 210-541-0646 PAGE 1 OF 1 CLIENT: USACE-Tulsa District PROJECT NAME: Site Inspections of Aqueous Film Forming Foam Usage USACE PROJECT NUMBER: W912BV-15-C-0082 PROJECT LOCATION: Kirtland Air Force Base, Albuquerque, New Mexico DATE STARTED: 2/14/16 GROUND ELEVATION: 5,329.4 ft amsl COMPLETED: 2/14/16 HOLE SIZE: 8 inches (in) DRILLING CONTRACTOR: Envirodrill GROUND WATER LEVELS: No groundwater observed within borehole. DRILLING METHOD: Hollow Stem Auger Approximate depth to groundwater is 300 feet below ground surface (ft bgs). LOGGED BY: Robert Kelley GRAPHIC LOG U.S.C.S. SAMPLE ID & RANGE (ft bgs) DEPTH (ft) NOTES: 5' x 3.5'' Core Barrel MATERIAL DESCRIPTION 0 STSA SB01 (0-1) SP (SP) SAND. Brown, fill. 1.0 SC GENERAL BH / TP / WELL - GINT STD US.GDT - 4/28/17 12:07 - C:\USERS\CUTERI\DESKTOP\GINT\KIRTLAND\STSA-SB01.GPJ 5328.4 (SC) White calcareous lens. 5 10 15 (SC) Clayey SAND. Light brown, well sorted, well graded. (SC) SAA with trace gravel (<5%), approximately 2cm diameter (granite), angular to subrounded. STSA SB01 (15-16) 20 (SC) SAA with gray streaks, dry, friable. 25 STSA SB01 (24-25) (SC) Trace gravel (<5%) (granite, olivine), angular to subrounded. 25.0 Bottom of borehole at 25.0 feet. 5304.4 STSA-SB02 Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises 9601 McAllister Freeway, Suite 310 San Antonio, TX 78216 210-541-0646 PAGE 1 OF 1 CLIENT: USACE-Tulsa District PROJECT NAME: Site Inspections of Aqueous Film Forming Foam Usage USACE PROJECT NUMBER: W912BV-15-C-0082 PROJECT LOCATION: Kirtland Air Force Base, Albuquerque, New Mexico DATE STARTED: 2/14/16 GROUND ELEVATION: 5,329.5 ft amsl COMPLETED: 2/14/16 HOLE SIZE: 8 inches (in) DRILLING CONTRACTOR: Envirodrill GROUND WATER LEVELS: No groundwater observed within borehole. DRILLING METHOD: Hollow Stem Auger Approximate depth to groundwater is 300 feet below ground surface (ft bgs). LOGGED BY: Robert Kelley GRAPHIC LOG U.S.C.S. SAMPLE ID & RANGE (ft bgs) DEPTH (ft) NOTES: 5' x 3.5'' Core Barrel MATERIAL DESCRIPTION 0 STSA SB02 (0-1) SP (SP) SAND. Brown, fill. 1.0 SC (SC) Clayey SAND. Light brown, dry, well sorted, well graded. 5328.5 GENERAL BH / TP / WELL - GINT STD US.GDT - 4/28/17 12:16 - C:\USERS\CUTERI\DESKTOP\GINT\KIRTLAND\STSA-SB02.GPJ 5 (SC) White calcareous lens. 10 15 STSA SB02 (15-16) Depth (ft bgs) 15.5 (CL) CLAY. Brown, dry, low plasticity, soft. CL Elevation feet above mean sea level (ft amsl) 5314.0 20 22.0 SC 25 5307.5 (SC) SAA at 1-15.5 ft. STSA SB02 (24-25) Bottom of borehole at 25.0 feet. STSA-SB03 Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises 9601 McAllister Freeway, Suite 310 San Antonio, TX 78216 210-541-0646 PAGE 1 OF 1 CLIENT: USACE-Tulsa District PROJECT NAME: Site Inspections of Aqueous Film Forming Foam Usage USACE PROJECT NUMBER: W912BV-15-C-0082 PROJECT LOCATION: Kirtland Air Force Base, Albuquerque, New Mexico DATE STARTED: 2/15/16 GROUND ELEVATION: 5,344.2 ft amsl COMPLETED: 2/15/16 HOLE SIZE: 8 inches (in) DRILLING CONTRACTOR: Envirodrill GROUND WATER LEVELS: No groundwater observed within borehole. DRILLING METHOD: Hollow Stem Auger Approximate depth to groundwater is 300 feet below ground surface (ft bgs). LOGGED BY: Robert Kelley GRAPHIC LOG U.S.C.S. SAMPLE ID & RANGE (ft bgs) DEPTH (ft) NOTES: 5' x 3.5'' Core Barrel MATERIAL DESCRIPTION 0 STSA SB03 (0-1) (SC) Clayey SAND. Light brown, dry, well sorted, well graded. SC GENERAL BH / TP / WELL - GINT STD US.GDT - 4/28/17 12:26 - C:\USERS\CUTERI\DESKTOP\GINT\KIRTLAND\STSA-SB02.GPJ 5 (SC) Grades to dark brown, moist. High plasticity fines. 10 Elevation feet above mean sea level (ft amsl) 5332.7 Depth (ft bgs) 11.5 (SW) SAND. Brown to light brown, dry, well graded, well sorted. Gravel approximately 5%, rounded to angular calcite (1 cm diameter). SW 15 STSA SB03 (15-16) 15.5 SP (SP) SAND. Light brown, dry, poorly graded, poorly sorted. Gravel approximately 15%, angular to subrounded (granitic), 1-6cm diameter. 5328.7 20 21.0 SC 25 STSA SB03 (24-25) 25.0 (SC) Clayey SAND. Brown, well sorted, well graded, dry, with trace gravel (<5%). Low plasticity fines. Bottom of borehole at 25.0 feet. 5323.2 5319.2 DAILY DRILLING REPORT JOB COMPLETED El YES NO Client I Date Sum: I I End: I .3 I Project . Location .4 .. . City I . Project Type: WT EnVirO Gootoch CI Labor Only Other MILTLODEPTH "noun? SBIIZTE ?me "503?: ?"35 a" [j SAND - SILT CLAY CALICHE [j GRAVEL COBBLES MEDIUM SOFT I MEDIUM HARD [j EXTREMELY HARD [j REFUSAL GROUNDINATER ENCOUNTERED FOOTAGE DRILLED I DRILL RATE PER HOUR TOTAL SAMPLES 90330.9;me SERVICE PERFORMED OTY. RATE CHARGE RENTALS I SUPPLIES OTY. RATE 2B2 MAKE READY I DECONTAMINATION SUPPORT VEHICLE I TRAILER BEFORE AFTER JOB GENERATOR 212 MOBILIZE I DEMOBILIZE EQUIPMENT ?Aunts, 2?2 CORING MACHINE I CUT SAFETY MEETING BULLET TEETH DRILL OPERATIONS PORTLAND CEMENT REAMING HOLEISI MOVING BETWEEN SITEISI ASPHALT GROUTING. HOURS FEET SITE CLEANUP DRUMS INCL DE MOVING DRUMS PVC CASING IN. 5 FT. TRAVEL WITHOUT RIG PVC IN. 10 FT. 212 LABORER SCREEN .0 SLOT IN. 5 FT. 212 SCREEN .D _o SLOT IN. 10 FT. 212 WELL DEVELOPMENT CAP 212 WELL ABANDONMENT 30m? c? 250 STANDBY A DELAYS IEXPLAINI GRADE 212 CREW OVERTIME WELL VAULT, SIZE: IN. PER we" BENTONITE PELLETS. PAILS: 212 MEAL I MISC. BREAKS IDDT REOUIREDI POWDER 27B CHEW I JACK HAMMER 27B PERMITS I REPORTS AIR COMPRESSOR. SIZE: 277 SUPERVISORY TIME REMARKS: . v. I I EQUIPMENT W87 g??'gym 1?37 RATE CHARGE RIG . SUPPORT VEHICLE I ., MAN-HOUR ALLOCATION HOURS OPERATOR l' I DOWN TIME. HOURS BELOW) ASSISTANT . -. DAMAGED OH LOST EQUIPMENT: SIGNATURE APPROVING WORK CONTENT CLIENT SIGNATURE. ff: I P.0JW.OJJOB NO.: E10 ~19? OOBIZBIOOWTI. Inc. White - Invoicing: Yellow - Client EnvirO-Drill. Inc. DAILY DRILLING REPORT JOB COMPLETEODYES NO. JOBS THIS DAY Client Date I Start: - I End: Project Job No. . - 1: 1? Location .r . City _1_1 . A 1 i PrOjoct Type: Contract WT EnVirO Gootoch Labor Only Other EMU w'SAND I I SILT CLAY I - CALICHE GRAVEL CORDLES [j MEDIUM SOPT I MEDIUM HARD [j HARD [j IEFUML GROUNDWATER TABLE ENCOUNTERED YES NO POOTAOE DRILLED I DRILL RATE PER HOUR I I TOTAL SAMPLES I Gammwn? Dam SERVICE PERFORMED OTY. RATE CHARGE RENTALS SUPPLIES CITY. RATE CHARGE 252 MAKE READY I DECONTAMINATION - SUPPORT VEHICLE I TRAILER BEFORE I AFTER Joa GENERATOR 212 EQUIPMENT TRmum-n 212 CORINO MACHINE I SAW CUT SAFETY BULLET TEETH DRILL OPERATIONS PORTLAND CEMENT REAMING HOLEISI MOVING BETWEEN SITEISI ASPHALT GROUTING. HOURS FEET WSOUEEN SITE CLEANUP DRUMS 30R IN DES: 212 5'25: MOVING DRUMS PVC CASINO IN. 5 FT. CREW TRAVEL WITHOUT RIG PVC 1? 212 SCREEN .0 SLOT IN. 5 FT. 212 WELL Immune" SCREEN SLOT IN. 10 PT. 212 WELL DEVELOPMENT TOP 212 WELL ASANDONMENT ?no? 250 STANDBY a. DELAYS IEXPLAINI I GRADE 212 mm WELL VAULT. SIZE: IN. PER BENTONITE PELLETS. PAILS: 212 MEAL I MISC. BREAKS IDOT SACKS: 27a CREW BREAK JACK HAMMER 276 PERMITS I REPORTS AIR COMPRESSOR. SIZE: 277 SUPERVISORY TIME REMARKS: . EQUIPMENT Tia-?2 5&ng HIE RATE CHARGE I RIG 1? 1' L1 SUPPORT VEHICLE C, MAN-HOUR ALLOCATION HOURS mum" RIG I TRUCK DOWN TIME. HOURS IEXPLAIN DELOWI ASSISTANT LABORER DAMAGED OH LOST EQUIPMENT: - SIONATURE APPROVING worn: CONTENT - ,1 3 Q, I . CLIENT SIGNATUREI '1 - r: P.0JW.OJ 403 NO.: E10 - 1994 Inc. Whit. - Invoicing: Yellow Cllont Enviro?Drill, Inc. a {ya I I I Mussissauga.0nrario LEN 2L8 I 1 IFree: 800-563-6265 A Bureau. Verilas Group Company Phone. 905 817 5700 Fax 905 817 5?CHAIN 0F CUSTODY RECORD 3 0 Page I of . Invoice Information Report Information (if differs from invoice] Project Information {where applicable} Turnaround Time Required (VT Quotation II: If 6 TAT (5-7 days) Most analyses Company Name: I II I Company Name: A I - IIUJJII . . I, . Contact NameContact Name: MI Mimi JI: AFEII: 6 Address: l_ (3 Eff Address: DI BIL Project II: I, Z: I 090 I IMAM ?3 Lil Run malfum 0 181%? Site Location: II a, II IE 103v Blows 3-4 Days - . I - Phone: I 4 (If: Fax: PhoneFax: LII ?4048?0 I Slte If: I TQM EmailUITI EmaiiSampled By: - . l. Date Required: Rush Confirmation II: Regulation 153 Other Regulations Analysis Requested mgOR?ATony USE ONLY DTable 1 Elks/Park Elli/led! Fine DCCME DSanitary Sewer Bylaw REFER TO BACK OF cusroov SEAL 2 Dina/Comm Eltoarse BMISN, : Storrn Sewer Bylaw COC I COOLER TEMPERATURES Other DPWQO Raglan .Present Intact [jTable A DOIher [Specify] FOR RSC IPLEASE CIRCLE) I DREG 553 3 DAY TAT REQU Criteria on Certi?tate of Anatvsis: MEDIA DATE Ile SAMPLE IDENTIFICATION MATRIX MM) COMMENTS FIELD FILTERED (CIRCLEI Metais Hg CrVi REG 153 METALS 8: INORGANICS REG 153 ICPMS METALS REG 153 ng. Cr VI. ICPMS Metals, HWS BI - DO NOT ANALVZE PHC F1 PHCS. F2 F4 "9?5 A .5- .) II 0F CONTAINERS SUBMITTED Q8 SCICI REUNQUISHED BY: [Signature/Print} DATE: TIME: RECEIVED BY: (Signature/Print] DATE: TIME: MAXXAM 108 II I H035 I I COG-1004 {10t14} - ENV ENG I While: Maxxam Yellow 6740 Campobeilo Road, Mississauga, Ontario LSN 2L8 a )aa A Bureau Eritas Group Company Phone: 905817-5700 Fax: 905-817-5779 Toll Free: 800-563-6266 I mammal/2 CHAIN or CUSTODY RECORD 6 7 3 1i Pageiof i Invoice Information (Ti Report Information {if differs from invoice) OTIC iu MLU r? Address: "160i {ii Ki: Srii "an .mo Tx?szl? Phone: '3 Fax: 4w! Mal . or Project Information {where applicable) Turnaround Time (TAT) Required I Company Name: Company Name: Regular TAT (5-7 day's} BWIYSES Quotation 9.0. i 0i i Pitta: i (Ti M53129 (. i i Contact Name: 1y" i MLL 6? Phone: tji~i 45? Contact Name: Address: Rush TAT (Surcharges will be applied} mm m, Date Requlred: Project ii: C) 46 Site Location: .11 Site Ii: Email: Email: I Sampled By: Con?rmation ii: Regulation 153 DTable 1 DRes/Park DMedl Fine DTabIe 2 DInd/Comm DCoarse DTable 3 BMW Other DTable FOR RSC (PLEASE CIRCLE) Other Regulations CCME DSanitarv Sewer Bylaw DStorm Sewer Bylaw :]Pwoo f? DOther (Specify) DREG 558 (MIN. 3 DAY TAT Analysis Requested LABORATORY USE ONLY CUSTODY SEAL Intact REFER TO BACK OF COC COOLER TEMPERATURES Present [(312 Criteria on Certificate of Analysis: I MEDIA PRESENT: DATE SAMPLED IIME SAMPLE MATRIX FIELD FILTERED (CIRCLE) Metals Hg Cer RES 153 METALS 8. INORGANICS REG 153 ICPMS METALS REG 153 METALS (Hg. Cr VI. ICPMS MetalsCOMMENTS HOLD- DO NOT ANALYZE 31. DATE: 2011/02/14 BY: (Signature/Print) a MALL 2.9. TIME: I600 DATE: {vwv/Mwooi TIME: MAXXAM 108 if} I I i i. ,2 coo-1004 (10:14) - ENV ENG. White Maxxam Yellow: Client a 6740 Campobello Road, Ontario LSN 2L8 A Bureau Ve/ritas Group Company Phone- 905-817-5700 Fax: 905-817-5779 Toll Free: 800-563-6266 1 :1 Page of I CAM Eco-011910 CHAIN 0F CUSTODY RECORD 6 7 3 2 Invoice Information Report Information [It differs from invoice} Project Information (where Turnaround Time (TAT) Required Company Name: Company Name: I6- Quotation 3: (I {a RegularTAT (5-7 days] Most analyses 50Contact Name: .2 .- 5 Address; I 16;! Address: . . project It; . 2,4 I . 06 Rush TAT [Surcharges will be applied) HI - SiteLocatIon: 1,1 I DlDav DZDays Phone: erI 75, Phone: - 2-9.5 Fax: [30 6,610. SitelI: Email: Email: 11) fir/7? Sampled By: ?1 Required: Con?n'natton It: Regulation 153 Other Regulations Analysis Requested LABORATORY USE ONLY DTable 1 ReslPark Mad! Fine CCME DSanltary Sewer REFER To or CUSTODY SEAL DTabIe 2 Glad/Comm I: Coarse DM UStorm Sewer avuw coc I COOLER. TEMPERATURES DTable 3 Other DPWQO I Present Intact DTable Dome-r (Specify) FOR RSC (PI-EASE Class 553 3 DAY TAT Criteria on Certi?cate of Analysis: I MEDIA PRESENT: TME AMP SAMPLEIDENTIFICATION I 5 LE MATRIX Iwmmwoo] COMMENTS II OF CONTAINERS SUBMITTED FIELD FILTERED Mutals/ REG 153 METALS Sr INORGANICS REG 1.53 ICPMS METALS REG 153 (Hg. Cr VI. ICPMS Metals. HWS - Do NOT ANALYZE PHC F1 PHCs F2 - F4 REUNQUISHED av: DATE: TIME: RECEIVED BY: [Signature/Print} DATE: TIME: MAXXAM 108 3 . 15" 0 CDC-1004 [10114) . ENV. ENG Whtte: Manxam - Yellow. ClIenl Ma?am A Bureau. Veritas Group Company EMU Campobello Road, Mississauga, Ontario LSN 2L8 Phone: 905-817-5700 Fax: 905?817-5779 CAM invoice Information Company Name: Contact Name: Address: V) Regulation 153 DRes/Park EIInd/Comm ElAgri/ Other DMed/ Fine DCoarse EITable 1 Drable 2 Drama 3 DTable FOR RSC CIRCLE) Criteria on Certi?cate of Analysis: SAMPLE IDENTIFICATION REUNQUISHED BY: (Signature/Mm} a IICL ENV. ENG. Report Information {if differs from invoice) Company Name: Contact Name: Address: Phone: 44 Email: Other Regulations CCME DSanitary Sewer Bylaw DMISQ DStorm Sewer Bylaw Re 11 DOIher [Specify] Dace 558 3 DAY TAT DATE TIMI- SAMPLE MM: MATRIX TIME: (Hi-hMMl I 000 DATE: 201? 02/18 A A i I Toll Free: 800-563?6266 FIELD (CIRCLEI Metals I Hg PHC Fl RECEIVED BY: [Signature/Print) I PHCs F2 - F4 CHAIN 0F CUSTODY RECORD Project Information {where applicable] Quotation ii: I: P.O. it! AFEB: Project if: Site Location: Site ll: Sampled By: Analysis Requested REFER TD BACK OF REG 153 METALS 8- INORGANICS REG 153 ICPMS METALS (Hg. Cr VI. ICPMS Metals. HWS- Bi REG 153 METALS DATE: A (I. HOLD- DO NOT ANALYZE TIMEPage of I Turnaround Time Required Regular TAT (5-7 days] Most a nalyses Rush TAT [Surcharges will be applied) '1 1Day DZDays El 34Days Required: Confirmation ti: LABORATORY use ONLY CUSTODY SEAL I COOLER TEMPERATURES Present Intact MEDIA COMMENTS MAXXAM JOB ll While: Maxxam - Yellow: Client Men/Yam A Bureau. Veritas Group Company Invoice Information i; Lu 4 Company Name: Contact Name: Address: Phone: I?i?l - r) Email: Regulation 153 DRes/Park Bind/Comm [:lAgri/ Other DTable 1 DTable 2 DTable 3 Drama ron RSC (PLEASE CIRCLE) Criteria on Certi?cate of Analysis: SAMPLE IDENTIFICATION I- RELINQUISHED BY: (Signature/Print) I\du/ COG-1004 (101?141- ENV ENG IL LI DMed/ Fine Eltoarse 6740 Campohello Road, Phone: 905-817-5700 CAM Ontarao LSN 2L8 Fax: 905?817-5779 Report Information {If differs from Invoice} Company Name: Address: I ILL- Phone: Email: Other Regulations ECCME DSanitary Sewer Bylaw DMISE Sewer Bylaw EIPwoo Rem nS DOIher [Specify] 558 (MIN. 3 DAY TAT IIMF SAMPLE IHH1MMI DATE . MATRIX DATE: gljl'l/Oa/ l5 TIME: Contact Name: OSI A ?lbI?l MI IR ow Toll Free: 3 OF CONTAINERS SUBMITTED Project Information (where applicable] I .- Quotation II: NEZ. ll: (ZI 9.0. AFEII: If. - I I 3" 1.3 Site Location: . Project II: Fax: Site II: . Sampled By: Analysis Requested REFER TO BACK OF CDC 8. INORGANICS FIELD FILTERED Metals I Hg! F1 F2 - F4 REG 153 REG 153 Io?ms METALS RE9153 METALS [ll-lg. Cr VI, ICPMS Metals, st - Bi 00 nor ANALYZE I RECEIVED BY: (Signature/Print] DATE: TIME: CHAIN OF cusroov RECORD 5 7 3 5 I Page I of? Turnaround Time (TAT) Required Regular TAT [5-7 days) Most analyses Rush TAT [Surcharges will be applied) 1Day Dznays S-GDays Required: Confirmation II: LABORATORY USE ONLY CUSTODY SEAL .Y I Present Intact CDOLER TEMPERATURES HG MEDIA PRESENT: COMME NTS MAXXAM JOB II Maxxam - Yellow: CiIonI a %a 6740 Campobello Road. L5N 2L8 A Bureau. Veritas Group Company Phone: 905-817-5700 Fax: 905-817-5779 Toll Free: 800-563-6266 CHAIN OF CUSTODY RECORD 6 7 3 1 Page I or; Report Information [if differs from Invoice} Turnaround Time Required (fl IE Contact Name: All: MA A?ll NE 2. Address(214" (II . (Um Invoice Information i" ll I Project Information (where applicable) PD. AFEII: 091 7 l/I5 6' I Remarks state where samples were collectedKiH?l amid New MMUCO Collected _a q, a I: Sample ?Date Tlme :9 a) 3 l-o- Ti 5'5 02mm oresb 2 x; STSA ~3 EMA. l(o W740 \y g: 7- 2i Eel-'2. - 4r' ., 6 0435 . 2, A FA #1394 legs 2 t. .4 - tutor->1. 5; .2 X. ?x 0 Turnaround Time Requested (please circle) Reilnsluisned by . Date . Time .4 Received by . time Standard ct} azucm 7% . 4 ran, #319?? 580:, (Rush TAT IS subject to laboratory approval and surcharge.) Relinquished by Date Time Received by Date Time Date results are needed: - "j CE (3 Relinquished by Date Time Received by Date Time Email address: . ?Jr?h. 7: II . e/ I Relinquished by Date Time Received by Date Time 0 Data Package Options (circle if . fit/\ZI Type I (EPA Level 3 IRelinquished by Date ?'me Received by Date Time VI Raw?atla?Onl Equivalent/non-CLP) yp y) EDD Required? Yes -44No Relinquished by Commercial Carrier: Type (Reduced non-CLP) TX TRRP-13 If yes, format: (3 UPS FedEx Other Site-S ecific N0 . NYSDEC Category Temperature upon recelpt ?c (If yes, Indicate QC sample and submlt sample volume.) Euro?ns Lancaster Laboratories Environmental, LLC - 2425 New Holland Pike, Lancaster, PA 17601 - 717-656-2300 The white copy should accompany samples to Euro?ns Lancaster Laboratories Environmental. The yellow copy should be retained by the client. 7044 0315 Environmental Ana eurofins Iysis Request/Chain of Custody tor La For Euro?ns Lancaster Laboratories use only Group 3 Sample it COC Lab Use Only 0W6 1.. l? T=Thlosulfale O=Olher were Potable Ground NPDES Surface j No Collected Sample identi?cation Soil Sediment Tissue otai it of Containers Composite (please circle] Rush (Rush TAT is sumac! to laboratory approval and surcharge.) results are needed: I4 AQHS -mail address: rh (circle if required) by Dy Type I (EPA Level 3 aw Data Only) quivalenUnon-CLP) Type ill (Reduced non-CLP) - - TX TRRP-13 NYSDEC Category A or MA MCP CT by EDD Required? If yes. lormat; as No Relunquished by UPS FedEx Carrier Other Yes indicate QC sample and Iubrmt Inplicale sample Euro?ns Lancaster Laboratones Environmental. LLC - 2425 New Holland Pike. Lancaster, PA 17601 - ?75656-2300 The white copy should accompany samples to Eurofms Lancaster Laboratories Env1ronmenlal The yellm copy should be retained by the chem Temperature upon receipt To.? u??6 Environmental Ana 3&9 euro?ns I lysis Request/Chain of Custody For Euro?ns Lancaster Laboratories Environmental use only Lancaster Laboratories Acct at Group It Envimnmenm 53"??la W, Lab Use Only SC Oi T=Thiosullate O=Other Remarks a ?lm m4. A6 samples wore ochue orrbsih to 2H9 Sediment Tissue Potable Ground NPDES Surface No Collected HT mu. Sample Identi?cation Total of Containers VOCS 'Sml SZLOB Time (please circle) Rush (Rush TAT rs subioct to laboratory approval and surcharge.) 4 clans 2h1h? mm 1330 results are needed: by -mail address: (circle if required) by Type (EPA Level 3 Equivalent/non-CLP) Gamer: Other Relinqulshed by UPS FedEx EDD ll format: Site-Speci?c QC NYSDEC Category A or MA MCP CT RCP (It mam? QC ?mph? Euro?ns Lancaster Laboratories Environmental. LLC - 2425 New Holland Pike. Lancaster, PA 17601 - 717-656-2300 The white copyahould accompany samples to Euro?ns Lancaster Laboratories Environmental. The yellow copy should be retamed by the Chen! Type (Reduced non-CLP) Yes Temperature upon receipt votune.) 70M ?3216 Emilia Tom Ill lemma Groundwater Well DevelopmenthurgeISample Log Page Project Name: (Man; Project No 2015341 0 Sampler(s): ?474 I SITE ID: LOCATION ID F6 ~700l (well number) Target Purge Volume: 7 11 5? @110?? gal Purging Method/Equipment: Sampling Equipmentle No: enneii than? Well Casing Diameter in: if Unit :Casing Volume Diameter: 0-75" 1-5" 2? (5) ?9170013! Volume: 0.03 gal/ft 0.10 gali? 0.16 gali?ft 0 agrgali? o0 no?l? Sounding (Depth to Well Bottom from TOG) ?80 .Qf) Static Water Love: (Depth to Water from TOC) l198?. 5?5? Length of Static Water Column in Casing 815,00 - 8 53' 31 HS- Casing Watef Volume (1) (3-, (03? 31,147 90. LN Casing Volumes three . 33 Sample Type Well Ins ection Checklist: Sample ID Sample Date Sample Time Sample Analysis Go Bad None NIA m%8?il30 . Well Identi?cation M3 ourqe M996 o7ool- 5 [91 3 3 mime meg- vooi ans/n 3?:th or a a .. . ?Er? (ii-0?0 700? FD 6? /17 (Sinai: Completion El Well Locleeal Notes: namic .1 Speci?o Dissolved i i Date Ell]: TFitr?tearr?irz) :23: H0236 Level ?332: Simw 33: TEJNrg'Sity Water Description I Comments (gaumun) (ft) (9'1 . +I.u.1 om +I-n.1 +I-1o% [Ms-?Aw H09 Won 9&5 MM MI 0.936 3279 9:0 072.8 016a,?? M5 i? If m? 0.999 51% I99 xsio M0 I 70 6,76. 685 0,408 6.7% 073 012,07 Sled? 1?1? 1" "71:5 ji?iuonf .lputmao?zl GEM Lu?? Eiumfinj? 3 wt?? ?Mai Page of Groundwlater Well DevelopmenthurgelSample Log .5155 l8 Project Name: ?51 an? Project No. 2015341-0 Sampler(s): SITE ID: 5 10?- MM LOCATION ID: Eli [0006}? (Well number) Target Purge Volume: (73.66: I gal Purging Methodequipmllent: Mih?'?A? Sampling Equipmentx'lD No: I ll. ?5 . x7?. Well Casing Diameter in: Lt Unit Casing Volume Diameter: 0-75" 1-5" 2" amt Volume: 0.03 galf? 0.10 galfft 0.16 galm Mal/ft Sounding (Depth to Well Bottom from TOC) a .0 Static Water Level (Depth to Water from TOC) 8 . 00 Length of Static Water Column in Casing - Casing Water Volume 0 J07 I 3% Casing Volumes three (0 9'1? .l J) Sample Type Well Inspection Checklist: NativelDSl SamplelD Sample Date Sample Time Sample Analysis Good Bad None NIA MSIMSD Well Identi?cation 121? a page, (?We loam?- 1 a/ws /1 7 me {8905 PrLc-rn 6 333:: $3ng ?awe "Kn mega? ll Pat? Bolts :2 a a Vault Lock Concrete Completion of :1 Well Locleeal I: Notes: . 3 Speci?c Dissolved . . Time RECDVE Purge Dynamic E?Volume pH Conductivity oxygen ORP Turbidity Date 24hr Time (mg) Hzo?ltfvel ?glad (gap 0-1 (its? $19 SL1) it: 5:13; Water Description I Comments 3ft? [m \Ionan 7? ?lat 0.398 6. 8?0 {30 A l?BOil 99.3 l6l'ila ?2.31 0.333 555 :33 0.0 leld - l? $14.0 [?09 "Ml 05593 that 0.0 3 am loll), 63 (ENE) --5 75? 34 (lane low-5364? '?ii Hill ?Ll TIE Druid: 1M Inmlulod . . a Project Name: I4. r?H A 9H5 Project llo. 3015 ina? 060? Groundwgater Well Developmen?Purge/Sample Log Page .L of Samplerts): 745. SITE ID: 013 LOCATION ID: (well number) Target Purge Volume: gal Purging Method/Equipment: berm. (Pom '10 Sampling Equipment/ID No: Be n9?. Pq {nip 2 A Well Casing Diameter (3) in: Unit Casing Volume Diameter: 0.75? 1.5" 2" a 5 Volume: 0.03 gallft 0.10 galf? 0.16 galfft 0.65 galfft Sounding (Depth to Well Bottom from TOC) b7 0 0 Static Water Level (Depth to Water from TOG) 4/77. Length of Static Water Column in Casing - Lag 7 - 7, 0(0 Casing Water Volume toCasing Volumes three (0 3 ?l 3 l7 Sam ple Type Well Checklist: NativeIDSI Sample ID Sample Date Sample Time Sample Analysis Good Bad None NIA MSIMSD Well Identi?cation ,zr" E. C, 1091 *5 .. 44AM 9 74.5. A Vault Cover .3 PF 03g LC Vault Seal if I: 2 Bolts a . Vault Lock AS. ??95 Concrete Completion a - Well Lockaeal i?7CL?l'Jl?Ve H.618 9 Ab A7 16707 PF 05 mm 5 Notes: . A Speci?c Dissolved . . - . Purge Dynamic gVolume Conductivity oxygen ORP . Tlme Recovery 20 I 3p ed Temp (mV) (NTU) ri ll 70 Mia/r; oat-poi Quito ((0.961 ma?l 0.307 [th0 198? 19H 1. (ma 0.99 7.93 0.3? exis- [so (18 Wd SCI/hide! will: hole 9 {eel/t0 [a v- 15 my 009le 99]? d?umf? dou?v?l +0 QWFOX ?71709 w]n?n SW5. Madam . Lfk?? I Page of EEOTIE Groundwater Well DevelopmenthurgelSample Log 136 lS?lS Oneida Tout Inmlmud Project Name: k1 Pl Project No. 2015341-06 ()qu Sampler(?L SITE ID: I LOCATION ID: (Well number) Target Purge Volume: Purging Method/Equipment: Sampling EquipmentIID No: 5 gallon 5 gal 1! t! Well Casing Diameter in: Unit Qasing Volume Diameter: 1.5? 2" Volume: 0.03 gaim 0.10 gattii 0.16 gaim 0.65 gal/ft Sounding (Depth to Well Bottom from T00) (12): 55C: Static Water Level (Depth to Water from TOC) 5?38 07 - Length of Static Water Column in Casing - - 11?; Casing Water Volume 6' 1L9 fl 5 10 336K Casing Volumes three ?59 to?) @111 ple Type 5 NativeIDSI Sample ID Sample Date Sample Time Sample Analysis 7 Good Bad None NIA usruso - Well Identi?cation ?qu K?p? 0 7% 3/7 73' p505 ?ame-5' 323:: ,tar 14 14% @6130? 1475 2943/1 we? Bots Ill/150 l4 ?3?56 ?3le 7 I fr Well LocliISeal Notes: i Sped?c Dissolved Purge Dynamic iVolume Conduct . ORP Turbidity Rate H20 Level iPurged Temp xvge . (m XL) Water Description i Comments (gallium) 0 1 3% 0.1 10 10% 9/1) . 657 01-579 r9169 30,} My r03?! 6 33 0.5?50 7,53 #3 {7.3 Ni? man 635 m8?? 863 We (131210 not 9,014 5108 11.4519 01:10 157 Hat lost; ME 0.181 12.101 139 911' {1?11 H.910 tto 0.1801 (.51 38.0 H97 MM (0,05 71.3 mt 551W 01.18 6111 owl-3 1151 @119 some?) (?73 Time Recovery Data 24hr Time (min) Final Site Inspection for Aqueous Film Forming Foam Areas Kirtland Air Force Base, New Mexico Appendix B OTIE SOPs Contract No. W912BV-15-C-0082 September 2017 SOP No. OTIE005A Revision No 04 Date: September 21, 2012 Page 1 of 15 Field Parameter Measurements in Water TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 1.0 INTRODUCTION ..................................................................................... 3 2.0 FIELD MEASUREMENT USING MULTI-PARAMETER PROBE.................................... 3 2.1. Description........................................................................................ 3 2.2. Procedure ......................................................................................... 4 2.3. Deploying The Multiparameter Probe Downhole In A Monitoring Well .................... 4 2.4. Deploying Multiparameter Probe In A Flow-Through Cell .................................. 5 2.5. Surface Water Measurements With A Multiparameter Probe .............................. 5 2.6. Deployment Duration Guidelines .............................................................. 6 2.7. Precision And Accuracy ......................................................................... 6 3.0 FIELD MEASUREMENT OF SPECIFIC CONDUCTANCE .......................................... 6 3.1. Description........................................................................................ 6 3.2. Procedure ......................................................................................... 7 3.3. Documentation ................................................................................... 7 3.4. Precision and Accuracy.......................................................................... 7 4.0 FIELD MEASUREMENT OF PH ..................................................................... 7 4.1. Description........................................................................................ 7 4.2. Procedure ......................................................................................... 8 4.3. Documentation ................................................................................... 8 4.4. Precision and Accuracy.......................................................................... 8 5.0 FIELD MEASUREMENT OF DISSOVLED OXYGEN ................................................ 8 5.1. Description........................................................................................ 8 5.2. Procedure for Optical Dissolved Oxygen Sensor ............................................. 9 5.3. Procedure for Electrochemical Cell Do Meter ............................................... 9 5.4. Documentation .................................................................................. 10 6.0 FIELD MEASUREMENT OF OXIDATION REDUCTION POTENTIAL (ORP) ....................10 Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC SOP No. OTIE005A Revision No 04 Date: September 21, 2012 Page 2 of 15 6.1. Influences on and Limitations Of ORP Data: ................................................ 10 6.2. Procedure for ORP Measurement ............................................................. 11 6.3. Documentation .................................................................................. 11 7.0 FIELD MEASUREMENT OF TURBIDITY ..........................................................11 7.1. Description....................................................................................... 11 7.2. Procedure ........................................................................................ 12 7.3. Documentation .................................................................................. 12 7.4. Precision and Accuracy......................................................................... 12 8.0 FIELD MEASUREMENT OF FERROUS IRON .....................................................12 8.1. Description....................................................................................... 12 8.2. Procedure ........................................................................................ 13 8.3. Documentation .................................................................................. 13 9.0 REFERENCES .......................................................................................13 QC Review Signatures Name/Role Signature John Fleissner, PE Corporate QC Manager Nova Clite, PG Sr. Hydrogeologist Cecil Irby PG Sr. Geologist/PM-PFC Specific Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC Date 09/22/12 9/24/12 2/22/16 SOP No. OTIE005A Revision No 04 Date: September 21, 2012 Page 3 of 14 Field Parameter Measurements in Water (Modified for PFC specific procedures) Given the low detection limits associated with PFC analysis and the many potential sources of trace levels of PFCs, field personnel are advised to act on the side of caution by strictly following these protocols, frequently replacing nitrile gloves, and rinsing field equipment to help mitigate the potential for false detections of PFCs. Do not use Teflon®-containing materials (e.g., Teflon® tubing, bailers, tape, plumbing paste, or other Teflon® materials) since Teflon® contains fluorinated compounds. Specific items related to field parameter measurements in water are discussed below. 1.0 INTRODUCTION This Standard Operating Practice (SOP) presents general information on collection of the field parameters associated with aqueous solutions. Accurate measurement of these parameters is critical for the prediction and interpretation of the reactions and migration of dissolved species. Field measurement practices covered under the SOP include: • • • • • Measurement of multiple parameters during pre‐sample purging of groundwater monitoring wells Measurement of groundwater parameters in situ (in the well) by downhole deployment of measuring devices Measurement of surface water quality parameters Measurement of individual parameters (using single purpose meter) Measurement of ferrous iron in water samples using field test kits This SOP may also apply to the testing of wastewater; however the general intent of this SOP is for environmental monitoring sampling of natural waters and is not intended for waste characterization or unknown waste categorization. The set up and use of any field meters should follow manufacturer’s recommended procedures to assure a consistency of use. In addition, all meters should be properly maintained, calibrated, operated, and stored in accordance with the manufacturer’s specifications. All field measurement equipment should be properly calibrated prior to use in the field in accordance with the manufacturer instructions. 2.0 FIELD MEASUREMENT USING MULTI-PARAMETER PROBE 2.1. DESCRIPTION Field measurement of several water quality parameters at once is performed using a multi‐ parameter probe. Different manufactures offer different configurations of meter types; typical meters for groundwater and surface water applications include: • • • • Temperature, Specific conductivity or conductance, Oxidation‐reduction potential (ORP), pH, and Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC SOP No. OTIE005A Revision No 04 Date: September 21, 2012 • Dissolved oxygen (DO). Page 4 of 14 Some multi‐parameter probes may include a turbidity meter, but a separate meter for measurement of turbidity is recommended. The parameters required to be measured should be identified in the project‐specific Sampling and Analysis Plan (SAP). Typical uses of a multi‐parameter water probe include: • • • 2.2. Measuring water quality parameters downhole in a well, Monitoring of purged groundwater parameters in a flow‐through cell that is attached to the outflow tubing of a pump, and Directly in a surface water body. PROCEDURE The following are general procedures that should be implemented before deploying the multi‐ parameter water probes: 1. Inspect the exterior of equipment (probe and data logger) for damage (e.g., tears or cuts in cable, cracked probe housing, etc.). If there are cuts in the cable, calibration should indicate whether or not the cut cable affects connections from the probe to the data logger. If damage affects the operation of the probe and/or data logger, the equipment will be replaced with functional equipment and damaged equipment will be returned for repair. 2. Prior to use, the probe should be calibrated for all of the parameters that will be measured in the field (with the exception of temperature, although instrument performance should be checked in ice water). Calibration for the instrument shall follow the instructions outlined in the manufacturer instructions which will be stored in the field vehicle, equipment room, or mobile laboratory for reference. To check temperature probe performance, place the probe in ice water and check the reading once it has stabilized. Ice water should measure 0°Celsius (32° Fahrenheit). 3. Upon completing calibration, the probe and data logger are ready for use. Special care should be taken in deploying the probe in the various configurations. A discussion on using each configuration follows. 2.3. DEPLOYING THE MULTIPARAMETER PROBE DOWNHOLE IN A MONITORING WELL Check groundwater analytical data for each well you plan to use instrument. Highly contaminated groundwater and free‐phase liquids could degrade instrument performance or damage it. Communicate any relevant field observations (strong odors, presence of product) with your Field Team Leader (FTL) or Project Manager. Check available well construction logs or field sampling plan for specific well information before deploying instrument. Measure water levels and total well depths sufficient time before deployment of the probe to allow any disturbed well bottom sediments to resettle (at least one hour). Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC SOP No. OTIE005A Revision No 04 Date: September 21, 2012 Page 5 of 14 1. If depth to the top‐of‐screen is known, then measure sufficient cable length to place the probe within the screened interval of the well. Alternatively, if you are reasonably certain of the well screen length, then estimate the cable length required based on bottom‐of‐screen depth plus at least 2 feet. If the water column height in the well is less than 2 feet, use of the probe downhole is not recommended (discuss alternative measurements with FTL or Project Manager). 2. 3. 4. 5. 2.4. Do not deploy the probe in the stagnant water column above the screened interval or in the bottom well sump because you will not get accurate readings. Slowly lower the probe into the well. Do not drop the probe down the well or tag the bottom, which can stir up sediments. When lowering the probe, minimize any splashing or disturbance of the water. Secure the cable at the wellhead to ensure that the probe remains at the prescribed depth. Set up the file name and logging parameters on the data logger following manufacturer’s instructions. Properly store instrument after decontamination (SOP No. 011A). DEPLOYING MULTIPARAMETER PROBE IN A FLOW-THROUGH CELL 1. Program the data logger for file name, duration, and sample interval. 2. Connect the inlet line of the flow‐through cell with the discharge line (the tubing from a submersible pump that is downhole of a monitoring well). 3. Ensure the outlet line of the flow‐through cell is secure and connected to the discharge container. Ensure proper spill prevention/containment for discharge water. 4. When ready to begin measuring field parameters, fill the flow‐through cell to the top. Once the flow‐through cell is full, insert the probe. Secure the probe with the set screws at the top of the flow‐through cell. Start the data logger. Minimize air bubbles in the outflow tubing and flow‐through cell during the collection of the measurements by maintaining a sufficient flow rate through the system. 5. Properly store instrument after decontamination (SOP No. 011A). 2.5. SURFACE WATER MEASUREMENTS WITH A MULTIPARAMETER PROBE Follow manufacturer’s instructions for probe set‐up. Since surface water conditions are highly variable, this SOP provides only general instructions for collection of the data. 1. Program data logger; fill out field data log and/or field logbook with data collection location. 2. Slowly lower the probe into the surface water sampling location, minimize splashing or disturbance of the water. Completely submerse the probe. Generally, for surface water, the measurements will be collected from the top 2 feet of the water unless otherwise specified in a SAP for the site. Note flow conditions, if present. 3. Begin logging parameters/data. 4. Properly store instrument after decontamination (SOP No. 011A). Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC SOP No. OTIE005A Revision No 04 Date: September 21, 2012 2.6. Page 6 of 14 DEPLOYMENT DURATION GUIDELINES The duration and intervals for data logging will be dependent on the objectives of collecting the field parameter measurements. The following are suggested instrument deployment duration times and data collection intervals for specific activities requiring field parameter measurements. Activity Pre‐purge/development of a monitoring well Purge/development of a monitoring well Post‐purge/development of monitoring well Surface water 2.7. Instrument Deployment Configuration Downhole Flow‐through cell Downhole Surface water Instrument Deployment Duration (min.) 10 Project Specific 10 10 Timed Interval for Readings 1 3 1 1 PRECISION AND ACCURACY Instrument calibration and a performance check should be performed before each field day following manufacturer instructions. The following parameters should be accurate to: • • • • • • Specific conductance to 0.1 microSiemens per centimeter(uS/cm) pH to 0.2 units DO to 0.1 ug/l Percent DO to 0.5%, and ORP to 1 millivolts. Temperature to 4°C can be checked in ice water (note: built‐in thermometer cannot be adjusted or calibrated. If thermometer is malfunctioning, replace instrument). 3.0 FIELD MEASUREMENT OF SPECIFIC CONDUCTANCE 3.1. DESCRIPTION Specific conductance is a widely used indicator of water quality. It is a measure of the ability of water to conduct or transmit an electrical current, which depends on the presence of ions, their total concentration, mobility, and temperature. For inorganic species, the electrical conductivity of water is directly proportional to the total dissolved salt content. Specific conductance is an indirect way of determining total dissolved solids (TDS), which has a suggested aesthetic water quality limit of 500 mg/L in potable water (Nielsen, 1991). It is an indicator of change within a system and is used as an aid in evaluating whether a sample is representative of the water in the system. It is rapidly and easily measured in the field. Briefly, the specific conductance is defined as the measure of the quantity of electricity transferred across a unit area, per unit potential gradient, per unit time. A cell constant is determined by measuring a solution of known conductivity. Solutions of known conductivity are purchased or can be made from reagent‐grade KCl. Sampling personnel will consult operating instructions for the specific instrument used for the determination of the cell constant. This conductivity is expressed in various units, including micromhos per centimeter (μmhos/cm) and μS/cm. Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC SOP No. OTIE005A Revision No 04 Date: September 21, 2012 Page 7 of 14 The following procedure describes the field measurement of the specific conductance of an aqueous sample using a conductance meter and a platinum or stainless steel electrode. This method is applicable to ground and surface waters. The specific conductance of a sample is measured by use of a self‐contained conductivity meter, Wheatstone bridge type, or equivalent. Samples are preferably analyzed at 25°C. If not, temperature corrections are made and results reported at 25°C. The specific conductance meter will be calibrated on a daily basis prior to the procedures outlined below. The calibration procedures will conform to the manufacturer’s specifications. 3.2. PROCEDURE Follow the instruction manual for the specific field conductivity meter used. 1. Collect the sample and record its temperature. 2. Set the instrument’s temperature adjustment to the temperature of the sample, if required. 3. Immerse the probe in the sample, keeping it away from the sides and bottom of the container. Make sure the probe is entirely submerged. 4. Report the results to the nearest ten units for readings under 1,000 μmhos/cm and the nearest 100 units for readings over 1,000 μmhos/cm. 3.3. DOCUMENTATION 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 3.4. Record the source and expiration date of standards used for calibration. List the instrument manufacturer and model number. Record date and time of calibration check. Record temperature and conductivity standard used to check calibration. Record sample temperature and conductivity readings. List the name of the person performing the measurement(s). PRECISION AND ACCURACY Most conductivity meters have an accuracy of ± 2 percent of the reading. With satisfactory equipment, results within one percent of the true value should be obtained. 4.0 FIELD MEASUREMENT OF PH 4.1. DESCRIPTION The measurement of pH in an aqueous solution uses a reference electrode of known potential (pH meter). The pH of a solution is defined as the negative logarithm to the base 10 of the hydrogen ion activity in moles per liter or grams equivalent per liter (pH = ‐log[H+]). The pH expresses the relatively acidity or alkalinity of a fluid on a scale from zero to 14. A pH of seven represents a neutral solution. Follow the site‐specific safety plan when measuring pH in fluids that may be highly acidic (pH 4 or less) or alkaline (pH 9 or greater). Natural waters generally have pH values in the range of four to nine. The primary control over pH in natural waters is the carbonate system, including gaseous and dissolved carbon dioxide, bicarbonate, and carbonate ions. Sample degassing may affect pH due to loss of carbon dioxide. Temperature and ionic strength of the fluid are factors that may affect pH measurements. Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC SOP No. OTIE005A Revision No 04 Date: September 21, 2012 4.2. PROCEDURE Page 8 of 14 1. Before the field event, calibrate the pH meter using fresh calibration solutions, following manufacturer’s instructions. 2. At the job site, allow the pH meter to equilibrate to ambient temperature before use. 3. Thoroughly rinse the electrode with distilled water in between samples. 4. Lower the probe into the water sample and allow it to equilibrate. 5. Record the stabilized reading in the logbook. 6. Rinse the probe with deionized water. If exposed to oily solutions, thoroughly cleanse with laboratory‐grade detergent and triple rinse before re‐using. 7. Properly store meter according to manufacturer’s instructions. 4.3. DOCUMENTATION For each field event: • • • • • • 4.4. Date/time of the last calibration, buffered solutions used, source and expiration date of buffers used, calibration results. Instrument manufacturer and model number. For each sample: Site name, sample location, sample type Person performing the measurement Instrument decontamination procedures Date, time, sample temperature, sample pH PRECISION AND ACCURACY Under normal conditions the accuracy is ± 0.2 pH units. 5.0 FIELD MEASUREMENT OF DISSOVLED OXYGEN 5.1. DESCRIPTION This section is for the use of a dissolved oxygen (DO) meter deployed downhole in a groundwater monitoring well, in a flow‐through cell during groundwater pre‐sample purging, or in surface water. The concentration of DO provides an estimate of the oxidation state of the water and hence measures the ability of the water to support aerobic metabolism or geochemical reactions. DO is commonly used as an indicator to evaluate groundwater remedial progress, particularly for enhanced in‐situ bioremediation. Two different types of DO meters are now available: the optical DO sensor and the electrochemical cell. Of the two types, the optical DO sensor is preferred as it provides greater accuracy with little measurement “drift” and less interference from groundwater conditions or data collection methods. Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC SOP No. OTIE005A Revision No 04 Date: September 21, 2012 Page 9 of 14 5.2. PROCEDURE FOR OPTICAL DISSOLVED OXYGEN SENSOR Follow the manufacturer’s instruction manual for the specific DO sensor used. Generally, the optical DO sensor is used with a data logger (e.g., TROLL); follow manufacturer’s instructions for set‐up and connection of the data logger with the DO sensor (InSitu, 2009). 1. Follow manufacturer’s instructions for DO sensor calibration; record calibration results. Rinse the sensor and front end of the instrument very thoroughly with distilled water following completion of all calibration steps. The optical DO sensor should be calibrated at least once every 3 months. 2. Select the oxygen concentration units (e.g., mg/L [ppm], μg/L [ppb], microMolar concentration [μmol/L], or oxygen saturation [%]). The desired units may be specified in the sampling and analysis plan and generally should be consistent for all monitoring events to prevent data interpretation errors. 3. If you are measuring DO in a significantly saline environment (e.g., marine waters, salt‐ water intrusion areas, landfill leachate zones) a salinity compensation algorithm should be applied during DO sensor setup following manufacturer’s instructions. Use the most recent salinity data from the site. 4. Deploy the calibrated optical DO sensor either downhole in a monitoring well, in a flow‐ through cell, or directly in a surface water body. DO changes rapidly in response to pressure and temperature changes; therefore, DO measurements collected in ways other than those listed may not be valid. For example, readings of DO in a bucket of purge water are unlikely to reflect subsurface aquifer conditions. 5. Record the results in the field logbook and applicable field form or, if using a data logger, download the data logger as soon as practicable following the field event. 5.3. PROCEDURE FOR ELECTROCHEMICAL CELL DO METER Follow manufacturer’s instruction manual for the specific DO meter used. 1. Prior to field use, inspect the membrane of the DO meter for air bubbles and/or holes. Replace the membrane if bubbles or holes exist. 2. Make sure the membrane is wet by soaking it in analyte‐free water prior to calibration and during storage. 3. Calibrate the DO meter on a daily basis in accordance with to the manufacturer’s instructions. 4. Use the DO probe either downhole in a monitoring well, in a flow‐through cell, or directly in a surface water body. DO changes rapidly in response to pressure and temperature changes; therefore, DO measurements collected in ways other than those listed may not be valid. For example, readings of DO in a bucket of purge water are unlikely to reflect subsurface aquifer conditions. 5. When deployed downhole, it may be necessary to move the probe slowly up and down in the water column (unless the device is equipped to move water past the sensor). The sensor will deplete the oxygen around it and will yield artificially low DO readings if held steady in still water. Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC SOP No. OTIE005A Revision No 04 Date: September 21, 2012 Page 10 of 14 6. Record the results within the field logbook and applicable field form to the nearest 0.1 mg/L. 5.4. DOCUMENTATION 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.0 Record instrument manufacturer and model number. Record date and time of calibration, solutions used, solution expiration dates. Record Site name, sampling location, data and time Record the person performing the measurement Record sample DO readings or down‐load data logger as soon as practicable following data collection. FIELD MEASUREMENT OF OXIDATION REDUCTION POTENTIAL (ORP) Oxidation‐reduction potential (ORP) is a measure, in millivolts (mV), of the tendency of a chemical substance to oxidize or reduce another chemical substance. An ORP sensor consists of an ORP electrode and a reference electrode, similar to pH meter. The principle behind the ORP measurement is the use of an inert (noble) metal electrode (platinum or sometimes gold), which, due to its low resistance, will give up electrons to an oxidant or accept electrons from a reductant. The ORP electrode will continue to accept or give up electrons until it develops a potential, due to the charge build up, which is equal to the ORP of the solution. The typical accuracy of an ORP measurement is ±20 mV; however, accuracy specifications are relative to redox standards, such as a Zobell solution, and not to environmental waters (YSI Environmental, 2005). Terminology: Because oxidation always involves reduction (i.e., gain and loss of electrons), ORP is sometimes referred to as representing “redox” conditions in water. The terms “Eh” and ORP represent the same parameter; however Eh is measured with a different reference electrode which is uncommon in field applications (YSI Environmental, 2005). The term ORP is preferred as it is specific to the meters typically used in environmental water field applications. 6.1. INFLUENCES ON AND LIMITATIONS OF ORP DATA: ORP is a nonspecific measurement: An ORP measurement reflects the combined effects of all dissolved species in the fluid. Unless the dissolved species, and in particular, the predominant redox‐active species, are known through geochemical testing, ORP data in relatively clean groundwater or surface water has only limited utility. Users should thus be careful not to “over‐interpret” ORP data unless specific information about the site is known (YSI Environmental, 2005). Temperature: The temperature of the water for which ORP is being determined will affect the voltage output of the sensor. While temperature must be taken into account for calibration and should be considered when reporting field ORP values, the variation is usually not definable since the temperature effect depends on the dissolved species responsible for the ORP reading, and these species are usually not known exactly for environmental water. Contamination of the ORP Sensor: A slow equilibrium response or erratic response may indicate a fouled ORP sensor. Particularly for routine monitoring (versus long‐term monitoring Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC SOP No. OTIE005A Revision No 04 Date: September 21, 2012 Page 11 of 14 as in installation of the probe in a well), the ORP sensors must be properly maintained and stored to ensure quick equilibrium time and accurate readings. Low Concentration of Redox‐Active Species: Environmental waters can be naturally low in reduction/oxidation species; essentially these waters fall below the detection limit of the ORP meter. Due to the listed limitations, ORP measurements are best applied when measuring changes in ORP due to completion of redox reactions (Emerson Process Management, 2008). 6.2. PROCEDURE FOR ORP MEASUREMENT 1. Follow manufacturer’s instructions for the ORP meter used; record calibration results (if calibration performed). Rinse the sensor very thoroughly with distilled water following completion of all calibration steps. 2. Deploy the calibrated ORP meter either downhole in a monitoring well, in a flow‐ through cell, or directly in a surface water body. 3. Record the results in the field logbook and applicable field form or, if using a data logger, download the data logger as soon as practicable following the field event. 4. Clean and properly store the ORP Meter. 6.3. DOCUMENTATION 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Record instrument manufacturer and model number. Record date and time of calibration, solutions used, solution expiration dates. Record Site name, sampling location, data and time Record the person performing the measurement Record sample DO readings or down‐load data logger as soon as practicable following data collection. 7.0 FIELD MEASUREMENT OF TURBIDITY 7.1. DESCRIPTION Turbidity is a measure of the amount of suspended and colloidal organic and inorganic particles that cause opacity (“cloudiness”) in water (Nielson, 1991). Elevated turbidity in a sample indicates it contains suspended matter that may affect the quality of analytical data. For instance, a total metals analysis of a turbid sample will detect the concentrations of both the dissolved metals and the metals adsorbed onto the particle surfaces. Elevated turbidity may also indicate biofouling of the monitoring well, which can also affect data quality and reliability. A turbidity meter (nephelometer or turbidimeter) measures the turbidity of an aqueous sample by comparing the light absorption of the sample liquid and a control liquid. Turbidity is measured in nephelometric turbidity units (NTUs). The method described in this SOP is applicable to ground and surface waters. Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC SOP No. OTIE005A Revision No 04 Date: September 21, 2012 7.2. Page 12 of 14 PROCEDURE The turbidity of a solution is determined by comparing a sample to a known indexed reference standards provided by the manufacturer as part of the nephelometer test kit. The turbidity meter should be calibrated in accordance with the manufacturer’s manual. The following procedures will be used to measure the turbidity of a sample: 1. Place reference container (cuvette) in light well of meter. Take care in handling and storing the cuvette to prevent inaccurate results. Reference should be completely filled; do not uncap. 2. Use the provided sample cuvette for the sample – clean inside and outside surfaces with a lint‐free, non‐abrasive wipe or soft cloth before use. Do not scratch cuvette surfaces. Make sure that the outside of the cuvette is dry before placing it into the light well. Moisture on the outside of the cuvette can cause false high readings. 3. Fill cuvette approximately three quarters full with water to be sampled. Replace cap onto the cuvette. Place sample in light well of meter and place the light shield over well. Select the appropriate range for best readability. Cuvettes should be handled in accordance with the manufacturer’s specifications. 4. Note and record sample turbidity. 5. Clean cuvette thoroughly before measuring the turbidity of the following sample. 7.3. DOCUMENTATION 1. 2. 3. 4. 7.4. Log the time of last indexing and turbidity of each reference standard. List instrument manufacture and model number. Record the name of the person performing the measurement, date, and time. Record the results of the turbidity measurements. PRECISION AND ACCURACY Under normal conditions: Linear Repeatability ±1% of full scale; and ±1% of full scale. 8.0 FIELD MEASUREMENT OF FERROUS IRON 8.1. DESCRIPTION This section is for measurement of ferrous iron in groundwater using a field test kit. Ferrous iron is preferred to be analyzed immediately following sample collection due to ensure accuracy and representativeness. Ferrous iron data are typically used as part of natural attenuation monitoring in groundwater to determine the predominant terminal electron accepting process. Ferrous iron field test kits are generally colorimetric tests. The provided reagent reacts with ferrous iron in the sample to form an orange color in proportion to the ferrous iron concentration. Ferric iron does not react. The ferric iron (Fe3+) concentration can be determined by subtracting the ferrous iron concentration from the results of a total iron test. Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC SOP No. OTIE005A Revision No 04 Date: September 21, 2012 Page 13 of 14 8.2. PROCEDURE The following procedures describe the field test method of ferrous iron in an aqueous sample. This method is applicable to natural waters (surface water, groundwater). 1. Fill the test‐kit provided viewing tube to the first (5‐mL) line with sample water. This is the blank. Place this tube in the top left opening of the color comparator. 2. Fill the measuring vial to the 25‐mL mark with sample water. 3. Add the contents of one Ferrous Iron Reagent Powder Pillow to the measuring vial 4. Swirl to mix. An orange color will develop if ferrous iron is present. Allow three minutes for full color development 5. Fill another viewing tube to the first (5‐mL) mark with the prepared sample 6. Place the second tube in the top right opening of the color comparator 7. Hold comparator up to a light source such as the sky, a window or a lamp. Look through the openings in front 8. Rotate the color disc until the color matches in the two openings 9. Read the mg/L ferrous iron in the scale window. 8.3. DOCUMENTATION 1. 2. 3. 4. 9.0 Site name, sampling location, source of sample, sample type. Person performing the measurement. Date and time of the sample collection. Sample turbidity in NTUs. REFERENCES Emerson Process Management. 2008. Application Data Sheet: Fundamentals of ORP Measurement. ADS 43‐014/rev.B. May. Downloaded from: http://www2.emersonprocess.com/siteadmincenter/PM%20Rosemount%20Analytical%2 0Documents/Liq_ADS_43‐014.pdf InSitu, 2009. “Optical Measurement of Dissolved Oxygen” in TROLL 9500 Operator’s Manual. Nielsen, D.M. (editor), 1991, Practical Handbook of Ground‐Water Monitoring. Lewis Publishers, Inc., Chelsea, MA 48118, 717p. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA), Methods for Chemical Analysis of Water and Wastes, 120.1, 1983. USEPA, Methods for Chemical Analysis of Water and Wastes, 170.1, 1983. USEPA, Region IV, Environmental Investigations Standard Operating Procedures and Quality Assurance Manual, May 1996. USEPA, 1985, Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, 16th Edition, p. 76, 126, 429. Method 205, 1985. YSI Environmental. 2005. Tech Note: Measuring ORP on YSI 6‐Series Sondes: Tips, Cautions and Limitations. Downloaded from: http://www.ysi.com/media/pdfs/T608‐Measuring‐ ORP‐on‐YSI‐6‐Series‐Sondes‐Tips‐Cautions‐and‐Limitations.pdf Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC SOP No. OTIE006A Revision No. 04 Date: 17 September 2013 Page 1 of 10 STANDARD OPERATING PRACTICE OTIE 006A Sediment Sampling TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 1.0 INTRODUCTION ............................................................................................................................. 2 2.0 SEDIMENT SAMPLE COLLECTION ............................................................................................ 2 1.1 1.2 Objective .................................................................................................................................................... 2 Applicability and Limitations ................................................................................................................... 2 2.1 Preparations ............................................................................................................................................... 2 2.1.1 Health and Safety Considerations............................................................................................................3 2.1.2 Equipment Suitability ...............................................................................................................................3 2.1.3 Equipment List...........................................................................................................................................3 2.1.4 Field Documentation Checklist ...............................................................................................................4 2.2 Sediment Sampling Procedures ............................................................................................................... 4 2.2.1 Sample Collection in Shallow Water Using a Hand Auger or Corer ..................................................4 2.2.2 Sample Collection in Deep Water Using a Hand Corer .......................................................................5 2.2.3 Sample Collection in Deep Water Using a Dredge ...............................................................................7 2.2.4 Sample Collection using PVC Pipe ..........................................................................................................8 3.0 4.0 5.0 INVESTIGATION DERIVED WASTE .......................................................................................... 9 QUALITY ASSURANCE / QUALITY CONTROL........................................................................ 9 REFERENCES ................................................................................................................................... 9 QC Review Signatures Name/Role Signature Date John Fleissner, PE Corporate QC Manager September 17, 2013 Nova Clite, PG Sr. Hydrogeologist 17 September 2013 Cecil Irby PG Sr. Geologist/PM-PFC Specific Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC 29 July 2016 SOP No. OTIE006A Revision No. 04 Date: 17 September 2013 Page 2 of 10 Sediment Sampling (Modified for PFC specific procedures) Given the low detection limits associated with PFC analysis and the many potential sources of trace levels of PFCs, field personnel are advised to act on the side of caution by strictly following protocols below and those in SOP Addendum No. 1 for PFC Sampling, frequently replacing nitrile gloves, and rinsing field equipment to help mitigate the potential for false detections of PFCs. 1.0 INTRODUCTION 1.1 Objective The objective of this SOP is to present the basic techniques and methods to be used to obtain representative sediment samples from stream beds, drainage systems, basins, ponds, pits, and other sediment accumulation locations. The samples may be used to define the chemical, physical and/or biological composition of the sediments and/or sludge, and for characterization and risk assessment evaluation. 1.2 Applicability and Limitations This standard operating practice (SOP) describes general practices for obtaining data to be used to characterize sediment and sludge quality. Refer to the project-specific Sampling and Analysis Plan (SAP) for information regarding the data quality objectives and specific sediment sampling procedures. The term “sediment” refers to solids that have accumulated as a result of deposition in natural or artificial water bodies or containers. The procedures in this SOP may be applicable to natural sediments (e.g., lake sediments) and to contaminated media such as sediments in tanks, lagoons, or pits. 2.0 SEDIMENT SAMPLE COLLECTION 2.1 Preparations Sediment collection procedures and equipment used will vary depending on the sampling objectives, nature of water body or sediment accumulation point, and other factors. In general, sediment samples may be collected by a technician standing on the bank or a fixed structure (such as a bridge), standing in the water, or from a boat or other floating device. Sediment samples can be collected from smaller fixed containers (e.g., sediment traps, pits, or vaults) following many of the same procedures described in this SOP. The sample locations may be determined by traditional survey techniques or Global Positioning System (GPS) techniques. At a minimum, the sample location should be established by triangulation with permanent surface features (e.g., buildings, dams, rock outcrops) and approximated or measured distances. If possible, stake the sample location with a labeled marker and/or mark locations on a site plan. At locations where both surface water and sediment samples are collected, the surface water sample should be collected before the sediment sample to avoid affecting the surface water sample quality. In moving water, work from downstream to upstream to avoid contamination Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC SOP No. OTIE006A Revision No. 04 Date: 17 September 2013 Page 3 of 10 of downstream samples with suspended sediments transported in the current and ensure collecting representative samples. 2.1.1 Health and Safety Considerations Appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) should be worn as required by the sitespecific Safety and Health Plan (SSHP). If sampling from a boat or near water bodies with a depth of three feet or more, additional safety and health requirements (per OSHA, USACE, and USGS) are required. Work should be performed in accordance with SSHP and with proper safety oversight. Generally, sampling conducted from a boat should be performed by a minimum of two (2) field staff (one individual to conduct sampling and one individual to steady the boat and assist the sampler) plus one person on shore to monitor the boat team. Sampling of sediments during high flow or flood stage conditions is prohibited because of high safety risks. In waterways subject to tidal flows, the local tide charts should be consulted during the planning stage and pre-sampling observations made to ensure samples are collected at the appropriate time to reduce safety hazards. 2.1.2 Equipment Suitability All equipment or sample containers that will come into contact with a sediment sample for chemical analysis will be constructed of materials that will not affect the concentration of contaminants in the sediment sample. In general, sediment samples to be analyzed for metals should not contact metallic surfaces (other than stainless steel), and samples for organic analysis should not contact materials that can react with organic substances. The data quality objectives (DQOs) should be listed in the Sampling and Analysis Plan (SAP). When selecting sampling equipment, consider the anticipated water content, texture, density, and cohesiveness of the target sediments. It may be necessary to use a variety of equipment to obtain the required samples, even at a single site. Refer to ASTM Standard E139103(2008)If benthic organisms are to be collected and for general information on sampling equipment. 2.1.3 Equipment List Do not use Teflon®-containing materials (e.g., Teflon® tubing, bailers, tape, plumbing paste, or other Teflon® materials) since Teflon® contains fluorinated compounds. Additional equipment precautions, as described in SOP Addendum No. 1 for PFC Sampling, should be followed. Sampling equipment needs will vary depending on site conditions and sampling objectives. The following is a suggested list of equipment: • • • • • • • • Stainless steel, HDPE or polypropylene-lined sampling tray or bowl Stainless steel dip sampler, scoops, trowels, spoons, and ladles Polyvinyl chlorinated (PVC) pipe, two inches in diameter Hand core sediment sampler Ponar dredge sampling device Soil samplers such as hand-auger, slide-hammer sampler, etc. Appropriate sample bottles Sample cooler with ice Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • SOP No. OTIE006A Revision No. 04 Date: 17 September 2013 Page 4 of 10 Rubber boots/waders (No clothing or boots containing Gore-TexTM) Plastic sheeting Utility knife Braided nylon rope Flat-bottomed boat, barge, or pontoon boat PPE (as required in the SSHP) Field notebook (No waterproof lined pages) Decon equipment Plastic buckets with lids (for rinse water/solvents, decant and/or spoils) Appropriate sample data forms (e.g., chain-of-custody forms) Clear tape Pen, pencil, magic marker, etc. (No waterproof pens) Sample labels Paper towels Garbage bag for PPE Buoyant safety vests and other safety equipment for work in deep water and from boats 2.1.4 Field Documentation Checklist The following is a suggested documentation checklist: • • • • • 2.2 Sediment Sample Collection form (optional) Surface water Sample Collection Form (if collecting both surface water and sediment) (optional) Chain-of-Custody form Field logbook Field map Sediment Sampling Procedures 2.2.1 Sample Collection in Shallow Water Using a Hand Auger or Corer Sediment samples can be collected from shallow water using a stainless-steel hand auger or coring device. Different types of coring devices may be used depending upon the character of the substrate, length of sample desired, and depth of water. These devices vary from hand push tubes to gravity-driven devices. To supplement the information contained herein, the Hand Auger Drilling Method is outlined in OTIE SOP No. 007C. The following procedures outline the collection of shallow water sediment samples using a hand auger sampling device: 1. Cut a section of plastic sheet to be placed on the ground to use as a clean staging area for sampling equipment. 2. Label each sample container properly, cover label with clear tape, fill out appropriate chain-of-custody information, wipe outside of container with paper towel or Kim wipe, and place in iced cooler. 3. Using a weighted measuring tape (if necessary), make detailed measurements of the sampling location and record in the field logbook. Details should include the following: location references, depth of water, stream velocity estimates (e.g., stagnant, slow, moderate, fast), bottom description, litter, vegetation, wildlife, etc. Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. SOP No. OTIE006A Revision No. 04 Date: 17 September 2013 Page 5 of 10 The sampling personnel should stand downstream away from the sample point and exercise caution to prevent disturbance of bottom materials in the sample collection area. Set the pre-cleaned core/hand auger barrel into the sampling location and advance to an approximate depth of 6 to 12 inches. If possible, before removing the sampler from the substrate, close the top of the sampling tube (using the air escape vent) to allow suction to assist in sample retention. Once the sampler is removed from the water, decant the supernatant liquid, taking care to prevent sample loss. Place sample onto a stainless steel tray and remove the sediment contents with a precleaned stainless steel spoon or equivalent. Immediately place VOC samples into the appropriate containers. Homogenize remaining material and divide into remaining sample containers. If methanol is to be used to preserve VOC samples (OTIE SOP No. 010B), vials will be weighed before sample is added to assess any loss during transportation. Vial will be weighed after sample is added to verify weight of material added. Immediately after the sample is collected, label the sample containers per the Sample Labeling procedures defined in the SAP. Place sample in cooler immediately. After the cooler is filled with samples, it will be secured in a sampling vehicle or other secure storage facility pending sample shipment. All samples will be packaged in a manner consistent with Sample Packaging procedures outlined in the SAP. If no map of the sampling locations is available prior to sampling, a drawing of the site (not to scale) will be included in the field logbook to provide an illustration of all sampling points. Refer to OTIE SOP No. 002A for field documentation procedures. Fill out sample Chain-of-Custody Form to maintain an accurate record of sample collection, transport, analysis and disposal. Refer to the SAP for Chain-of-Custody procedures. Decontaminate sampling device in accordance with procedures in OTIE SOP No. 011A. Discard contaminated personal protective clothing, as required. 2.2.2 Sample Collection in Deep Water Using a Hand Corer Sediment samples can be collected with a hand corer device typically deployed from boats, docks, or riverbanks. The hand corer does not work well in very firm clay, sandy, or rocky substrates. In moderate water depths of approximately 10 feet, samples can be taken using extension lengths and the corer can be pushed into the bottom sediments using the handles on the head assembly. In deeper water, the sampler can be dropped by attaching a line to a clevis, located on the head assembly between the handles. Using either of these methods, the corer penetrates the bottom, and is twisted or pulled free. The following procedures outline the collection of deep-water sediment samples using hand corer deployed by an attached line from a boat: 1. Label each sample container properly, cover label with clear tape, fill out appropriate chain-of-custody information, wipe outside of container with paper towel or Kim wipe, and place in iced cooler. 2. Using a weighted measuring tape (if necessary), make detailed measurements of the Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. SOP No. OTIE006A Revision No. 04 Date: 17 September 2013 Page 6 of 10 sampling location and record in the field logbook. Details should include the following: location references, depth of water, stream velocity estimates (e.g., stagnant, slow, moderate, fast), bottom description, litter, vegetation, wildlife, etc. Attach a length of clean braided nylon line to the sampler. The length must be sufficient to reach the sediment to be sampled, plus have enough slack to release the mechanism. Attach the appropriate amount of weight (if necessary) to the collar of the corer for the type of sediments that are being cored. Insert a core catcher tube into the end of the core liner and attach the nosepiece core cutter to the end of the core barrel. Lower the corer to the sediments. The weight of the corer or additional attached weight will drive it into the sediments. Slowly raise the sampler to the surface; unscrew the cutter, and insert a rubber stopper into the bottom of the core liner. Slide the core liner out of the core barrel keeping it as vertical as possible. Stopper and cap the ends of the core tube shut and tie to a railing to keep it vertical until returning a shoreline station or laboratory. If the core is to be extruded on board, insert a rubber stopper into the bottom of the core liner that is slightly smaller than the liner. Push on this stopper with a stick or rod until the core starts to move up the tube. When it reaches the top of the liner, begin sectioning the core into the desired increments or push the whole core out onto a stainless steel tray. In addition, observe and take notes on any banding, color, texture, etc. Remove the sediment contents with a pre-cleaned stainless steel lab spoon or equivalent. Immediately place VOC samples into the appropriate containers. Homogenize remaining material and divide into remaining sample containers. If methanol is to be used to preserve VOC samples (OTIE SOP No. 010B), vials will be weighed before sample is added to assess any loss during transportation. Vial will be weighed after sample is added to verify weight of material added. Immediately after the sample is collected, label the sample containers per the Sample Labeling procedures defined in the SAP. Place sample in cooler immediately. After the cooler is filled with samples, it will be secured in a sampling vehicle or other secure storage facility pending sample shipment. All samples will be packaged in a manner consistent with Sample Packaging procedures outlined in the SAP. If no map of the sampling locations is available prior to sampling, a drawing of the site (not to scale) will be included in the field logbook to provide an illustration of all sampling points. Refer to OTIE SOP No. 002A for field documentation procedures. Fill out sample Chain-of-Custody Form to maintain an accurate record of sample collection, transport, analysis and disposal. Refer to the SAP for Chain-of-Custody procedures. Decontaminate sampling device in accordance with procedures in OTIE SOP No. 011A. Discard contaminated personal protective clothing, as required by the site-specific SAP. Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC 2.2.3 Sample Collection in Deep Water Using a Dredge SOP No. OTIE006A Revision No. 04 Date: 17 September 2013 Page 7 of 10 Sediment samples can be collected from deep water using a variety of dredging devices typically deployed from boats, bridges, or riverbanks. Among the available devices, the Ponar dredge can be used on a variety of substrates and collects a relatively large sample. The following procedures outline the collection of deep-water sediment samples using the Ponar sampling device: 1. Label each sample container properly, cover label with clear tape, fill out appropriate chain-of-custody information, wipe outside of container with paper towel or Kim wipe, and place in iced cooler. 2. Using a weighted measuring tape (if necessary), make detailed measurements of the sampling location and record in the field logbook. Details should include the following: location references, depth of water, stream velocity estimates (e.g., stagnant, slow, moderate, fast), bottom description, litter, vegetation, wildlife, etc. 3. Attach a length of clean braided nylon line to the sampler. The length must be sufficient to reach the sediment to be sampled, plus have enough slack to release the mechanism. 4. Mark the distance to the bottom on the line and attach the free end to a fixed object to prevent loss of the sampler. Set the mechanism on the sampler, keeping aware of any pinch hazard. 5. Lower the sampler to the streambed, slowing the descent before contact with the bottom to prevent burial of the device. 6. Release tension on the line, allowing sufficient slack for the latching mechanism to release, when the sampler contacts the streambed. 7. Slowly raise the sampler out of the water, drain excess water (being careful not to pour off sediment), and place it in a stainless steel tray. 8. Remove the sediment contents with a pre-cleaned stainless steel lab spoon or equivalent. Immediately place VOC samples into the appropriate containers. Homogenize remaining material and divide into remaining sample containers. 9. If methanol is to be used to preserve VOC samples (OTIE SOP No. 010B), vials will be weighed before sample is added to assess any loss during transportation. Vial will be weighed after sample is added to verify weight of material added. 10. Immediately after the sample is collected, label the sample containers per SAP. 11. Place sample in cooler immediately. After the cooler is filled with samples, it will be secured in a sampling vehicle or other secure storage facility pending sample shipment. All samples will be packaged in a manner consistent with Sample Packaging procedures outlined in the SAP. 12. If no map of the sampling locations is available prior to sampling, a drawing of the site (not to scale) will be included in the field logbook to provide an illustration of all sampling points. Refer to OTIE SOP No. 002A for field documentation procedures. 13. Fill out sample Chain-of-Custody Form to maintain an accurate record of sample collection, transport, analysis and disposal. Refer to the SAP for Chain-of-Custody procedures. 14. Decontaminate sampling device in accordance with procedures in OTIE SOP No. 011A. 15. Discard contaminated personal protective clothing, as required. Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC 2.2.4 Sample Collection using PVC Pipe SOP No. OTIE006A Revision No. 04 Date: 17 September 2013 Page 8 of 10 Sediment samples can be collected from shallow water using a clean section of 2-inch (or smaller) PVC pipe. This method is employed when sampling the upper 6 to 12 inches of soft to very soft sediments from surface water bodies. The length of the PVC pipe section will be dependent on the depth to which the pipe will be advanced below the water and into the sediment. The following procedures outline the collection of shallow water sediment samples using the PVC pipe sample collection method: 1. Cut a section of plastic sheet to be placed on the ground to use as a clean staging area for sampling equipment. 2. Label each sample container properly, cover label with clear tape, fill out appropriate chain-of-custody information, wipe outside of container with paper towel or Kim wipe, and place in iced cooler. 3. Using a weighted measuring tape (if necessary), make detailed measurements of the sampling location and record in the field logbook. Details should include the following: location references, depth of water, stream velocity estimates (e.g., stagnant, slow, moderate, fast), bottom description, litter, vegetation, wildlife, etc. 4. Gently push pipe into sediment with a smooth continuous motion to an approximate depth of 6 to 12 inches. 5. Cap the top of the pipe, forming an airtight seal, to create a vacuum as it is withdrawn from the sediment. 6. Remove the sediment contents with a pre-cleaned stainless steel lab spoon or equivalent. Immediately place VOC samples into the appropriate containers. Homogenize remaining material and divide into remaining sample containers. 7. If methanol is to be used to preserve VOC samples (OTIE SOP No. 010B), vials will be weighed before sample is added to assess any loss during transportation. Vial will be weighed after sample is added to verify weight of material added. 8. Immediately after the sample is collected, label the sample containers per the Sample Labeling procedures defined in the SAP. 9. Place sample in cooler immediately. Once the cooler is filled with samples, it will be secured in a sampling vehicle or other secure storage facility pending shipment to the laboratory. All samples will be packaged in a manner consistent with Sample Packaging procedures outlined in the SAP. 10. If no map of the sampling locations is available prior to sampling, a drawing of the site (not to scale) will be included in the field logbook to provide an illustration of all sampling points. Refer to OTIE SOP No. 002A for field documentation procedures. 11. Fill out sample Chain-of-Custody Form to maintain an accurate record of sample collection, transport, analysis and disposal. Refer to the SAP for Chain-of-Custody labeling procedures. 12. Decontaminate sampling device in accordance with procedures in OTIE SOP No. 011A. 13. Discard contaminated personal protective clothing, as required. Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC 3.0 INVESTIGATION DERIVED WASTE SOP No. OTIE006A Revision No. 04 Date: 17 September 2013 Page 9 of 10 Dispose of all sampling waste and PPE in properly labeled containers in accordance with the project SAP. Additional sediment not used for sample analysis will be managed in accordance with OTIE SOP No. 012A and/or the project-specific SAP. 4.0 QUALITY ASSURANCE / QUALITY CONTROL The order of sampling the various locations will be dependent on expected levels of contamination in each location, if known, and will be estimated prior to sampling. Sampling should progress from the least contaminated area to the most contaminated area, if known. QA/QC samples will be collected during sediment sampling according to the SAP. QA/QC samples may be labeled with QA/QC identification numbers (or fictitious identification numbers if blind submittal is desired), and sent to the laboratory with the other samples for analyses. A discussion of the various types of QA/QC samples (field blanks, trip blanks, equipment [rinsate] blanks, ambient blanks, split samples, duplicate samples, and matrix spike/matrix spike duplicates) is provided in the SAP and the QAPP. 5.0 REFERENCES American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Standard D4687-95(2006) “Standard Guide for General Planning of Waste Sampling” ASTM International, West Conshohocken, PA, www.astm.org. ASTM Standard D4547-06 “Standard Guide for Sampling Waste and Soils for Volatile Organic Compounds” ASTM International, West Conshohocken, PA, www.astm.org. ASTM Standard D6418-09 “Standard Practice for Using the Disposable En Core Sampler for Sampling and Storing Soil for Volatile Organic Analysis” ASTM International, West Conshohocken, PA, www.astm.org. ASTM Standard E1391-03(2008) “Standard Guide for Collection, Storage, Characterization, and Manipulation of Sediments for Toxicological Testing and for Selection of Samplers Used to Collect Benthic Invertebrates” ASTM International, West Conshohocken, PA, www.astm.org. Ankley, G. and Thomas, N., Interstitial Water Toxicity Identification Evaluation Approach. In: Sediment Classification Methods Compendium. USEPA Office of Water, Washington, DC. EPA 823-R-92-006, 1992. Mudroch, A. and MacKnight, S.D., CRC Handbook of Techniques for Aquatic Sediments Sampling, CRC Press, 1991. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (U.S. EPA), Region 4, Environmental Investigations Standard Operating Procedures and Quality Assurance Manual, May 1996. U.S. EPA-600/2-80-018 Samplers and Sampling Procedures for Hazardous Waste Streams. U.S. EPA-540/P-87-001 A Compendium of Superfund Field Operations Methods, 1987. Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC SOP No. OTIE006A Revision No. 04 Date: 17 September 2013 Page 10 of 10 U.S. EPA-600/4-84-076 Characterization of Hazardous Waste Sites-A Methods Manual: Volume II. Available Sampling Methods, Second Edition. Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC SOP No. OTIE006D Revision No. 0 Date: July 12, 2016 Page 1 of 8 STANDARD OPERATING PRACTICE OTIE006D SURFACE WATER SAMPLING TABLE OF CONTENTS 1.0 SCOPE AND OBJECTIVES ..................................................................................................... 2 2.0 DEFINITIONS ............................................................................................................... 2 3.0 EQUIPMENT ................................................................................................................ 3 4.0 SAMPLING PROCEDURES ............................................................................................. 3 4.1 Preparation ................................................................................................................................... 3 4.2 General Considerations for Lentic Sites ........................................................................................ 4 4.3 General Considerations for Lotic Sites .......................................................................................... 4 4.4 Sampling Seeps, Springs, or Discharge Points............................................................................... 5 4.5 General Sampling Steps ................................................................................................................ 5 4.5.1 Direct Sampling ..................................................................................................................... 6 4.5.2 Sampling with Intermediate Containers and Devices ........................................................... 7 4.6 5.0 Health and Safety Considerations ................................................................................................. 7 REFERENCES ................................................................................................................ 7 Name/Role QC Review Signatures Signature Date Phil Watts, RG Corporate QC Manager Nova Clite, PG Sr. Hydrogeologist Cecil Irby PG Sr. Geologist/PM-PFC Specific Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises 7/29/16 SOP No. OTIE006D Revision No. 0 Date: July 12, 2016 Page 2 of 8 Given the low detection limits associated with PFC analysis and the many potential sources of trace levels of PFCs, field personnel are advised to act on the side of caution by strictly following protocols below and those in SOP Addendum No. 1 for PFC Sampling, frequently replacing nitrile gloves, and rinsing field equipment to help mitigate the potential of false detections of PFCs. Specific items related to surface water sampling are discussed below. 1.0 SCOPE AND OBJECTIVES The objective of this Standard Operating Practice (SOP) is to provide general guidelines for obtaining representative samples from various types of surface water bodies including lakes and streams, springs or seeps, impoundments, and wastewater treatment plant access points, outfalls, pipes, and drains. Because data quality objectives (DQOs), contaminant types, and surface-water body configurations will vary from project to project, a site-specific Sampling and Analysis Plan (SAP) should be prepared to define project DQOs, samples, methods and procedures, and equipment. Similarly, a site-specific Health and Safety Plan (HASP) must be prepared to analyze and mitigate potentials risks associated with surface water sample collection. When selecting surface water sampling locations: • • • • 2.0 Consider the DQOs, equipment needs, and sampling methods; Obtain all available historical information; Consider physical characteristics of the Site, including size and shape, land use, runoff characteristics, climate (i.e., precipitation), geology, sources of contamination, hydraulic conditions, water depth, and fluvial-sediment transport characteristics; and Consider chemical and biological characteristics of the area (aquatic and terrestrial). DEFINITIONS Surface water is defined as water that flows over (lotic) or rests on (lentic) the land and is open to the atmosphere. For the purpose of this SOP, a surface water body is defined as naturally occurring or manmade drainages, impoundments or other surface features containing or discharging water. Lotic Sites refer to streams (fast or slow, ephemeral or perennial), canals, ditches, and flumes of all sizes and shapes or to any other surface water feature in which water moves unidirectional. Lentic Sites refer to all sizes and shapes of lakes, reservoirs, ponds, wetlands, or any other body of surface water where water generally does not move unidirectional. Grab samples are defined as discrete aliquots representing a single location at a given point in time. The sample is collected all at once and at only one particular point in the sample medium. Grab samples are not mixed or composited with other samples. Composite samples are samples collected in one container composed of more than one aliquot (or subsample) collected at various locations and/or at different points in time. Analytical results from this type sample represent an average value for the locations or time periods incorporated into the sample. Integrated samples are samples of continuously collected subsamples from a water column or across a cross-section of waterbody; differs from composite as samples are collected “continuously”. Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises SOP No. OTIE006D Revision No. 0 Date: July 12, 2016 Page 3 of 8 Intermediate sampling containers are temporary sampling vessels used to directly sample water and transfer to a primary sample container. Temporary containers should be composed of material compatible with site water quality and be larger than the primary sample container(s) to preserve sample quality/integrity to meet DQOs. 3.0 EQUIPMENT Do not use Teflon-containing materials (e.g., Teflon tubing, bailers, tape, plumbing paste, or other Teflon materials) since Teflon contains fluorinated compounds. Additional equipment precautions, as described in SOP Addendum No. 1 for PFC Sampling, should be followed. A wide variety of surface-water sampling equipment is available, depending on the DQOs and procedures to be employed. All or part of the following equipment may be required at any specific site, depending on the site-specific SAP. • • • • • • • • • • Personal protective equipment as required by the site-specific HASP, Rubber boots and/or rubberized waders; Sample collection devices and equipment; Flow measurement equipment (if needed); Depth sounding equipment (if needed); Thermistor and/or clinometer to measure temperature and salinity changes with depth, respectively (if needed); Water quality meters for field measurement of parameters such as temperature, electrical conductivity, pH, oxidation-reduction potential (ORP), dissolved oxygen (DO), turbidity, etc.; Data logging equipment (as needed) or field data sheets; Sample containers, preservatives, coolers and ice; and Decontamination equipment and supplies. A wide-range of surface water sampling equipment is available; some possibilities include: • • • • • • • • Dipper with an extended handle (“pond sampler”) – the portions in contact with water should be constructed of material compatible with site water quality; Sampling extension pole; Weighted bottle sampler (1-liter capacity) - Wheaton bottle or Kemmerer bottle; DH-81 (or similar) integrated sampler; Submersible or peristaltic pump – pump components and tubing should be constructed of materials compatible with site water quality; Bailer with weighted end; Intermediate non-preserved sample container (e.g., polypropylene) used to collect sample to transfer to preserved sample container; and Sample container (e.g., glass jar) used to collect the sample with a gloved hand. 4.0 SAMPLING PROCEDURES 4.1 PREPARATION In preparation of the sampling effort, the project and field leaders should determine the sampling methods to be employed and the types and amounts of equipment and supplies needed as established in the SAP. All necessary equipment should be decontaminated or pre-cleaned and in working order. A Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises SOP No. OTIE006D Revision No. 0 Date: July 12, 2016 Page 4 of 8 Site survey should be performed as part of the HASP and to assess sampling locations and access points. Safety during sample collection is always the first concern; the second concern is obtaining a representative sample, or set of samples. Follow the site-specific HASP; do not sample alone, wear the proper gear, and carefully evaluate seen and unseen potential risks before collecting a sample from a water body. 4.2 GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS FOR LENTIC SITES In order to collect a representative surface sample from a lentic body, such as lake, pond, or other impoundment, any possible stratification needs to be assessed to determine the appropriate sampling location(s) and depth(s). Field measurements such as DO, pH, conductivity, ORP, temperature, turbidity, and thermistors/clinometers can identify possible stratification that would affect analytical results. Measurement should be collected at 3-foot intervals from the surface to the bottom using the appropriate instrument (e.g., hydrolab or equivalent). Water quality measurements will assist in selecting sampling locations and depths. If multiple sampling events are scheduled, depth characterization should be performed prior to each sampling event to account for seasonal fluctuations, such as thermal overturn, spring runoff, etc., that could influence water quality. Special considerations for sampling from a large lentic body requiring a boat (offshore locations) include: (1) site-specific HASP outlining correct use and requirements of operation of a boat and (2) to reduce gas/oil contamination, collect samples from near the bow and upwind, avoid surface debris and the boat wake. Onshore samples should be collected within 2.5 feet of the shoreline by using an extending pole or from a wharf/pier. Wading into the water to collect a sample within a lentic site should be avoided due to substrate disturbance that can contaminant the sample. Samples should be collected upwind and avoid any surface debris. Samples collected from a dock/pier should avoid areas with moored boats and utilities, unless it is part of the SAP. 4.3 GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS FOR LOTIC SITES Lotic sites are those with organisms or habitats in rapidly moving fresh water. The selection of the surface water sample locations at lotic sites will depend on the type of surface water body being sampled. Sampling locations where mixing is incomplete should be avoided if an average composition is required. Often, areas of poor lateral or vertical mixing can be visually identified. For example, color or turbidity differences may be apparent immediately below the confluence of a tributary and the main river or at a wastewater discharge point. Avoid back eddies and side channels that would not be representative of the water quality affecting downstream sites. Field conductivity measurements are recommended for determining the uniformity of the water composition across the width and depth of the water body. Field salinity measurements may be taken to determine sample locations in estuaries and lagoons. Unless otherwise specified in the project-specific SAP, samples should be collected at the mid-section or deepest flow channel of the stream (e.g. thalweg). In addition, samples should be collected from the downstream sample location to the upstream location to prevent sediment disturbance and sample contamination. Wading into a water body should only be done following a site-specific HASP. If wading is required, one should approach the sample site from downstream, being careful not to disturb any bottom sediment. The mouth of the sample container should be positioned so it faces upstream while the sampling personnel are standing downstream. Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises SOP No. OTIE006D Revision No. 0 Date: July 12, 2016 Page 5 of 8 Surface water bodies deeper than two feet or with perceptible current may be hazardous to sample by the wading-in method. If possible, collect samples from the shore, a bridge, pier or other stable structure. Use of a boat or raft may also be required to obtain a representative sample. A vertical composite sample consisting of subsamples collected just below the surface, at mid-depth, and just above the bottom will be collected from the thalweg. For large rivers, several vertical composites across the channel may be required to characterize the water quality. Generally, sample locations will be closer together towards the thalweg where most flow occurs as opposed to the edges where less flow occurs. Consult the project SAP for sampling requirements. Collection devices must be constructed of materials that will not react with contaminants of concern. Metals other than stainless steel should not be used if metal samples will be collected. Materials that will react with organic contaminants should not be used when collecting samples for organic and/or semi-organic contaminants. Once the sampling point has been selected, it must be fixed by detailed description with a global position system location, maps, photos, or with the aid of stakes, buoys, or other landmarks so that subsequent visits to the site will allow the identification of the sampling point. When locating sampling points in a stream or river, the reference to the bank of the river will be from the vantage of looking upstream. At locations where surface water and sediment samples may be collected, the surface water sample will be collected before the sediment sample to avoid disturbing the sediments and possibly affecting the surface water quality. 4.4 SAMPLING SEEPS, SPRINGS, OR DISCHARGE POINTS Samples should be collected from as close to the point of water discharge as possible. Disturbance of any materials surrounding the sample should be minimized to avoid introducing suspended sediment into the sample. If the discharge is inadvertently contaminated with suspended sediment, wait until the discharge has become cleared of suspended sediment or approximately 5-minutes if the discharge naturally contains suspended sediment. 4.5 GENERAL SAMPLING STEPS Samples collected for analysis of volatile organic compounds and semivolatile organic compounds must not be composited. When collecting samples from surface waters, the following procedures will be followed: 1. Remove the sample bottles to be used at the Site from the coolers. Fill in all information indicated on the bottle label with an indelible ink marker or permanent ink ballpoint pen; 2. Do not mix the caps or rinse the sample containers; 3. Measure in situ field parameters and record data in the field log book. Where possible, take field measurements (pH, temperature, conductivity, etc.) directly from the surface water body (not the sample) in the location from which the sample was collected; 4. Remove the stopper/lid from the container and collect the surface water sample, either directly (Section 4.5.1) or with an intermediate container/device (Section 4.5.2); 5. Replace cap and seal container tightly. Place the sample container in a sealed plastic bag; Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises SOP No. OTIE006D Revision No. 0 Date: July 12, 2016 Page 6 of 8 6. After the samples have been collected, they should immediately be placed in an ice-filled cooler for shipment to the appropriate laboratory. All samples will be packaged in a manner consistent with Sample Packaging procedures outlined in the QAPP; 7. If a map of the sampling locations is not available prior to sampling, a drawing of the location of the sample relative to known site features (not to scale) will be included in the field log book to provide an illustration of each sampling point; 8. Fill out a sample Chain-of-Custody Form, in order to maintain an accurate record of sample collection, transport, analysis and disposal. Refer to the QAPP for Chain-of-Custody labeling procedures; 9. Decontaminate equipment after each sample as described in SOP OTIE011A, “Decontamination Procedures”; and 10. Discard contaminated personal protective clothing (e.g., nitrile gloves, Tyvek suits, etc.), as required. 4.5.1 Direct Sampling Direct sampling involves collecting the water sample directly into the laboratory sampling container. Whenever possible, surface-water samples should be collected directly into the sample container. This procedure reduces loss of volatiles, cross-contamination, or other alteration that could occur during transfer from a collection vessel into the sample container. The following steps should be added after Step 4 in Section 4.5: 1. If no preservative is present in the container, face upwind in lentic water and face upstream in lotic waters. a. Hold the container near its base, reach out in front of your body, and plunge it (mouth down) below the surface to about mid-water column. However, if the water is shallow this may disturb the substrate and contaminate the sample, then collect a sample at the water surface. Make note of any changes in methodology, if any; b. Fill the container to the appropriate level depending on laboratory requirements; and c. If an extension pole or pond dipper is used from a dock/pier or from shore, securely attached the sample container (with its lid in place) to the holder with claps or bands. Remove the container lid and follow the above procedure. Do not use this method if the container has a preservative, use method outlined below. 2. If preservative is present in the container and you can reach the water with your hand, use the following procedure. a. Hold the container upright and place the lid over the mouth so that only a small area forms an opening. b. Immerse the container about 6-inches under the water surface while holding the cap in position with your fingers as far away from the opening as possible. c. Carefully observe the rate the container is filling and remove it from the water before the headspace area is reached. If overfilling occurs, get a new sample container and repeat. d. This procedure does not work well in fast moving, shallow water, in which an intermediate container will need to be used (Section 4.5.2). Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises SOP No. OTIE006D Revision No. 0 Date: July 12, 2016 Page 7 of 8 4.5.2 Sampling with Intermediate Containers and Devices 1. Rinse an intermediate container with Site water and pour the rinsate away from or downstream of the sampling location. The intermediate container should be larger than the number of samples needed so that they can be considered grab samples. If the intermediate container needs to be filled numerous times, this sample is considered an integrated sample. For turbid sites, inspect and rinse out any sediment or organic debris that may have collected at the bottom of the container. 2. Fill the intermediate container with water following the technique described for direct samples as closely as possible, noting any variances. Submerge the container to a depth that does not disturb the substrate, but also avoids sampling the surface layer. 3. Gently mix the water in the intermediate container by swirling before pouring it into the sample containers if using an open-top container or slowly inverting three times if using a closed-top container. From the intermediate container, carefully fill the sample containers, leaving headspace, if required. Do not overfill. 4. Samples collected at depth using a device such as Kemmerer or Van Dorn bottles should follow the following general procedure: a. Test Kemmerer or other sampling device for complete seal and ease of closure before lowering into water body; b. Securely attach nylon or PVC string to device. Gently lower into water body until desired depth is reached. Tie off string to ensure device remains at desired depth; c. Wait approximately 30 seconds for water to flow through sampler at depth, to ensure sample will not contain water from upper strata; d. Attach signal weight to string. Send signal weight down to close sample device; e. Gently, but quickly raise device; f. Release the first 50-100 milliliters from the Kemmerer or Van Dorn device outlet before beginning to fill sample containers; and g. Fill all sample containers equally. Collect any other field measurements required (temperature, turbidity, etc.). 4.6 HEALTH AND SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS The project HASP should be reviewed for particular procedures related to obtaining surface water samples. In general, a personal flotation device should be worn if samples are being collected from a raft or boat, or if wading into a water body. Other health and safety precautions as specified by the site HASP should be complied with during collection of samples. 5.0 REFERENCES American Society for Testing and Materials. 2014. D4687-14: Standard Guide for General Planning of Waste Sampling. _______. 2015. D5088-15a: Standard Practice for Decontamination of Field Equipment used at Waste Sites. _______. 2014. D5358-93(2014). Standard Practice for Sampling with a Dipper or Pond Sampler. Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises SOP No. OTIE006D Revision No. 0 Date: July 12, 2016 Page 8 of 8 Ankley, G. and Thomas, N. 1992. Interstitial Water Toxicity Identification Evaluation Approach. In: Sediment Classification Methods Compendium. USEPA Office of Water, Washington, D.C., EPA 823-R-92-006. Mudroch, A. and MacKnight, S.D. 1991. CRC Handbook of Techniques for Aquatic Sediments Sampling, CRC Press. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (U.S. EPA), Region 4. 1996. Environmental Investigations Standard Operating Procedures and Quality Assurance Manual. May. _______. 1980. 600/2-80-018, Samplers and Sampling Procedures for Hazardous Waste Streams. January. _______. 1984. 600/4-84-076 Characterization of Hazardous Waste Sites-A Methods Manual: Volume II. Available Sampling Methods, Second Edition. December. Washington State Department of Ecology. 2013. Standard Operating Procedure for Manually Obtaining Surface Water Samples, Version 1.2. June. Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises SOP No. OTIE007B Revision No. 04 Date: April 11, 2011 Page 1 of 26 STANDARD OPERATING PRACTICE OTIE007B Soil and Rock Geologic Logging and Classification TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 1.0 2.0 INTRODUCTION .................................................................................. 3 FIELD PROCEDURE FOR SOIL AND BEDROCK CLASSIFICATION ........................... 3 2.1 GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS ......................................................................... 3 2.2 EQUIPMENT ........................................................................................ 4 2.3 FIELD CLASSIFICATION OF SOILS .................................................................... 4 2.3.1 2.3.2 2.3.3 2.3.4 2.3.5 2.4 FIELD CLASSIFICATION OF BEDROCK ............................................................... 17 2.4.1 2.4.2 2.4.3 2.4.4 2.4.5 2.4.6 2.4.7 2.4.8 2.5 Rock Quality Designation(RQD) .................................................................. 17 Hardness ............................................................................................. 18 Description .......................................................................................... 18 Weathering .......................................................................................... 20 Joint Spacing ........................................................................................ 21 Remarks .............................................................................................. 21 Notes ................................................................................................. 22 Abbreviations ....................................................................................... 22 PROCEDURES FOR LOGGING EXPLORATORY BORINGS............................................... 23 2.5.1 2.5.2 2.5.3 2.5.4 2.5.5 2.5.6 2.5.7 2.5.8 2.5.9 2.5.10 3.0 Procedure ............................................................................................. 5 Identification ......................................................................................... 6 Descriptive Format and Terminology ............................................................ 7 Primary Descriptive Elements ..................................................................... 8 Field Tests For Classifying Fines ................................................................. 15 General Requirements ............................................................................. 23 Description of Surface Conditions ............................................................... 23 Documentation of Drilling Procedures and Performance .................................... 23 Sampling Data....................................................................................... 24 Description of Soils and Bedrock ................................................................ 24 Stratigraphic Contacts and Lithologic Changes ............................................... 24 Groundwater Observations........................................................................ 24 Environmental Field Measurements and Observations ....................................... 24 Borehole Stability .................................................................................. 25 Quality Assurance ................................................................................. 25 REFERENCES..................................................................................... 26 Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC. SOP No. OTIE007B Revision No. 04 Date: April 11, 2011 Page 2 of 26 LIST OF TABLES Table 1: Density or Consistency of a Soil........................................................................................................ 9 Table 2: Cohesive (Predominantly Fine‐Grained) Soils................................................................................ 9 Table 3: Description of Soil Moisture ............................................................................................................ 10 Table 4: Soil Component Terms..................................................................................................................... 11 Table 5: Soil Stratification Terms ................................................................................................................... 11 Table 6: Grain Angularity and Shape Terms ............................................................................................... 13 Table 7: Degree of Cementation Terms ........................................................................................................ 14 Table 8: Presence of Calcareous Materials ................................................................................................... 14 Table 9: Bedrock Hardness Terms ................................................................................................................. 18 Table 10: Grain‐Size Classification (ASTM D2487‐10) ................................................................................ 19 Table 11: Bedding Thickness Bedrock Description ..................................................................................... 20 Table 12: Fracture Spacing Description Of Bedrock ................................................................................... 20 Table 13: Soil and Bedrock Logging Abbreviations .................................................................................... 22 Name/Role QC Review Signatures Signature Date John Fleissner, PE Corporate QC Manager April 11, 2011 Nova Clite, PG Sr. Hydrogeologist April 11, 2011 Cecil Irby PG Sr. Geologist/PMPFC Specific Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC. February 22, 2016 SOP No. OTIE007B Revision No. 04 Date: April 11, 2011 Page 3 of 26 STANDARD OPERATING PRACTICE OTIE007B Soil and Rock Geologic Logging and Classification (Modified for PFC specific procedures) Given the low detection limits associated with PFC analysis and the many potential sources of trace levels of PFCs, field personnel are advised to act on the side of caution by strictly following these protocols, frequently replacing nitrile gloves, and rinsing field equipment to help mitigate the potential for false detections of PFCs. Do not use Teflon®-containing materials (e.g., Teflon® tubing, bailers, tape, plumbing paste, or other Teflon® materials) since Teflon® contains fluorinated compounds. Specific items related to soil and rock geologic logging and classification are discussed below. 1.0 INTRODUCTION The general objective of this Standard Operating Practice (SOP) is to provide procedures for conducting activities for description, investigation, and characterization of soils, residuum, and bedrock. The discussion includes methods to complete the following: describe the collection of soil and bedrock samples obtained during drilling operations, advance soil and bedrock test borings, and collect subsurface soil and bedrock samples. 2.0 FIELD PROCEDURE FOR SOIL AND BEDROCK CLASSIFICATION Exploratory borings typically represent the single most important source of information used for characterizing subsurface conditions for environmental or geotechnical studies. The analysis and interpretation of subsurface conditions is greatly affected by the quality of the lithologic logs used. This SOP is intended to provide a basis for consistency among practitioners responsible for documenting subsurface conditions encountered in exploratory borings. It provides a discussion of general observations that should be routinely made and documented on every boring log. It also presents standardized terminology and definitions for describing soils, sediments, and bedrock. The intent of this discussion is to promote the recognition that consistent logging provides the foundation for all subsequent analysis and design, and to encourage greater care and standardization in all phases of log preparation. 2.1 GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS As a general rule, subsurface data will be of sufficient detail and quality to support both environmental and geotechnical analyses. It is critical that an adequate understanding of subsurface conditions is developed prior to the installation of groundwater monitoring wells, or prior to design for environmental restoration or site development, to help ensure further activities are based on sound, reliable data. This SOP presents detailed procedures for classifying and describing soil and bedrock based upon the Unified Soil Classification System (USCS) and standard practices developed by the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM). The USCS is the most widely accepted system within the engineering community. Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC. 2.2 EQUIPMENT SOP No. OTIE007B Revision No. 04 Date: April 11, 2011 Page 4 of 26 Appropriate equipment shall be maintained on‐site to classify, describe, and log soil samples and subsurface conditions. At a minimum, this should include the following equipment: • • • • • • • • • Log book, Indelible black ink pens, Clipboard, Straightedge, Retractable steel tape with increments in 10ths and 100ths of feet, Appropriate field forms (e.g., hazardous toxic waste drilling logs), Water‐level tape, 10X magnifying glass, and Munsell® soil color chart Additional items which may be helpful include: • • • • • • Pocket penetrometer, Torvane (field), Stainless steel weight (tag bar), Permanent indelible felt‐tip marking pens (Sharpie® or equivalent), Dilute (10 percent) hydrochloric acid, and No. 10 to 200 sieves. Boring logs will be prepared in the field on the appropriate drilling log form. Each log will be signed by the geologist or geotechnical engineer. 2.3 FIELD CLASSIFICATION OF SOILS This section establishes guidelines for consistent field classification of naturally‐occurring soils and sediments based upon the USCS and ASTM Standards D 2487 and D 2488 (ASTM, 1993a; ASTM, 1993b). • The USCS provides the primary framework for this soil classification scheme. Using the USCS, soils/sediments are divided into 15 soil groups, based upon observations and prescribed manual and/or laboratory tests. The USCS grouping is intended to minimize the number of laboratory tests required for definitive soil classification. • ASTM D 2487 presents criteria for classifying soils/sediments based on laboratory determination of gradation (particle‐size distribution) and behavioral (engineering) characteristics. • ASTM D 2488 (Standard Practice for Description and Identification of Soils, Visual‐ Manual Procedure) describes methods for identifying soils/sediments based on visual examination and simple manual tests. ASTM D 2488 also provides standardized terminology for describing other attributes of soils/sediments that should be documented to adequately characterize hydrogeologic and geotechnical conditions. Detailed site‐specific analysis of factors such as color, weathering, and geochemical characteristics may be required to provide a thorough understanding of site stratigraphy. Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC. The objectives of this discussion are to provide the following: SOP No. OTIE007B Revision No. 04 Date: April 11, 2011 Page 5 of 26 • Standard criteria for identifying and classifying soils and/or sediments, • Standard terminology for describing key attributes of soils and sediments, • A system that will result in logs that are useful for both engineering and hydrogeologic purposes, and • A classification system that will allow for reliable comparison of logs prepared by different practitioners. 2.3.1 Procedure The process for developing consistent soil/sediment descriptions is summarized below: • Identify the soil components present. • Determine whether the sample is composed primarily of coarse‐grained, fine‐grained, or organic soils, or whether a mixture is present. • Evaluate soil gradation and/or behavioral properties (estimate the degree of plasticity) through a combination of visual inspection and field tests (described in section 2.3.5, below). • Classify and describe the soils using the results of visual inspection and field tests. • Assign a USCS group name and symbol. • Prepare a detailed description of the sample using prescribed (ASTM) terms and definitions. • Assign a geologic descriptor based upon origin (genetic or formation). Soils rarely exist in nature as individual components (gravel, sand, silt, or clay). Mixtures of the individual components in varying proportions are much more common. Each component contributes to the characteristics of the soil mixture. In order to classify a soil mixture, the relative percentages of the component grain sizes must be determined. The first step is to determine whether the soil is predominantly coarse‐grained (gravel and/or sand) or fine‐ grained (silt and/or clay). Although the USCS is based on percentage by weight, estimation of the relative percentage of soil components in the field must be based upon visual assessment of the relative volumes of materials present. A rough determination of the relative weight percentages of the components present can be made by spreading the sample out in the palm of the hand and making a visual estimate. Carefully washing the fines from a portion of a sample, by mixing the soil with water and pouring off the clouded suspension of fines and water, will aid in estimating the percentage of fines present by comparison with an unaltered portion. Mixing a sample with water in a jar and allowing the mixture to settle is also helpful. The coarse‐grained components will fall completely out of suspension in 20 to 30 seconds. When describing bulk samples or soils exposed in an excavation, the percentages of cobbles and boulders should be estimated by volume. The remaining soil matrix should be described independently. Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC. 2.3.2 Identification SOP No. OTIE007B Revision No. 04 Date: April 11, 2011 Page 6 of 26 The USCS groups soils into three major divisions: coarse‐grained soils, fine‐grained soils, and highly organic soils. The characteristics that define these soil groups, and procedures involved in identifying the individual components, are described in the following paragraphs. Coarse‐Grained Soils Coarse‐grained soil components are defined as materials that would pass through a 3‐inch sieve and which would be retained by a No. 200 sieve (0.075 millimeters [mm]). Coarse‐grained soil components are further subdivided by grain. Soil is considered coarse‐grained if 50 percent or more of a sample (by dry weight) is larger than 0.075 mm. The range of both fine‐ and coarse‐ grained soil components present in a sample should be determined by careful examination. Fine‐Grained Soils Soil is considered fine‐grained if 50 percent or more of a sample (by dry weight) is smaller than 1.75 mm (No. 200 sieve). Fines can be further subdivided into silt and clay. Classification of fine‐grained soil components may be based upon mineralogy, grain‐size, or physical behavior. Mineralogy is difficult to determine in the field without previous geologic information based upon laboratory techniques, such as X‐ray diffraction. Grain‐size is difficult to estimate because of the size classes involved and the limitations imposed by field equipment such as hand lenses. Additionally, textural classification of fines can be misleading in terms of geotechnical properties. For these reasons, the USCS defines the terms “silt” and “clay” solely on the basis of the plasticity characteristics of material finer than 0.075 mm. Organic Soils Organic soils contain sufficient organic matter, living or in the process of decay, to significantly affect the engineering properties of the soil. Most organic soils can be considered a special category of fine‐grained soils. Topsoil, humus, peat, organic silt, organic clay, and diatomaceous earth are common examples. The water content of organic soils is typically very high. Organic soils invariably have very low shear strength in their natural state, but may exhibit high tensile strength in certain directions because of fibrous materials. Observations of color and odor are of particular value for the identification of soils. Dark gray, black, and various shades of brown are characteristic colors. Organic soils frequently change color when exposed to air. Many organic soils, particularly marine peats and silts, have a distinctive odor of hydrogen sulfide. This odor is especially apparent in fresh samples. Heating the sample intensifies the odor. Organic silts and clays typically exhibit slight to medium plasticity and form threads that are very weak, soft, and spongy near the plastic limit. Less effort is required to pull fine‐grained non‐fibrous organic soils apart than inorganic fines. A clean break is generally formed. The smear of organic silts and clays, although smooth, is very dull. Peat is an organic soil characterized by the presence of vegetable matter (e.g., leaves, sticks, grass, wood, and/or moss) in various stages of decomposition. These components generally impart a fibrous texture to the soil. Peat is typically brown or black in color. Peat and organic silt are common components of fresh water swamps, bogs, and tidal flats. Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC. SOP No. OTIE007B Revision No. 04 Date: April 11, 2011 Page 7 of 26 Diatomaceous earth is an organic soil commonly found in the lower stratum of peat bogs. Diatomaceous earth is composed primarily of the siliceous skeletal remains of diatoms that accumulated in lakes and swamps. The amount and nature of impurities is highly variable and may include sponge spicules and radiolarian remains as well as organic and inorganic silt and clay. Diatomaceous earth reacts rapidly to the dilatancy test and typically dries to a highly friable soil. Color ranges from white to yellow to various shades of brown and gray. Another important consideration in the identification of organic soils may be the location with respect to topography. Low‐lying swampy areas frequently contain highly organic soils. 2.3.3 Descriptive Format and Terminology The USCS provides useful information about soil gradation and plasticity. However, critical information necessary for site interpretation and evaluation are not included in the USCS. The USCS should therefore be supplemented with additional information. The following discussion identifies features, which should be evaluated and described to supplement the USCS. Order of Description The descriptive format begins with the USCS group name and symbol, which will be discussed in more detail below. A detailed description, based upon ASTM standards, follows the USCS classification. For consistency, the primary descriptive elements, listed below, should be included in all soil descriptions in the following standardized order: • • • • • • • USCS group name, Descriptive USCS classification in accordance with ASTM‐2488‐84, Density or consistency (plasticity and cohesiveness), Moisture condition, Color, Stratification and structure, and Deposition environment. A description of other pertinent properties should be included, as needed, following the primary descriptive elements listed above. Following the detailed soil description, the probable geologic origin should be provided (in capital letters as shown). Several typical descriptions are presented below: CH‐ Clay with some gravel, very stiff, low plasticity, saturated, 10YR 5/4 Yellowish Brown, fractured with silt filling fractures Silty clay with trace gravel, soft, medium plasticity, moist, 2.5 YR 4/3 Olive Brown, Glacial Till SP‐ Poorly graded sand with trace clay, fine to medium grain, well rounded, medium dense, moist, Alluvial deposit. Soil/sediment descriptions should be as comprehensive as possible, without excessive emphasis on insignificant details. Good judgment and common sense based on an understanding of geology and engineering behavior of soils is required. Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC. 2.3.4 Primary Descriptive Elements SOP No. OTIE007B Revision No. 04 Date: April 11, 2011 Page 8 of 26 Soil Type (Group Name and Symbol) If a soil is classified as a gravel or sand and it contains 12 percent or less fines, it is considered to be well‐graded or poorly graded, depending upon the distribution of grain sizes (gradation) present. “Well‐graded” is an engineering term that indicates a continuous distribution of particle sizes from the coarsest to finest particle size of the relevant fraction. “Poorly‐graded” pertains to sediments that lack a continuous distribution of grain sizes. Poorly graded include uniformly‐graded (predominantly one particle size or well sorted) and gap‐graded or step‐graded (one or more particle sizes absent) sediments. These terms may be included as secondary descriptive elements. These terms should not be confused with the geologic terms used to describe sorting. A uniformly graded sediment would be described as well‐sorted using this terminology. Guidelines for the use of modifiers and other descriptive terms which may be included in the USCS group name are presented below. Use of “with”: 1. If a soil is predominantly sand or gravel but contains an estimated 15 percent or more of the other granular component, add “with sand” or “with gravel” to the group name. 2. If a soil contains any cobbles or boulders, add “with cobbles” or “with boulders” to the group name. 3. If a fine‐grained soil contains (little) 15 to 25 percent sand, gravel or both, add “with sand” or “with gravel” to the group name (whichever is more predominant). Use “with sand” if the related percentages are equal. 4. If a granular soil contains 10 percent (few) fines, add “with silt” or “clay” to the group name. Use of adjective modifier: 1. If a fine‐grained soil contains 30 percent or more sand or gravel (some), add “sandy” or “gravelly” to the group name (e.g., SANDY SILT, GRAVELLY LEAN CLAY). 2. If a granular soil contains more than 15 percent (little) fines, use an adjective modifier (e.g., SILTY SAND, CLAYEY GRAVEL). Use of dual symbols: 1. If a granular soil is estimated to contain 10 percent fines use a dual symbol. a) the first symbol shall correspond to a clean gravel or sand, b) the second symbol shall correspond to a gravel or sand with fines (e.g., GW ‐ GC, SP ‐ SM). 2. CL‐ML (see USCS Plasticity Chart ‐ do not use this combination unless substantiated by laboratory analyses). Use of borderline symbols: Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC. SOP No. OTIE007B Revision No. 04 Date: April 11, 2011 Page 9 of 26 1. Use to indicate a soil with properties that do not distinctly place the soil into a specific group (e.g., CL/CH, GM/SM, ML/SM). 2. Using the USCS, “and” may be used to indicate that soils are interbedded by linking group names (e.g., LEAN CLAY [CL] AND POORLY GRADED SAND [SP]) Density or Consistency Density relates to cohesionless (predominantly coarse‐grained) materials, while consistency relates to cohesive (predominantly fine‐grained) soil. Both can be estimated from the standard penetration test. The standard penetration test is defined as the number of blows required to drive a standard 2‐inch outside diameter split‐barrel (spoon) sampler through 18 or 24‐inches of undisturbed soil using a free falling 140 pound weight. The blow count is recorded in 6‐inch increments. The first 6 inches is considered to be a seating drive. The sum of the blows required for the second and third 6‐inch increments is defined as the penetration resistance (N‐value). Standard penetration tests should be performed in accordance with procedures described in ASTM D 1586. It is essential to ensure that standard penetration test procedures adhere to this ASTM standard so that blow counts yield meaningful N‐values. Consistency can also be readily evaluated by feel or with a pocket penetrometer (PP) or vane shear instrument such as a torvane (TV). When using these methods to estimate consistency, sample disturbance should be considered. Terms for describing the density or consistency of a soil are presented in Tables1 and 2. Table 1: Density or Consistency of a Soil Cohesionless (Predominantly Coarse‐Grained) Soils N‐Value Density 0‐4 Very loose 5‐10 Loose 11‐30 Medium Dense 31‐50 Dense 50+ Very Dense Table 2: Cohesive (Predominantly Fine‐Grained) Soils N‐Value Consistency Manual Criteria Undrained Compressive Strength, qu (Tons/Sq. Ft.)* Undrained Shear Strength, SU (Tons/Sq. Ft.)** <2 Very Soft Thumb will easily penetrate soil more than 1 inch <0.25 <0.12 2‐4 Soft Thumb will easily penetrate soil about 1 inch 0.25 ‐ 0.5 0.12 ‐ 0.25 5‐8 Medium Stiff Thumb will easily indent soil about ¼ inch 0.5 ‐ 1 0.25 ‐ 0.5 Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC. SOP No. OTIE007B Revision No. 04 Date: April 11, 2011 Page 10 of 26 N‐Value Consistency Manual Criteria Undrained Compressive Strength, qu (Tons/Sq. Ft.)* Undrained Shear Strength, SU (Tons/Sq. Ft.)** 9‐15 Stiff Indented by thumb ¼ inch only with great effort 1‐2 0.5 ‐ 1 16‐30 Very Stiff Thumb will not indent soil. Readily indented with fingernail 2‐4 1‐2 31+ Hard Indented with difficulty with thumbnail >4 >2 *Measured with pocket penetrometer. **Measured with TV or similar vane shear instrument. Moisture Condition The moisture condition of the soil shall be described on the field boring log. Soils are described as being dry, moist, or wet with increasing degrees of saturation based on the following criteria: Table 3: Description of Soil Moisture Description Criteria Dry Damp Absence of moisture, dusty, dry to the touch Slight visible evidence of moisture Moist Saturated Moisture clearly evident Visible free water, pores filled with water; commonly soils collected from below water table Color For consistency purposes color should be identified using the Munsell Soil Color Charts. The charts provide a semi‐quantitative aid to correlate color across a site. It also aids in the assessment of secondary weathering zones and moisture relationships. When naturally wet soils are described after being allowed to dry, it should be noted on the log. The color description should not be capitalized and should be followed by the alpha‐numeric Munsell code in parentheses as shown in the following examples: • Pale red (2.5 YR 6/2), and • Very dark brown (7.5 YR/2). Variations due to mottling in the soil color should also be noted using the Munsell soil color notation. Gradation The soil components present in a sample should be identified as described at the beginning of this section. The relative percentages of the different fractions present should be described based on estimates to the nearest 5 percent, using the terms from ASTM D2488, as summarized in Table 4. Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC. Table 4: Soil Component Terms Description Mostly Some Little Few Trace SOP No. OTIE007B Revision No. 04 Date: April 11, 2011 Page 11 of 26 Percentages 50 ‐ 100 percent 30 ‐ 45 percent 15 ‐ 25 percent 5 ‐ 10 percent Particles are present but estimated to be less than 5 percent The component with the highest percentage should be recorded first with the next highest percentage recorded next. Gradation within the sand and gravel fractions must be defined or it is assumed that all fractions are present. When recording gradation, always begin with the coarser fraction, (e.g., mostly coarse to fine gravel, and mostly medium to fine sand). Plasticity and Cohesiveness If a sediment sample is predominantly fine‐grained, a plasticity designation should be provided (see section 2.3.5) Additionally, the cohesiveness of soils including both fine‐ and coarse‐grained components should be noted. Soils in which the adsorbed water and particle attraction work together to produce a mass that holds together and deforms plastically at varying water contents are known as cohesive soils. A predominantly coarse‐grained soil could be cohesive in character with as little as 20 percent fines, depending upon the overall gradation of the material and the plasticity characteristics of the fines. A soil accurately classified as GC or SC would always be cohesive. Mixtures of coarse‐ and fine‐grained soils should be described as cohesive or cohesionless. Stratification/Structure Most geologic structures may be characterized as stratified, massive, or some variation of the two. Some terminology for describing soil structure or stratification are defined in Table 5. Table 5: Soil Stratification Terms Description Criteria Stratified Alternating layers of varying material or color with layers at least 6 mm thick; note thickness. Alternating layers of varying material or color with the layers less than 6 mm thick; note thickness. Breaks along definite planes of fracture with little resistance to fracturing. Laminated Fissured Slickensided Fracture planes appear polished or glossy, sometimes striated. Blocky Cohesive soil that can be broken down into small angular lumps that resist further breakdown. Lensed Inclusion of small pockets of different soils, such as small lenses of sand scattered through a mass of clay; note thickness. Massive (Homogeneous) Same color and appearance throughout. Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC. SOP No. OTIE007B Revision No. 04 Date: April 11, 2011 Page 12 of 26 Description Criteria Bedding Attitude Horizontal or Inclined (with angle). Lithologic Contact Sharp or Gradational (with nature of gradation). The identification of naturally occurring fractures or planes of weakness (as opposed to those that may have been produced by the drilling or sampling process) can be made through the recognition of surface coatings, changes in oxidation state of adjacent materials, or stress surfaces such as slickensides. Common surface coatings include carbonates, organics, secondary iron, manganese oxide, and silt or clay. Changes or mottling in color adjacent to a fracture surface are generally indicative of a change in oxidation state associated with a naturally occurring fracture. Geologic Interpretation A geologic interpretation may be provided with each description. This may include a generic interpretation (such as alluvium or saprolite), geologic age, and/or formation name. Accurate field interpretation of geologic origin may support geologic evaluations conducted later in the office. Identification of the geologic origin or depositional environment is often necessary to support interpretations of the distribution, uniformity, or variability of subsurface soils and sediments. The geographic position of individual boring locations (e.g., crest of a hill, terrace, edge of a flood plain, etc.) should be considered when making this determination. Other Descriptive Elements Understanding of subsurface conditions at a site is dependent upon detailed descriptions of soil or sediment samples. The following additional characteristics should be considered and described, if pertinent. It is the responsibility of the field geologist and project staff to determine the extent of detail required. These additional elements should be appended to the primary description, separated by a semicolon: • • • • • • • • • • Angularity, size, and shape of coarse‐grained components. Hardness of coarse‐grained components. Presence of boulders or cobbles. Fossils. Accessory minerals. Lithology of coarse‐grained components. Cementation or presence of calcareous materials. Odor. Weathering zone. Presence of roots, root holes, animal burrows or other macro‐pores. Angularity and Shape of Coarse‐Grained Components A description of the angularity of coarse‐grained sand, gravel, cobbles and boulders may provide a basis for interpretation of geologic origin and correlation of geologic units encountered at different locations. The terminology in Table 6 should be used. Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC. SOP No. OTIE007B Revision No. 04 Date: April 11, 2011 Page 13 of 26 Table 6: Grain Angularity and Shape Terms Description Criteria Angular Particles have sharp edges and relatively planar sides with unpolished surfaces. Sub‐angular Particles are similar to angular description but have rounded edges. Sub‐rounded Particles have nearly planar sides but have well‐rounded edges. Rounded Particles have smoothly curved sides, no edges. The shape of gravel, cobbles, and boulders should be described as follows: Description Criteria Flat Particles with width/thickness of >3 inches Elongated Particles with length/width of >3 inches. Flat and elongated Particles meet criteria for both flat and elongated. Hardness of Coarse‐Grained Components Coarse sand and larger particles may be described as “hard” if particles do not crack, fracture, or crumble under a hammer blow. Alternatively, state what happens when particles are hit with a hammer. Presence of Cobbles and Boulders The presence of cobbles or boulders should be noted. This may be evident through observation of drill advance or by fragments recovered in samples. If possible (such as in a test pit), a volumetric estimate of the percent of cobbles or boulder present should be made. Alternatively, a qualitative description such as “occasional” or “numerous” cobbles or boulders should be provided. If any cobbles or boulders are present, “with cobbles” or “with boulders” should be appended to the USCS group name. Fossils, Accessory Minerals, or Lithology of Coarse‐Grained Components Fossils are generally fragmented in cores and drill holes; however, some whole fossils may be found in cores. The fossils present in a sample may be difficult to classify, depending on the type and quality of the specimen. Accessory minerals constitute only a minor percentage of the bulk of a sediment sample. However, these minerals provide significant indicators of depositional environment and are useful in correlation. Common accessory minerals include: • • • • • • • Glauconite, Heavy minerals, Sulfides (pyrite and marcasite), Manganese oxide, Feldspar, Chert, Mica, Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC. • • • • • SOP No. OTIE007B Revision No. 04 Date: April 11, 2011 Page 14 of 26 Kaolin, Siderite, Gypsum, Lignite, and Iron oxide. Lignite and manganese oxide are frequently encountered and frequently confused with each other. The lithology of coarse‐grained soil components can also provide a valuable clue to assist with interpretations of depositional history and stratigraphic correlation. Notations such as “sand predominantly quartz” or “gravel predominantly shale fragments” may be appended to the primary description. Cementation or Presence of Calcareous Materials The degree of cementation of coarse grained soils should be described, if relevant to the sample. The criteria for this description is summarized in Table 7. Table 7: Degree of Cementation Terms Description Criteria Weak Crumbles or breaks with handling or little finger pressure. Moderate Crumbles or breaks with considerable finger pressure. Strong Will not crumble or break with finger pressure. Calcium carbonate is a common cementing agent. The amount of calcareous material present in a sample can be classified according to the reaction with dilute hydrochloric acid. The classification is summarized in Table 8. Table 8: Presence of Calcareous Materials Description Criteria None No visible reaction. Weak Some reaction with bubbles forming slowly. Strong Violent reaction with bubbles forming immediately. Weathering The recognition and correlation of weathered zones can provide valuable clues for deciphering site stratigraphy. It is important to recognize, however, that soils, in the engineering sense,encompasses a wide range of materials, all of which represent various stages in the weathering of bedrock. Additionally, a clear distinction must be made between the weathering of transported superficial deposits and the in‐place development of residual soils from a bedrock mass. The recognition and description of buried weathered zones is particularly useful in terrain characterized by transported soils and sediments. Weathering involves two basic processes: mechanical disintegration and chemical decomposition. By decomposition, chemical changes take place that result in the dissolution and leaching of soluble materials. These changes are often manifested by changes in color and the development of zones of cementation that can be readily recognized in the field. Although Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC. SOP No. OTIE007B Revision No. 04 Date: April 11, 2011 Page 15 of 26 weathering processes are strongly dependent on local (historic) climatic conditions and the physical and chemical characteristics of the parent materials, color can provide a general indicator of some important chemical weathering processes, such as oxidation, reduction, and hydration. It is also important to remember that the forces of weathering generally lose their intensity with depth below the land surface (at the time the weathering profile developed). A good example of the effects of oxidation and hydration is the variations in the color of soils in the Southeastern United States (Buckman and Brady, 1969). Red soils are the product of the development of hematite, resulting from oxidation of ferrous oxide. As soils become hydrated, hematite is readily changed to limonite, resulting in a noticeable color change to yellow. When the products of hydration dry out, dehydration may occur and the reaction will reverse itself. Interpretation based upon color and other field observations should be considered a preliminary interpretation, which may not necessarily delineate zones of past or present weathering. Roots, Root Holes, Animal Burrows, or Other Macro‐Pores Any potential source of secondary porosity that could be significant in terms of the infiltration and movement of water or the migration of contaminants should be described. This may include root channels (relic or active); animal burrows (krotovinas); cracks related to desiccation and wetting, freezing and thawing, subsidence; or other features not discussed herein. Odor Odors should be described if unusual or organic. Soils containing sufficient amount of organic material usually have a distinctive odor. If the samples are dried, odor may be revived by wetting the sample. 2.3.5 Field Tests for Classifying Fines Several tests can be performed in the field to help determine the plasticity, and hence the assignment, of a group name to a soil sample. These tests, which include the dilatancy test, soil thread test, toughness, dry strength, smear and stickiness, and the test tube test, are described below. Prior to performing these tests, particles larger than the No. 40 sieve (0.42 mm ‐ medium sand and larger) should be removed. Dilatancy Test Select a representative sample approximately 0.5 cubic inch in volume and add water, if necessary, until the soil has a soft but not sticky consistency. Form a pat of the wet soil in the palm of one hand and shake it horizontally, vigorously striking the side of the hand with the other hand several times. Alternately squeeze and release the pat of wet soil. Note the rate at which water appears while shaking and disappears while squeezing. Materials that are predominantly silt will show a dull‐dry surface upon squeezing and a glassy‐wet surface upon releasing the pressure and upon shaking or vibrating the pat. With increasing clay content this phenomenon becomes less pronounced due to lower mobility of pore water. Rapid reaction to the shaking test is typical for uniform fine sand and diatomaceous earth, as well as for inorganic silts. Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC. Soil Thread Test SOP No. OTIE007B Revision No. 04 Date: April 11, 2011 Page 16 of 26 Following completion of the dilatancy test, attempt to roll the test specimen into a thread between the palms or by hand on a smooth surface. Roll the sample into the smallest thread possible, adjusting the water content as needed. If the sample is too wet to roll easily, it should be spread into a thin layer and allowed to lose some water by evaporation. If it is too dry, add water a few drops at a time, thoroughly kneading the soil to assure a uniform moisture content. Note the final minimum diameter attained before the thread breaks or crumbles. The very fact that a soil can be rolled into threads indicates plasticity and the presence of clay. The smallest thread diameter possible without crumbling is indicative of the degree of plasticity. Toughness Fold the sample thread from the test above and reroll the sample into a thread about 1/8‐inch in diameter. Repeat this procedure until the thread crumbles at a diameter of approximately 1/8‐ inch. The thread will crumble at a diameter of 1/8‐inch when the soil is near the plastic limit (the boundary between the plastic and semi‐solid state). Note the strength of the thread and the pressure required to roll the thread near the plastic limit. After the thread crumbles, lump the pieces together and knead the sample until the lump crumbles. Note the toughness of the material during kneading. The higher the degree of plasticity of the soil, the stiffer are the threads as their water content approaches the plastic limit and the tougher are the lumps as the soil is remolded after rolling. The distinction in the toughness of the threads can only be felt at water contents close to the plastic limit. The greater the number of times the soil can be rolled prior to reaching the plastic limit for soils started at the same water content, the more plastic is the material. Cohesive soils containing significant amounts of organic material or mica form threads that are very soft or spongy near the plastic limit. Dry Strength Mold the test sample to the consistency of putty, adding water if necessary. Shape the test specimen into a ball or angular fragment about 0.5 inch in diameter. Allow the sample to dry completely by air‐drying, sun or oven, as long as the temperature does not exceed 60 degrees Centigrade. Test the strength of the fragment by crushing between the fingers. The dry strength increases with increasing plasticity. Occasionally, the presence of high‐strength water‐soluble cementing materials, such as calcium carbonate, may cause exceptionally high dry strength. The presence of calcium carbonate can be detected with dilute hydrochloric acid. Silty fine sands and silts have about the same slight dry strength, however, they can be distinguished by the feel upon crushing. Fine sand feels gritty, whereas silt typically has the smooth feel of flour. Smear and Stickiness A high degree of stickiness and a very smooth smear in the natural state are indicative of high plasticity. Although the primary basis for classification of fines is soil plasticity as discussed previously, Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC. SOP No. OTIE007B Revision No. 04 Date: April 11, 2011 Page 17 of 26 the procedure described below for estimating the grain‐size distribution of fine‐grained soil components can also be helpful. Test Tube Test Silt and clay size particles may also be differentiated by determining their approximate settling rates in water. The settling rate may be measured in the field by shaking a small sample of the soil to be identified in a test tube, or an 8‐ounce clear glass jar, filled with water and then allowing the particles to settle. The time required for particles to fall a distance of 4 inches is about 30 seconds for 0.074 mm size (the boundary between sand and silt) and about 50 minutes for particles 0.005 mm in size (the boundary between silt and clay). An approximate idea of the grain sizes present in a sample of fined‐grained soil may be obtained by this method. An additional aid in distinguishing silt and clay is by visual inspection under a hand lens. If grains are visible to indistinctly visible under 6.3x magnification, the sample is silt. If the sample has no visible grains under 6.3x magnification, then the sample is clay. Since most hand lenses are equipped with 10x magnification, this method is approximate as some clay grains may be indistinctly visible under 10x magnification. The above tests are approximate and may not correlate precisely to results of laboratory grain size or mineralogical analyses. The tests do provide a method for consistent field classification, however. The use of all of these tests provides a more accurate determination of the fine‐grained material present in a soil sample; however, some of these tests are time consuming and may not be practical in many field situations. At a minimum, the thread test and smear test should be performed. The dilatancy test should be performed whenever possible. If, however, a number of borings are to be drilled through a fine‐grained stratum, it may be advisable to perform all of the tests on a few selected, representative samples of each distinct lithologic unit from different boring locations. The results can then be used as a benchmark for classification of samples collected throughout the field program. 2.4 FIELD CLASSIFICATION OF BEDROCK The purpose of bedrock classification logs is to define subsurface conditions. It is important that classification provide a concise, consistent, and complete representation of subsurface conditions. The following sections discuss the outline for classifying bedrock encountered during a field investigation program. Bedrock classification must be performed by an experienced, professional OTIE geologist. 2.4.1 Rock Quality Designation (RQD) The RQD is the total length of core pieces (unweathered bedrock) greater than or equal to four inches (10 centimeters) in length divided by the total length of the core run. RQD shall be expressed as a percentage and recorded in the PERCENT RQD column for each core run. Care must be taken to correctly identify natural bedrock breaks from mechanical breaks (breaks caused by drilling). Mechanical breaks are often, but not always, accompanied by fresh bedrock appearance. Generally, natural breaks should first be considered as caused by a joint. Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC. Other natural breaks of the core may be due to: SOP No. OTIE007B Revision No. 04 Date: April 11, 2011 Page 18 of 26 • Irregular and rounded surfaces that reflect considerable grinding of the core due to rotation during drilling along a plane of weakness. • Rather smooth surfaces that cannot be rejoined but which show no signs of weathering. • Weathered surfaces. Include all pieces of core which are greater than or equal to four inches (10 centimeters) in length and bounded by natural surfaces. As a general guideline, if a core segment can be rejoined with only a hairline separation, it should be included in computing the percent RQD. 2.4.2 Hardness Hardness, or induration, shall be described per Table 9. If there is no specific column for hardness, it shall be included in the DESCRIPTION column. Table 9: Bedrock Hardness Terms DESCRIPTIVE TERMS DEFINING CHARACTERISTICS Extremely Soft RO Indented by thumbnail Crumbles under firm blows with point of geologist’s pick, can be peeled with pocket knife Very Soft R1 Soft R2 Can be peeled with pocket knife with difficulty, shallow indentations made by firm blows of Average R3 Cannot be scraped or peeled with pocket knife, can be fractured with a single blow from a Hard R4 Requires more than one blow with geologist’s hammer to break into pieces with sharp edges Extremely Hard R6 Can only be chipped with geologist’s hammer All personnel must refer to the OTIE Safety Policies and follow Safety Procedures before and during handling potentially hazardous and contaminated soil or bedrock. 2.4.3 Description Bedrock core descriptions shall be recorded in the DESCRIPTION column for every core run. Consistency is important in describing the core. Describe the major petrologic aspects of the bedrock first. Add minor constituents as needed. Finally, describe structural features of the bedrock. An acceptable order of description is described below. Order of Description The descriptive format begins with the bedrock type, which will be discussed in more detail below. A detailed description will be based upon ASTM standards. For consistency, the primary descriptive elements, listed below, should be included in all bedrock descriptions in the following standardized order: Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC. • • • • • • • • • • • SOP No. OTIE007B Revision No. 04 Date: April 11, 2011 Page 19 of 26 Bedrock type, Relative hardness, Density, Texture, Color, Weathering, Bedding, Stratification and structure, Rock quality designation, Other descriptive features, and Deposition environment. Terms such as “ AS ABOVE “ and “AS BELOW” or drawing a continuous arrow down the drill log to indicate similarity in bedrock descriptions are not acceptable on classification log sheets. Bedrock Type The first item in the description should be the bedrock type. Be specific and use the major bedrock classification (e.g., sandstone, basalt, etc.) When necessary, modify the primary bedrock type with a secondary characteristic descriptions (e.g., silty limestone or lime siltstone). All bedrock should be modified by grain or crystal size. Table 10. lists grain size classifications. Hardness If there is no specific column for hardness (Section 4.2) on the classification, it shall be included as part of the DESCRIPTION. Table 10: Grain‐Size Classification (ASTM D2487‐10) Particle Diameter (mm) Sediments (Soils And Unconsolidated Bedrock) Consolidated Bedrock 256 or more (10 inches or more) Boulder Boulder conglomerate 64‐256 (2.5 to 10 inches) Cobble Cobble conglomerate 4‐64 2‐4 Pebble Granule Pebble conglomerate Granule conglomerate 1‐2 Very coarse sand Very coarse sandstone 0.5‐1 Coarse sand Coarse sandstone 0.25‐0.5 Medium sand Medium sandstone 0.125‐ 0.25 Fine sand Fine sandstone 0.0625‐ 0.125 Very fine sand Very fine sandstone 0.4‐ 0.0625 Silt Siltstone 0.4 or less Clay Claystone or shale Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC. SOP No. OTIE007B Revision No. 04 Date: April 11, 2011 Page 20 of 26 Color Describe the color of the core when it is wet. The color shall be modified by using adjectives such as light, dark, mottled, or shades and tones of each other (e.g., grayish blue). As an alternative, the Geological Society of America or the Munsell color charts may be used. If color charts are used, the name of the chart should be noted on the log form. Fracturing The concentration and fracture spacing shall be described in accordance with Table 11. As an alternative, the observed fracture spacing may be listed on the log. Bedding Thickness Bedding thickness modifiers shall be classified in accordance with Table 12. As an alternative, the actual bedding thickness may be listed on the log. If there is no specific column for weathering (Section 2.4.8) on the classification log form, it shall be included as part of the description. Table 11: Bedding Thickness Bedrock Description THICKNESS (English) Over 3.3 feet 3.3 feet ‐ 1 foot 1 foot ‐ 4 inches 4 inches ‐ 1 inch 1 inch ‐ 2/5 inch 2/5 inch ‐ 1/8 inch 1/8 inch ‐ 1/32 inch less than 1/32 inch THICKNESS (Metric) Over 1 m 1m ‐ 30 cm 30cm ‐ 10cm 10 cm ‐ 3 cm 3 cm ‐ 1 cm 1cm - 3 mm 3mm ‐ 1mm less than 1mm BEDDING CLASSIFICATION Very thickly bedded Thickly bedded Medium bedded Thinly bedded Very thinly bedded Laminated Thinly laminated Microlaminated Table 12: Fracture Spacing Description Of Bedrock BEDROCK DESCRIPTIVE TERMS Very broken Broken Slightly broken Massive (unbroken) FRACTURE SPACING Less than 1 in. 1 in. to 3 in. 3 in. to 6 in. 6 in. and greater Other Terms Other observations are usually necessary to accurately describe the core. These observations should include zones where t+he core is very broken, where grinding of the core is apparent, cementation and/or friability, zones of mineralization indicating the minerals present, intervals where core samples have been taken for laboratory testing, etc. 2.4.4 Weathering The degree of weathering shall be described using the following terms: • Fresh ‐ Crystals bright, joints rarely show staining. Bedrock rings with hammer if crystalline. Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC. SOP No. OTIE007B Revision No. 04 Date: April 11, 2011 Page 21 of 26 • Very slight ‐ Some joints strained, some joints may show clay if open, crystals in broken face show bright. Bedrock rings with hammer if crystalline. • Slight ‐ Joints strained and discoloration extends into bedrock up to one inch. Open joints contain clay. Some feldspar are dull and discolored. Crystalline rocks ring with hammer. • Moderate ‐ Significant portions of bedrock show discoloration decomposition and disintegration. Most feldspars are dull and discolored; some show kaolinization. Bedrock has dull sound with hammer and shows significant loss of strength as compared with fresh bedrock. • Moderately Severe ‐ all minerals except quartz are discolored or stained. All feldspars are dull and discolored and majority show kaolinization. Bedrock shows severe loss of strength and can be easily picked with a hammer. Dull sound with hammer. Decomposition and/or disintegration at least 50 percent. • Severe ‐ All minerals except quartz are discolored or stained. Bedrock fabric clear and evident, but reduced in strength to very dense soil. All feldspars kaolinized to some extent. Some fragments of strong bedrock scattered throughout. • Very Severe ‐ All minerals except quartz are discolored or stained. Bedrock fabric discernible, but mass effectively reduced to soil with only fragments of strong bedrock remaining. Decomposition and/or disintegration 100 percent with structure/fabric intact. • Complete ‐ Bedrock reduced to “soil.” Bedrock “fabric” not discernible or discernible only in small scattered locations. Quartz may be present as dikes or stringers. All minerals in relic form. Decomposition and/or disintegration 100 percent with structure/fabric destroyed. If there is no specific column for weathering, it shall be included in the DESCRIPTION column. 2.4.5 Joint Spacing All joints, fractures, bedding breaks, etc., should be depicted in Section A of the boring log at the exact depth they exist and the attitude they exhibit. Depending upon the classification log form used, the following information shall be provided: • Maximum, minimum, and average joint spacing for each run. The maximum joint spacing is the length of the longest piece of core bounded at both ends by joint surfaces. The minimum joint spacing is the length of the shortest piece of core bounded at both ends by joint surfaces. Average joint spacing for each core run is determined by dividing the total length of all pieces bounded at both ends by joint surfaces by the total number of these pieces. • Graphic illustration of joint pattern including orientation and a description of the joint surface (rough, smooth, shiny, dull, etc.). 2.4.6 Remarks The REMARKS column should include pertinent information such as volume of gain or loss of water, the performance of in situ tests, the time each day’s activities begin, tool drops, soft zones, cavities, core losses, secondary minerals, fossils, casing sizes and depths (if no specific space provided), ground water levels (if no specific space provided), artesian conditions, etc. Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC. SOP No. OTIE007B Revision No. 04 Date: April 11, 2011 Page 22 of 26 2.4.7 Notes NOTES should include items which pertain to the entire drill hole such as the type of drilling equipment used, drilling contractor and personnel, approximate distance drill hole was offset from original location, project‐specific bedrock profile symbols (final log only), bit changes, drilling rate, etc. Other information may warrant being recorded at the discretion of field personnel. In the absence of a NOTES space, the above items should be included in the REMARKS column. 2.4.8 Abbreviations Abbreviations should be kept to a minimum. However, when expedient, the abbreviations suggested in Table 13 may be used individually or in combination. Table 13: Soil and Bedrock Logging Abbreviations / @ Abdt Ang Blk Brn Calc Cgr Cly Dk Fgr Frg Gfy Grn Intbd Lam Lt Mrg Slt Snd TD Tr V w/ w/o Wh Yel And At Abundant Angular Black Brown Calcareous Coarse Grained Clay Dark Fine Grained Fragments Gray Green Interbedded Laminated Light Medium Grained Silt Sand Total Depth of Boring or Drill Hole Trace Very With Without White Yellow Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC. 2.5 PROCEDURES FOR LOGGING EXPLORATORY BORINGS SOP No. OTIE007B Revision No. 04 Date: April 11, 2011 Page 23 of 26 2.5.1 General Requirements All drilling logs shall be prepared in the field, as borings are drilled, by experienced geologists trained in geologic logging and interpretation of subsurface conditions. Each log shall be signed by the geologist. Entries shall be printed neatly in indelible ink. Printing should be dark enough for copying. As a general rule, abbreviations should not be used. When necessary, they should be kept to a minimum to avoid confusion. Abbreviations used should be defined in the log. All lines shall be drawn with a straight edge, not by free hand. All general information blanks in the log heading shall be completed before drilling, including: If surveyed horizontal control is not available at the time of drilling, a location sketch with references to measured distances from prominent surface features shall be included on the back of the first page of the log. The borehole numbering system has been determined in advance to facilitate communications between field and office staff, and avoid inconsistencies between final boring logs and field documentation. A note should be added to indicate the disposition of the borehole. For example, “Note: Installed 2.0 inch Schedule 40 PVC monitoring well. Screened interval 21.6 to 30.6 feet bls.” or “Note: The borehole was abandoned by tremie grouted from 25.0 feet to the ground surface.” Upon completion, all blanks in the log shall be completed. If information for a particular blank is not applicable to that boring, then an “NA” will be inserted. 2.5.2 Description of Surface Conditions Each drilling log should include a description of surface conditions in the vicinity of the borehole location. This should include geomorphic position (e.g., ridge top, swale, etc.), vegetative characteristics (e.g., prairie sage), and proximity to potential sources of contaminants (e.g., 20 feet south of petroleum underground storage tank, adjacent to drainage ditch, etc.). 2.5.3 Documentation of Drilling Procedures and Performance The manufacturer’s designation of the drill rig should be recorded on the boring log, including notation of the type of vehicle on which the drill is mounted (e.g., truck mounted, rubber tired all terrain vehicle, etc.). Sizes and types of drilling equipment used should be recorded on each boring log. This should include the diameters and lengths of samplers and other equipment. Depths at which drilling or sampling equipment are changed should also be included. The logs should show depths (in feet) and types of temporary casing used. The behavior of drilling tools provides valuable information for interpreting geologic conditions and planning future drilling projects. This should include observations made by the driller or geologist. Occurrences such as changes in penetration rate and the degree of chattering of the bit provide indirect evidence of soil or sediment types and the depths of stratigraphic contacts. This information is particularly important when sample recoveries are low. Adjustments made to improve sample recovery should be noted. Any special drilling or sampling problems shall be recorded, including descriptions of problem resolutions. A good and continual rapport with Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC. SOP No. OTIE007B Revision No. 04 Date: April 11, 2011 Page 24 of 26 the driller is essential to maximize the value of these indirect observations. The amount of water introduced into the boring and the amount not recovered must be noted on the boring log. 2.5.4 Sampling Data Soil sampling data shall include the sample name, interval sampled, the type of sampler used, and the length of sample recovered for each sample collected. The interval over which sampling was attempted should always be recorded, even if no sample is retrieved. The logs shall clearly show the depth interval retained. If a scheduled sampling interval was 2 feet in length (24‐inch split spoon) and due to refusal the total interval was not sampled, then the depth of penetration (e.g., 1.5 feet) becomes the sample interval. For example, if a planned sample interval was from 20 to 22 feet bgs and the split spoon was only advanced 1.2 feet, the recorded interval will be 20 to 21.2 feet bgs. Horizontal lines should be drawn across the appropriate columns at the scaled depths to document sampling intervals. Sample type may be identified using sequential numbers, with a prefix identifying the type of sampler used. Refer tot the Field Sampling Plan for sample nomenclature. 2.5.5 Description of Soils and Bedrock Refer to Section 2.3 and 2.4 of this SOP. 2.5.6 Stratigraphic Contacts and Lithologic Changes Identifying stratigraphic contacts and lithologic changes is a field responsibility. Changes in the nature of subsurface materials should be identified by a horizontal line at the appropriate scaled depth. A solid horizontal line should be used to denote the depth of distinct changes identified in samples or identified based upon drill advance. If a contact is gradational, or inferred between two consecutive but separated samples, a dashed line should be used. Inferred or gradational contacts should also be defined as such (e.g., write “inferred contact” or “gradational change”). If the actual depth between two separated samples is unknown, the contact line shall be drawn at half the distance between the samples. 2.5.7 Groundwater Observations Logs shall identify the depth at which the geologic material is either dry, damp, or saturated, as described in Section 2.3.4 of this SOP. Record the depth to water observed in the borehole during, at the completion of drilling, and the stabilized depth to groundwater (whenever possible). Stabilized water level data shall include the time allowed for levels to stabilize. The absence of water in borings shall also be indicated. If a borehole is left open overnight, water level observations should be taken before leaving the site and prior to starting work the next day. 2.5.8 Environmental Field Measurements and Observations Evidence of the presence of contaminants in samples or cuttings should be provided. Comments should describe any unusual discoloration, coatings (sheens), odors, or other potential evidence of contamination. The results of field headspace screening or other field screening test results should be included in the appropriate space in the boring log. Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC. 2.5.9 Borehole Stability SOP No. OTIE007B Revision No. 04 Date: April 11, 2011 Page 25 of 26 Logs shall identify any interval of borehole instability. Conditions such as running or heaving sands should be described; including the depths at which such conditions were encountered. 2.5.10 Quality Assurance Key elements of QA applicable to borehole logging and characterization of subsurface conditions include: • • • • Planning/definition and communication of procedures and standards, Training/staffing, Independent review, and Laboratory testing of representative samples. Planning should include review of available site‐specific data and selection of appropriate logging criteria, based upon those data and project‐specific requirements. Use of a log template with project specific headers will help minimize subsequent editing and facilitate log preparation in the field. As mentioned previously, the borehole/well numbering system should be established in advance. A kick‐off meeting is recommended prior to the initiation of field activities to clarify project requirements. The successful implementation of standards requires training and/or utilization of experienced staff. All staff responsible for borehole logging should review this SOP periodically as a reminder and a basis for continual improvement. At the onset, new staff should be accompanied by experienced personnel in the field until a reasonable level of proficiency is demonstrated. This will, of course, depend upon project specific considerations. Experience has shown that it is cheaper and more efficient in the long run to obtain accurate and consistent records in the field than to try to reconcile discrepancies after the work has been accomplished. In the field, logs should be reviewed on a daily basis to check for completeness and consistency. Following completion of the field program, field logs should be reviewed and edited prior to preparation of final logs for presentation. The level of review should depend upon the experience level of field staff and project considerations. All logs should be checked for completeness, accuracy, and consistency between soil descriptions. Normally, this review should be performed by a trained and qualified person other than the project field representative(s). When using the USCS, detailed descriptions should be reviewed for consistency with USCS designations. Whenever possible, the review should involve detailed examination of representative samples in conjunction with the logs. It is helpful to lay samples out in a systematic manner, based upon site geology (i.e., based upon local depositional environments). This process can provide a powerful tool for developing generalized descriptions of geologic units and interpreting site stratigraphy. This also provides a good opportunity to select samples for physical testing. Following completion of physical testing, field descriptions should be compared with test results. If the laboratory classification differs from the field description, the laboratory classification should be included on the final log, in addition to the field classification. It is also important to ensure that the results of laboratory tests are routed back to field personnel to provide a basis for improvement. Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC. SOP No. OTIE007B Revision No. 04 Date: April 11, 2011 Page 26 of 26 Final logs may be edited for presentation to eliminate redundancy. If appropriate, a disclaimer, such as that presented below, should be added to the final log: “This log may be an edited version of the field log, incorporating laboratory data and interpretations/correlations based upon in‐office review. Additional information that may be contained on the field logs is available upon request.” “Interpretations” provided on final logs should be based upon observations and factual data documented on the original field log. Edited copies of original field logs should be placed in the file for future reference. In addition to technical information, each log should include the complete job number, client name, project location, name of the drilling contractor, name of the field representative, name of the reviewer, drilling dates, and date edited. 3.0 REFERENCES American Society for Testing and Materials (see ASTM) ASTM Standard D 1586‐08a, “Standard Test Method for Standard Penetration Test (SPT) and Split‐Barrel Sampling of Soils,” ASTM International, West Conshohocken, PA, www.astm.org. ASTM Standard D 2487‐10, “Standard Practice for Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes (Unified Soil Classification System),” ASTM International, West Conshohocken, PA, www.astm.org. ASTM Standard D 2488‐09a, “Standard Practice for Description and Identification of Soils (Visual‐Manual Procedure),” ASTM International, West Conshohocken, PA, www.astm.org. ASTM Standard D 6032‐08, “Standard Test Method for Determining Rock Quality Designation (RQD) of Rock Core,” ASTM International, West Conshohocken, PA, www.astm.org. Buckman, H.O. and Brady, N.C., The Nature and Properties of Soils, 1969. EnNovative Technologies, Inc., EnCore Sampler sampling procedures, Green Bay, Wisconsin. Travis, R.B. 1955. “Classification of Rocks” in Colorado School of Mines Quarterly, vol. 50, no. 1. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (U.S. EPA). 1984. Characterization of Hazardous Waste Sites - A Methods Manual: Volume II, Available Sampling Methods. April. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (U.S. EPA). 1991. Description and Sampling of Contaminated Soils: A Field Pocket Guide U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (U.S. EPA). 1996. Environmental Investigations Standard Operating Procedures and Quality Assurance Manual, Environmental Services Division, May. Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC. SOP No. OTIE007D Revision No. 03 Date: June 26, 2013 Page 1 of 17 STANDARD OPERATING PRACTICE OTIE007D Subsurface Soil Sampling TABLE OF CONTENTS 1.0 OBJECTIVE .......................................................................................................................................................3 2.0 BACKGROUND .................................................................................................................................................3 3.0 REQUIRED EQUIPMENT...................................................................................................................................3 3.1 GENERAL .........................................................................................................................................................3 3.2 HAND AUGERING ............................................................................................................................................4 3.3 EQUIPMENT FOR SAMPLING EXCAVATIONS, TRENCHES, AND TEST PITS .......................................................4 3.4 SPLIT-SPOON SAMPLING (BASED ON ASTM METHOD D1586) .......................................................................4 3.5 THIN-WALLED SAMPLING (BASED ON ASTM METHOD D1587) ......................................................................5 3.6 DIRECT PUSH TECHNOLOGIES .........................................................................................................................5 3.7 CONTINUOUS CORE SAMPLER ........................................................................................................................5 4.0 PROCEDURES...................................................................................................................................................6 4.1 SUBSURFACE SAMPLING PREPARATIONS .......................................................................................................6 4.2 HAND AUGERING ............................................................................................................................................7 4.2.1 Restrictions and Limitations ...............................................................................................................7 4.2.2 Method for Hand Auger Sampling .....................................................................................................7 4.3 EXCAVATIONS, TRENCHES AND TEST PITS ......................................................................................................8 4.3.1 Restrictions and Limitations ...............................................................................................................8 4.3.2 Excavation, Trench, Test Pit Safety Considerations ......................................................................8 4.3.3 Method for Excavation Sampling ......................................................................................................9 4.4 SPLIT-SPOON SAMPLING ...............................................................................................................................10 4.4.1 Restrictions and Limitations .............................................................................................................10 4.4.2 Method for Split-Spoon Sampling ...................................................................................................10 4.5 THIN-WALLED SAMPLER ...............................................................................................................................11 4.5.1 Restrictions and Limitations .............................................................................................................11 4.5.2 Method for Using the Thin-Wall Sampler .......................................................................................11 4.6 DIRECT PUSH SOIL SAMPLING .......................................................................................................................12 4.6.1 Restrictions and Limitations .............................................................................................................13 4.6.2 Method for Direct-Push Sampling ...................................................................................................13 4.7 CONTINUOUS CORE SAMPLER ......................................................................................................................14 4.7.1 Restrictions and Limitations .............................................................................................................14 4.7.2 Continuous Core Sampler Methodology ........................................................................................14 4.8 COLLECTION AND HOMOGENIZATION OF COMPOSITE SAMPLES ................................................................15 5.0 REFERENCES ..................................................................................................................................................16 Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC. SOP No. OTIE007D Revision No. 03 Date: June 26, 2013 Page 2 of 17 Name/Role QC Review Signatures Signatures Date John Fleissner, PE Corporate QC Manager 06/28/2013 Nova Clite, PG Sr. Hydrogeologist 06/26/2013 Cecil Irby PG Sr. Geologist/PM-PFC Specific Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC. 29 July 2016 SOP No. OTIE007D Revision No. 03 Date: June 26, 2013 Page 3 of 17 STANDARD OPERATING PRACTICE OTIE007D Subsurface Soil Sampling (Modified for PFC specific procedures) Given the low detection limits associated with PFC analysis and the many potential sources of trace levels of PFCs, field personnel are advised to act on the side of caution by strictly following protocols below and those in SOP Addendum No. 1 for PFC Sampling, frequently replacing nitrile gloves, and rinsing field equipment to help mitigate the potential for false detections of PFCs. Specific items related to subsurface soil sampling are discussed below. 1.0 OBJECTIVE The objective of this procedure is to define the requirements for collecting subsurface soil samples. 2.0 BACKGROUND For the purpose of this document, subsurface soil samples are those samples collected in the unconsolidated zone at a depth of 1-foot (ft) or greater below ground surface. Samples collected from ground surface down to 1 ft below ground surface are addressed in OTIE’s Standard Operating Practice (SOP) OTIE006B, "Surface Soil Sampling." Sample collection for volatile organic compounds (VOCs) should be consistent with SOP OTIE010B “Soil Sample Preservation.” Soil field screening methods are provided in SOP OTIE005B. All operations at hazardous waste sites must be conducted in compliance with the provisions of Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA) 29 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) 1910.120, EM 385-1-1 (USACE, 2003), and all other state, local, and federal regulations. ASTM Methods provide a key resource for more detailed explanation of the various methods for subsurface sampling presented in this SOP. 3.0 REQUIRED EQUIPMENT The site-specific SAP should define the sampling tools to be deployed. ASTM D6169098 (2005) Standard Guide for Selection of Soil and Rock Sampling Devices Used with Drill Rigs for Environmental Investigations (see Section 5.0, references) provides guidance on selection of the appropriate tools for subsurface soil sampling. 3.1 GENERAL Do not use Teflon®-containing materials (e.g., Teflon® tubing, bailers, tape, plumbing paste, or other Teflon® materials) since Teflon® contains fluorinated compounds. Additional equipment precautions, as described in SOP Addendum No. 1 for PFC Sampling should be followed. The following general equipment is required: • • • • • approved site Work Plan, approved site Sampling and Analysis Plan (SAP), approved site Health and Safety Plan, personal protective equipment (PPE) as required by the site Health and Safety Plan, nitrile inner gloves, outer gloves (as needed) of material resistant to suspected contaminants, Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC. SOP No. OTIE007D Revision No. 03 Date: June 26, 2013 Page 4 of 17 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 3.2 appropriate equipment and meters for obtaining field measurements specified in the SAP and the Health and Safety Plan, field logbook, soil sampling form (if used), chain-of-custody forms and security seals, camera indelible ink pen, blue or black (waterproof pens and notebooks prohibited), indelible markers sample tags/labels and appropriate forms/documentation, appropriate sample containers as specified in the site SAP, insulated cooler(s) and ice, plastic resealable bags and sealing tape, rinse bottles and ASTM Type II deionized water, decontamination equipment and supplies (see SOP OTIE011A), plastic sheeting IDW containment (drums, roll-off containers, etc.) HAND AUGERING The following equipment is needed for hand augering: • • • • • • • • • • 3.3 hand auger (i.e., flighted-, bucket-, or tube-type augers) and/or slide hammer sampler, extension rods as needed, wrench(es), stainless steel hand trowel or sampling spoon, large [minimum 12-inch (in.) diameter] stainless steel or glass mixing bowl, sufficient sampler liners for collecting definitive VOC samples, stainless steel blade to trim excess soil from end of liners (if used), silicon tape, sufficient end caps to cover both ends of sampler liners (if used), and sufficient plastic sheeting to contain all cuttings. EQUIPMENT FOR SAMPLING EXCAVATIONS, TRENCHES, AND TEST PITS The following equipment is needed for excavations, trenches, test pits: • • • • • • • 3.4 backhoe or other excavation equipment (as specified in the site Work Plan), extension ladder(s) (capable of extending from bottom of excavation to above ground surface), trench/pit shoring and bracing equipment (as required for excavation engineering plan), stainless steel hand trowel or sampling spoon for shallow excavation wall/floor samples, “slam sampler” for collecting soil cores, hand-auger, or other sampling devices as specified in the project-specific SAP, large (minimum 12-in.-diameter) stainless steel mixing bowl (if compositing), sampler to be used to collect VOC samples for definitive analyses (see SOP OTIE010B), sufficient sampler liners, end caps for collecting geotechnical cores (as required by SAP) SPLIT-SPOON SAMPLING (BASED ON ASTM METHOD D1586) The following equipment is needed for split-spoon sampling (including California-modified): Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC. SOP No. OTIE007D Revision No. 03 Date: June 26, 2013 Page 5 of 17 • • • • 3.5 drilling rig equipped with a 140-pound (lb) drop hammer and sufficient hollow-stem augers to drill to the depths required by the site Work Plan, sufficient numbers and type of split-spoon samplers so that at least one is always decontaminated and available for use; three split-spoon samplers are generally the minimum necessary, sufficient plastic sheeting to contain all cuttings sufficient waste containers (e.g., 55-gallon (gal) steel drums) as specified in the site Work Plan to containerize all cuttings and investigation-derived waste (IDW) THIN-WALLED SAMPLING (BASED ON ASTM METHOD D1587) The following equipment is needed for thin-walled sampling: • • • • • • • 3.6 drilling rig equipped with a 140-lb drop hammer and sufficient hollow-stem augers to drill to the depths required by the site Work Plan; sufficient numbers and type of thin-walled samplers so that at least one is always decontaminated and available for use; thin-walled samplers generally are used only once; sufficient plastic sheeting to contain all cuttings; sufficient waste containers (e.g., 55-gal steel drums) as specified in the site Work Plan to containerize all cuttings and IDW; sufficient number and types of plastic end caps to cover both ends of all thin-walled samplers; Allen wrenches; and silicon tape. DIRECT PUSH TECHNOLOGIES The following equipment is needed for use with direct push technologies (DPT), such as the Geoprobe™ system: • • • • • • • • • • 3.7 DPT truck capable of pushing sampler to depths required by the site Work Plan; assembled DPT sampler (standard or large bore as described in the site SAP); sufficient extension rods to reach the depths required by the site Work Plan; extension rod couplers; extension rod handle; stop pin; sampler liners (as needed) in accordance with site SAP (e.g., stainless steel, acetate, or brass); stainless steel safety blade or liner cutting system to open acetate liners for soil sample collection sufficient plastic end caps to cover both ends of sampler liners (if used for geotechnical samples), silicon tape to secure liner caps. CONTINUOUS CORE SAMPLER The following equipment is needed for continuous core sampling: • • drilling rig with continuous coring capability (i.e., hollow-stem auger or rotosonic drill), sufficient plastic sheeting to contain all cuttings and cover the ground surface under the drill rig, Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC. SOP No. OTIE007D Revision No. 03 Date: June 26, 2013 Page 6 of 17 • • • • • sufficient clear plastic sleeves to hold rotosonic drill cores; sufficient waste containers (e.g., 55-gal steel drums), as specified in the site Work Plan, to containerize all cuttings and IDW, drive sleeves (if used to collect samples for off-site laboratory VOC analyses) in accordance with the site SAP, stainless steel blade to trim excess soil from end of drive sleeves (if used), silicon tape, and sufficient vinyl end caps to cover both ends of the drive sleeves (if used). 4.0 PROCEDURES 4.1 SUBSURFACE SAMPLING PREPARATIONS The collection of subsurface soil samples is an intrusive event and requires knowledge of the site and careful planning before commencing. Several standard steps should be taken before beginning any subsurface sampling activity. 1. Perform utility clearance and obtain dig permits for each area to be subsurface sampled (see SOP OTIE001A). 2. Verify that all logbooks are on the site, up to date, and ready to be used. (See SOP OTIE002A). 3. Photograph the site before commencing work (only with the approval of the Sponsor and the facility). 4. Verify (in writing) that all personnel including subcontractors have read, understood, and signed the approved site Health and Safety Plan and Accident Prevention Plan. 5. Verify that all personnel involved in the subsampling activity have the proper training and certifications required under OSHA 29 CFR 1910.120 and 29 CFR 1910.134. 6. Verify the site location by existing maps and surface features. Check for surface features or artifacts (e.g., manhole covers and overhead power lines) that could impede movement on the site or indicate a previously unidentified hazard. 7. Mark off the boundaries of the work site with flagging or other means to prohibit access to unauthorized personnel. All sites should have a single, clearly marked entrance through which all personnel should enter and exit. Sites having a high contamination level or where activities may unearth highly contaminated materials must also have an exclusion zone, contamination reduction zone, and support zone clearly marked and properly maintained. All personnel exiting the work area should pass through a decontamination procedure for their own protection and to prevent the spread of contamination. Personnel decontamination procedures should be described in the approved site Health and Safety Plan. 8. Check to see that all the necessary equipment (including PPE and samplers) is available at the site, is in good working condition, and has been properly decontaminated. 9. Check that all monitoring equipment is properly calibrated and operating. 10. Set up the IDW management system (e.g., spread plastic, position drums, etc.) as outlined in the site Work Plan. (See SOP OTIE012A.) At no time should samples, decontaminated sample sleeves, or decontaminated samplers be touched by unprotected (i.e., ungloved) hands. A fresh or decontaminated pair of gloves must be Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC. SOP No. OTIE007D Revision No. 03 Date: June 26, 2013 Page 7 of 17 used for each sample collected. Great care should be exercised to ensure that no contaminated tool or device is inserted into the borehole. All downhole tools and samplers must be kept off the ground and/or free from contamination from decontamination until they are used in the boring. 4.2 HAND AUGERING Hand augering consists of manually advancing the auger into the soil to collect subsurface soil samples, generally at depths of 10 ft or less. There are several types of hand augers available (e.g., Iwan, ship, closed spiral, and open spiral). All these devices are used in much the same way. The auger is attached to the bottom of a length of steel rods that have a crossbar (handle) at the top. The operator advances the auger by rotating the crossbar while pressing the auger into the ground. As the auger advances, it fills with soil. When the auger is filled with soil, the unit is removed from the hole, cleared, and reinserted. Additional rods are added until the desired depth is reached. 4.2.1 Restrictions and Limitations The restrictions and limitations for hand augering are: • • • The strength of the operator and the quality of the samples required generally limit the use of hand augers to a depth of less than 10 ft. Dense, highly compacted soils or soils with high clay content and/or abundant gavel will significantly increase the difficulty of hand augering. Loose dry, sandy, non-compacted soils will be easier to auger through but are more likely to slough into the hole and may not be retained in the auger. Hand-augured samples should only be collected above (or slightly below) the water table to avoid mixed samples and to reduce the likelihood of borehole collapse. 4.2.2 Method for Hand Auger Sampling The steps for hand-auger sampling are: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Complete the preparatory steps for subsurface sampling (Section 4.1). Don PPE as required by the site Health and Safety Plan. Using a decontaminated auger, auger to the desired depth. Place drill cuttings on a length of plastic sheeting spread out next to the boring. Cuttings should be placed in stratigraphic order to show changes as the boring progresses. After reaching the desired sampling depth, remove the auger from the boring and decontaminate before re-inserting into the borehole to collect the sample. Alternative sampling devices may be used to collect the sample. Insert the decontaminated auger into the boring and advance until full. If definitive samples are required for VOC analyses, an auger or slide hammer sampler with a properly positioned sampling sleeve will be used. The type and material of the sleeve will be specified in the SAP. Remove auger from borehole and field screen with the method and equipment specified in the site SAP. (See SOP OTIE005B) Extract sample and place in appropriate containers as specified in the site SAP and as per state specific requirements. If a liner was used, remove liner from auger/slide hammer and Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC. SOP No. OTIE007D Revision No. 03 Date: June 26, 2013 Page 8 of 17 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 4.3 place aluminum foil on ends (shiny side away from sample), cap and seal both ends of the liner with silicon tape, and place appropriate label on the liner. (See SOP OTIE006B and SOP OTIE010B) Place sample container (e.g., liner and jar) in resealable plastic bag and place bag containing sample into an insulated cooler with ice. Samples should be maintained at 4º± 2ºC from the time of collection until received at the laboratory in accordance with project SAP. Draw a sketch of the sampling location in the field logbook. Note the sample identification number, depth, time of collection, field screening result, and laboratory analysis requested for the sample in the site sampling logbook. (See SOP OTIE002A) Remove contaminated gloves and don fresh gloves for each new sample. Decontaminate reused sampling equipment in between each sample. Collect equipment rinsate samples at the frequency required by the project-specific SAP. Repeat steps 1 through 10 until sampling is completed. Dispose of cuttings and disposable equipment as outlined in the site Work Plan. Plug and abandon completed boreholes as specified in site Work Plan. (See SOP OTIE008I.) Decontaminate all equipment and personnel. (See SOP OTIE011A.) EXCAVATIONS, TRENCHES AND TEST PITS The purpose of this section of this SOP is to address soil sampling from opening in the earth such as a soil removal excavation, test pit, trench, or similar. This SOP may also apply to the collection of soil samples from naturally occurring openings or sloped surfaces such as stream banks, fissures, or slumps. For convenience in this section of the SOP, the term “excavation” refers to test pits, trenches, soil removal excavations, natural openings such as slumps, etc. from which a soil sample is to be collected for chemical and geotechnical analyses. 4.3.1 Restrictions and Limitations The restrictions and limitations of sample from excavations are: • • • The depths that can be economically reached by test pits/trenches are limited. For sample depths greater than 15 ft, soil borings are recommended over trenches. Large volumes of potentially contaminated material must be handled in excavating and reclaiming the test pit/trench. All fluids removed from the excavation must be assumed to be contaminated and must be tested before disposal. There is always the possibility of catastrophic failure of a wall and the collapse of the trench. 4.3.2 Excavation, Trench, Test Pit Safety Considerations This SOP does not cover excavation safety in detail; refer to the project specific Accident Prevention Plan and the OTIE Corporate Safety and Health Manual (see Section 7.9 of the Manual) before implementing sampling in excavations. Some key provisions are restated here: • • All excavation work will be conducted in accordance with Federal OSHA excavation regulations as described in 29 CFR 1926.651 and Section 25 of EM 385-1-1. All excavations will be inspected daily for hazardous conditions by a competent person. Personnel will not enter excavations deeper than 4 ft. unless the excavations have been properly shored or sloped. If it is necessary to enter an excavation greater than 4 ft. in depth a trench box or other approved shoring or sloping system will be used to shield the workers Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC. SOP No. OTIE007D Revision No. 03 Date: June 26, 2013 Page 9 of 17 • • from possible cave-ins. Entering excavations 25 feet or greater in depth will require a shoring system designed and approved by a registered professional engineer. Ladders will be placed at least every twenty feet along the length of the excavation to facilitate access by the work crews. Personnel in an excavation should always have oversight from the surface. Materials, equipment, and stockpiled soil will not be placed closer than two feet from the edge of the excavation and adjacent surface structures are not undermined while digging. Water will not be allowed to accumulate in excavations. The excavation will be barricaded or backfilled when unattended; barriers will be kept in place to route traffic away from any open excavations. Other provisions of the Corporate Safety and Health Manual and the site-specific Accident Prevention Plan and Health and Safety Plan may apply; review these documents prior to any work in or around excavations. 4.3.3 Method for Excavation Sampling 1. Complete the preparatory steps for subsurface sampling (Section 4.1); complete all necessary health and safety preparations (atmospheric screening, competent person assessment of excavation wall stability, provide ingress/egress, etc. in accordance with the site-specific Accident Prevention Plan). 2. Don PPE as required by the project-specific Health and Safety Plan. 3. The location and depth of the required samples will be outlined in the SAP. Sampling equipment will also be specified in the SAP. 4. Find each sample location by measuring off a monument, excavation corner starting point, etc. For systematic random or grid sampling, ensure sample locations are selected in accordance with the approved SAP. Layout sampling grid indicators, such as marked pin flags at certain foot intervals, prior to entry into the excavation. Global position system (GPS) survey equipment may be used to locate and/or survey sampling locations on large excavation bottoms. 5. If possible, collect samples without entering excavations greater than 4 feet deep. During excavation, soil samples may be collected from the excavator bucket at the surface. A protocol for sampling soils from an excavator bucket must be defined in the site SAP. 6. Collect sufficient sample material to fill the laboratory-provided sample containers. 7. Place sample container (e.g., liner and jar) in resealable plastic bag and place bag containing sample immediately into an insulated cooler with ice. Samples should be maintained at 4º± 2º Celsius (C) ±2ºC from the time of collection until received at the laboratory in accordance with the project SAP. 8. Record sampling information in the field logbook or sampling forms (if used). Use a toscale site plan or draw a sketch of the excavation record sample locations. Note the sample identification number, sample depth (from ground surface), time of collection, field screening result, and laboratory analysis requested for each sample (See SOP OTIE002A). 9. Remove contaminated gloves and don fresh gloves for each new sample. Decontaminate reused sampling equipment in between each sample. Collect equipment rinsate samples at the frequency required by the project-specific SAP. 10. Repeat steps 2 through 7 until sampling is completed. Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC. SOP No. OTIE007D Revision No. 03 Date: June 26, 2013 Page 10 of 17 11. Decontaminate all reused equipment and personnel (See SOP OTIE011A). 4.4 SPLIT-SPOON SAMPLING The split-spoon sampler consists of a threaded steel pipe that is split in two pieces along the axis of the pipe. A hardened steel driving shoe is screwed onto the downhole end and a threaded "head" with a check valve is screwed onto the top. The sampler is driven (ASTM Method D1586) into undisturbed soil. The sampler collects the soil sample in the enclosed tube, which prevents mixing and contamination of the sample by up-hole soils. Soil samples may be collected for geotechnical information and/or chemical analyses. When done properly, this method will result in samples for screening and definitive data for all analytes except VOCs. Screening samples for VOC analyses may be collected directly from the sampler. To obtain definitive samples for VOCs, liner sleeves must be used in the sampler. 4.4.1 Restrictions and Limitations The restrictions and limitations for split-spoon sampling are: • • Loose, dry, non-compacted, and/or highly saturated materials may not be retained in the sampler. This condition may require the use of a basket (sand catcher) or spring retainer in the cutting shoe of the sampler. Soils with a high cobble or rock fragment content may clog the sampler and prevent adequate collection of sample or result in refusal of sampler. 4.4.2 Method for Split-Spoon Sampling The steps for split-spoon sampling are: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Complete the preparatory steps for subsurface sampling (Section 4.1). Don PPE as required by the site Health and Safety Plan. Using decontaminated augers, auger to the desired depth. Place drill cuttings on plastic sheeting spread next to the boring or handle as specified in the site Work Plan. Upon reaching the desired sampling depth, attach a decontaminated split spoon to the sampling rods and insert into boring. If definitive analyses are required for VOCs, a split spoon with properly positioned sampling liners will be used. The type and material of the liners will be specified in the SAP. Position the drive hammer on the sampling rods and lightly tap the rods to seat the sampler. Drive the sampler in accordance with ASTM Method D1586 (i.e., a 140-lb hammer is repeatedly dropped 30 in. while counting the number of blows required to drive the sampler each 6-in. interval). Cease driving when the sampler is full, or when 50 blows of the hammer have moved the sampler less than 1 inch. Remove the split spoon from the boring. Carefully open the split spoon and immediately field screen the sample with the equipment specified in the site SAP. Collect VOC samples first following SAP specified procedures. Extract the sample and place it in appropriate containers, as specified in the site SAP. Immediately after collection, place sample containers in resealable plastic bags and place bags containing samples into an insulated cooler. Samples should be maintained at 4° ± 2°C from the time of collection until received at the laboratory in accordance with project Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC. SOP No. OTIE007D Revision No. 03 Date: June 26, 2013 Page 11 of 17 SAP. 10. Note the sample identification number, depth, time of collection, field screening result, lithological description, and laboratory analyses requested for the samples in the site sampling logbook. 11. Remove contaminated gloves and don fresh gloves for each new sample. Decontaminate reused sampling equipment in between each sample. Collect equipment rinsate samples at the frequency required by the project-specific SAP. 12. Repeat steps 3 through 11 until total required depth is reached. 13. Remove the augers from the boring. Note: When the boring is completed and the augers have been removed, it is sometimes advisable to leave the borehole open for several hours to check for groundwater inflow. This information can be valuable later in the project. 14. Dispose of cuttings and disposable equipment as outlined in the site Work Plan. 15. Plug and abandon borehole as specified in the site Work Plan (See SOP OTIE08I). 16. Decontaminate all equipment and personnel (See SOP OTIE011A). 4.5 THIN-WALLED SAMPLER The thin-walled sampler (also known as a Shelby tube) consists of a one-piece hollow steel tube that is usually 2 to 5 in. in diameter and from 1 to 3 ft in length. The thin-walled sampler is mechanically pushed or driven (ASTM Method D1587) into undisturbed soil. The sampler collects a column of relatively undisturbed soil in the tube. This method generally is used to collect samples for geotechnical information, but it can also be used to collect soil for chemical analyses. When done properly, this method will result in samples for screening and definitive analyses for all analytes. Screening samples for VOC analyses may be collected directly from the sampler in the field. For definitive VOC samples, the entire sampler must be properly sealed and sent to the laboratory. 4.5.1 Restrictions and Limitations The restrictions and limitations for thin-walled sampling are: • • • Loose, dry, non-compacted, and/or highly saturated materials may not be retained in the sampler. Soils with significant cobble or rock fragment content may clog or damage the sampler or cause refusal of sampler. It can be difficult or impossible to properly extrude soils from the sampler on-site. When samples are needed for chemical analyses, another sampling device should be used. 4.5.2 Method for Using the Thin-Wall Sampler The steps for using the thin wall sampler are: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Complete the preparatory steps for subsurface sampling (Section 4.1). Don PPE as required by the site Health and Safety Plan. Using decontaminated augers, auger to the desired depth. Place drill cuttings on plastic sheeting or handle as specified in the site Work Plan. After reaching the desired sampling depth, attach a decontaminated thin wall sampler Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC. SOP No. OTIE007D Revision No. 03 Date: June 26, 2013 Page 12 of 17 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 4.6 to the sampling head and screw onto the sampling rods. Insert the sampler into the boring. Position the drill head (ram) on the sampling rods and, using the rig hydraulics, push the sampler to the required depth (i.e., fill the tube) or until refusal. A smooth, sustained push will generally yield the best sample. If the rig hydraulics cannot push the tube, it can be driven using the drive hammer. The weight of the hammer, height of drop, and number of blows should be recorded in the field logbook (See SOP OTIE002A). Twist the drill rods clockwise to break loose the sample. Withdraw the sampler from the boring. Detach the sampler from the sample rods and remove the tube from the sampling head. For geotechnical analyses, trim off excess soil from either end of the tube until it is at least flush with the rim of the tube. Cap and seal both ends of the tube and mark the "up" end. The sealed tube should be handled carefully to minimize vibration or impacts and should be transported to the laboratory in the upright position. If geotechnical analyses are not desired, the sample may be extruded from the tube on-site, field screened, and placed in appropriate containers. The VOC screening sample must be collected first and as soon after extruding the soil from the container as possible. Proceed to fill the other containers as necessary. Immediately after collection, place sample containers in resealable plastic bags and place bags containing samples into an insulated cooler. Samples should be maintained at 4º± 2ºC from the time of collection until received at the laboratory in accordance with project SAP. Note the sample identification number, depth, time of collection, field screening result, lithological description (if known), and laboratory analyses requested for the samples in the site sampling logbook (See SOP OTIE002A). Remove contaminated gloves and don fresh gloves for each new sample. Decontaminate reused sampling equipment in between each sample. Collect equipment rinsate samples at the frequency required by the project-specific SAP. Repeat steps 2 through 11 until total required depth is reached. Remove the augers from the boring. Note: When the boring is completed and the augers have been removed, it is sometimes advisable to leave the borehole open for several hours to check for groundwater inflow. This information can be valuable later in the project. Dispose of cuttings and disposable equipment as outlined in the site Work Plan. Plug and abandon borehole as specified in the site Work Plan (See SOP OTIE008I). Decontaminate all equipment and personnel (See SOP OTIE011A). DIRECT PUSH SOIL SAMPLING This section of the SOP provides information on subsurface soil sampling using direct push techniques (DPT). This section is based in part on ASTM D6282 - 98(2005) Standard Guide for Direct Push Soil Sampling for Environmental Site Characterizations. OTIE’s SOP OTIE007E provides more information on all the various sampling methods available using direct-push sampling techniques. Additional information for this section was based on Geoprobe® systems information (Geoprobe, 2008). DPT rigs advance a hollow sampling probe into the subsurface by applying static pressure Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC. SOP No. OTIE007D Revision No. 03 Date: June 26, 2013 Page 13 of 17 (relying on vehicle weight), percussion, vibration, or any combination thereof, to the above ground portion of the sampler. Extensions are added to the probe system until the sampler has been advanced to the desired sampling depth. The sampler is recovered from the borehole and the sample removed from the sampler. The sampler is cleaned and the procedure repeated for the next desired sampling interval. Sampling can be continuous for full depth borehole logging or incremental for specific interval sampling. Samplers used can be protected type for controlled specimen gathering or unprotected for general soil specimen 4.6.1 Restrictions and Limitations The restrictions and limitations for direct-push sampling are: • • • The standard 1-inch diameter soil probe sampler can collect only 100 grams of soil. Larger diameter cores (e.g., the Geoprobe Macro-Core® system) are available. If large sample volumes are required, two (or more) DPT holes may have to be drilled and sampled Different DPT rigs have different depth capabilities; the project data quality objectives (for sample depth and considering anticipated soil types) must be considered when selecting the appropriate DPT rig. DPT is not appropriate for sampling in consolidated materials (rock, weathered rock, cemented soils), highly compacted soils (heavy clays), gravelly soils (unconsolidated tills, alluvium) that prevent penetration of the sampler. Additionally, sticky wet soils (saturated “fat” clays) may be penetrable, but create friction that prevents efficient extraction of the probe. 4.6.2 Method for Direct-Push Sampling The steps for direct-push subsurface soil sampling are: 1. Complete the preparatory steps for subsurface sampling (Section 4.1). 2. Don PPE as required by the site Health and Safety Plan. 3. Attach a decontaminated sampler to the lead probe rod. For definitive samples for VOC analyses, the large-bore sampler must be used (the large-bore sampler allows the use of liner sleeves). A 12-in. probe rod is recommended to start the standard 24-in. and largebore samplers. 4. Drive or push the sampler to the desired depth. Some soil conditions may warrant using a retractable or solid drive point to pre-probe the hole to the desired depth. Note: Do not attempt to drive the sampler into bedrock or other impenetrable layer. 5. After reaching the desired sampling depth, remove the drive cap and lower extension rods into the inside diameter of the probe rods using couplers to join the rods. 6. Disengage the stop-pin from the drive head with the extension rods. 7. Remove the extension rods and attached stop-pin from the probe rods. 8. If the top of the probe rod is already in the lowest driving position, attach another probe rod before driving. Replace the drive cap onto the top probe rod. 9. Mark the top probe rod with a marker or tape at the appropriate distance above the ground surface (allow 24 in. for the large-bore sampler). Drive the probe rods and sampler the designated distance. Be careful not to over-drive the sampler, which would compact the soil sample in the tube and make sample extrusion difficult. Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC. SOP No. OTIE007D Revision No. 03 Date: June 26, 2013 Page 14 of 17 10. Extract the probe rods from the hole and recover the sampler. Examine the sampler to confirm that a sample has been recovered. 11. When using the standard sampler, extrude the soil from the sampler, field screen as specified in the site SAP, and place in appropriate, labeled containers. This method yields both screening and definitive samples for all analytes except VOCs. This method yields screening samples for VOCs. When using the large-bore sampler, remove the cutting shoe and withdraw the sample sleeves. Immediately field screen the sleeves as specified in the site SAP. Place aluminum foil on ends of sample, cap and seal both ends of the sleeves with silicon tape (the sleeve for VOC analyses first) and label appropriately. This method yields screening and definitive samples for all analytes. 12. Place sample containers (e.g., liners and jars) in resealable plastic bags and place bags containing samples into an insulated cooler with ice. Samples should be maintained at 4º± 2ºC from the time of collection until received at the laboratory. (See SOP OTIE010A.) 13. Note the sample identification number, depth, time of collection, field screening result, and laboratory analysis requested for the sample in the site sampling logbook. (See SOP OTIE002A.) 14. Remove contaminated gloves and don fresh gloves for each new sample. Decontaminate reused sampling equipment in between each sample. Collect equipment rinsate samples at the frequency required by the project-specific SAP. 15. Repeat steps 1 through 14 until sampling is completed. 16. Plug and abandon borehole as specified in the site Work Plan. (See SOP OTIE008I.) 17. Dispose of non-salvageable equipment as outlined in the site Work Plan. 18. Decontaminate all equipment and personnel. (See SOP OTIE011A.) 4.7 CONTINUOUS CORE SAMPLER The continuous core sampler is a steel tube that may be split in half and held together by threaded collars or may be in one piece. The sampler is usually 5 or 10 ft in length with a 3- to 5in. diameter. The device may be driven ahead of hollow-stem augers or advanced into the soil by vibration and/or rotary action. 4.7.1 Restrictions and Limitations The restrictions and limitations for using the continuous core sampler are: • • • Loose dry, non-compacted and/or highly saturated loose organic materials may not be retained in the sampler or may break apart when extruded from the sampler. Gravelly soils may prevent adequate recovery of sample or cause refusal of the sampler. Dense and/or highly compacted soils may be difficult to extrude from the sampler. A split- spoon sampler with sleeves is a better choice if highly compact soils may be encountered and VOC samples are needed. 4.7.2 Continuous Core Sampler Methodology The steps for continuous core sampling are: 1. Complete the preparatory steps for subsurface sampling (Section 4.1). 2. Don PPE as required by the site Health and Safety Plan. 3. Using the approved drilling method and a decontaminated continuous core Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC. SOP No. OTIE007D Revision No. 03 Date: June 26, 2013 Page 15 of 17 sampler, advance to the desired depth. 4. After reaching the desired sampling depth, remove the sampler from the boring and extrude the sample into a holding tray. It may also be desirable to extrude the sample into a clear, resealable plastic bag as it is being placed in the holding tray. 5. Select the desired sampling point on the core. Lightly scrape the core with a decontaminated stainless steel scoop or spoon to remove surface soil and place samples into the appropriate containers. This method yields screening and definitive samples for all analytes except VOCs. This method yields screening samples for VOCs. If definitive samples are required for VOC analyses, a 2-in.-diameter, 4-in.-long stainless-steel or brass sleeves should be driven into the core at the desired sampling point. The length of the sampling sleeve should be equal to or smaller than the diameter of the core to ensure that no headspace exists in the VOC sample. The sleeve can then be extracted and immediately capped and sealed. 6. Place sample containers (e.g., liners and jars) in resealable plastic bags and place bags containing samples into an insulated cooler with ice. Samples should be maintained at 4º± 2ºC from the time of collection until received at the laboratory. (See SOP OTIE010A.) 7. Note the sample identification number, depth, time of collection, field screening result, and laboratory analysis requested for the sample in the site sampling logbook. (See SOP OTIE002A.) 8. Remove contaminated gloves and don fresh gloves for each new sample. Decontaminate reused sampling equipment in between each sample. Collect equipment rinsate samples at the frequency required by the project-specific SAP. 9. Repeat steps 3 through 8 until sampling is completed. 10. Plug and abandon borehole as specified in the site Work Plan. (See SOP OTIE008I.) 11. Dispose of cuttings and non-salvageable equipment as outlined in the site Work Plan. 12. Decontaminate all equipment and personnel. (See SOP OTIE011A.) 4.8 COLLECTION AND HOMOGENIZATION OF COMPOSITE SAMPLES Composite samples consist of a series of discrete grab samples that are mixed together to characterize the average composition of a given material. The discrete samples used to make up a composite sample are of equal volume and are collected in an identical fashion. There are two basic types of composite soil samples: areal and vertical. Areal composites are collected from individual grab samples from the same horizontal strata or depth; vertical composites are collected from individual grab samples from within a single vertical profile (i.e., one borehole). It is important that a composite sample be truly representative if the various sample locations or intervals making up the composite. Therefore, proper homogenization techniques should be followed to generate a composite sample. In addition, the equipment used to composite the sample must not affect the sample quality. A stainless steel bowl and stainless steel spoon, properly decontaminated (SOP OTIE011A), are typically used for field compositing of soil samples. The following steps must be followed when compositing soil samples. 1. Determine where composite sample(s) will be obtained as indicated in the site-specific SAP or comparable plan document. Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC. SOP No. OTIE007D Revision No. 03 Date: June 26, 2013 Page 16 of 17 2. VOC and, in some cases, SVOC samples must be collected and contained immediately as discrete samples and, therefore, cannot be composited directly. An alternative approach is to composite known volume discrete VOC sample increments into a pre-measured volume of extractant fluid (e.g., methane) in a single container. The site-specific SAP should detail the procedures for this approach. 3. Obtain samples by the methods outlined in this SOP. 4. For split-spoon or Shelby-tube or other cores methods from a specified depth or range of depths, extract or extrude the sample from the split spoon or Shelby tube onto a stainless steel tray or bowl. 5. For hand-auger samples: The sample is acquired directly from the withdrawn auger by using a clean stainless steel spatula or spoon. Extract or extrude the sample from the hand auger onto a clean stainless steel tray or bowl. 6. Divide the soil in the sample tray or bowl into quarters. Each quarter is mixed separately and then all quarters are mixed together into the center of the pan. Follow this procedure several times until the sample is thoroughly mixed. The extent of mixing will depend on the nature of the material and should be done to achieve a consistent (homogenous) physical appearance (texture, color, moisture level, etc.) prior to filling sample containers. 7. Once mixing is completed, divide the sample material in half and fill containers by scooping sample material alternately from each half. Transfer subsamples of the composited sample into the appropriate sample containers. Seal, wipe clean, and label sample containers. Use the same care in handling these samples as that used for other samples from the site. 8. Note on the chain-of-custody form that the sample is a composite. Record homogenization procedures on the sample log form or in the field notebook. Photographs before and after sample homogenization may be helpful documentation. 5.0 REFERENCES ASTM Method D1586-11. Standard Test Method for Standard Penetration Test (SPT) and SplitBarrel Sampling of Soils. Available from: http://www.astm.org/Standards/D1586.htm ASTM D1587-08(2012)e1. Standard Practice for Thin-Walled Tube Sampling of Soils for Geotechnical Purposes. Available from: http://www.astm.org/Standards/D1587.htm ASTM D6169-98(2005) Standard Guide for Selection of Soil and Rock Sampling Devices Used with Drill Rigs for Environmental Investigations. Available from: http://www.astm.org/Standards/D6169.htm ASTM D6519–08. Standard Practice for Sampling of Soil Using the Hydraulically Operated Stationary Piston Sampler. Available from: http://www.astm.org/Standards/D6519.htm Geoprobe Systems. 2008. Macro-Core® Soil Sampler (information downloaded from http://www.geoprobe.com/products/tools/soil_sampling/mcdesc.htm). Occupational Safety and Health Administration, 29 CFR Parts 1910 and 1926. Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC. (OTIE). 2013. Corporate Safety and Health Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC. Manual. Available on OTIE webserver Corporate Safety and Health section. SOP No. OTIE007D Revision No. 03 Date: June 26, 2013 Page 17 of 17 U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (USACE). 2008. Safety and Health Requirements Manual, EM 385-1-1 (or latest version). Available at: http://www.usace.army.mil/SafetyandOccupationalHealth/SafetyandHealthRequire mentsManual.aspx U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, A Compendium of Superfund Field Operations Methods, EPA/540/P-87/001, 1987. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Data Quality Objectives for Superfund, Interim Final Guidance EPA/540/G-93/071, 1993. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Environmental Support Branch Standard Operating Procedures and Quality Assurance Manual, EPA, Athens, Georgia, 1991. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Manual of Water Well Construction Practices, Office of Water Supply, EPA, Washington, D.C. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) Ground Monitoring Technical Enforcement Guidance Document, OSWER-9950.1, September 1986. Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC. SOP No. OTIE007E Revision No. 04 Date: June 26, 2013 Page 1 of 16 STANDARD OPERATING PRACTICE OTIE007E Direct Push Technologies TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 1.0 SCOPE AND OBJECTIVES ............................................................... 3 2.0 BACKGROUND ............................................................................ 3 2.1 DPT USES, ADVANTAGE AND DISADVANTAGES .......................................... 3 2.2 DPT TOOLS .......................................................................... 4 3.0 REQUIRED EQUIPMENT ................................................................. 5 3.1 DECONTAMINATION EQUIPMENT ........................................................ 5 3.2 DPT EQUIPMENT ...................................................................... 5 3.3 SMALL DIAMETER MONITORING WELL EQUIPMENT....................................... 6 3.4 SAMPLING EQUIPMENT ................................................................. 6 4.0 PRACTICE FOR DPT SITE STUDIES .................................................... 6 4.1 PRE-FIELD PLANNING ................................................................. 6 4.2 MOBILIZATION ............................................................................... 6 4.3 DECONTAMINATION .......................................................................... 7 4.4 SOIL GAS SAMPLING ................................................................... 7 4.5 4.6 4.7 4.8 4.4.1 Post-Run Tubing Soil Gas Sampling Procedure ............................... 7 4.4.2 Vertical Profiling................................................................. 8 SOIL SAMPLING........................................................................ 9 4.5.1 Large Bore and Macro-Core Sampler Use and Specifications .............. 9 4.5.2 Soil Sampling Procedures ....................................................... 9 4.5.3 Documentation................................................................... 10 GROUNDWATER SAMPLING ............................................................. 11 4.6.1 4.6.2 4.6.3 4.6.4 4.6.5 4.6.6 4.6.7 Screen Point Sampler Procedure .............................................. 11 Temporary Piezometers ........................................................ 12 Small Diameter Wells ........................................................... 13 Small Diameter Wells Using Prepacked Well Screens ........................ 13 Two-Inch Diameter PVC Wells ................................................. 15 Sampling Small Diameter and Two-Inch Diameter PVC Wells ............. 15 Documentation................................................................... 15 PLUGGING AND ABANDONMENT ........................................................ 15 QUALITY CONTROL .................................................................... 16 5.0 RESTRICTIONS/LIMITATIONS........................................................... 16 6.0 REFERENCES ............................................................................. 16 Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC SOP No. OTIE007E Revision No. 04 Date: June 26, 2013 Page 2 of 17 Name/Role QC Review Signatures Signature Date John Fleissner, PE Corporate QC Manager June 28, 2013 Nova Clite, PG Sr. Hydrogeologist June 26, 2013 Cecil Irby PG Sr. Geologist/PM-PFC Specific Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC. February 22, 2016 SOP No. OTIE007E Revision No. 04 Date: June 26, 2013 Page 3 of 16 Given the low detection limits associated with PFC analysis and the many potential sources of trace levels of PFCs, field personnel are advised to act on the side of caution by strictly following these protocols, frequently replacing nitrile gloves, and rinsing field equipment to help mitigate the potential for false detections of PFCs. Specific items related to direct push technologies are discussed below. 1.0 SCOPE AND OBJECTIVES The objective of this Standard Operating Practice (SOP) is to define techniques and requirements for use and operation of direct push technologies (DPT) for collection of subsurface soil, groundwater, and soil gas samples and data. DPT refers to tools and sensors that are "pushed" into the ground without the use of drilling to collect soil or to make a path for the tool. While other manufacturers make similar equipment, Geoprobe® is considered by some to be the industry-standard for soil probing and is the focus of this SOP. 2.0 BACKGROUND 2.1 DPT USES, ADVANTAGE AND DISADVANTAGES DPT can be used in nearly any condition amenable to hollow-stem-auger drilling and provides a cost-effective alternative to traditional subsurface investigative methods. Depending on site conditions, typically 15 to 25 soil gas, soil, or groundwater samples can be collected in a day. DPT is particularly suited to the site characterization process. The samples collected using this technique are commonly analyzed using on-site gas chromatography for rapid analytical turnaround time and in-field decision making. By using DPT in combination with appropriate on-site analytical equipment (gas chromatograph/mass spectrometer, atomic absorption, X-ray fluorescence, immunoassay, etc.), the sampling plan can be adjusted in the field to ensure the vertical and lateral extent of soil and/or groundwater contamination is determined before demobilization. DPT is also used for a wide range of other environmental applications such as remedial action installation (e.g., injection of bioremediation materials), remediation system monitoring, cleanup confirmation sampling, hydrologic studies, and geotechnical studies. A typical DPT rig is the Geoprobe®, a vehicle-mounted, hydraulically powered, percussion and probing machine manufactured by Geoprobe Systems, Inc. of Salina, Kansas. Other manufactures offer similar or different features. A DPT rig relies on a relatively small amount of static (vehicle) weight combined with percussion as the energy for advancement of a tool string to collect soil gas, soil, and/or groundwater samples. Static forces are used to push the probe to depths of more than 40 feet (ft) in some soils. With the addition of percussion to the static force, probes can be driven to depths in excess of 100 ft. The advantages of DPT systems are: • • • • Lower cost; Ease of mobilization, versatility of use, can be used in limited access areas where larger and taller drilling equipment will not fit, Rapid sample collection; Absence of borehole cuttings, thus minimizing investigation-derived waste and risk to Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC SOP No. OTIE007E Revision No. 04 Date: June 26, 2013 Page 4 of 16 • • • workers associated with contaminated soils or vapors; Ability to collect undisturbed soil and groundwater samples without constructing permanent monitoring wells; Access to much greater depths than those achieved with hand-driven probing equipment; and Ability to rapidly obtain a continuous record of stratigraphy using the soil conductivity logging system. Disadvantages of DPT systems are: • • • 2.2 Depth limitations and difficulty or inability to drive probes through larger size gravels or boulders, semi-consolidated soils, and hard rock; Smaller diameter probes and wells can limit options for purging/sampling equipment and methodology; and Small diameter cores limit the amount of sample material produced for extensive laboratory analyses. DPT TOOLS Geoprobe Systems also offers the following tools and add-ons for sample and data collection (listed to provide information, not endorsement of any particular tool or product): 1. Large Bore Soil Sampler. A closed piston sampler for soil sampling at discrete depths. The design allows the sampler to remain completely sealed while driven to depth. It recovers 22-inch long x 1.0625-inch diameter (559 mm x 27 mm) core to depths of over 60 feet (depending on soil conditions). 2. Macro-Core® Soil Sampler. Uses a variety of liner materials in a hollow steel corer. It is typically used to depths of 30 to 60 feet. Can be used as an open sampler (continuous core) or fitted with a closed piston (discrete sampler). It recovers a 1.5-inch diameter by 2- to 4-foot long core. 3. Dual Tube Sampling Systems. Uses two sets of probe rods to collect continuous soil cores. One set of rods is driven into the ground as an outer casing, providing a sealed hole from which soil samples may be recovered without the threat of crosscontamination. The second, smaller set of rods are placed inside the outer casing, hold a sampler liner in place as the out casing is driven one sampling interval. The small rods are then retracted to retrieve the filled liner. (Not covered in this SOP.) 4. Membrane Interface Probe. Provides near real-time total volatiles data from subsurface soil probe to on-board PID or FID or both detectors in series. (Not covered in this SOP.) 5. GeoTech Cone Penetrometer. Cordless cone penetration testing (CPT) technology that uses acoustic transmission of soil resistance data for real-time assessment of subsurface soil conditions. (Not covered in this SOP.) 6. Small diameter monitoring wells, which are prepacked well screens in two sizes (0.5inch ID x 1.375-inch OD or 1.0-inch ID x 2.5-inch OD). 7. Screen Point 15 Groundwater Sampler. The “Screen Point 15” is a 1.0-inch OD steel groundwater sampling point with an exposed screen length of 41 inch (longer screens may be custom ordered). This commonly referred to as a “Hydropunch.” 8. Groundwater Profiler. Discrete interval sampling using a 6-inch or 12-inch screen Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC. SOP No. OTIE007E Revision No. 04 Date: June 26, 2013 Page 5 of 16 lengths. The tool is advanced through Geoprobe’s 2.125-inch probe rods. Large screen openings allow pre-sample development and hydraulic conductivity testing as well as discrete zone sampling. Variations and customizations of the tools listed above are also available for Geoprobe Systems Inc. and other vendors. 3.0 REQUIRED EQUIPMENT 3.1 DECONTAMINATION EQUIPMENT Do not use Teflon®-containing materials (e.g., Teflon® tubing, bailers, tape, plumbing paste, or other Teflon® materials) since Teflon® contains fluorinated compounds. The following decontamination equipment is required: • • • • • • • • • • • 3.2 plastic buckets and/or troughs; laboratory-grade detergent (phosphate free); high-pressure hot water cleaner; stiff bristle brushes capable of cleaning the inside and outside of equipment; plastic sheeting; disposable wipes or rags; aluminum foil; potable water; deionized, organic-free water [American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Type II or equivalent]; pesticide-grade or better methanol, or pesticide-grade or better isopropanol if required by the state or region (Note: Use of methanol is preferred to isopropanol because of the potential for generation of acetone as a photodegradation product of isopropanol); and latex gloves, goggles, and other protective clothing as specified in the site-specific Health and Safety Plan. DPT EQUIPMENT The following equipment is required: • • • • • 3.3 heavy-duty, four-wheel-drive pickup, van, or all-terrain vehicle (ATV); rear-mounted hydraulic probe driving and removal system; rotary impact drill for asphalt/concrete penetration; vacuum volume pump system for soil gas sampling and groundwater purging; hardened steel sampling probes and accessories. SMALL DIAMETER MONITORING WELL EQUIPMENT The following equipment is required: • • • • • • casing drive seat, expendable drive point, drive-point O-ring (per manufacturer specification), prepacked screen, polyvinyl chloride protective casing, service cap, Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC SOP No. OTIE007E Revision No. 04 Date: June 26, 2013 Page 6 of 16 • • 3.4 stainless steel casing, and casing O-ring (per manufacturer specification). SAMPLING EQUIPMENT The following equipment is required: • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • retractable soil gas points for vertical profiling; expendable soil gas points for discrete depth-interval sampling; 3/16-inch (in.) polyethylene, or polypropylene tubing and soil gas points; appropriate sample containers, ice, cooler, and sample labels; glass soil gas bulbs with stopcocks and replaceable septa, stainless steel canister, or sample syringes; Tedlar® bags for gas samples; screen point samplers or mill-slotted well points for shallow groundwater sampling; water trap for vacuum pump purging or semivolatile sampling; for groundwater purging and sampling: small-diameter inertial foot-valve pumps, peristaltic pumps, minibailers, or tubing bottom check valve; and small-diameter, flexible water level indicator; granular or powdered bentonite; plastic sheeting, garbage bags, caution tape and posts; Geoprobe® operator's manual; permanent implants for soil gas sampling, air sparging, or performance monitoring; soil conductivity tools for stratigraphic definition; field analytical equipment (gas chromatograph/mass spectrometer, atomic absorption, xray fluorescence, and immunoassay); closed-piston Large-bore and/or Macro-Core soil samplers for discrete depth soil sampling with liners, extruders and dowels for discharging soil, and other soil sampling accessories; small diameter well materials; and probing tools including sufficient numbers of probe rods to avoid extensive decontamination, drive caps, pull caps, drive points, extension rods, cleaning accessories, subassemblies, and adapters. 4.0 PRACTICE FOR DPT SITE STUDIES 4.1 PRE-FIELD PLANNING Review all project plan documents including the Safety and Health Plan, Work Plan, and Sampling and Analysis Plan (SAP). Be aware of any site specific hazards related to subsurface drilling. Ensure that geologic conditions at the site are amenable for DPT drilling. 4.2 MOBILIZATION Before initiating any DPT survey, the following items must be completed: • • • Secure site access (permissions) and any required personnel clearance (SOP OTIE001A) Field check each location for drilling rig accessibility Stake all initial and optional/potential sampling locations Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC. SOP No. OTIE007E Revision No. 04 Date: June 26, 2013 Page 7 of 16 • • • 4.3 Clear utilities and secure dig permits for on each location (SOP OTIE001A) Estimate or measure at nearby monitoring wells the depth to groundwater (vadose zone thickness) Plot sampling locations and other information, such as approximate surface elevation and estimated depth to groundwater, on a map for field use. DECONTAMINATION All downhole DPT sampling equipment and all equipment directly contacting the samples will be decontaminated (following SOP OTIE011A) before reuse and between drilling locations. 4.4 SOIL GAS SAMPLING There are three types of Geoprobe® sampling tools that can be used for sampling soil gas: (1) sampling through probe rods using an expendable point, (2) sampling through probe rods using a retractable point, and (3) sampling through inner tubing using the post-run tubing (PRT) system. The PRT system is the preferred sampling method for the following reasons: • • • • • increases speed and accuracy of soil gas sampling, eliminates problems associated with rod leakage and sample carryover (preserves sample integrity), reduces the probe rod decontamination time, uses a simple design for ease of use and vacuum-tight sealing, and requires no management of inner tubing during probing. 4.4.1 Post-Run Tubing Soil Gas Sampling Procedure The following section describes the primary steps that must be followed when sampling soil gas using the PRT method. Field staff should carefully review Appendix D (and any subsequent updates/revisions) of the Geoprobe® Tools and Equipment Catalog (Geoprobe Systems, 1999) for additional details regarding operation and procedures for soil gas sampling with the PRT system. Preparation 1. Decontaminate all parts before use following the decontamination procedures outlined in SOP OTIE011A. 2. Install O-rings on the expendable point holder and the PRT adapter. 3. Check the probe rods for any obstructions and test fit the adapter with the PRT fittings on the expendable point holder. 4. Connect adapter to the end of the tubing; secure with silicon tape, if necessary. Probing 1. Drive the PRT tip configuration into the ground. Connect probe rods as necessary to reach the desired depth. 2. Disengage the expendable point by pulling probe rods up about 1 foot (ft) when the desired depth is reached. Remove the push cap from the top probe rod. Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC Connection SOP No. OTIE007E Revision No. 04 Date: June 26, 2013 Page 8 of 16 1. Insert the adapter end of the tubing inside the probe rods. 2. Push the evacuation tubing down the probe rods until it reaches the bottom. Leave 2 feet (ft) of tubing extending out of the top of the probe rods. 3. Twist the tubing in a counterclockwise direction until the adapter threads have threaded into the expendable point holder. 4. Check the connection by pulling up lightly on the tubing. Sampling 1. Connect the evacuation tubing and the in-line glass bulb or stainless steel canister to the vacuum pump system. 2. Purge the tubing and glass soil gas bulb or stainless steel canister by pumping at least three probe rod and canister volumes before collecting a sample. 3. The gas flow rates will be monitored with a ball-type flow meter attached to the exit port of the vacuum pump. 4. Close the stopcocks in the glass bulb or stainless steel canister. 5. If the soil gas sample is collected with a syringe, puncture a silicon rubber segment in the evacuation line. 6. If the soil does not yield vapor to the applied vacuum, either pull the probe rod back farther from the tip or apply a greater vacuum pressure. Removal 1. After collecting a sample, pull up firmly on the tubing until it releases from the PRT adapter. 2. Remove the tubing from the probe rods. Dispose of the tubing. 3. Retrieve the probe rods from the ground. 4. Visually inspect the O-ring at the base of the PRT to verify a proper seal was achieved. 5. Plug the hole as specified in Section 5.7 of this procedure. Documentation The following information, as a minimum, will be recorded in the field logbook or on a Soil Gas Sample Log (if used): date and time, site and sample location, sample collection personnel, probe/sample depth, flow rate, purge, and sample volume. SOP OTIE002A describes field documentation practices and requirements. 4.4.2 Vertical Profiling Vertical profiling consists of collecting soil gas samples from various depths at a single location. The depth of the soil gas sample with the most significant response will indicate the optimum soil sampling depth. Vertical profiling should generally be done at a number of locations during the soil gas survey to assess the variability of contaminants in the vadose zone. Knowledge of the subsurface lithology can also assist in determining the optimum depth to collect soil gas samples. New tubing must be used for each sample to prevent crosscontamination. Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC. SOP No. OTIE007E Revision No. 04 Date: June 26, 2013 Page 9 of 16 4.5 SOIL SAMPLING The Geoprobe system has two different types of soil-sampling tools: (1) the Large Bore soil sampler—a closed piston (discrete interval) sampler and (2) the Macro-Core soil sampler—a longer and larger-diameter sampler that can be used in an open tube mode for ground surface sampling and in a closed piston mode for depth discrete subsurface sampling. Both types of samplers are pushed or driven and do not generate any cuttings. 4.5.1 Large Bore and Macro-Core Sampler Use and Specifications The Large Bore sampler is generally more applicable to intermittent depth-discrete sampling while the Macro-Core with its greater length and volume is more appropriate for shallower continuous coring and/or when greater sample volume is needed for extensive laboratory analysis. The Macro-Core sampler is now equipped with a closed-piston tip for discrete sample collection. Except for surface coring (i.e., 0 to 4 ft depth), the Macro-Core sampler must always be used in the closed piston mode to ensure depth discrete sample integrity. Equipment specifications are provided in the following table for each of these soil-sampling devices. Geoprobe® Drive Soil Samplers Name of sampler Sample tube dimensions (in.) Large Bore 24 by 1.375 Macro-Core 48 by 2 Core dimensions (in.) 22 by 1.0625 45 by 1.5 Volume [milliliters (mL)] Liners Depth capability (ft)a 320 Yes 60+ 1303 Yes 30+ Liners are available for the Large Bore sampler in clear plastic (CAB), brass, and stainless steel. Liners are available for the Macro-Core sampler in clear plastic (PVC and PETG) and stainless steel. When cores are retrieved, the plastic liners can be cut longitudinally to screen soils for contaminants and lithologic logging and to remove soils for laboratory analysis. In addition, the plastic liners can be cut circumferentially to isolate and cap segments for later analysis of volatile organic compounds (VOCs). 4.5.2 Soil Sampling Procedures The following steps must be followed when sampling soil with the Geoprobe® system. Field staff should carefully review Appendix A and B (and any subsequent updates/revisions) of the Geoprobe® Tools and Equipment Catalog (Geoprobe Systems, 1999) for additional details regarding operation and procedures for soil sampling using the Large Bore and Macro-Core samplers, respectively. Assembly 1. Decontaminate all parts before use following the decontamination procedures outlined in SOP OTIE011A. 2. Assemble all of the parts as shown in the Geoprobe® operator's manual. 3. Replace the O-ring on the piston stop-pin each time the sampler is assembled. Make sure the pin is tightened down with a wrench. Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC Probing SOP No. OTIE007E Revision No. 04 Date: June 26, 2013 Page 10 of 16 1. Attach the assembled sampler onto the leading Geoprobe® probe rod. 2. Drive the sampler into the ground and retighten the stop-pin. 3. Drive the sampler to the top of the desired sampling interval. Note: A 12-in.-diameter drive rod for initial drilling is often helpful in placing the sampler below the surface. Stop-Pin Removal 1. Remove the drive cap and lower the extension rods down the inside diameter of the probe rods; use couplers to join rods together. 2. Attach the extension rod handle to the top extension rod and rotate the handle clockwise to remove the stop-pin. 3. Remove the extension rods from the probe rods. The stop-pin should be attached to the last extension rod. Sampling 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Replace the drive cap onto the top probe rod. Mark the length of the sampler used on the top probe rod. Drive the sampler the marked distance. Do not over-drive the sampler. Remove the probe rods from the hole to recover the sampler. Remove the soil core from the sampler sheath. Samples may require a machine extruder to separate soils from liners or sampling sheaths. 6. If contaminants of concern include VOCs, then the soil core should immediately be sampled for laboratory samples, then head-space screening samples, and screened for VOCs by a hand-held organic vapor analyzer (OVA) across the entire length of core. Refer to SOP OTIE005B for VOC head-space screening methods. a. Instrument readings should be recorded in field book and/or boring log. b. VOC samples volumes should be collected from as undisturbed area of the samples as possible. The sample volume should be quickly containerized for OVA headspace analysis of VOCs, and for on-site and/or off-site analysis of VOCs per specifications in site-specific SAP. Refer to SOP OTIE010B for soil sample collection and preservation for VOC analysis. c. Sample liner section ends should be immediately capped for off-site VOC laboratory samples. d. Sampling for other analytes (e.g., inorganics and SVOCs) should follow VOC sampling. Samples volumes should be collected from the remainder of the soil sample after it has been thoroughly homogenized. 7. Label all samples completely immediately upon sampling. 4.5.3 Documentation The soil sampling process must be fully documented using a soil boring log form and related requirements of SOP OTIE002A. Soil lithology should be logged according to the requirements of SOP OTIE007B. All screening measurements, sample identification numbers, and other relevant information identified on the soil boring log must be recorded for each boring. Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC. SOP No. OTIE007E Revision No. 04 Date: June 26, 2013 Page 11 of 16 4.6 GROUNDWATER SAMPLING There are three types of well point configurations that can be used with the Geoprobe® to collect groundwater samples. All three types of well points are driven into the saturated zone with the Geoprobe®, and a sample of the groundwater is collected through the hollow probe rods. The different well points available are: • • • An expendable point (which is disconnected by pulling up on the probe rods to expose the open bore of the probe rod), A mill-slotted well point, and A screen point sampler. The expendable point is generally not recommended because sand and silt can flow up the probe rod and clog the sampling apparatus. The mill-slotted well point is recommended for relatively clean unconsolidated sand aquifers where silts and clays are minor or nonexistent. The screen point sampler, which contains a fine screen within a perforated steel sheath, is recommended for most hydrogeological settings. To avoid potential cross-contamination and mixing, multiple groundwater samples should never be taken vertically at different depths from within the same borehole. The lateral swing lever allows groundwater sampling from separate, adjacent probes without moving the vehicle. This mode should be used to preserve sample integrity from each depth during vertical profiling of groundwater contamination. 4.6.1 Screen Point Sampler Procedure The Geoprobe® screen point sampler consists of an expendable stainless steel probe point, a 1.0- inch OD screen and riser attached to the probe point, a stainless steel sheath that covers the screen during probing, and a head assembly. The 41-inch long screens are wire-wound stainless steel or slotted PVC. Screens can be custom fabricated up to a length of 48 in. The screen section remains totally enclosed in the sheath until it is pushed out into the formation at the desired depth. Groundwater samples can be bailed using minibailers and/or pumped from the probing rods or pumped directly from the screen section using flexible tubing, a PRT adapter, and a peristaltic pump. The following steps must be followed when using the screen point sampler. Field staff should carefully review Appendix C (and any subsequent updates/revisions) of the Geoprobe® Tools and Equipment Catalog (Geoprobe® Systems, 1999) for additional details regarding operation and procedures for groundwater sampling with the Screen Point 15 Groundwater Sampler. Assembly 1. Decontaminate all parts before use following the decontamination procedures in SOP OTIE011A. 2. An uncontaminated screen insert should be used for each new sample. 3. New O-rings must be installed at each O-ring location before each sample is taken. 4. Follow the assembly procedures outlined in the Geoprobe® operator's manual. Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC Probing SOP No. OTIE007E Revision No. 04 Date: June 26, 2013 Page 12 of 16 1. Place a drive cap on the assembled sampler and drive into the ground. 2. Continue to drive the sampler with probe rods until the sampler tip has been driven about 1 ft below the target sampling depth. 3. Disengage the expendable drive point by pulling rods back about 2 ft. Exposing Screen 1. The 3/8-in. tubing affixed with a PRT adapter is lowered to the top end of the screen assembly. 4. The threads on the PRT adapter are engaged with the threads on the screen connector by pushing gently downward on the tubing and rotating it counterclockwise. 5. In a stable formation, it should be possible to push the screen assembly out into the open borehole by pushing down on the tubing. 6. If the screen cannot be pushed into the open borehole with the tubing, remove the tubing and push the screen—with the extension rods inserted—down the inside of the probe rods. Care should be taken to prevent damage to the sample and probe rods. Sampling 1. Attach a peristaltic or bladder pump (or a vacuum pump with an in-line trap) to the 3/8in. tubing and collect a water sample. This method of sampling can be used at depths of 25 ft or less. Do not use a vacuum or peristaltic pump if sampling for VOCs. A bailer should be used in this case. 2. At depths greater than 25 ft, lower the 3/8-in. tubing equipped with a bottom check valve to the water level. By oscillating the tubing up and down, water will be pushed upward into the tubing. Remove the tubing from the probe rods and collect the sample. The 3/8-in. O.D. by 1/4-in.-I.D. well tubing recovers 9.64 mL/ft. Discard tubing after each sample. 3. A stainless steel bailer attached to clean nylon line can also be used to collect water samples. The bailer is lowered down the hollow drive rods to the water table. Note that all 40-mL vials collected for VOC analysis should be devoid of air bubbles. Refer to SOP 008F for monitoring well sampling procedures. Removal 1. Remove the tubing if the PRT system was used. 2. Remove the probe rods and sampler. 4.6.2 Temporary Piezometers For some hydrogeologic settings, where aquifer transmissivity is very low, substantial time is needed for enough groundwater sample volume to enter the screen point or similar type sampler. Temporary piezometers should be installed where this occurs. The installation of a temporary piezometer allows the sampling rig to move on to the next location in situations where slow recharge would cause excessive stand-by time. A temporary piezometer is constructed of a 1-inch inner diameter by 5-feet long slotted PVC screen connected to a 1-inch diameter blank as necessary for the boring depth. Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC. SOP No. OTIE007E Revision No. 04 Date: June 26, 2013 Page 13 of 16 1. The PVC piezometer is manually pushed down into the borehole after all the sampling rods and screen points have been removed from the borehole. 2. The temporary piezometer can sit in the borehole as long as needed for sufficient groundwater sample volume to be collected. 3. Groundwater samples are collected using the same methods as described above for Screen Point Samplers. 4. After the sample is collected from the temporary piezometer, the piezometer can be manually removed and discarded. 5. The associated borehole can then be backfilled per Section 4.7 (see below). 4.6.3 Small Diameter Wells A permanent groundwater sampling point, known as a small-diameter well or microwell, can be installed using the Geoprobe®. The well is installed using an expendable drive point attached to stainless steel casing. After driving conventional probe rods to the desired screen depth, the casing is driven around the probe rods to total depth. The probe rods are then removed and a pre-packed stainless steel screen is placed at the base of the hole while the casing is retracted, leaving the screen exposed to the aquifer in the lower section of the hole. An alternative approach is to use an expendable point with the Macro Core Sampler and install a 2- inch PVC well in the hole. These methods are further described below. The advantages of small-diameter wells are: • • • • No drill cuttings or other investigation-derived wastes are generated during the installation of a small diameter well. A small diameter well is less expensive to install than a conventional well, and requires no seals and grout above the screen. The small diameter well can be developed, purged, and sampled just like a conventional monitoring well. The water produced during development and purging is minimal because of the small diameter (volume) of the small diameter well. For further information, see SOP OTIE008D and Attachments 1 and 2. 4.6.4 Small Diameter Wells Using Prepacked Well Screens This method uses a prepacked stainless steel screen that is placed at the base of the hole while the casing is retracted to up above the top of screen. Geoprobe prepacked screens come in two sizes: 0.5-inch ID x 1.375-inch OD x 36-inch length and 1.0 inch ID x 2.5-inch OD x 5 foot length. Other companies offer prepacked screens of various lengths and diameters that can be installed similar to the Geoprobe® products. The following steps must be followed when installing the prepacked screen small diameter well. Field staff should obtain and carefully review the Geoprobe® Technical Bulletin 95-1000 (Geoprobe® Systems, October 1995, and any subsequent updates/revisions) for additional details regarding operation and procedures for small diameter well installation. Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC Decontamination SOP No. OTIE007E Revision No. 04 Date: June 26, 2013 Page 14 of 16 1. Decontaminate all parts before use following decontamination procedures in SOP OTIE011A. Pilot Hole 1. A pilot hole is made by probing with a retractable pilot point threaded onto the end of the probe rod. The pilot hole should be pushed to within 2 to 4 ft of the planned total depth of the well. Initial Assembly and Insertion 1. Ensure that an O-ring is in the proper slot on the expendable drive point and insert the expendable drive point into the drive shoe. 2. Thread the point driver into a section of probe rod and insert the probe rod (driver end first) into the casing assembly. 3. Thread the drive collar into the casing and the skirted drive cap onto the probe rod. 4. Insert the casing assembly into the pilot hole. Do not retract the assembly before the sampling depth has been reached. Driving 1. Drive the assembly to the planned total depth. 2. When adding probe rods and casing joints, ensure the threads are tight and the shoulder of the probe rod threads is even with, or above, the top of the drive collar. Ensure that each casing joint is equipped with O-rings. Prepacked Screen Installation 1. Remove all probe rods from the inside of the installed casing. Reinstall the casing drive collar. 2. Attach the prepacked screen to a section of extension rod using a screen connector. 3. Lower the screen/rod assembly down the casing until the screen reaches the bottom of the casing. Leave at least 25 in. of extension rod above the casing. Casing Retraction 1. Retract the casing using the casing puller on the hammer of the Geoprobe®. 2. As the casing rises, press the extension rod handle down so that the prepacked screen remains stationary. 3. After the casing has been pulled up the length of the screen (3 or 5 feet), rotate the handle of the extension rod clockwise at least six turns. Remove the extension rods from the casing. 4. Install a service cap on the top of the casing and install a protective casing with a locking cap and lock to prevent tampering. For further information, see SOP OTIE008D and Attachments 1 and 2. Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC. 4.6.5 Two-Inch Diameter PVC Wells SOP No. OTIE007E Revision No. 04 Date: June 26, 2013 Page 15 of 16 The basic installation procedure is similar to above, except that an expendable point is used and the well is installed through a 2 5/8-inch ID Macro Core Sampler. The Macro Core is used to advance a continuous core boring to the desired depth. A two-inch ID Schedule-40 PVC well screen is placed into the inner diameter of the Macro Core which is fitted with an expendable endpoint. As the Macro Core is pulled up, the expendable point and the PVC well screen stay at depth. Because the expendable point is only slightly larger than the two-inch PVC, it creates a very small annulus around the PVC. It may be possible to install a sand filter pack and a granulated bentonite seal with a small diameter tremie pipe after the Macro Core casing is pulled up, although some bridging should be anticipated. This application performs best in sandy soil conditions where there is relatively little resistance to DPT advancement of the sampler and formation collapse will occur around the screen. Depth limitations are site specific, but are generally 30 feet or less. Once installed, the two-inch PVC can be used for groundwater sampling, air sparging, or SVE systems. Because this well installation is non-standard, check with local well installation regulations regarding use of data from these wells. The well should be completed at the surface using standard wellhead completion procedures (see SOP OTIE008D and Attachments 1 and 2). 4.6.6 Sampling Small Diameter and Two-Inch Diameter PVC Wells The small diameter wells can be developed, purged, and sampled by using a peristaltic bladder, tubing with bottom check valve, or a bailer. The 2-inch PVC wells can be developed, purged, and sampled using standard monitoring well techniques. SOP OTIE008D provides information regarding the methods and requirements for development/purging. SOP OTIE008F provides information regarding the methods and requirements for groundwater sampling. 4.6.7 Documentation The small diameter or microwell installation process must be fully documented in the field logbook and (if used) the appropriate field forms, in accordance with SOP OTIE002A. Development, purging, and sampling of small diameter or microwells should be completely documented. The locations and elevations of each well should be accurately surveyed. 4.7 PLUGGING AND ABANDONMENT All probed holes—whether soil gas, soil, or groundwater test holes—must be plugged and abandoned. Holes should be filled with bentonite slurry, granular bentonite, or 3% bentonite cement from total depth to the surface. The plugging material can be poured into shallow holes less than 5 ft in depth. Deeper holes will require tremie placement of the plugging material. When plugging a small diameter well, the casing is retracted a few inches and extension rods are used to push out the grout plug and expendable point. A grout tube is then inserted out of the grout hole at the end of the screen, and a high-pressure grout pump is used to pump grout into the boring as the casing rods and screen are withdrawn using the Casing Puller Assembly. Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC SOP No. OTIE007E Revision No. 04 Date: June 26, 2013 Page 16 of 16 4.8 QUALITY CONTROL Any departure from the specified SOPs must be submitted and approved before deviating from the requirements. Deviations shall be sufficiently documented to allow repetition of the activity as actually performed. 5.1 RESTRICTIONS/LIMITATIONS The following restrictions/limitations apply to the procedures described in this SOP: • • • 6.0 Soil gas results are a secondary indicator of other media (soil and water) contamination. The results are semiquantitative. Soil gas release is affected by many variables including the chemical and physical properties of the contaminant, soil permeability, temperature, barometric pressure, precipitation, and fluctuating water table. Actual soil and/or groundwater samples are required for definitive confirmation. DPT is limited to sampling depths up to approximately 100 ft in unconsolidated, sandy soils and to shallower depths in compacted clayey or gravelly soils and tills. Small diameter well installations may not meet well installation requirements in some states and, therefore, groundwater data collected from this type of well are not accepted as definitive data. Always check with your local regulatory agency for well installation requirements. REFERENCES ASTM D6282-98(2005). Standard Guide for Direct Push Soil Sampling for Environmental Site Characterizations. Available from: http://www.astm.org/Standards/D6282.htm ASTM D6001-05(2012). Standard Guide for Direct-Push Groundwater Sampling for Environmental Site Characterization. Available from: http://www.astm.org/Standards/D6001.htm ASTM D6724-04(2010). Standard Guide for Installation of Direct Push Groundwater Monitoring Wells. Available from: http://www.astm.org/Standards/D6724.htm Christy, T. M. and Spradlin, S.C., The Use of Small Diameter Probing Equipment for Contaminated Site Investigation, Geoprobe® Systems Brochure, 1993. Geoprobe® Systems, tools and equipment, accessed May 2006 at http://www.geoprobe.com/products/tools/ Geoprobe® Systems, A Guide to Geoprobe® Tools for Groundwater Samplers and Permanent Monitoring Devices; Technical Bulletin 95-1000, October 1995. Tuttle, J. C. and Chapman, G. H., Site Characterization Alternative: Hydraulic Probe Sampling and Mobile Laboratory Analysis, HMC Superfund '92, HMCRI's 13th Annual Conference and Exhibition, 1992. Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC. SOP No. OTIE008E Revision 05 Date: December 12, 2013 Page 1 of 9 STANDARD OPERATING PRACTICE OTIEOOSE Fluid Level Measurement in Wells TABLE OF CONTENTS 1.0 SCOPE AND APPLICATION ......................................................................... 2 2.0 HEALTH & SAFETY PRECAUTIONS .............................................................. 2 3.0 WELL MEASURING REFERENCE POINT ....................................................... 2 4.0 PRACTICE FOR STATIC FLUID LEVEL MEASUREMENT ............................... 2 5.0 PRACTICE FOR DYNAMIC FLUID LEVEL MEASUREMENT ....................... 4 5.2.1 Pressure Transducers and Data Loggers ................................................................ 4 5.2.2 Equipment List ........................................................................................................ 5 5.3.1 Pre-test/Post-test Activities and General Procedures .............................................. 5 5.3.2 Field Installation ...................................................................................................... 6 5.3.3 Test Activities.......................................................................................................... 6 6.0 FREE PRODUCT MEASUREMENT USING INTERFACE PROBE .................... 6 7.0 OTHER PURPOSES OF WATER LEVEL DATA ........................................... 7 8.0 INFLUENCES ON WATER LEVEL DATA ..................................................... 7 9.0 DATA REPORTING ........................................................................................ 8 10.0 REFERENCES ............................................................................................... 9 Date Name/Role Carolann Wolf gang, Ph.D. Corporate QC Manager Nova Clite, PG Sr. Hydrogeologist Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC December 12, 2013 December 12, 2013 SOP No. OTIE008E Revision 05 Date: December 12, 2013 Page 2 of 9 STANDARD OPERATING PRACTICE OTIE008E Fluid Level Measurement in Wells 1.0 SCOPE AND APPLICATION This Standard Operating Practice (SOP) describes equipment and procedures for accurate measurement and recording of fluid levels in wells. This SOP provides practices for static and dynamic fluid measurement using tapes and data loggers. Site-specific procedures will depend on project objectives and local geologic conditions. 2.0 HEALTH & SAFETY PRECAUTIONS 1. Review the Site Safety and Health Plan (SSHP) prior to mobilizing to the field and be aware of potential hazards of working around wells, well vaults, and contaminated media. 2. Well head vapors and volatiles in the breathing zone may need to be monitored during the measurement of water levels at a contaminated site. 3. Wear appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) for all gauging activities, such as chemically-resistant disposable gloves, steel-toed boots, hard hats, safety glasses, and traffic vests in accordance with the SSHP. 4. Change disposable gloves after gauging each well or before any possible cross- contamination. 5. If possible, fluid level measurements should be collected from monitoring wells in the order of clean to most-contaminated to reduce the possibility of crosscontamination between wells. 6. Use a buddy system for entering deep well vaults or handling heavy well vault lids; do not take unnecessary chances, comply with all health and safety requirements and use common sense. 3.0 WELL MEASURING REFERENCE POINT 1. Fluid level measurements are to be made from the same surveyed mark on the top of the permanent well casing. 2. The reference point should be notched or permanently marked at the north side of the casing. All fluid levels and total well depth are measured as depths from the reference point. 3. When water level measurements are to be collected from a well that does not have a marked and surveyed reference point, the measurements will be referenced to the north top of casing. 4. Have the new reference point surveyed for vertical elevation as soon as possible to ensure timely use of the level data. 4.0 PRACTICE FOR STATIC FLUID LEVEL MEASUREMENT Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC 4.1 PURPOSE OF STATIC FLUID LEVEL MEASUREMENT SOP No. OTIE008E Revision 05 Date: December 12, 2013 Page 3 of 9 Groundwater and product fluid levels are measured to determine the elevation of fluids in subsurface aquifer systems. 1. Groundwater level measurements collected under non-pumping conditions are considered “static.” In reality, aquifers are dynamic systems and so it is critical to collect data in a timely fashion to get an accurate “snap shot” of the system. 2. Water-level measurements to be used to define a potentiometric surface should be collected within a single 12-hour period. This is because groundwater elevations can change rapidly in response to various environmental conditions (see Section 8.0). 3. Depth to groundwater measurements are converted to groundwater elevations, based on the surveyed reference point on each well casing. 4. The elevation (hydraulic head) data are then contoured on a to-scale base map to represent the potentiometric surface (distribution of hydraulic head) of the aquifer. 5. Hydraulic head data are also used to develop estimates of groundwater flow direction, horizontal and vertical gradients, movement of water between hydrologic units, and velocity, as well as contaminant plume migration. These calculations rely on accurate groundwater elevation data. 4.2 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS 1. Health and safety plan and other site plans and documents as required. 2. Site base map showing well locations and table of well construction information including total well depth and screen heights. 3. Decontamination equipment (buckets, plastic sheeting, brushes, etc.) 4. Electronic tape of sufficient length to measure all scoped wells and constructed of materials that are chemically inert and that are not prone to stretching, sorption or desorption. (See Section 4.2.1 for more information.) 5. Field forms and field logbook. 6. Well vault and cap opening tools, keys, etc. 7. Vapor monitoring device such as photoionization detector (PID) or flameionization detector (FID), calibration gas, and log forms. 8. Measuring tape, GPS, and/or metal detector to help locate monitoring wells where necessary. 4.3 PRACTICE FOR ELECTRIC WATER LEVEL SOUNDING The use of electrical water level indicator to measure fluid levels is simple and convenient. The device consists of an electrode suspended by a pair of insulated wires. An ammeter, indicator light, or audible signal is used to indicate when the electrode touches the water surface. Batteries supply the current. This method is also known as the electric sounder method. The procedures for this method are as follows: 1. Check batteries before going to the field. Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC SOP No. OTIE008E Revision 05 Date: December 12, 2013 Page 4 of 9 2. Decontaminate the tape and probe before arrival to a site and between measurements in different wells or piezometers in accordance with SOP No.011A. 3. Turn power switch to "on." Some models provide a test switch to check operation. 4. Lower the probe into the well until a sharp deflection is noted on the meter, the indicator light is illuminated, or the audible tone is activated. You may have to adjust sensitivity of instrument. 5. Verify that the electrode is functioning properly and is indicating the water surface at the same depth each time by moving the probe up and down several times. Try to keep tape away from well casing as moisture that accumulates on the casing wall can cause the tape to stick to the casing and trigger the electrode. 6. Hold probe cable or tape at the reference location on the well pipe at the exact depth where probe indicates water surface to be. Record reading to the nearest 0.01 feet. 7. Lower the probe until a definite decrease in cable tension indicates reaching the bottom of the well (turn power to “off” to avoid signal sounding during total depth measurement). 8. Verify reaching bottom depth by repeatedly lowering and slowly retrieving the probe cable just until you “feel” the bottom. You should also be able distinguish a soft bottom versus a hard bottom with the probe. A soft bottom indicates the presence of silt (make a note of it in field logbook and/or field form). Most instruments have the sensor at the bottom of the probe so the depth reading is accurate without an adjustment. 9. Hold the probe cable at the measuring reference point on the well pipe at the exact depth where the probe indicates well bottom to be. Record the reading to the nearest 0.01 feet. 10. Remove the probe from the well and decontaminate, as necessary (see SOP OTIE011A). 4.4 OTHER SOUNDING METHODS Other sounding methods using older technologies are not covered in this SOP. 5.0 PRACTICE FOR DYNAMIC FLUID LEVEL MEASUREMENT 5.1 PURPOSE OF DYNAMIC FLUID LEVEL MEASUREMENT Periodic or continuous monitoring of groundwater levels is an essential task in aquifer pumping tests or slug tests. The relative change and rate of change in groundwater levels are used to develop estimates of aquifer hydraulic conductivity (See SOP OTIE008H). 5.2 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS 5.2.1 Pressure Transducers and Data Loggers Pressure transducers are used to collect continuous or periodic water level data in wells or surface water bodies reliably and accurately. They may be used to collect water level measurements as part of an aquifer pumping test, for long term monitoring of aquifers or surface water bodies, or for a controlled field experiment requiring hydrologic monitoring. Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC SOP No. OTIE008E Revision 05 Date: December 12, 2013 Page 5 of 9 Pressure transducers may have built-in data loggers (more common) or be cable-linked to a surface data logger (less common). Several transducers may be linked to one data logger. Check with the manufacture for equipment specifications and setups. Note that pressure transducers may be “open cable” which automatically corrects for barometric pressure, or standard, which requires separate collection of barometric pressure data and later normalization of hydraulic and barometric pressure data sets. 5.2.2 Equipment List The following equipment is required for continuous water level monitoring: • • • • • • • • • • • 5.3 Manual water level indicator, pressure transducers sized for the well diameter, and data logger(s) Decontamination equipment Equipment to shelter the data logger (if surface mounted) Portable computers (lap top, hand-held) and data storage devise Communication cables for data linking (if not built into transducer/data logger) Stopwatch (if required) Field logbook or field forms Recording barometer and recording tide gauge (if required by conditions), Site-specific sampling plan Operations Manual for data logger and/or pressure transducers, and Hand-held radios and/or cellular telephones PRACTICE FOR CONTINUOUS RECORDING USING TRANSDUCERS General procedures, pre-test and post-test activities, and the specific activities for the test are outlined below. Consult with the transducer/datalogger user manual and your site-specific work plan for site specific procedures. 5.3.1 Pre-test/Post-test Activities and General Procedures 1. All downhole equipment (e.g., pressure transducers and water level monitoring devices) must be decontaminated before and after use as per SOP OTIE011A. 2. Pressure transducers and data loggers should be calibrated and tested before actually using them in the test program. a. Run an inherent self-test program in the unit to test the operational integrity and the configuration of the data logger. Pressure transducers are calibrated by the manufacture prior to shipment. b. Pressure transducers should be connected to the data logger and checked for operation by placing the pressure transducer below the water table at a known depth and taking a reading, moving the pressure transducer up or down a measured distance and taking another reading. c. During the field check of factory calibration, the expected water level must match the transducer-recorded water level within less than one percent. Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC SOP No. OTIE008E Revision 05 Date: December 12, 2013 Page 6 of 9 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. d. Testing information will be recorded in the field logbook or field form. If the transducer does not appear to recording properly, it will be sent back to the manufacture for replacement. Pressure transducers should be assigned to individual monitoring well locations for test duration. Record serial numbers of pressure transducers and what wells they were used in. Setup the pressure transducer in accordance with the manufacturer’s operations manual. Most transducers can be pre-programmed with the well’s reference elevation, well name, time of measurements, time between measurements, averaging methods, etc. All time recording devices should be calibrated to a master clock before the test. Water levels in all wells should be taken manually and recorded in the field logbook, immediately before emplacing the transducer and before beginning a test. All data and events will be recorded in logbooks or on data sheets specified for the recording of data. 5.3.2 Field Installation 1. Pressure transducers should be lowered gently down the well and should be installed below the lowest anticipated change in water level, but not so low that the range of the transducer might be exceeded at the highest anticipated change in level. 2. Pressure transducers should be secured in place and allowed to stabilize for approximately one hour prior to initiating programmed data collection to insure accuracy of measurements. 5.3.3 Test Activities 1. As back-up to data logger or transducer failure, downloads of partial data from the automatic data recorders should be made periodically. 2. In addition, manual water level readings will be conducted periodically throughout the test. Manual water level readings may disturb the water column. a. The time that the manual reading was taken should be recorded and referenced with the reading collected by the data logger. b. Manual water level measurements are a required part of the test as a periodic backup in the event of data logger or transducer failure and to provide QA/QC data. 6.0 FREE PRODUCT MEASUREMENT USING INTERFACE PROBE Light non-aqueous phase liquid (LNAPL) floating on the water table may be present in a well. Dense non-aqueous phase liquid (DNAPL) sink through water and may be present in the bottom of a well. LNAPL or DNAPL also may be referred to as immiscible fluid or free product. Free product levels are measured using an oil/water interface probe following similar procedures as described above in this section. 1. Follow health and safety precautions in Section 2.0 and the general practice for measuring static fluid levels outlined in Section 4.0. Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC SOP No. OTIE008E Revision 05 Date: December 12, 2013 Page 7 of 9 2. Always follow the site-specific health and safety plan for working around open wells containing free product. 3. The oil/water interface probe is lowered into the well casing until the point of contact with water or immiscible fluids. When the interface probe is in contact with immiscible fluids, a solid audible tone is activated. 4. The probe should be slowly moved up and down several times to get the exact depth measurement at the top of the immiscible fluid. 5. The interface between water and immiscible fluid will be determined when an oscillating audible tone is activated. 6. Record both readings on the field form or in field logbook 7. If an audible signal is heard, but no measureable free product thickness found, you may be detecting “sheen” levels of product; note as such in the field record. 8. Upon removal of the probe from the well, the interface probe will require decontamination in accordance with Equipment Decontamination Procedures in SOP OTIE011A. a. Use of an approved cleaning solvent (e.g., isopropanol) may be required to removal product from the interface probe. b. Care should be taken to perform a thorough decontamination of the interface probe to decrease the likelihood of cross contamination between well locations. 7.0 OTHER PURPOSES OF WATER LEVEL DATA 7.1 WELL CONSTRUCTION AND WELL DEVELOPMENT WATER LEVEL MEASUREMENT 1. Measure water levels in the borehole before well construction to determine placement of well screen (verify with water level measurements in other nearby wells) 2. Measure water levels immediately following well construction and before development to check for the presence of groundwater. 3. Periodically measure water levels during over-pumping (well development) to collect data for well performance evaluation (see SOP OTIE008D). 7.2 PRE-SAMPLE WELL PURGING 1. Water levels should be frequently measured during pre-sample purging particularly for the low-flow sampling method (see SOP OTIE008F). 2. The water level and total depth measurements are used to calculate the volume of static water in the well. 3. Static water volume is used to estimate the total volume of water to be purged from a well prior to sample collection and to establish when a well has fully recharged following purging. 8.0 INFLUENCES ON WATER LEVEL DATA Field personnel should be aware of potential influences on groundwater level data to ensure the resulting measurements are an accurate “snap shot” of the potentiometric surface. Some of the influences on groundwater levels in wells are listed below. Site-specific conditions vary Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC SOP No. OTIE008E Revision 05 Date: December 12, 2013 Page 8 of 9 and influences other than those listed may need to be considered in the analysis of groundwater level data. • • • • • Localized disturbance of the aquifer and borehole “skin” caused by drilling. Groundwater levels cannot be relied on as representative of aquifer conditions until after well development is completed (see SOP 008D). The water levels in wells should be allowed to recover for a minimum of 12 hours after well development activities to ensure that static water levels are measured. Disequilibrium with atmospheric pressure. Wells sealed with vacuum caps should be allowed to sit open (without cap, or capped loosely) to allow the water level in the well to equilibrate to atmospheric pressure. Allow wells to “breath” until water levels are static. Note: wells in tight formations under confining conditions can build up considerable air pressure within the well casing. Remove vacuum-seal caps with caution. Pressure changes during well-field measurement. Water levels in wells can respond relatively quickly to influences such as barometric pressure changes (such as a storm front passing through), tidal influences, or periodic pumping from a nearby water supply well. Make a note of site conditions that could affect water levels during the field event. Frost heave or other damage to well head or top-of-casing. For groundwater elevation data to be comparable over time, the reference point must remain the same. Improperly completed wells may be subject to frost heave (in cold climates), invalidating prior surveyed elevations. Wells completed in soft soils may sink. Well casings or well vaults that are damaged by heavy traffic or during construction activities should be repaired and the well casing resurveyed. It’s a good idea to re-survey monitoring wells at least once every five years. Equipment. Use non-stretching tapes only. Water level measurement devices should be accurate to ± 0.01 feet. Check the reliability of your field data by making quick contour maps or comparing new data to prior data before you demobilize from the field. Re-measure depth to water at any well locations that appears to be inconsistent with prior data. However, keep in mind that potentiometric data should be collected within a single day. 9.0 DATA REPORTING All water level field data shall be entered in field logbooks and/or on the appropriate field form and will include the following information: • • • • • • • • • Date of measure (at top of page) Time water level is measured at each well Weather conditions, especially any significant change in atmospheric pressure Station location (monitoring well or piezometer identification) Serial number of any measurement or recording device; if more than one device is used, indicate which device is used for each measurement. Comments about well condition (surface completion integrity, etc.) Measuring point, usually top of casing at marked location or north on casing Depth to product (if present), to nearest 0.01 foot Depth to water, to nearest 0.01 foot, and Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC • 10.0 Depth to bottom of well, to nearest 0.01 foot. SOP No. OTIE008E Revision 05 Date: December 12, 2013 Page 9 of 9 REFERENCES Dalton M.G., Brent E. H., Bradbury, K. 1991. “Acquisition and Interpretation of Water-Level Data” in Practical Handbook of Ground-Water Monitoring, edited by David M. Nielsen, Lewis Publishers, Inc. Chelsea MI. pp. 367 – 395. National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, National Weather Service Observing Handbook No. 2, Substation Observatories, U.S. Department of Commerce, 1972. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Environmental Investigations Standard Operating Procedures and Quality Assurance Manual, Region 4, Environmental Services Division, May 1996. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, RCRA Ground-Water Monitoring Draft Technical Guidance, Office of Solid Waste, November 1992. Driscoll, F.G., 1986. Groundwater and Wells, 2nd Edition, Johnson Division, St. Paul, MN, pp. 1089. Thornhill, J.T., 1989. Accuracy of Depth to Ground Water Measurements, from U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA) Superfund Ground Water Issue, USEPA/540/4-89/002. Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC SOP No. OTIE008F Revision No. 10 Date: March 25, 2014 Page 1 of 27 STANDARD OPERATING PRACTICE OTIE008F Monitoring Well Sampling 1.0 2.0 3.0 TABLE OF CONTENTS SCOPE AND APPLICATION ............................................................................. 3 OBJECTIVE ........................................................................................................ 3 SAMPLING PREPARATIONS ............................................................................ 3 3.1 Document and Information Review ................................................................................................ 3 3.2 Order Equipment & Supplies ......................................................................................................... 4 3.3 Pre-Sampling Field Activities ......................................................................................................... 4 3.3.1 Check Equipment and Supplies ............................................................................................ 4 3.3.2 Well Gauging and Inspection ................................................................................................. 5 3.3.3 Individual Wellhead Preparations.......................................................................................... 5 3.3.4 Estimate Well Volume ............................................................................................................. 5 4.0 LOW-FLOW GROUNDWATER SAMPLING PROCEDURES ............................ 6 4.1 Method Summary........................................................................................................................... 6 4.1.1 Limitations ............................................................................................................................... 6 4.1.2 Low-Flow Sampling Objectives ............................................................................................. 6 4.1.3 Equipment ............................................................................................................................... 7 4.2 Submersible Pumps Procedures ................................................................................................... 7 4.2.1 Pump Selection ....................................................................................................................... 7 4.2.2 Grundfos Redi-Flo................................................................................................................... 7 4.2.3 Impeller-Type Pumps .............................................................................................................. 8 4.2.4 Bladder Pumps ........................................................................................................................ 9 4.2.5 Low-Flow Purging with a Submersible Pump ...................................................................... 9 4.2.6 Low-Flow Sampling with a Submersible Pump.................................................................. 10 4.2.7 Sample Collection Order ...................................................................................................... 11 4.3 Peristaltic Pump Procedures........................................................................................................ 12 4.3.1 Equipment ............................................................................................................................. 12 4.3.2 Low-Flow Purging with Peristaltic Pumps .......................................................................... 12 4.3.3 Low-Flow Sampling with Peristaltic Pump ......................................................................... 12 4.3.4 Peristaltic Pump Procedures for Slow Recharge Wells .................................................... 13 4.3.5 Sample Collection Order When Using A Peristaltic Pump ................................................ 13 4.4 Water Quality Parameter Measurement ...................................................................................... 14 5.0 POLYETHYLENE-BASED PASSIVE DIFFUSION BAG SAMPLERS.............. 15 5.1 Method Description and Limitations ............................................................................................. 15 5.2 Equipment Storage ...................................................................................................................... 16 5.3 PDB Sampler Procedures ............................................................................................................ 16 5.3.1 PDB Deployment ................................................................................................................... 16 5.3.2 PDB Recovery ....................................................................................................................... 17 5.3.3 PDB Sample Transfer ........................................................................................................... 17 5.3.4 Comparison Sampling for VOCs ......................................................................................... 18 6.0 HYDRASLEEVETM SAMPLERS ..................................................................... 18 SOP No. OTIE008F Revision No. 10 Date: March 25, 2014 Page 2 of 29 6.1 Method Description and Limitations ............................................................................................. 18 6.2 Equipment Storage ...................................................................................................................... 18 6.3 HydraSleeveTM Sampler Procedures ......................................................................................... 19 6.3.1 HydraSleeve™ Assembly..................................................................................................... 19 6.3.2 HydraSleeve™ Deployment ................................................................................................. 19 6.3.3 HydraSleeveTM Recovery .................................................................................................... 20 6.3.4 HyrdaSleeveTM Sample Transfer ........................................................................................ 21 7.0 PURGING AND SAMPLING PROCEDURE USING A BAILER ....................... 21 7.1 7.2 7.3 8.0 9.0 Method Limitations and Precautions ............................................................................................ 21 Bailer Purging Procedure ............................................................................................................. 21 Bailer Sampling Procedure .......................................................................................................... 22 FIELD FILTERING OF SAMPLES .................................................................... 23 BIO-TRAP® SAMPLERS ................................................................................. 23 9.1 Method Description and Limitations ............................................................................................. 23 9.2 Equipment Storage ...................................................................................................................... 24 9.3 Bio-Trap® Sampler Procedures ................................................................................................... 24 9.3.1 Bio-Trap® Sampler Deployment ......................................................................................... 24 9.3.2 Bio-Trap® Sampler Recovery .............................................................................................. 24 10.0 SAMPLE MANAGEMENT AND CHAIN-OF-CUSTODY PROCEDURES................ 24 11.0 GROUNDWATER QUALITY CONTROL SAMPLES ............................................... 25 12.0 FIELD EQUIPMENT CLEANING PROCEDURES ................................................... 25 13.0 FIELD DOCUMENTATION ...................................................................................... 26 14.0 REFERENCES ........................................................................................................ 26 Attachments Attachment 1 Groundwater Sampling Equipment and Supplies Checklist atures Name/Role Carolann Wolfgang, Ph.D. Corporate QC Manager Nova Clite, PG Sr. Hydrogeologist Cecil Irby PG Sr. Geologist/PM-PFC Specific Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC Date 03/25/2014 03/25/2014 2/22/16 SOP No. OTIE008F Revision No. 10 Date: March 25, 2014 Page 3 of 27 Monitoring Well Sampling Given the low detection limits associated with PFC analysis and the many potential sources of trace levels of PFCs, field personnel are advised to act on the side of caution by strictly following these protocols, frequently replacing nitrile gloves, and rinsing field equipment to help mitigate the potential for false detections of PFCs. Specific items related to direct push technologies are discussed below. 1.0 SCOPE AND APPLICATION This standard operating procedure (SOP) addresses the supplies, equipment, and procedures to be used to purge wells and collect groundwater samples for chemical and natural attenuation parameters. A consistently implemented groundwater sampling procedure will help ensure data comparability between different sampling events. However, in all cases, the methods, equipment, and procedures in this SOP should be tailored to site‐specific conditions and project data quality objectives. The procedures in this SOP apply to permanent monitoring wells but may be followed for sampling of temporary wells, extraction wells, and other types of wells with some modifications. This SOP addresses procedures for collection of aqueous samples only. Procedures for collection of light or dense non‐aqueous phase liquids (LNAPL or DNAPL) samples or collection of aqueous samples when LNAPL or DNAPL are present in a well are not covered. 2.0 OBJECTIVE The objective of groundwater sampling is to produce groundwater quality data that is representative of the current groundwater conditions in specified volume of an aquifer (U.S. EPA, 2002). To ensure that this objective is achieved, sampling equipment, sampling methods, and sample handling procedures should not alter the chemistry of the groundwater. 3.0 SAMPLING PREPARATIONS Do not use Teflon®-containing materials (e.g., Teflon® tubing, bailers, tape, plumbing paste, or other Teflon® materials) since Teflon® contains fluorinated compounds. The following is a list of equipment recommended for hand auger soil boring: 3.1 Document and Information Review Prior to obtaining equipment and supplies, review the site‐specific plans and historical information. Field personnel or at least the Field Team Leader(s) should review: • Site‐specific Safety and Health Plan (SSHP), Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS), and other safety related information. Consider what personal protective equipment (PPE) is necessary and what decontamination procedures must be followed. • Sampling objectives and procedures specified in the Sampling and Analysis Plan (SAP) (or equivalent work plan document). The SAP will include the data quality objectives, sample analyses, and quality assurance project plan among other information. The SAP must be reviewed and understood by the sampling team before the sampling event. Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC SOP No. OTIE008F Revision No. 10 Date: March 25, 2014 Page 4 of 27 • Historical sampling data (if available) and well information (location, depth, recharge rates, etc.). Determine the order of well sampling so that the least contaminated wells at the site will be sampled first, progressing to the most contaminated wells last. • Monitoring well construction logs and available water level data for all wells to be sampled to evaluate the conditions that will be encountered and the approximate volume of water to be purged. • Chemical analytical sample container requirements, preservatives, holding times, etc. so that you are prepared for collection, preservation, and shipping of samples. Consider where to collect Quality Control (QC) samples such as duplicates, matrix spike (MS), and matrix spike duplicate (MSD) samples. • Department of Transportation (DOT) hazardous material sampling requirements that may apply to chemical reagents, calibration supplies, and/or samples that contain reportable quantities of hazardous substances. 3.2 Order Equipment & Supplies Use the attached equipment and supplies checklist (or a project‐specific checklist) as a guide when preparing for a groundwater‐sampling event. At least 10 days before the sampling event, prepare purchase requisitions and place orders for: • • • • • All necessary sampling equipment and expendable supplies. Decontamination supplies; spill response supplies (if necessary) Appropriate purge and decon water containment vessels (plastic or steel drums, poly tanks, etc.). Sample bottles from the laboratory including sufficient bottles for blanks, duplicates, MS/MSD, and extras to cover breakage. Deionized (DI) water for equipment blanks from the laboratory or an appropriate vendor. Check the SAP or QAPP for the grade of DI water that is required for the project; typically Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC’s (OTIE) clients require ASTM II grade DI water. 3.3 Pre-Sampling Field Activities 3.3.1 Check Equipment and Supplies Prior to beginning sampling, inspect and check all equipment and supplies. • Check sample bottles to ensure that all necessary bottles, preservatives, and blanks have been provided. • Inspect all sampling equipment to confirm it is functional and in good repair. If renting equipment, have supplier’s contact information handy. Document any equipment repair/maintenance in the field logbook. • Check expendable field supplies to make sure there are adequate quantities for the entire event. • Check all chemical reagents required for performed decontamination, sample collection, and sample preservation. Make sure calibration fluids required for field instruments are fresh (not beyond the label expiration date). Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC 3.3.2 Well Gauging and Inspection SOP No. OTIE008F Revision No. 10 Date: March 25, 2014 Page 5 of 27 Inspect all wells to be gauged and/or sampled to determine the condition of the surface casings, surface seals, well identification, and condition of the casing. The general condition of the wells and any conditions that could affect water level data or sample integrity must be noted in the field logbook and/or sampling forms. If the observed well conditions indicate that data obtained from the well could be comprised, notify the OTIE Project Manager who will determine if the well should be sampled. Measure water levels following the procedures in OTIE SOP 008E. Well gauging is a separate task to complete across the site prior to sampling to ensure accuracy of the water level data. Measure and record all data prior to insertion of sampling equipment. If unanticipated LNAPL is encountered in a well, contact the OTIE Project Manager for further instruction. Measure the total depth of each well in accordance with procedures defined in SOP No. 008E unless otherwise specified in a site‐specific sampling plan. The measurement will be used in the calculation of the volume of water standing in the well casing. Additionally, comparison of the measured depth to bottom and the well construction log may indicate the presence of sediment on the bottom of the well. If depth to water indicates water is present below the screen depth in the well sump, a representative sample will not be possible. The well should be identified on the field log as “dry”. Inform the project manager of this finding. 3.3.3 Individual Wellhead Preparations Upon opening the well, check the well head for the presence of volatile chemicals or gases with an organic vapor analyzer (photoionization detector) or similar as required by the SSHP. Follow SSHP requirements and procedures for vapor monitoring in the breathing zone during sampling. 3.3.4 Estimate Well Volume Low‐flow sampling procedures rely on water quality parameter stabilization to determine when to collect sample (see Section 4.4). However, other sampling methods may require removal of specific well volumes, in which case you need to calculate the purge volume. To determine the volume of water in a well, considering both water in the well and water in the saturated sand pack, the following formula may be used: V = V1 + V2 Where V1 = [h1 (r1)2 π] × 7.48 V1 is the well casing volume in gallons h1 is the height of the water column in the well in feet r1 is the inner radius of the well in feet π (pi) approximately 3.14 7.48 is conversion factor for cubic feet to gallons and V2 = {[h2 (r2)2 π]/0.30} × 7.48 Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC V2 is the well casing volume in gallons SOP No. OTIE008F Revision No. 10 Date: March 25, 2014 Page 6 of 27 h2 is the height of the saturated filter pack in feet r2 is the radius of the borehole minus the radius of the well in feet π (pi) approximately 3.14 0.30 is the estimated porosity of the typical filter pack 7.48 is conversion factor for cubic feet to gallons 4.0 LOW-FLOW GROUNDWATER SAMPLING PROCEDURES 4.1 Method Summary The goal of low‐flow groundwater sampling is to collect representative groundwater samples and geochemical data from a well while minimizing investigative‐derived waste (IDW). Low‐ flow sampling is accomplished by purging a well at the lowest sustainable pumping rate in that well until monitored groundwater quality parameters indicate representative groundwater is available for sampling. Whether using a down‐hole pump or surface pump (e.g., peristaltic pump), the target pumping rate is generally 100 to 500 milliliters per minute (ml/ min); however the sustainable low‐flow pumping rate must be established for each well. 4.1.1 Limitations The low‐flow purge and sampling techniques described in this section are not appropriate at all wells. Low‐yield wells may not be suitable for low‐flow sampling, as the minimal sustainable pumping rate may still generate significant drawdown or completely dewater the well. Wells suited for low‐flow procedures are those that are screened below the water table in moderate to highly permeable material. 4.1.2 Low-Flow Sampling Objectives The objectives of low‐flow sampling are to: • Minimize drawdown in the well during purging so that geochemical changes caused by filter pack and aquifer aeration are avoided; generally a head‐loss of 0.3 feet or less is considered acceptable. Minimized drawdown also prevents mixing of stagnant well casing water (water above the screened interval) with aquifer water. • Maintain a low, but sustainable flow rate. Typical low‐flow pumping rates are 100 to 500 milliliters per minute (ml/ min) but the sustainable low‐flow pumping rate must be established at each well. • Minimize well disturbance caused by high velocity flows, dewatering, water cascading through the well screen, tagging the well bottom, etc. • Minimize sample turbidity to 10 NTUs or less (see Section 4.4). • Minimize purge water volume by relying on water quality parameter stabilization to determine when to collect the sample. Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC SOP No. OTIE008F Revision No. 10 Date: March 25, 2014 Page 7 of 27 • Obtain reliable water quality parameters by using a calibrated multi‐parameter probe with an in‐line flow‐through cell. • Maintain laminar flow throughout the sample tubing and flow‐through cell; keep all lines and the cell completely filled (air free) during parameter measurement and sampling. Samples are collected when field‐measured water quality parameters (Section 4.4) have stabilized indicating the presence of formation water. Therefore, low‐flow purging does not include an objective for removal of a specified number of well volumes. Hence, low‐flow sampling techniques tend to minimize the volume of purge water that needs to be properly managed and disposed. 4.1.3 Equipment Generally, a submersible pump (bladder pump, Grundfos, Fultz, or other) is used with the pump intake set within the saturated well‐screen interval at least 2 feet off the bottom of the well. A peristaltic pump with appropriate controller may be used for low‐flow sampling in wells less than 25 feet deep. However, specific sample collection methods for VOC samples must be followed as peristaltic pumping might induce loss of VOCs due to pressure changes at the pump head (See Section 4.3). Pump discharge tubing is connected to an in‐line flow‐through cell equipped with water quality probes (temperature, pH, dissolved oxygen, etc.). Sample volume is collected after water quality parameters have stabilized. Disconnect the intake tubing from the flow‐through cell; do not collect samples from the discharge line after the flow‐through cell. Low‐flow sampling techniques for different pumps are described in Sections 4.2 and 4.3. Water quality parameter stabilization criteria are described in Section 4.4. 4.2 Submersible Pumps Procedures 4.2.1 Pump Selection Submersible pumps are suitable for wells that have yields greater than 0.3 gpm and a total purge volume of greater than 5 gallons. Basic types of submersible pumps that are suitable for low‐flow sampling include bladder pumps and positive displacement pumps. Common brand names include QED Micropurge™ (bladder), Grundfos Redi‐Flo 2 (positive displacement), Fultz (progressive cavity), and Keck (progressive cavity) pumps. Other pumps are available. Pre‐field planning should include careful consideration of pump parameters, well‐field conditions and data quality objectives. Selection of a pump that is not suited to site conditions can affect sample quality and result in unnecessary time delays and costs. 4.2.2 Grundfos Redi-Flo This section describes the procedure for use of the Grundfos Redi‐Flo 2 submersible pump. Equipment requirements include properly sized tubing, a generator (minimum 3500 watt), pump and controller. An in‐line flow‐through cell and multi‐parameter probe (YSI 3500 or equivalent) is attached to the pump discharge line. Discharge tubing from the in‐line flow‐through cell should be positioned over a bucket or drum to capture purge water. A graduated liter beaker and stopwatch will be used to measure the flow rate. Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC SOP No. OTIE008F Revision No. 10 Date: March 25, 2014 Page 8 of 27 The Grundfos Redi‐Flo 2 is most suitable for moderate‐ to high‐yield wells where water quality parameters stabilize quickly. However, it should be noted that this pump generates heat at low‐ flow rates, which degrades sample quality. This factor should be considered during pump selection. To setup for use, connect the safety cable and appropriate length of Silicon‐lined tubing to the discharge port of the Grundfos pump. Roll out pump and cable and mark desired pump depth (minimum 2 feet above bottom of well) on the cable with a wire‐tie or sampling tape. Measure sufficient tubing to setup the flow‐through cell. Cut tubing and attach to pump. Use nylon wire‐ ties to bind safety cable, power line, and discharge tubing together to prevent tangling of lines downhole. Review the performance history of the well to estimate the purge rate and pumping conditions that can be expected. Insert the pump into the well. Maintain a slight tension on the controller wire and the safety cable. Slowly lower the pump and complete surface setup. With the pump in place at least 2 feet off the bottom of the well, measure depth to water with a level indicator and compare the water level to the static reading (allow well to return to static water level before beginning pumping for accurate drawdown measurement). Make the proper connection, hook up the pump discharge tubing to the flow‐through cell, and place the flow‐ through cell discharge tubing into the purge drum. Start the generator, plug in the controller, and check all tubing and instruments to ensure proper connection. Begin purging the well by slowly increasing the frequency knob on the controller. Monitor the pump discharge rate by using a graduated container. Follow the purging and sampling procedures described in Sections 4.2 and 4.3. For wells less than 100 feet in depth, the frequency is generally less than 200 hertz (Hz). For wells greater than 200 feet in depth, the frequency may be adjusted up to 320 Hz. As a general rule, the discharge rate is proportional to the controller setting. This is not the case if the well is slow to recharge. 4.2.3 Impeller-Type Pumps This section describes the procedure for use of an impeller‐type submersible pump, such as Fultz or similar. An impeller pump uses a positive displacement pump head; the pump head should be constructed of non‐reactive materials such as stainless steel. The following is a description of operation of a typical impeller pump, using the Fultz as an example. Water is introduced into the pump through a 60‐mesh screen into the stainless steel pump cavity. Once in the pump cavity, two rotors transfer the water up the tubing. The Fultz pump comes equipped with a hose barb and typically uses ½‐inch polyethylene or silicon‐lined polyethylene tubing. Typically, the tubing is used once and discarded after each sampling point. Equipment requirements include properly sized tubing, pump, controller, hose, hose reel (optional, but recommended for deep wells), and a power inverter so that pump can be powered from car/truck 12‐volt battery. An in‐line flow‐through cell and multi‐parameter probe (YSI 3500 or equivalent) is attached to the discharge line. Discharge tubing from the in‐line Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC SOP No. OTIE008F Revision No. 10 Date: March 25, 2014 Page 9 of 27 flow‐through cell should be positioned over a bucket or drum to capture purge water. A graduated liter beaker and stopwatch will be used to measure the flow rate. Follow the Grundfos pump set‐up procedure described in Section 4.2.2 except the pump power cable will be attached through a power inverter to a 12‐volt battery (plug into vehicle’s cigarette lighter). 4.2.4 Bladder Pumps A bladder pump operates using compressed air to pressurize the pump chamber, which squeezes an internal bladder filled with groundwater. The cyclical pumping action creates a pulsing flow of water out the pump discharge tube. The pressurized air does not come into contact with the water. This pumping method is considered to be among the best for VOC sampling. Equipment requirements include properly sized tubing, pump, controller, and compressed air supply (compressed air tanks or oil‐less air compressor). An in‐line flow‐ through cell and multi‐parameter probe (YSI 3500 or equivalent) is attached to the discharge line. Discharge tubing from the in‐line flow‐through cell should be positioned over a bucket or drum to capture purge water. A graduated liter beaker and stopwatch will be used to measure the flow rate. Generally, bladder pumps are difficult to decontaminate and are typically installed as well‐ dedicated pumps for on‐going monitoring programs (such as at landfills). However, portable bladder pumps with removable disposable bladders are available. Follow the Grundfos set‐up procedure described in Section 4.2.2 except the pump is powered with compressed air from a tank or from an oil‐less air compressor. 4.2.5 Low-Flow Purging with a Submersible Pump For standard low‐flow well purging, the following procedures shall be performed at each well: • • • • • • Don personal protective equipment (PPE) as specified in the Health and Safety Plan (HSP). The condition of the outer well casing, concrete well pad, protective posts (if present), and any unusual conditions of the area around the well shall be noted in the field logbook. The well may also be photographed. Any deficiencies in well integrity shall be reported immediately to the Project Manager. After opening the well, check the atmosphere in the well and the area around the well for volatile organic chemicals (VOCs) using a photoionization detector (PID) or flame ionization detector (FID). Record this reading on the field data form or in field logbook (background reading). If measured levels of VOC vapors and/or methane exceed action levels as given in the HSP, take appropriate actions. If necessary during purging/sampling, monitor VOCs in the breathing zone. If measured levels of VOC vapors exceed action levels as given in the HSP, take appropriate actions. The depth‐to‐static water level shall be measured with a water level indicator to the nearest 0.01‐foot and recorded from the measuring point on the well casing, and recorded. Calculate the volume of water in the well (per Section 3.3.4) and record on purge/sample log. Assemble the pump and sampling line components taking care not to contact any of the components with potentially contaminated media, and ensure that the discharge line is Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC SOP No. OTIE008F Revision No. 10 Date: March 25, 2014 Page 10 of 27 • • affixed so that the initial discharge is captured in either a graduated 5‐gallon bucket or a purge water collection/disposal drum. Slowly lower the pump into the well casing to a point in the middle of the screened interval (generally at least 2 feet above the bottom of the well). Avoid tagging the bottom of the well. Maintain the pump at the desired depth level by tying the supporting cable off in some manner. Measure depth to water after deployment of the pump; allow the well to recover to static water levels before pumping. Keep the water level indicator in the well to monitor water levels during purging. Set up the flow‐through cell with multiparameter probe and connect to the pump discharge line. Attach the flow‐through cell discharge line to a bucket to capture purged water. • Start the pump at its lowest speed setting and slowly increase the speed until discharge occurs. Check water levels in the well frequently (once every 5 minutes). Adjust the pump until there is less than 0.3 to 0.5 feet of drawdown. If the minimal drawdown that can be achieved exceeds 0.5 feet but remains stable, continue purging until indicator field parameters stabilize. Pumping rates should be adjusted to the minimum rate required to maintain a steady flow of water through all tubing and the flow‐through cell and to prevent formation of air bubbles in the pump discharge line. • Using a stopwatch and a graduated cylinder or container, periodically measure the pumping rate. Monitor the water level, pumping rate, cumulative withdrawal, and field parameters every 3 to 5 minutes. Record the pumping rate and field indicator parameters. When the indicator field parameters (pH, temperature, specific conductance, dissolved oxygen, and turbidity) are stabilized, purging is complete and samples may be collected. See Section 4.4 for discussion of issues related to stability of field parameters and decision‐making. If head loss in a well during low‐flow purging does not stabilize, is greater than 0.3 feet (from static) using the lowest‐possible flow rate of the pump, or if the well dewaters, then low‐flow sampling may not be feasible for that well. The sampling team should inform the Field Team Leader and/or Project Manager if this is the case. An alternative procedure for sampling the well may need to be approved by the Client Representative and the change in procedure noted as a variance to the work plan (see project specific SAP or QAPP). Avoid aerating a previously submerged well screen, as this can lead to chemical changes in the groundwater. If it appears that low‐flow purging will draw the water column down below the top of the screened interval, the sampling team may need to adjust the purging procedure to allow recovery between purging events. In this case, leave the pump in position and continue to monitor depth to water. Use professional judgment to balance time, length of purging, stability of water quality parameters, and the need to collect a sample. Manage purge water in accordance with the project QAPP and Work Plan. Take necessary precautions to prevent spilling potentially contaminated water. 4.2.6 Low-Flow Sampling with a Submersible Pump The following sampling procedures shall be used at each well where low‐flow sampling procedures are applicable: Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC SOP No. OTIE008F Revision No. 10 Date: March 25, 2014 Page 11 of 27 • When field parameters are stabilized (Section 4.4) and turbidity is at or below the required limit, begin to collect the groundwater samples. The pump should not be moved or adjusted between purging and sampling. • Measure and record field parameters in the flow‐through cell one final time, including pH, temperature, specific conductance, oxidation/reduction potential (ORP), and dissolved oxygen. Also measure turbidity. • Disconnect the flow‐through cell and collect the samples from the pump discharge tube. Collect VOC samples first. If necessary, attach a disposable filter and follow the field‐ filtering procedure discussed in Section 8.0 of this SOP. • The typical sampling flow rate is 100 ml/min, but should be as low as possible while still maintaining laminar flow through completely water‐filled tubing (no air bubbles) for collection of VOC samples. Record the sampling flow rate on the purge/sample log. • Completely fill VOC sample vials so the water forms a convex meniscus at the top, then capped so that no air space (bubble) is present in the vial. Turn the vial over and tap it smartly to check for bubbles that indicate air space. If bubbles are observed, open the vial, fill the septum cap with additional sample and slowly pour into the vial to form a convex meniscus again at the top and attempt to recap the vial. If the first attempt to generate an air‐free VOA is unsuccessful, discard the vial and collect another sample vial. If sample is spilled during this procedure, discard the vial and collect another sample vial. • Completely fill the containers for all other analyses. After the samples have been collected, they should immediately be placed in an ice‐filled cooler. The sampling team will keep the coolers in their possession until relinquished to the on‐site laboratory or to the Sample Coordinator, or until shipped to an off‐site fixed‐base laboratory. 4.2.7 Sample Collection Order When using a submersible pump, samples are usually collected in the following order (as applicable): 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. VOCs Gasoline range organics (GRO), diesel range organics (DRO) SVOCs, total petroleum hydrocarbons (TPH) PCBs and pesticides Metals Other organics Other inorganics Refer to the project‐specific SAP for sampling order, sample containers, preservatives, and holding times. After the laboratory‐supplied sample containers are filled, labeled, and placed in a cooler on ice, field analyses may begin, if required. Field analyses of groundwater may be performed for ferrous iron, sulfide, or other parameters using field test kits. Follow the manufacturers’ instructions included with the test kits to conduct the field analyses. Record the field test results in the field logbook or sampling log. Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC 4.3 Peristaltic Pump Procedures SOP No. OTIE008F Revision No. 10 Date: March 25, 2014 Page 12 of 27 A peristaltic pump may be used for low‐flow sampling for wells that are 25 feet or less in depth. Peristaltic pumps offer distinct advantages over submersible pumps, being highly portable and easy to use. However, peristaltic pumps cause a pressure change in the sample at the pump head which is believed to result in sample degassing. To avoid this problem, use the procedures in Section 4.3.3 for VOC sampling. 4.3.1 Equipment The peristaltic pump should include a forward and reverse switch and a speed controller. Intake tubing (before pumping mechanism) and discharge tubing (from pumping mechanism) should be ½‐inch diameter silicon or silicon‐lined polyethylene tubing; and, pliable silicon tubing (such as Tygon™) is required for the pump head to function properly. Some peristaltic pumps (e.g., Barnant™) can accept various tubing diameters and provide a lever mechanism for the pump head, making installation of the tubing easy. Record the make and serial number of the equipment you use on the sampling log. The in‐line flow‐through cell with multi‐parameter probe is attached to the discharge line after the rotor heads. Discharge tubing from the in‐line flow‐through cell should be positioned over a bucket or drum to capture purge water. Use a graduated liter beaker and stopwatch to measure the flow rate. The pump is generally powered by connecting the power cables to an inverter plugged into a battery or vehicle electrical port. 4.3.2 Low-Flow Purging with Peristaltic Pumps Attach intake tubing to Tygon (or equivalent) tubing that goes through pump mechanism. Carefully insert the intake tubing down into the well to minimize disturbance of the water column. Lower the intake tubing end to the middle of the saturated screened interval or at least 2 feet off the bottom. Avoid tagging the bottom of the well. Attach the discharge tubing to the flexible pump‐head tubing and attach in‐line flow‐through cell. Position flow‐through cell discharge tubing in bucket or drum to contain purge water. Connect power and turn the pump on (forward direction) at a low pumping rate setting. While measuring water levels in the well, adjust the pumping speed until the lowest sustainable rate with minimal steady‐state drawdown is attained. The pumping rate should induce no more than 0.3 foot of drawdown. If excessive drawdown or well dewatering is noted, then low‐flow sampling procedures may not be feasible at this well. Refer to procedures for slow‐recharging wells in Section 4.3.4. Continue purging until water quality parameters have stabilized, as discussed in Section 4.4. After field parameters have stabilized, collect the sample as described in Section 4.3.3, below. 4.3.3 Low-Flow Sampling with Peristaltic Pump After parameters have stabilized, disconnect the flow‐through cell and collect groundwater samples into the appropriate containers. Turn off the pump. Disconnect the flow‐through cell from the pump discharge tubing and place sample container at tubing end. Turn on the pump and fill sample containers. See Section 4.3.5 Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC SOP No. OTIE008F Revision No. 10 Date: March 25, 2014 Page 13 of 27 for sample collection order. Note that VOCs samples are collected last because the intake tubing must be pulled from the well. For VOC samples, use the following procedures: • • • • With the intake tubing completely filled with groundwater, turn the pump off. Carefully pull the intake tubing out of the well and position the tubing end over the VOA sample vials. The water will stay in the tubing because of a pressure differential created by the pumping action (there is less pressure in the tubing than in the surrounding atmosphere). Reverse the pump flow direction at a very low flow rate and pump water out of tubing into VOAs. Because this procedure involves removing the tubing from the well, collect VOC samples last in the sampling order. Take care to not contaminate your tubing if replacing into the well. Use plastic sheeting around the well head to protect the tubing from contact with the surface. When metals analysis is required, determine if field filtering before sample preservation is required. Generally, if turbidity in the sample is 10 NTUs or less, the groundwater sample will be considered representative of total metals and does not need to be filtered prior to preservation. If low‐flow sampling produces a sample with turbidity greater than 10 NTUs, then the sample may need to be filtered, use an in‐line disposable 0.45 µm filter prior to sampling (Section 8.0). The project SAP should specify the turbidity targets for unfiltered metals samples. 4.3.4 Peristaltic Pump Procedures for Slow Recharge Wells Slow recharge wells that go dry even with low‐flow purging may be sampled using low‐flow procedures adjusted to prevent well dewatering and aeration. In a slow‐recharge well with a submerged screen (static water level above screened interval), slowly pump out the well casing water until about 6 inches of water remains above the well screen top. Do not pump the water below the screen level to avoid aeration of the screen. Allow the well to recover to at least 80 percent of the measured static water level. Repeat this procedure at least twice to ensure influx of aquifer water into the screened interval and then collect the sample. For sampling, lower the tubing intake to mid‐screen depth (or minimum 2 feet above well bottom) and pump using as low a flow rate as possible. Collect VOC samples last, following the procedure described in Section 4.3.3. Monitor water levels to prevent drawdown into the screen, if possible. Maintain a pumping rate that prevents air bubble formation in the intake tubing. For water table wells (static water level within screened interval) with slow recharge rates, if excessive drawdown occurs then low‐flow sampling procedures are not applicable and an alternative sampling method will be necessary. Refer to the project‐specific SAP or contact the OTIE project manager for instructions. 4.3.5 Sample Collection Order When Using A Peristaltic Pump When using a peristaltic pump, samples are usually collected in the following order (as applicable): Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC SOP No. OTIE008F Revision No. 10 Date: March 25, 2014 Page 14 of 27 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. DRO and GRO SVOCs, TPH PCBs and pesticides Metals Other organics Other inorganics VOCs (see Section 4.3.3) Refer to the project‐specific SAP for sample containers, preservatives, and holding times. After the laboratory‐supplied sample containers are filled, labeled, and placed in a cooler on ice, field analyses may begin if required. Field analyses of groundwater may be performed for ferrous iron, sulfide, or other parameters using field test kits. Follow the manufacturer’s instructions included with the test kits to conduct the field analyses. The field test results will be recorded in the field logbook and/or the groundwater‐sampling log. 4.4 Water Quality Parameter Measurement The low‐flow sampling procedure requires monitoring of groundwater quality parameters monitored in a flow‐through cell equipped with a multi‐parameter probe. Typically, monitor and record pH, temperature, specific conductance, oxygen reduction potential (ORP), dissolved oxygen (DO), and turbidity at 5‐ to 10‐minute intervals during purging; use of a data logger is recommended. Collect grab samples for turbidity measurement. When water quality parameters have stabilized, collect the samples. “Stability” is defined as four consecutive readings within the criteria listed in Table 1 or as defined in the project SAP. Table 1: Example Parameter Stabilization Criteria Measurement Criteria pH ±0.1 pH unit Temperature ±10 percent Specific conductance ±3 percent ORP Dissolved oxygen Turbidity ±10 millivolts (mV) ±10 percent Target of 10 NTUs or less for metals samples, 50 NTUs or less for organics samples Collect groundwater samples after field parameters have stabilized. If you can perform low‐ flow purging with minimal drawdown, but indicator parameters do not stabilize (or turbidity remains above the target level) after a 30 minutes of purging, consult with the project manager regarding when to collect the sample. Note that down‐hole pumps can heat up and raise water temperature, thus defeating the primary goal of low‐flow sampling (representative groundwater sample/data). Professional judgment will be required in certain circumstances. For example, if DO readings are in the 5 to 7 milligrams per liter (mg/L) range, then 10 percent is a reasonable fluctuation. But if DO is in the 0.5 to 1 mg/L range, then fluctuations within 10 percent are perhaps overly stringent. The same is true for conductivity and the 10‐mV goal for ORP. If, after 20 minutes, all but one or two parameters have stabilized but are relatively close to their respective target bounds, then this may be an adequate indication that formation water is being removed. If certain parameters show a definite decreasing trend, then additional purging may continue in Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC SOP No. OTIE008F Revision No. 10 Date: March 25, 2014 Page 15 of 27 an effort to attain the respective parameter stability goal. Consult with the project manager and always document your rationale for samples collected when field parameters are not stabilized on the sample collection logs. Meeting the turbidity target is more important that attaining stability of turbidity readings. The turbidity target for metals sampling is 10 NTUs and for organic sampling is 20 NTUs. However, in both cases, these turbidity goals may not be attainable due to silty or clayey aquifer matrix or biofouling of the well. If each parameter has stabilized but turbidity is still above the target NTU value, then purging may continue in an effort to attain the target NTU or to see if a downward trend in turbidity is evident. Decisions to continue purging will be based on how far out of compliance the values are (e.g., 15 versus 100 NTUs), and whether NTU values are constant or show a decreasing trend. Consult with the project manager and document rationale for collecting samples outside the target turbidity range. 5.0 POLYETHYLENE-BASED PASSIVE DIFFUSION BAG SAMPLERS 5.1 Method Description and Limitations Polyethylene‐based Passive Diffusion Bag (PDB) samplers are an alternative to traditional pump or bailer groundwater sampling methods for VOCs. The samplers consist of a low‐ density polyethylene (LDPE) sleeve containing deionized (DI) water. The LDPE sleeve acts as a semi‐permeable membrane allowing chemical equilibrium between the internal and surrounding fluid (groundwater). The PDB sampler is suspended within the screened interval of the well and allowed to equilibrate with groundwater for a standard time period (typically two weeks). The PDB sampler is then retrieved from the well and emptied into standard 40‐ml vials for VOC analyses. The resulting concentration represents an integration of chemical concentrations over the most recent part of the equilibration period before sample retrieval (Vroblesky, 2001). The PDB method provides cost savings by reducing the labor required for pre‐sample purging, eliminating purge water handling and treatment, and reducing IDW and decontamination wastes. PDB samplers are relatively inexpensive and are discarded after use. The method is not suitable for certain ketones, ethers (e.g., MTBE), and alcohols; inorganic compounds; semi‐volatile organic compounds (SVOCs); pesticides; or polychlorinated biphenyls. Deployment of PDB samplers in wells containing non‐aqueous phase liquids (NAPLs) requires special procedures that are not discussed in this SOP. The underlying principal of the PDB method is that groundwater within the screened interval of the well is in dynamic equilibrium with the aquifer; in other words, groundwater is flowing freely through the well. Therefore, placement and condition of the well will influence the quality or representativeness of the PDB sample. The method may not provide representative samples in stagnant flow situations or where well efficiency is compromised by improper development or fouling. Wells with screened intervals of 5‐ to 10‐feet or greater length should be evaluated for vertical stratification of contamination (Vroblesky, 2001). Vertical gradients within a well can influence sample results. PDB samplers can be deployed in a vertical array and the resultant data used to adjust future sampling plans. Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC SOP No. OTIE008F Revision No. 10 Date: March 25, 2014 Page 16 of 27 As with any sampling method, proper understanding of site conditions is crucial to obtaining representative and accurate results. The site‐specific sampling plan and data quality control procedures should take into consideration potential influences on PDB sample results. Pre‐ sampling planning should consider the need for two mobilization events, one to install the samplers and a second event to retrieve them. 5.2 Equipment Storage Before deployment, PDB samplers should be kept away from potentially cross‐contaminating circumstances such as long‐term storage with chemicals or fuels. Follow manufacturer’s instructions for storage conditions and shelf‐life. 5.3 PDB Sampler Procedures 5.3.1 PDB Deployment The following procedures are taken from the U. S. Geological Survey user’s guide for PDB samplers (Vroblesky, 2001). • • • • • • PDB samplers can be obtained either pre‐filled (field ready) or unfilled. The unfilled samplers are equipped with a plug and funnel to allow for field filling of DI water and sample recovery. To fill the sampler, remove the plug from the sampler bottom, insert the short funnel into the sampler, and pour laboratory‐grade deionized water into the sampler. The sampler should be filled until water rises and fills the funnel half‐way. Remove excess bubbles from the sampler. Reattach the plug. The PDB Samplers are placed directly into the well and allowed to equilibrate to the groundwater flowing through the well. Pre‐sample purging is not required. If measurement of groundwater quality parameters (e.g., dissolved oxygen, pH, oxidation‐reduction potential) is required, these data can be collected using a down‐hole multi‐parameter probe following PDB sampler retrieval. The PDB sampler may be attached to a weighted line or weights can be attached directly to the sampler. If the well screen interval is shallow and the PDB contains an attachment ring, the weights can be directly attached. If the well screen interval is deep, consider using a weighted line approach. The weights attached to the bottom of the line should be stainless steel and can be reused for future sampling events with proper decontaminated. Braided polyester line is appropriate for one‐time use. Sufficient weight should be added to counterbalance the buoyancy of the PDB samplers. One approach is to have the weight resting on the bottom of the well with the line taut above the weight. If this method is used, careful calculations must be made to ensure the PDB is placed within the correct screen interval. Note that turbidity in the well will not affect the PDB sample quality. Calculate the distance from the bottom of the well up to the point where the PDB sampler is to be placed. The PDB sampler must be completely submerged during the entire deployment period. Check groundwater elevations (water column height) and fluctuation trends (e.g., seasonal effects) before selecting this method. For 5 ft long or shorter well screens, the center point of the PDB sampler should be the vertical midpoint of the saturated well‐screen length. Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC • • • • • SOP No. OTIE008F Revision No. 10 Date: March 25, 2014 Page 17 of 27 For 5‐10 ft long well screens, it is common to utilize multiple PDB samplers vertically along the length of the well screen for at least the initial sampling to determine whether contaminant stratification is present and to locate the zone of highest concentration. Lower the weight and weighted line down the well until the weight rests on the bottom of the well and the line above the weight is taught. The PDB samplers should now be positioned at the expected depth. Secure the assembly in this position. A suggested method is to attach the weighted line to a hook on the inside of the well cap. The well should be sealed in a way to prevent surface water invasion. Allow the system to remain undisturbed as the PDB sampler equilibrates. QA/QC duplicate procedures still apply to PDB samplers (typically 1 field duplicate for every 10 field samples). Duplicate bag samples should be set at the same vertical depth if the well diameter allows, this can be done with a clip attachment. 5.3.2 • • • • • • The amount of time that the sampler should be left in the well depends on site conditions. Conditions that affect the sample equilibrium time include the target chemicals, chemical concentrations, groundwater temperature, and local groundwater flow velocity. Very low‐ flow velocity and cold temperature conditions have not yet been evaluated for this method. From various field studies, it appears that 2 weeks of equilibration probably is adequate for many applications. Site specific studies can be conducted to optimize the equilibration period. The samplers maintain equilibrium concentrations with the ambient water until recovery, so there is no specified maximum time for sample recovery. However, leaving the samplers in the well for too long may result in biofouling of the sampler. Remove the PDB samplers from the well by using the attached line. Avoid agitating the samplers or exposing them to heat. Examine the surface of the PDB for evidence of algae, iron, or other coatings and for tears in the membrane (note in field book). If there is a tear in the membrane, the sample should be rejected. If the PDB is coated, that condition should be noted in the data validation report. Detach and remove the PDB sampler from the weighted line. Remove excess liquid from the exterior of the bag to minimize the potential for cross contamination. 5.3.3 • • • PDB Recovery PDB Sample Transfer Have all required bottles ready for filling (pre‐preserved 40‐ml VOAs). Transfer water from sampler immediately upon recovery. Remove the hanger and weight assembly from the sampler. Invert the sampler so that the fill plug is pointed upward, then remove the plug. The water can be recovered by directly pouring in a manner that minimizes agitation or by pouring through a VOC discharge accessory inserted in place of the plug. Control discharge rate by tilting or manipulating the sampler. Place sample containers immediately on ice to ensure sample preservation. Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC 5.3.4 Comparison Sampling for VOCs SOP No. OTIE008F Revision No. 10 Date: March 25, 2014 Page 18 of 27 If comparison sampling (to verify PDB sample results) is to be performed using conventional sampling methods, the sample should be collected as soon as possible after the PDB is retrieved from the well. Comparison samples should be, if possible, shipped in the same cooler as the PDB samples and analyzed within the same sample data group. 6.0 HYDRASLEEVETM SAMPLERS 6.1 Method Description and Limitations Polyethylene‐based HydraSleeveTM samplers are an alternative to traditional pump or bailer groundwater sampling methods for all analytical parameters. The disposable sampler is designed to collect a representative water sample from a monitoring well without purging, by collecting a discreet sample from only the “fresh formation” water in the screened interval of the well. The sampler is suspended within the screened interval of the well and allowed to equilibrate with groundwater for a standard time period (usually a minimum of one day). The sampler is then retrieved from the well and emptied into standard laboratory provided containers for analyses. The HydraSleeveTM method provides cost savings by reducing the labor required for pre‐sample purging, eliminating purge water handling and treatment, and reducing IDW and decontamination wastes. The samplers are relatively inexpensive and are discarded after use. Deployment of the HydraSleeveTM samplers in wells containing non‐aqueous phase liquids (NAPLs) may require special procedures that are not discussed in this SOP. The underlying principal of the HydraSleeveTM method is that groundwater within the screened interval of the well is in dynamic equilibrium with the aquifer; in other words, groundwater is flowing freely through the well. Therefore, placement and condition of the well will influence the quality or representativeness of the sample. The method may not provide representative samples in stagnant flow situations or where well efficiency is compromised by improper development or fouling. Vertical gradients within a well can influence sample results. HydraSleeveTM samplers can be deployed in a vertical array and the resultant data used to adjust future sampling plans. As with any sampling method, proper understanding of site conditions is crucial to obtaining representative and accurate results. The site‐specific sampling plan and data quality control procedures should take into consideration potential influences on HydraSleeve sample results. Water quality parameters such as pH, temperature, dissolved oxygen, and specific conductance cannot be measured using this sampling device. However, these data may be acquired down‐ hole with the appropriate instruments prior to sampling with this device. 6.2 Equipment Storage Before deployment, HydraSleeveTM samplers should be kept away from potentially cross‐ contaminating circumstances such as long‐term storage with chemicals or fuels. Follow manufacturer’s instructions for storage conditions and shelf‐life. Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC 6.3 HydraSleeveTM Sampler Procedures SOP No. OTIE008F Revision No. 10 Date: March 25, 2014 Page 19 of 27 The following procedures are taken from a published field manual for use of the HydraSleeveTM (GeoInsight, 2006). A web‐link is provided in References for this manual. 6.3.1 • • • • • HydraSleeve™ Assembly Remove HydraSleeveTM from package and grasp top to “pop” open. Squeeze side fins together at top to bend reinforcing strips outward. Attach line to hole at top of HydraSleeveTM. Fold the two holes at bottom of HydraSleeveTM together and attach weight. Sampler is ready to insert into the well. 6.3.2 HydraSleeve™ Deployment To collect a representative groundwater sample without purging, the well must be allowed time to re‐equilibrate after placement of the sampler. When any device is lowered into a well, some mixing of the water column occurs. The diameter of the device and its shape greatly affect the degree of mixing. The flat cross‐section of the empty HydraSleeveTM minimizes the disturbance to the water column as the sampler is lowered into position, reducing the time needed for the well to return to equilibrium. There are three basic methods for holding a HydraSleeveTM in position as the well equilibrates. • • • • TOP DOWN DEPLOYMENT: Measure the correct amount of suspension line needed to ʺhangʺ the top of the HydraSleeveTM (s) at the desired sampling depth (in most cases, this will be at the bottom of the sampling zone). The upper end of the tether can be connected to the well cap to suspend the HydraSleeveTM at the correct depth until activated for sampling. BOTTOM DEPLOYMENT: Sound the well to determine the exact depth. Lower the weighted HydraSleeveTM into the well and let it touch the bottom. Very slowly (less than 1/2 foot per second [fps]) raise the sampler to the point where the check valve is at the depth the sample is to be collected. Attach the suspension line to the top of the well to suspend it at this depth. (It is often easier to measure a few feet from the bottom of the well up to the sample point, than it is to measure many feet from the top of the well down.) Alternately, the sampler can be left on the bottom until the well re‐equilibrates. For sampling, it can be very slowly pulled (< 1/2 fps) to sampling depth, then activated to collect the sample, and retrieved to the surface. BOTTOM ANCHOR: Determine the exact depth of the well. Calculate the distance from the bottom of the well to the desired sampling depth. Attach an appropriate length anchor line between the weight and the bottom of the sampler and lower the assembly until the weight rests on the bottom of the well, allowing the top of the sampler to float at the correct sampling depth. MULTIPLE INTERVAL DEPLOYMENT: There are two basic methods for placing multiple HydraSleevesTM in a well to collect samples from different levels simultaneously. o Attached to a Single Tether: To use 3 or more samplers simultaneously, we recommend attaching them all to a tether for support to prevent the sampling string from pulling apart. The weight is attached to a single length of suspension line and Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC SOP No. OTIE008F Revision No. 10 Date: March 25, 2014 Page 20 of 27 o 6.3.3 allowed to rest on the bottom of the well. The top and bottom of each HydraSleeveTM are attached to the tether at the desired sample intervals. Cable tie or stainless steel clips (supplied) work well for attaching the HydraSleeves to the line. Simply push one end of the clip between strands of the rope at the desired point before attaching the clip to the HydraSleeveTM. Attached End to End: To place 2 or 3 stacked HydraSleeves for vertical profiling, use one of the methods described above to locate the bottom sampler. Attach the bottom of the top sampler to the top of the following HydraSleeve(s) with a carefully measured length of suspension cable. Connect the weight to the bottom sampler. Note: if many HydraSleeves are attached to a tether, more weight may be required than with a single sampler. HydraSleeveTM Recovery The HydraSleeveTM must move upward at a rate of one foot per second or faster (about the speed a bailer is usually pulled upward) for water to pass through the check valve into the sample sleeve. The total upward distance the check valve must travel to fill the sample sleeve is about 1 to 2 times the length of the sampler. For example, a 24‐inch HydraSleeveTM needs a total upward movement of 24 to no more than 48 inches to fill. The upward motion can be accomplished using one long continuous pull, several short strokes, or any combination that moves the check valve the required distance in the open position. A special technique is used for sampling low‐yield wells. • • • • CONTINUOUS PULL: Pull the HydraSleeveTM continuously upward from its starting point at a constant 1 to 2 feet per second until full. This method usually provides the least turbid samples and is analogous to coring the water column from the bottom up. Note: When using this method, the screen interval should be long enough so the sampler fills before exiting the top of the screen. SHORT STROKES: Pull the sampler upward at about 1 to 2 feet per second for the length of the sampler and let it drop back to the starting point. Repeat the cycle 3 to 5 times. This method provides a shorter sampling interval than the continuous pull method (above), and usually reduces the turbidity levels of the sample below that of numerous rapid, short cycles (below). The sample comes from between the top of the cycle and the bottom of the sampler at its lowest point. RAPID, SHORT CYCLES: Cycle the HydraSleeveTM up and down using rapid, short strokes (6‐inch cycle at a minimum of 1 cycle per second) 5 to 8 times. This method provides the shortest sampling interval. Dye studies have shown that when using this method the sample flows into the check valve from along the length of the sampler and immediately above the check valve. The sample interval is from the bottom the sampler at its lowest point in the cycle to the top of the check valve at the peak of the cycle. SAMPLING LOW‐YIELD WELLS: HydraSleeveTM provides the best available technology for sampling low yield wells. When pulled upward after the well re‐equilibrates, the HydraSleeve will collect a water core from the top of the sampler to about its own length above that point. The sample is collected with no drawdown in the well and minimal sample agitation. An optional top weight can be attached to compress the sampler in the Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC SOP No. OTIE008F Revision No. 10 Date: March 25, 2014 Page 21 of 27 bottom of the well if needed for an extremely short water column. With a top weight, the check valve is pushed down to within a foot of the bottom of the well. 6.3.4 • • • • • • HyrdaSleeveTM Sample Transfer Have all required bottles ready for filling (pre‐preserved 40‐ml VOAs). Transfer water from sampler immediately upon recovery. The best way to remove a sample from the HydraSleeveTM with the least amount of aeration and agitation is with the short plastic discharge tube (included). Squeeze the full sampler just below the top to expel water resting above the flexible check valve. Push the pointed discharge tube (provided) through the outer polyethylene sleeve about 3‐4 inches below the white reinforcing strips. Discharge the sample into the desired laboratory provided containers. Raising and lowering the bottom of the sampler or pinching the sample sleeve just below the discharge tube will control the flow of the sample. The sample sleeve can also be squeezed, forcing fluid up through the discharge tube. Place sample containers immediately on ice to ensure sample preservation. 7.0 PURGING AND SAMPLING PROCEDURE USING A BAILER 7.1 Method Limitations and Precautions The use of bailers to purge and sample wells offers a low‐cost, simple method of sampling; however this method may provide poor quality samples. The typical practice for using bailers is to purge out three well volumes, or until the well is dry, and then allow the well to recover before sampling. Sample quality is affected by aeration and agitation of the water column, mixing of stagnant water from the well casing with groundwater in the screened interval, generation of turbidity due to the surging action of the bailer, and other problems (Nielsen and Nielsen, 2002). Use of bailers may also increase exposure of field personnel to contaminants and may not be advisable for sampling highly contaminated wells. For these reasons, bailer sampling is now generally considered to be the sampling method of “last resort.” Other sampling devices such as the diffusion bag sampler or whole‐water samplers should be considered first. Conditions where bailer sampling may be applicable include leachate or other non‐ groundwater monitoring wells, or to collect a sample of floating free‐phase liquid present in a monitoring well. Bailers are constructed of PVC, PFTE, or other plastics and consist of a cylinder with a bottom check valve and a means for attaching twine or rope at the top. The bailer is lowered into the well, allowed to fill with water, and is then removed. Bailers can be ordered in various diameters and lengths. Only single‐use disposable bailers should be used for sampling. The groundwater sample data from a bailer sample should always be qualified as “qualitative” due to the afore‐mentioned potential influences on the sample. 7.2 Bailer Purging Procedure • Pre‐sample purging will be performed prior to collecting groundwater samples. It is not necessary (or advisable) to purge before sampling separate‐phase liquids from a well. Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC • • • • • • SOP No. OTIE008F Revision No. 10 Date: March 25, 2014 Page 22 of 27 Spread plastic sheeting over the top of the well casing, cutting an access hole in the plastic at the well opening. The plastic will keep the bailer and twine from touching the ground and well casing, thus preventing cross‐contamination of the sample. Measure depth to water and total well depth. Attach the appropriate length of twine to the bailer (use non‐tangling type of twine) and loop the other end to your wrist. For water quality/chemical samples, remove the equivalent of 3‐well volumes prior to sampling and allow well to recover. Gently and slowly lower the bailer into the well and avoiding tagging the bottom to minimize sediment disturbance and water column aeration. Allow the bailer to fill with water and slowly remove. Use a “windmill” motion of the arms to reel up the bailer and keep the line from tangling. A tripod and reel or a mechanical winch (i.e. a Smeal Rig) can be used to raise and lower a bailer if the well is deep. Discharge purged water into bucket or drum. Record volumes removed on the purge/sample log. After removal of one well volume, measure the well recharge rate by periodically measuring and recording depth to water. 7.3 Bailer Sampling Procedure After pre‐sample purging is completed, allow the well to recover before sampling. • • • • • Water quality parameters such as pH, temperature, etc. may be obtained by measuring water quality parameters down‐hole before or after sampling is completed using a multi‐parameter instrument. If measured after sampling, allow the well to recover first. Prepare bottles and chain‐of‐custody form for sample collection. Once the well has recovered to at least 80% of static (recovery percentage allowed may depend on your sample volume needs), slowly lower the bailer into the water column. The bailer should be lowered so that it is within the screened portion of the well. Slowly remove the bailer to minimize disturbance to the well. Once at the surface, transfer the bailer contents to your sample containers. The preferred method is to insert a bottom‐emptying device into the bottom of the bailer. The device is pressed into the hole in the bottom of the bailer, which unseats the bailer check ball. The preferred device has a valve or other mechanism that allows you to start/stop the flow. A second person or a bailer stand makes use of the bottom‐emptying device easier. When using a bailer, samples should be collected in the following order (as applicable): 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. VOCs DRO and GRO SVOCs, TPH PCBs and pesticides Metals Other organics Other inorganics Refer to project‐specific QAPP and SAP for sample containers, preservatives, and holding times. After the laboratory‐supplied sample containers are filled, labeled, and placed in a cooler on ice, field analyses may begin if required. Field analyses of groundwater may be performed for ferrous iron, sulfide, or other parameters using field test kits. The guidelines in OTIE SOP 009 Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC SOP No. OTIE008F Revision No. 10 Date: March 25, 2014 Page 23 of 27 and the manufacturer’s instructions included with the test kits outline the procedure that will be used to conduct the field analyses. The information will be recorded in the field logbook. 8.0 FIELD FILTERING OF SAMPLES Field filtering of groundwater samples may be required for samples to be analyzed for “dissolved metals.” Field filtering is appropriate for samples with turbidity of greater than 5 to 10 NTUs (depending on project‐specific QAPP), but is unnecessary for samples with equal to or less than 5 NTUs. Groundwater samples should be filtered immediately upon collection and prior to chemical preservation of the sample. Filtration should be completed in as short a time as possible while minimizing sample aeration, agitation, pressure changes, temperature changes, and prolonged contact with ambient air. The project‐specific SAP should specify if and when (for which wells) field filtering will be performed. The SAP should also specify the type of filter that will be used. Typically, 0.45‐micron disposable capsule filters are used for groundwater sampling. The samples should be filtered before being preserved. If you are using a bailer for sampling, transfer the sample to a clean container and filter the sample using a peristaltic pump with an in‐line filter. Alternatively, there are apparatuses to pressurize a transfer container or the bailer, which forces the sample through a filter. If using a pump to sample the well, attach the filter to the outflow tubing and fill the sample containers from the outflow end of the filter. Follow manufacturer’s instructions for use of the filters. Pre‐condition the filter prior to filtering the sample by pumping a sufficient volume of sample water through the filter to completely saturate it. Discard the “preconditioning” filtrate (place in purge water container). Collect sample after the filter has been pre‐conditioned. After collection of the filter sample, add the appropriate field preservative. Field preservation information should be included in the project‐specific SAP and/or QAPP. 9.0 BIO-TRAP® SAMPLERS Bio‐Trap® samplers are passive sampling tools that contain Bio‐Sep® beads that are deployed in monitoring wells to collect microbes over time to determine if biodegradation is occurring in the subsurface. The procedures outlined in this SOP for Bio‐Trap® samplers are specific to the samplers manufactured by Microbial Insights, Inc. located in Rockford, TN (www.microbe.com) and were adopted from the manufacturer’s protocol. Other manufacturers may provide similar methods and equipment for meeting the sampling objective; the project‐specific SAP should indicate the specific sampling equipment to be used for the project. 9.1 Method Description and Limitations The Bio‐Sep® beads collect microbes over time to determine if biodegradation is occurring in the subsurface. The beads are 2 to 4 millimeters in diameter and are an engineered composite of Nomex® and powdered activated carbon (PAC). The Bio‐Sep® beads absorb contaminants and nutrients present in the aquifer and therefore create an in situ microcosm with a very large surface area (~600 square meters per gram) that is readily colonized by subsurface microorganisms. When the sampler is removed from the well, DNA and phospholipid fatty Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC SOP No. OTIE008F Revision No. 10 Date: March 25, 2014 Page 24 of 27 acids (PLFA) can be extracted from the beads for CENSUS® or PLFA assays to evaluate the microbial community. Bio‐Trap® samplers can also be baited with 13C‐labeled contaminants to conclusively demonstrate that biodegradation is occurring in the subsurface. Stable isotope probing (SIP) analyses will demonstrate biodegradation of a specific contaminant by measuring the 13C levels in end products of biodegradation (microbial biomass and dissolved inorganic carbon). The sampler is suspended within the well screen for 30 days (non‐baited) to 60 days (baited). The Bio‐Trap® is removed from the well, transferred to a zippered bag, placed on ice in a cooler, and sent to the laboratory for analysis. Sterile gloves must be worn at all times when handling the Bio‐Trap® samplers. 9.2 Equipment Storage Bio‐Trap® samplers should be purchased no earlier than 2 weeks prior to the intended deployment date to minimize potential microbial contamination, chemical contamination, and drying. The samplers must remain sealed and refrigerated until they can be deployed in the field. The samplers should be kept in a cooler on ice in the field prior to deployment. 9.3 Bio-Trap® Sampler Procedures 9.3.1 Bio-Trap® Sampler Deployment The following procedures are from the Microbial Insights, Inc.’s Bio‐Trap® Sampler Protocol. • • • • If the monitoring well into which the Bio‐Trap® sampler will be deployed has not been purged recently, purging three well volumes is recommended to ensure contact with formation water and to reduce the well bore effect. Wearing sterile gloves, remove the Bio‐Trap® sampler from the zippered bag and attach the nylon attachment loop to a nylon line. Suspend the sampler where significant contaminant concentrations exist. If no data are available on the vertical distribution of contaminants, suspend the sampler 1 to 1.5 feet below the top of the water table if the contaminants of concern are petroleum hydrocarbons or in the middle of the saturated screen if the contaminants of concern are chlorinated hydrocarbons. If large fluctuations in the water level are anticipated during the incubation period, the Bio‐ Trap® sampler should be suspended from a float per the manufacturer’s directions. The float should be made of a non‐reactive inert material to both groundwater and subsurface contaminants. 9.3.2 • • • Bio-Trap® Sampler Recovery Remove the Bio‐Trap® sampler from the well and cut off the braided nylon line used to suspend the sampler. Transfer the sampler to a labeled, zippered bag and double bag it in a one‐gallon zippered bag. Immediately place the bagged sampler on ice (which must be double‐bagged) in a cooler and ship the samplers to the laboratory for next day delivery. 10.0 SAMPLE MANAGEMENT AND CHAIN-OF-CUSTODY PROCEDURES Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC SOP No. OTIE008F Revision No. 10 Date: March 25, 2014 Page 25 of 27 After each sample is collected, samples will be labeled and handled in accordance with methods specified in the project‐specific SAP and QAPP. Guidelines for sample labeling, chain‐of‐ custody procedures, sample packaging, and sample shipping procedures are provided in OTIE SOP 010C. Note that DOT hazardous material sampling requirements may apply to samples that contain reportable quantities of hazardous substances. 11.0 GROUNDWATER QUALITY CONTROL SAMPLES All QA/QC sampling activities must comply with the requirements of the project QAPP and SAP. Several types of QC samples can be collected including equipment (rinsate) blanks, field blanks, material blanks, duplicates, matrix spike and matrix spike duplicates, and trip blanks. Equipment rinsate samples (equipment blanks) are usually collected after sampling a known or suspected contaminated well to assess the effectiveness of decontamination procedures. Equipment blanks are taken in the field by pouring laboratory‐grade (ASTM II) DI water through the decontaminated pump or other sampling device, collecting the rinsate into the proper sample containers. The equipment blank is preserved, labeled, and stored exactly the same as a groundwater sample. Field blanks are collected to assess if ambient sources of contamination, such as fumes from internal combustion engines, may affect groundwater sample quality. Collect a field blank while at a groundwater sampling location in an area where an ambient atmospheric source is present. Pour laboratory‐grade DI water into the samples containers (typically VOC vials) and treat exactly the same as a groundwater sample. Duplicate samples are collected to evaluate the accuracy and precision of the contract laboratory. Duplicate samples are collected at the same time as the associated environmental samples (called field or original samples). All of the sample bottles for a particular analysis for both the duplicate and the environmental samples will be filled before filling the sample bottles for the next analysis. For instance, fill all the VOC bottles prior to filling the SVOC bottles. Trip blanks are submitted to the laboratory to evaluate the potential for cross‐contamination of VOCs within the shipping cooler. Appropriate sample containers filled with analyte‐free water will be sealed and provided by the laboratory. Trip blanks accompany sample shipments containing VOC samples (see project SAP for frequency of trip blanks). Keep trip blanks with sample containers during all stages of the sampling effort. 12.0 FIELD EQUIPMENT CLEANING PROCEDURES Sampling equipment, including electrical water level tapes, flow‐through cell, pumps, etc. should be decontaminated upon arrival on‐site (unless guaranteed clean by supplier) and between each well. Field decontamination procedures may be specified in the project QAPP. Otherwise, use the decontamination procedures in OTIE SOP 011A. Generally, sample the least contaminated wells first (if known) as an additional precaution against introducing contaminants into the wells and samples. If decontamination is performed in the field, all rinse water must be contained in a manner that prevents the introduction of contamination to the site environment. See OTIE SOP 012A for investigation‐derived wastes (IDW) management. Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC SOP No. OTIE008F Revision No. 10 Date: March 25, 2014 Page 26 of 27 13.0 FIELD DOCUMENTATION Thoroughly document groundwater sampling procedures, equipment, and events to ensure the legal defensibility of the data. Additional field documentation procedures are presented in OTIE SOP 002A. Maintain field notes in a bound “weather‐rite” logbook to provide a daily record of sampling and events. Follow site‐specific requirements for completing daily field activities logs, purge logs, and groundwater sampling logs. 14.0 REFERENCES ASTM D 6452‐99 (2012). Standard Guide to Purging Methods for Wells Used for Ground‐Water Quality Investigations. Available at: http://www.astm.org/search/site‐search.html?query=D6452 ASTM D 4448‐01 (2013) Standard Guide for Sampling Ground Water Monitoring Wells. Available at: http://www.astm.org/search/site‐search.html?query=D4448&cartname=mystore Barcelona, M.J., Wehrmann, H.A., and Varljen, M.D. 1994. Reproducible Well‐Purging Procedures and VOC Stabilization Criteria for Ground‐Water Sampling, Ground Water, Vol. 32, No. 1. Bear, J. 1979. Hydraulics of Groundwater, McGraw‐Hill, pp. 477‐479. Driscoll, F.G. 1986. Groundwater and Wells, Johnson U.O.P., Inc., p. 550‐552. Fetter, C.W. 1994. Contaminant Hydrogeology, Prentice Hall. GeoInsight. 2006. HydraSleeve, Simple by Design, Field Manual©. Downloaded on September 24, 2010 from http://www.eonpro.com/pdfdocs/HSmanual_EON052006.pdf. Lohman, S.W. 1972. Groundwater Hydraulics, U.S.G.S. Professional Paper No. 708. Nielsen David M. & Gillian L. Nielsen. April 2002. Technical Guidance on Low‐Flow Purging & Sampling and Minimum‐Purge Sampling, Second Edition. The Nielsen Environmental Field School. Galena, Ohio. Paul, D.G., Palmer, C.D., and Cherkauer, D.S. 1988, The effect of construction, installation, and development on the turbidity of water in monitoring wells in fine‐grained glacial till. Ground‐Water Monitoring Review, Vol. 8, No. 1. National Ground Water Association. Puls, R.W., Powell, R.M. 1992. Acquisition of representative groundwater quality samples for metals, Ground Water Monitoring Review, Vol. 12, No. 3. Vroblesky, D.A. 2001. User’s Guide for Polyethylene‐Based Passive Diffusion Bag Samplers to Obtain Volatile Organic Compound Concentrations in Wells; Part 1: Deployment, Recovery, Data Interpretation, and Quality Control and Assurance. U.S. Geological Survey, Water‐ Resources Investigation Report 01‐4060, Columbia, South Carolina. United States Army Corps of Engineers. September 1994. Requirements for the Preparation of Sampling and Analysis Plans. Guidance Document EM 200‐1‐3. Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC SOP No. OTIE008F Revision No. 10 Date: March 25, 2014 Page 27 of 27 United States Environmental Protection Agency (U.S. EPA). 1996. Environmental Investigations Standard Operating Procedures and Quality Assurance Manual, Region 4, Environmental Services Division. May U.S. EPA. November 1992. RCRA Ground‐Water Monitoring Draft Technical Guidance, Office of Solid Waste. Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC SOP No. OTIE008F Revision No. 10 Date: March 25, 2014 Page 28 of 27 U.S. EPA. 2002. Ground‐water Sampling Guidelines for Superfund and RCRA Project Managers. May. EPA 542‐S‐02‐001. Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC SOP No. OTIE008F Revision No. 10 Date: March 25, 2014 Page 29 of 27 ATTACHMENT 1 GROUNDWATER SAMPLING EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES CHECKLIST Tools ¾” and 9/16 socket or wrench Mallet 15/16” socket wrench (for drums) Wire cutters and/or knife Screwdriver, Pliers Crescent wrench Decontamination/IDW Supplies Isopropyl and DIW spray bottles Brushes DI water (4 x 5 gallon carboys) Liquinox 30 gallon vessel w/20 gallon potable water Trash bags 20 gallon carboy with decontamination solution Plastic wash tubs 30 gallon vessel with 20 gallons soapy water Fluid containment (drums or poly tanks) Personal Protective Equipment Tyvek Caution tape (if needed) Hardhat (if required) Traffic cones (if needed) Safety glasses, splash guard Nitrile gloves Steel‐toed boots and booties Work gloves Ear plugs 2‐way radio First aid kit Fire extinguisher Miscellaneous Supplies Well keys and caps Bolt cutters Extra locks Extra bolts Nylon wire ties Tubing cutter Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC SOP No. OTIE008F Revision No. 10 Date: March 25, 2014 Page 30 of 27 Sample Equipment / Instruments Water quality probe (YSI or equivalent) Pump, tubing, reel, related supplies Calibration fluids, fresh Pump converter/inverter (if needed) PID and calibration kit Water level and/or Oil/Water indicator ASTM II deionized water Generator (if needed) Turbidity Meter Compressed air or air compressor (if needed) Disposable bailer, bailer twine Field Logs and Documentation Field activity daily log (if required) Real time air monitoring log Groundwater elevation logs COC Purge/Sample Logs Site well map Sample Container Labels Master sample data sheet Task‐Specific Work Plan Equipment list Sample Supplies Poly sheeting String for bailers Duct tape, Clear plastic tape Tubing adapters and fittings Paper towels Buckets and funnels Resealable baggies – all sizes Appropriate sample bottles Coolers w/ice Appropriate drums Sample preservatives Graduated plastic container (liter) Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC SOP No. OTIE010C Revision No. 03 Date: June 26, 2013 Page 1 of 6 STANDARD OPERATING PRACTICE OTIE010C Sample Labeling, Control, and Shipping TABLE OF CONTENTS 1.0 INTRODUCTION ............................................................................................ 2 2.0 SAMPLE LABELING PROCEDURES .............................................................. 2 2.1 PROCEDURES ............................................................................................... 2 3.0 SAMPLE NOMENCLATURE ......................................................................... 3 4.0 CHAIN OF CUSTODY PROCEDURES ......................................................... 3 5.0 SAMPLE HANDLING PROCEDURES ............................................................. 4 5.1 GENERAL ............................................................................................................... 4 5.2 SAMPLE PACKAGING FOR SHIPMENT .............................................................. 5 5.3 SAMPLE SHIPMENT CONSIDERATIONS (DOT REGULATIONS) ..................... 5 6.0 REFERENCES ................................................................................................ 6 QC Review Signatures Name/Role Signature Date John Fleissner, PE Corporate QC Manager June 28, 2013 Nova Clite, PG Sr. Hydrogeologist June 26, 2013 Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC SOP No. OTIE010C Revision No. 03 Date: June 26, 2013 Page 2 of 6 STANDARD OPERATING PRACTICE OTIE010C Sample Labeling, Control, and Shipping 1.0 INTRODUCTION The general objective of this SOP is to present procedures for sample identification (ID), sample control and chain-of-custody, and sample handling. 2.0 SAMPLE LABELING PROCEDURES All sample identification, field records, and chain-of-custody records will be recorded in black waterproof, ballpoint non-erasable ink. Under no circumstances will “Sharpie” markers be used on field forms or chain-of-custody forms. If errors are made on any of these documents, personnel will cross a single line through the error and enter the correct information. All corrections shall be initialed and dated by the person performing the correction. If possible, all corrections should be made by the individual who made the error. If information is entered using stick-on labels on sample tags, logbooks, or sample containers, subsequent removal of these labels should not be possible without leaving obvious indications of the attempt. Labels should never be placed over previously recorded information. Corrections to information recorded on stick-on labels should be made as stated in the previous paragraph. 2.1 PROCEDURES All soil, sediment, surface water, groundwater, waste, ambient air, and vapor emission samples collected will be labeled according to the following procedures. 1. Label each sample container with the following information:      Date and time Sample ID number Project number Sampler (name), and Preservative 2. Enter sample collection information in the field logbook. Begin the sample collection entry with the time at which the sample is collected (or collection is begun). Make the entry chronologically in the logbook (SOP No. 002A). 3. If no map of sampling locations is available prior to sampling, sketch a drawing of the site (not to scale) in the field logbook to provide an illustration of all sampling points. Provide measured distances from sampling points to a fixed reference point to allow accurate placement of sample locations on figures or maps. Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC 3.0 SAMPLE NOMENCLATURE SOP No. OTIE010C Revision No. 03 Date: June 26, 2013 Page 3 of 6 The sample numbering protocol used for field samples and quality control (QC) samples is defined in the project-specific Sampling and Analysis Plan, Field Sampling Plan, or comparable document. 4.0 CHAIN OF CUSTODY PROCEDURES Chain-of-custody (COC) is a continuous possession of samples from their origin to completion of analysis and archiving/disposal in the laboratory. This uninterrupted possession is required to maintain integrity of samples. The chain-of-custody record is the documentation of this uninterrupted possession of the samples. The following procedures are recommended for ensuring preservation of chain-of-custody in the field: • • • • • To simplify the chain-of-custody record and eliminate potential litigation problems, as few people as possible should handle the samples during the investigation. Each field team member is responsible for the proper handling and custody of the samples collected until they are properly and formally transferred to another person or facility. If the project has a Field Sample Coordinator (FSC), the field team will deliver all samples to the FSC as soon as possible, who then assumes responsibility for completing the chain-ofcustody record. Prior to or immediately following sample collection, sample labels shall be completed for each sample container, using black waterproof, non-erasable ink, and affixed to the sample container. Labels should be affixed to each sample container and completely covered with a clear waterproof tape to prevent the labels from separating from the sample containers or water damage to the labels. Sample containers should be placed in resealable plastic bags before placement on ice to prevent moisture from contacting the sample jars, which could affect the legibility of the sample container labels. All samples collected (date, time of collection, sample ID, location and other information as necessary) must be documented in bound field logbook at the time of sample collection. To complete the chain-of-custody and to maintain an accurate record of sample collection, transport, analysis and disposal, the following methodology will be used: 1. Samples will be accompanied by a chain-of-custody form at all times. A chain-of-custody record will be completed for all samples or materials collected. A separate chain-ofcustody record will be used for each final destination or laboratory used during for analysis of samples. 2. The chain-of-custody form will be used by personnel responsible for ensuring the integrity of samples from the time of collection until shipment to the laboratory. 3. The chain-of-custody record shall accompany all samples to the final destination. The original of the record will be placed in a sealed plastic bag taped to the inside top cover of the cooler. One copy of the record will be retained by the Field Sample Coordinator, and faxed to the Project Chemist and Project Manager. The original record will be transmitted to the Project Manager after samples are accepted by the laboratory. This copy will become Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC SOP No. OTIE010C Revision No. 03 Date: June 26, 2013 Page 4 of 6 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. a part of the project file. The chain-of-custody form will be signed by each individual who has the samples in his or her possession. The chain-of-custody form will be initialed in the field by the person collecting the sample, for every sample. If needed, several COC forms or COC continuation forms can be used to group samples under one COC. The continuation forms will reference the original COC number and all pages will be numbered. The chain-of-custody will be completed in the field to indicate project, date, location, sampler, client, etc. If the person collecting the sample does not transport the samples to the laboratory or deliver the sample containers for shipment, the first block for "Relinquished by" and "Received by" will be completed in the field by the sampler and transporter, respectively. The person transporting the samples to the laboratory or delivering them for shipment will sign the record form as "Relinquished by" at the time the samples are handed off to the laboratory (which will sign the “Received by” section). If the samples are transported directly to the laboratory, the chain-of-custody form will be kept in the possession of the person delivering the samples. If the samples are shipped to the laboratory by commercial carrier, the chain-of-custody form will be sealed in a watertight container, taped on the inside lid, and the shipping container sealed with custody seals (two on each shipping container) and tape prior to being given to the carrier. a. For samples shipped by commercial carrier, the waybill or air bill will serve as an extension of the chain-of-custody record between the final field custodian and receipt in the laboratory. The sender's copy of the waybill must be stapled to the sender's copy of the chain-of-custody form and filed with the original. The waybill tracking number must be entered into the logbook. Sample sender must sign with date and time as “Relinquished by” just before sealing coolers. b. Following receipt in the laboratory, the sample recipient will open the shipping containers, compare the contents with the chain-of-custody record, ensure that document control information is accurate and complete, and sign and date the record as “Received by.” Any discrepancies will be noted on the chain-of-custody form. c. In the event of the discrepancies, the samples in question will be segregated from normal sample storage and the Project Chemist immediately notified. d. The chain-of-custody form is completed upon receipt of the samples by the analytical service laboratory. The completed chain-of-custody form will be returned to the Project Manager and maintained in the project file. 5.0 SAMPLE HANDLING PROCEDURES 5.1 GENERAL Upon collection, all samples will be immediately placed on ice and taken to a proper location for packing, re-icing, and shipment. At all times, sufficient ice must be in the coolers to maintain a temperature of 4° C. All void spaces in the cooler should be filled with ice. Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC SOP No. OTIE010C Revision No. 03 Date: June 26, 2013 Page 5 of 6 Estimate no more than two to one ratio of samples to ice, except during hot weather when a one to one ratio should be used (e.g., one pound of ice per one pound of sample). This will insure samples are stored at the proper temperature. 5.2 SAMPLE PACKAGING FOR SHIPMENT When preparing the samples for shipment to the laboratory, the following procedures will be employed: 1. Proper packing is necessary to ensure that samples arrive at the laboratory in good condition. The following protocol will be used for packaging of samples: a. Only waterproof metal or equivalent strength plastic ice chests and coolers will be used. Tapes that may emit VOCs will not be used within the container. b. Two large garbage bags or drum liners will be placed in the cooler to prevent leakage. c. Approximately 2 inches of inert cushioning material (vermiculite or similar absorbent material) will be placed in the bottom of the inner drum liner. d. All sample containers will be placed in clear, plastic, resealable (e.g. Ziploc ™) bags. Glass containers should be wrapped in bubble wrap or cushioning material to prevent breakage. e. Samples will be packed properly for shipment so that the bottles will not move around and/or break during shipment. f. Sufficient ice to maintain 4° C during shipment will be placed beneath, around, and on top of the sample containers. Additional cushioning materials will be added to prevent movement of samples during shipment. g. The chain-of-custody form will be placed in a resealable plastic bag and attached to the lid of the cooler with clear plastic packing tape. Laboratory name and contact, courier name(s), and other pertinent information will be recorded on the form. h. If the cooler is equipped with a drain plug, it will be taped shut. i. The completed shipping label will be attached to the cooler. j. "This Side Up" arrow labels will be placed on two sides of the cooler, and "Fragile" labels will be placed on all four sides. k. Numbered and signed custody seals will be placed on the front right and back left of each cooler. These seals will be covered with clear plastic packing tape. 1. Samples will be transported by courier in an approved, cooled shipping container, ensuring that the maximum holding times between sample collection and analysis will not be violated. In general, all samples should be shipped priority overnight. 2. The weight limit of the shipper will be observed. 3. All records pertaining to the shipment of a sample will be retained in the project file (e.g., freight bills, post office receipts, and bills of lading). 5.3 SAMPLE SHIPMENT CONSIDERATIONS (DOT REGULATIONS) Samples in general can be classified in to hazardous materials/dangerous goods for shipment per DOT regulations. If we believe that the sample does not contain hazardous materials Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC SOP No. OTIE010C Revision No. 03 Date: June 26, 2013 Page 6 of 6 above reportable quantities or above TCLP hazardous characteristics, or above listed concentrations in the 40 CFR hazardous waste table including pH, corrosivity, and ignitability criteria, we can ship them as regular materials, i.e., not under DOT requirements. IF YOU ARE NOT DOT-TRAINING CERTIFIED, YOU CANNOT SHIP HAZARDOUS MATERIAL/DANGEROUS GOODS. To do so risks large fines against the individual who signs the shipping bill. Contact your project manager to discuss. For some chemicals and compressed gases, the quantity, limitations, shipment requirements are given in 49 CFR 172.101, especially in the Hazardous Materials Table 172.101. Field personnel cannot classify samples based on the source or origin according to these regulations. The shipper is required to know about actual or expected chemical concentrations of the material in the shipping container. Field personnel who are unsure about shipping anything from the field should call a qualified person in the office and have the regulations reviewed for each situation. 6.0 REFERENCES Department of Transportation, Final National Guidance Package for Compliance with Department of Transportation Regulations in the Shipment of Laboratory Samples, March 1981. United States Environmental Protection Agency Region 4, Environmental Investigations Standard Operating Procedures and Quality Assurance Manual, May 1996. Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC SOP No. OTIE012A Revision No. 07 Date: June 27, 2013 Page 1 of 10 STANDARD OPERATING PRACTICE OTIE012A Investigative Derived Materials Management Procedures TABLE OF CONTENTS 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 5.1 5.2 5.3 6.0 6.1 6.2 6.3 7.0 7.1 7.2 7.3 8.0 8.1 8.2 9.0 10.0 11.0 OBJECTIVE .......................................................................................... 2 BACKGROUND....................................................................................... 2 RESPONSIBILITIES .................................................................................. 3 REQUIRED PLANS AND EQUIPMENT ............................................................. 3 PROCEDURES ....................................................................................... 4 IDW Characterization............................................................................ 4 Placement of Wastes ............................................................................ 4 Generation And Handling Of IDW .............................................................. 5 Non-RCRA Regulated Materials .................................................................. 5 IDW Consisting of Soil and/or Other Solids ................................................... 5 IDW Fluids......................................................................................... 6 Personal Protective Equipment ................................................................ 6 RCRA REGULATED MATERIALS ................................................................... 6 IDW Consisting of Soils or Other Solids........................................................ 6 IDW Fluids......................................................................................... 7 Personal Protective Equipment ................................................................ 8 IDW DISPOSAL OPTIONS ........................................................................... 8 On-Site Treatment ............................................................................... 9 Off-Site Disposal ................................................................................. 9 DRUM MANAGEMENT .............................................................................. 9 RESTRICTIONS/LIMITATIONS .................................................................... 10 REFERENCES ....................................................................................... 10 Attachment 1 – IDW Container Inventory QC Review Signatures Name/Role Signature Date John Fleissner, PE Corporate QC Manager 06/28/2013 Nova Clite, PG Sr. Hydrogeologist 06/27/2013 Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC SOP No. OTIE012A Revision No. 07 Date: June 27, 2013 Page 2 of 10 Investigative Derived Materials Management Procedures 1.0 OBJECTIVE The objective of this Standard Operating Practice (SOP) is to define the procedural requirements for managing and sampling investigation-derived waste (IDW) materials generated during the site investigation process while striving for three goals: • • • 2.0 Minimization: All site investigations shall be conducted in a way as to generate the least amount of IDW. Every effort will be made to return (or leave in place) as much material to the site of generation as is permitted by law and protective of personnel and environment. Management: The IDW that cannot be disposed of on-site shall be managed in a manner consistent with the final method of remediation of the site, if known. If the final remediation method for the site is not known, the IDW generated will be managed, stored, transported, and disposed of in a manner consistent with appropriate laws and regulatory requirements. Mediation: Each site and each client is unique. The most important goal is to assist each client in successfully negotiating with the controlling regulatory agencies. This negotiation should result in an IDW handling method that is the most time efficient, cost-effective, and appropriate. The IDW handling method must also be in accordance with all regulations and cause the least adverse impact to the facility, the community surrounding the facility, and the environment. BACKGROUND In the process of conducting field operations in the pre-remedial and remedial phases of Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (CERCLA) and Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) investigations, IDW is often generated. IDWs consist of fluids from well development, purging, and pump tests; drilling fluids and cuttings from well installations; soil cuttings from borings; soils from test pits; residues from testing treatment technologies; personal protective equipment (PPE); decontamination solutions used to clean non-disposable equipment; and any other material or equipment that may be contaminated to the point it cannot be sufficiently cleaned to permit further safe use. The National Contingency Plan (NCP) states "the field investigation team should, when handling, treating or disposing of investigation-derived waste on-site, conduct such activities in compliance with applicable or relevant and appropriate requirements (ARARs) to the extent practicable, considering the exigencies of the situation" (NCP, 55 FR 8756). In addition, operations should, at all times, be conducted with the central idea of maximum protection for the workers at the site, the population around the site, and the environment in general. Ten major concerns control the disposition of IDW at a site: • • • • • • • types and concentrations of contaminants present at the site, volume or quantity (tons) of IDW, matrix affected by the contaminants (e.g., groundwater and for soil), location of the site (e.g., rural, residential, industrial), prior knowledge of site conditions (e.g., known as opposed to suspected contamination), potential worker exposure, potential environmental impact from disposal, Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC SOP No. OTIE012A Revision No. 07 Date: June 27, 2013 Page 3 of 10 • • 3.0 state and federal regulatory requirements, and cost. RESPONSIBILITIES Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises (OTIE): OTIE is responsible for the identification of potential contaminants and for the characterization of IDW. The ultimate responsibility for proper determination of IDW waste status and proper disposal lies with OTIE's client. Site Manager: The Site Manager, or Field Team Leader, is responsible for ensuring that field activities are completed to meet the project objectives, are conducted in accordance with the project plans and requirements, and all activities are performed according to the respective procedures. The Site Manager is responsible for ensuring all site personnel are trained in the procedures, the procedures are adhered to, and all activities are documented. Field Team: All members of the field team (samplers, technicians, field geologists, engineers, etc.) are responsible for understanding and implementing this field procedure as well as ensuring all team members also perform work in accordance with this procedure. Client: The client (e.g., private landowner, federal agency, etc.) is responsible for establishing the status of the waste material as it relates to federal, state, and local regulations. Designated representatives of the client are responsible for signing all invoices, manifests, and bills of lading to transport and for dispose of waste material. It is the responsibility of all field personnel to identify, document, and submit recommendations to improve the quality, usability, and implementability of this procedure. 4.0 REQUIRED PLANS AND EQUIPMENT Required approved plans that must be present in the field during field activities include: • • • Sampling and Analysis Plan (SAP) that specifies waste characterization sample collection methods and analyses IDW Management Plan that identifies wastes, waste characterization, management, and disposal practices for the site Accident prevention plan with activity hazard analyses and site safety and health plan (herein collectively referred to as the Health and Safety Plan or HASP). Equipment required for characterizing and handling the material includes: • • • Field screening equipment such as a photoionization detector, organic vapor analyzer (OVA), or an on-site gas chromatograph (GC). Personal protective equipment (PPE). Level of protection is based on the type and expected concentration of contaminants. The minimum protective equipment includes Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA)-approved hard hat, safety glasses, protective gloves, and hard-toed boots or shoes. (The specific requirements for PPE are specified in the site-specific Health and Safety Plan or Accident Prevention Plan.) Sample collection equipment. The type required is dependent on the waste type as well as the container type. Generally disposable equipment is the most efficient to use. Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC SOP No. OTIE012A Revision No. 07 Date: June 27, 2013 Page 4 of 10 5.0 5.1 PROCEDURES IDW CHARACTERIZATION The first step in selecting the method of material handling to use is to determine the potential contaminants of concern by reviewing site records, information gathered during site assessment activities, and interviews with persons knowledgeable about activities at the site. Early sampling results also can be used to indicate whether the wastes generated will exhibit hazardous characteristics. Published Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) guidance [EPA, Office of Solid Waste and Emergency Response (OSWER) Directive 9345.3-02, Management of Investigation-Derived Waste During Site Investigations, May 1991] discourages the containerizing and sampling of IDW just to establish hazardous components because of the resulting increase in investigation costs. The next step in selecting the material handling method is to establish which federal, state, or local regulations apply to the material and which are the corresponding ARARs. Establishing the status of the IDW with regard to RCRA is critical. A waste material is hazardous under RCRA if it exhibits one of four characteristics: ignitability, corrosivity, reactivity, or toxicity as defined in 40 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) 261.20 through 261.24. Identified contaminants may also be considered hazardous under RCRA if they are listed in 40 CFR 261.30 through 261.33. EPA guidance [EPA, Office of Solid Waste and Emergency Response Directive 9345.302FS, Management of Investigation-Derived Waste, February 1991] states it is permissible to handle a material as nonhazardous with regard to RCRA until it is proved to be a RCRA hazardous waste. Nevertheless, if available information and best professional judgment indicate that, to maximize protection, a material should be managed as RCRA hazardous waste, regardless of known status, RCRA Subtitle C requirements should be followed. Even if a material is not considered hazardous waste under RCRA, it may still contain hazardous substances regulated by federal, state, and local laws and regulations. It is the responsibility of the client to determine the status of the material as it relates to RCRA and other statutes. Other potential ARARs include the Clean Water Act, which contains the requirements for the discharge of aqueous IDW to surface water and treatment facilities, and the Toxic Substance Control Act, which contains the requirements for handling IDW contaminated with polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs) in concentrations of 50 parts per million (ppm) or greater. After the potential contaminants are identified, it is the responsibility of the client to consult the appropriate state and federal regulatory agencies to ensure all local, state, and federal laws and regulations are followed. The IDW issue must be addressed and resolved for each project before initiating field activities. 5.2 PLACEMENT OF WASTES If there is any possibility of the waste material containing a RCRA hazardous substance and being restricted under the Land Disposal Restrictions (LDRs), the material must not be "placed." To assist in defining "placement" at CERCLA sites, EPA uses the concept of Areas of Contamination (AOC). EPA Superfund LDR Guide 5 states, "An AOC is delineated by the areal extent (or boundary) of contiguous contamination. Such contamination must be continuous, but may contain varying types and concentrations of hazardous substances" (EPA, 1989). Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC SOP No. OTIE012A Revision No. 07 Date: June 27, 2013 Page 5 of 10 Placement as defined by EPA occurs when waste material: • • • • is moved off-site, is moved out of an AOC for treatment or storage then returned to the same or a different AOC and returned to the environment, is stored in a container within the AOC then returned to the same AOC and returned to the environment, or is consolidated from several AOCs into a single AOC and returned to the environment. If placement does not occur, the LDRs are not applicable to the CERCLA action regardless of the contaminants in the material. Therefore, before containerizing material or moving it outside an AOC, the status of the material, as it relates to RCRA and the LDRs, must be determined. 5.3 GENERATION AND HANDLING OF IDW All the IDW will fall into one of four categories: • • • • 6.0 non-RCRA regulated (nonhazardous), non-RCRA regulated (hazardous), RCRA regulated (nonhazardous), or RCRA regulated (hazardous). NON-RCRA REGULATED MATERIALS Waste materials that do not exhibit one of the four characteristics (ignitability, corrosivity, reactivity, or toxicity) as defined in 40 CFR 261.20 through 261.24 or do not contain contaminants listed in 40 CFR 261.30 through 261.33 are not regulated under RCRA. Provision should be made for those cases in which it is logistically more convenient for OTIE to move the waste material to a central collection point for storage before determination of disposal method. Should this be necessary, extreme care must be exercised to segregate those materials that field screen "clean" from those that show contamination. Any and all containers in which IDW is stored must be clearly labeled as to the contents, the locations at which the material was generated, the date, and a person to contact including the telephone number. There may also be facility-specific labeling requirements. At no time shall a container be labeled as containing hazardous material until a determination is made as to whether the material is hazardous. In any case, the material must be removed from public access and stored in clean, sealed containers at a single, secure collection point at the facility until a final disposal method is determined. No IDW shall be removed from the facility or released to the environment without permission from the client and the controlling regulatory agencies. 6.1 IDW CONSISTING OF SOIL AND/OR OTHER SOLIDS IDW soils include drill cuttings, surface soils, and sediments. If in accordance with an approved IDW management plan, and pre-approved by the client, drill cuttings may be placed back into boreholes. Otherwise, IDW soils awaiting the results of IDW waste characterization analyses, should be stockpiled on-site in a plastic-lined and plastic-covered area, placed in labeled Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC SOP No. OTIE012A Revision No. 07 Date: June 27, 2013 Page 6 of 10 containers or, if moved to a central collection point, kept segregated from other material until contaminant levels are established. Labels shall be affixed to all containers, or a sign posted adjacent to covered stockpiles, and shall include a contact name and telephone number. • • 6.2 If waste characterization analytical results indicate the IDW soil are below established limits established for the site with regulatory approval, the soils can be thin-spread back on the site or used as clean fill material. If analytical results show levels of contamination exceeding established limits, then the material shall be containerized and disposed of as directed by the client. IDW FLUIDS IDW fluids may include drilling fluids, well development fluids, pre-sample purge water, groundwater, and decontamination fluids; manage, characterize, and dispose of IDW fluids in accordance with an approved site-specific IDW management plan. Segregate IDW fluids by source of generation (e.g., keep drilling fluids separate from well development fluids) and by characteristics that may require extra processing, such as filtration to remove solids. If allowed by the approved IDW management plan and with client pre-approval, pre-sample purge water, groundwater, and decontamination fluids maybe discharged to the ground at an approved on-site location to allow for infiltration. Otherwise, all IDW fluids will be containerized in labeled containers and stored at the site or at a central collection point until waste characterization testing is completed. Labels should include a contact name and telephone number. A representative sample of the fluid shall be collected and analyzed for contaminants of concern. If analytical samples were collected (such as from a monitoring well), the results of these analyses can be used to indicate the status of the fluids, but a waste disposal or treatment facility may require additional analyses. The IDW shall be disposed of as directed by the client. 6.3 PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT Personal protective equipment (PPE) includes all gloves, Tyvek® suits, and other disposable equipment. All PPE that cannot be adequately decontaminated to permit safe reuse will be double plastic-bagged, collected, and placed in an approved industrial waste bin. 7.0 RCRA REGULATED MATERIALS A waste material is regulated under RCRA if it exhibits one of four characteristics: ignitability, corrosivity, reactivity, or toxicity as defined in 40 CFR 261.20 through 261.24 or the identified contaminants listed in 40 CFR 261.30 through 261.33. The “mixture rule” and the “containedin” rules apply to situations where a RCRA listed or characteristic waste is mixed with, or contained in soil, groundwater, surface water, or debris, then that resulting material must also be regulated under RCRA. In the case of the ”derived-from rule”, a waste that is generated from treatment, storage, or disposal of a RCRA listed or characteristic waste (for example leachate, ash, or emissions dusts) is also a hazardous waste unless specifically exempted, per 40 CFR 261.3 (b). Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC SOP No. OTIE012A Revision No. 07 Date: June 27, 2013 Page 7 of 10 7.1 IDW CONSISTING OF SOILS OR OTHER SOLIDS Soils include drill cuttings, surface soils, and sediments. For areas in which there are known or suspected RCRA-regulated contaminants, permission will be sought from the controlling regulatory agencies to bury disturbed soils in shallow, plastic-lined pits on-site, cover them with surface soils, and reseed. If in accordance with an approved IDW management plan and with client pre-approval, drill cuttings may be backfilled into boreholes. The location and size of the pits will be included in the field logbook and project reports for future reference. This procedure is in accordance with published Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) guidance (EPA, OSWER Directive 3945.3-02, May 1991, Management of Investigation-Derived Waste During Site Inspections). If on-site burial is not permitted or is logistically inconvenient, soils will be field screened for volatile contaminants as described above and stockpiled at the site in an area lined with, and covered by, plastic sheeting, preferably black to resist breakdown of the plastic from exposure to sunlight. Stockpiling the soil at the site without containerization will prevent placement (as defined by EPA) from occurring and thus avoid activating potential land disposal restrictions. Soils that field screen less than the established field screening limit can be spread back on the site with the approval of the controlling regulatory agencies. If it is logistically impossible to stockpile the material at the site, or if contaminants are such that field screening would be inconclusive, the material shall be collected in approved containers, preferably a steel roll-off box. These containers must be labeled as to the contents, the date(s) of collection, and the location at which the material was generated. If the IDW will be submitted to a disposal facility, representative samples will be collected and submitted to an approved laboratory to be analyzed for ignitability, corrosivity, reactivity, and for Toxicity Characteristic Leachate Procedure, as well as any other contaminants requested by the controlling regulatory agencies. If the results of the analyses are below established ARARs, the soils can be spread back on the site or used by the client as fill material with the regulatory agencies' permission. If analytical results indicate the IDWs are RCRA regulated, the approved on-site treatment facility should be used (if available), or the containers shall be disposed at an RCRA-permitted disposal/treatment facility (TSD). RCRA regulated IDW may remain stored on-site for the time period allowed by the client's generator status. State time requirements may be slightly different so be sure to check with the state regulatory agency. • • • 7.2 Large Quantity Generator (>1,000 kg hazardous waste per month): 90 days. Small Quantity Generator (100-1,000 kg hazardous waste per month): 180 days or 270 days if TSD is greater than 200 miles away. Conditionally Exempt Small Quantity Generator (<100 kg hazardous waste per month): no time restrictions. IDW FLUIDS IDW fluids may include drilling fluids, development/purge water, and decontamination fluids. For areas in which known or suspected RCRA-regulated contaminants exist, all fluids will be containerized in properly labeled containers (i.e., drums or tanks) and stored at the site. At the end of the generation process, if no samples of the fluids have been collected, a representative Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC SOP No. OTIE012A Revision No. 07 Date: June 27, 2013 Page 8 of 10 sample will be collected and analyzed for contaminants of concern. If analytical samples were collected (such as from a monitoring well), the results of these analyses can be used in place of collecting and analyzing additional samples to indicate the status of the fluids. If analytical results show levels of contamination below established ARARs, the fluids can be released to the storm water or sanitary sewer system of the facility with the controlling regulatory agencies' approval. If analytical results indicate the IDW is RCRA regulated or other contaminants are present at levels exceeding established ARARs, the on-site treatment facility should be used (if available), or the containers shall be disposed of at a RCRA TSD Facility. RCRA regulated IDW may remain stored on-site for the time period allowed by the client's generator status. State time requirements may be slightly different so be sure to check with the state regulatory agency. • • • 7.3 Large Quantity Generator (>1,000 kg hazardous waste per month): 90 days. Small Quantity Generator (100-1,000 kg hazardous waste per month): 180 days or 270 days if TSD is greater than 200 miles away. Conditionally Exempt Small Quantity Generator (<100 kg hazardous waste per month): no time restrictions. PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT PPE to be used during handling or sampling of IDW or site–related wastes should be specified in the Site-Specific Safety and Health Plan (SSHP). The required PPE should be present at the site and generally will include at least Level D PPE (gloves, steel-toed boots, eye protection, hard-hat, and protective clothing as necessary). All used PPE that cannot be adequately decontaminated to permit safe reuse will be double plastic-bagged, collected, and placed in approved containers at a central collection point. 8.0 IDW DISPOSAL OPTIONS Table 1 presents various disposal options for the five most common types of IDW. Table 1. IDW Disposal Options Type of IDW Generation process Disposal options Soil Borehole drilling Test pits Surface soil sampling Sludges and sediments Sludge pit Sediment sampling Aqueous liquids Well installation Well purging during sampling /development Re-use onsite in accordance with client requirements Return to borehole (per IDW plan, preapproved) Send to an existing on-site treatment/disposal unit (TDU) Containerize and dispose of appropriately Store for future disposal Return to pit immediately after generation Containerize and dispose of appropriately Store for future disposal Pour onto ground (per IDW plan, preapproved) Send to Publicly-Owned Treatment Works (POTW) or facility treatment works Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC SOP No. OTIE012A Revision No. 07 Date: June 27, 2013 Page 9 of 10 Table 1. IDW Disposal Options Type of IDW Generation process Disposal personal Sampling procedures protective equipment (PPE) Decontamination Decontamination of PPE fluids and other equipment 8.1 Disposal options Send to on-site TDU Place in on-site industrial dumpster Containerize and dispose of appropriately Store for future Send to on-site TDU Containerize and dispose of appropriately Store for future disposal ON-SITE TREATMENT If on-site disposal of the material is not permitted, a method of treating the material on-site, or at a central location at the facility, should be selected. It should be recognized that the effectiveness of a treatment method is a function of the suite of contaminants involved and, therefore, must be chosen on a case-by-case basis. In addition, approved treatment methods will vary from state to state, and a list of approved methods should be obtained from the controlling regulatory agencies. In any case, a preferred treatment option should be established before initiating field operations. 8.2 OFF-SITE DISPOSAL If on-site disposal is prohibited and no treatment method is viable or permitted, the alternative would be to have the material handled under the waste disposal contracts in place at the facility. Because this would likely mean the use of either sanitary or hazardous waste landfills for disposal, it is the least attractive option on the basis of cost, environmental stewardship, and future potential liability for the client. In addition, in the case of RCRA hazardous materials, the client's RCRA waste-generating status must be kept in mind and the permitted amounts of RCRA waste must not be exceeded as a result of an influx of IDW from site investigations. 9.0 • • • • • • IDW CONTAINER MANAGEMENT OTIE will request a centralized location for IDW container storage prior to beginning of field work. IDW container labels will include both OTIE and Base RPM contact information. OTIE's IDW container inventory field tracking form (Attachment 1) includes quality control checks of at least two OTIE field personnel for every IDW container, when possible. For all IDW containers (used and empty) stationed on-site, locations will be marked on a field map and included in our daily report. OTIE personnel will regularly forward IDW container location information to Base RPM Photographs of each accumulated IDW container will be taken and included in all daily field activity reports. All OTIE IDW containers on-site will have completed labels affixed. Any empty IDW container stationed on-site will be labeled as empty. Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC SOP No. OTIE012A Revision No. 07 Date: June 27, 2013 Page 10 of 10 10.0 RESTRICTIONS/LIMITATIONS This Standard Operating Practice does not address those areas in which material contains radionuclide contamination. Should this be suspected, a health physicist must be involved to develop waste-handling procedures and on-site to monitor activities at all times. 11.0 REFERENCES Code of Federal Regulations, 40 CFR, Parts 261.20 through 261.33. Available from: http://www.gpo.gov/fdsys/granule/CFR-2012-title40-vol27/CFR-2012-title40-vol27sec261-20/content-detail.html U.S. Environmental Protection Agency(U.S. EPA). 1986. Memorandum, Discharge of Wastewater from CERCLA Sites into POTWs, OSWER Directive 9330.2-04, April 15. .1990. Guidance on Remedial Actions for Superfund Sites with PCB Contamination, Office of Emergency and Remedial Response, EPA/540/G-90/007, August 1990. . 1990. CERCLA Compliance with the CWA and SDWA, Fact Sheet 9234.2-06/FS, Office of Solid Waste and Emergency Response, February. . 1991. Management of Investigation-Derived Waste, Superfund Publication 9345.3-02FS, Office of Solid Waste and Emergency Response, February. . 1991. Management of Investigation-Derived Waste During Site Inspections, OSWER Directive 9345.3-02, Office of Solid Waste and Emergency Response, May. . 1989. Superfund LDR Guide 5, Determining When LDRs Are Applicable to CERCLA Response Actions, OSWER Directive 9347.3-05FS, 1989. Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises, LLC Attachment 1 IDW CONTAINER INVENTORY RECORD Project No. Site ID – Drum # Phase________ Task___________ Label 2 FTL Label 3 Tech 1 Date Generated Date Final Inspection Date: 4 Content * Volume Comments/Photo #/Location Stored Consolidated Location/Figure # 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Page * C=CONCRETE, G=GROUT, M=DRILLING MUD, PPE=EXPENDABLES/PPE, S=SOIL, T=TRASH, W=WATER O=OTHERS 1 Waste Collection Start Date 2 Field Team Lead Initials 3 Technician Initials 4Photograph Label on drum. Form to be scanned and included with daily report. of Final Site Inspection for Aqueous Film Forming Foam Areas Kirtland Air Force Base, New Mexico Appendix C Tables Contract No. W912BV-15-C-0082 September 2017 2/14/2017 0.0 - 1.0 3,300 9.03 FT013-SB04 2/14/2017 15.0 - 16.0 1,860 8.67 2/14/2017 24.0 - 25.0 N.D. 8.86 6.1 6.8 3.7 % Sand % Silt % Clay Units: mg/kg --% AFFF Area 1 Air Force FT-013 % Gravel Moisture pH Sample Sample Date Depth (ft) Location TOC Solids/Sludges Combustion Appendix C.1 Summary of Geotechinal Testing Results Site Inspection of AFFF Usage Kirtland Air Force Base, New Mexico % % % % N.D. 66.4 22.1 11.0 0.6 J 52.6 33.8 13.0 N.D. 70.4 24.3 5.0 AFFF Area 2 Department of Energy FT-014 2/13/2017 0.0 - 1.0 1,740 9.01 FT014-SB04 2/13/2017 15.0 - 16.0 2,110 8.67 2/13/2017 24.0 - 25.0 1,410 8.69 3.8 2.5 2.6 18.1 65.0 16.5 0.5 J 7.6 69.6 18.3 4.5 16.1 58.3 21.6 4.0 AFFF Area 3 AFFF Spray Test Area AFA-SB04 7/29/2016 0.0 - 1.0 4,100 8.71 11.2 N.D. 51.7 29.0 19.0 7/29/2016 15.0 - 16.0 1,850 8.80 8.2 9.9 58.2 25.4 6.5 7/29/2016 24.0 - 25.0 325 J 8.65 3.2 3.9 74.7 18.9 2.5 AFFF Area 4 South Taxiway Spill Area 2/14/2017 0.0 - 1.0 2,710 7.71 STSA-SB04 2/14/2017 15.0 - 16.0 1,190 8.55 2/14/2017 24.0 - 25.0 1,250 8.77 Notes: ft = feet mg/kg = milligrams per kilograms N.D. = not detected 6.0 4.4 9.9 0.7 J 73.3 18.1 8.0 9.5 66.8 13.7 10.0 N.D. 50.6 31.5 17.5 0.0 -1.0 15.0-16.0 15.0-16.0 24.0-25.0 0.0 -1.0 15.0-16.0 24.0-25.0 0.0 -1.0 15.0-16.0 24.0-25.0 N N FD N N N N N N N 3.9 U 1.4 0.78 J 0.38 U 0.27 J 0.38 U 0.36 U 0.40 U 0.40 U 0.36 U DXH435 DXH436 DXH437 DXH438 DXH439 DXH440 DXH441 DXH443 DXH442 DXH444 2/13/2017 2/13/2017 2/13/2017 2/13/2017 2/13/2017 2/13/2017 2/13/2017 2/13/2017 2/13/2017 2/13/2017 0.0 -1.0 15.0-16.0 24.0-25.0 0.0 -1.0 15.0-16.0 24.0-25.0 0.0 -1.0 0.0 -1.0 15.0-16.0 24.0-25.0 N N N N N N N FD N N 0.38 U 0.39 U 0.36 U 0.33 U 0.36 U 0.38 U 0.31 U 0.32 U 0.39 U 0.33 U DXR065 DXR066 DXR067 DXR068 DXR069 DXR070 DXR061 DXR062 DXR063 DXR064 2/15/2017 2/15/2017 2/15/2017 2/15/2017 2/15/2017 2/15/2017 2/15/2017 2/15/2017 2/15/2017 2/15/2017 0.0 -1.0 15.0-16.0 24.0-25.0 0.0 -1.0 15.0-16.0 24.0-25.0 0.0 -1.0 0.0 -1.0 15.0-16.0 24.0-25.0 N N N N N N N FD N N 0.34 U 0.37 U 0.39 U 0.36 U 0.34 U 0.32 U 0.29 J 0.30 J 0.34 U 0.37 U µg/kg Perfluorotetradecanoic Acid (PFTeDA) 2/14/2017 2/14/2017 2/14/2017 2/14/2017 2/14/2017 2/14/2017 2/14/2017 2/14/2017 2/14/2017 2/14/2017 µg/kg µg/kg µg/kg Perfluorotridecanoic Acid (PFTrDA) DXN398 DXN399 DXN400 DXN401 DXN402 DXN403 DXN404 DXN405 DXN406 DXN407 µg/kg Perfluorododecanoic Acid (PFDoA) Sample Date Perfluoroundecanoic Acid (PFUnA) Sample Sample µg/kg Depth (ft) Type Sample ID Perfluorodecane Sulfonate (PFDS) na Perfluorodecanoic Acid (PFDA) na Perfluorononanoic Acid (PFNA) 6:2 Fluorotelomer Sulfonate na na na na na na na na µg/kg µg/kg µg/kg µg/kg µg/kg µg/kg µg/kg µg/kg µg/kg 980 0.45 J 0.43 J 0.34 J 11 2.8 0.68 J 7.0 3.2 0.20 J 1.7 J 0.40 U 0.38 U 0.38 U 0.38 U 0.38 U 0.36 U 0.40 U 0.40 U 0.36 U 26 0.40 U 0.38 U 0.38 U 0.38 U 0.38 U 0.36 U 0.40 U 0.40 U 0.36 U 7.8 J 0.20 U 0.19 U 0.19 U 0.19 U 0.19 U 0.18 U 0.20 U 0.20 U 0.18 U 3.9 U 0.40 U 0.38 U 0.38 U 0.38 U 0.38 U 0.36 U 0.40 U 0.40 U 0.36 U 3.9 U 0.40 U 0.38 U 0.38 U 0.38 U 0.38 U 0.36 U 0.40 U 0.40 U 0.36 U 3.9 U 0.40 U 0.38 U 0.38 U 0.38 U 0.38 U 0.36 U 0.40 U 0.40 U 0.36 U 3.9 U 0.40 U 0.38 U 0.38 U 0.38 U 0.38 U 0.36 U 0.40 U 0.40 U 0.36 U 3.9 U 0.40 U 0.38 U 0.38 U 0.38 U 0.38 U 0.36 U 0.40 U 0.40 U 0.36 U 3.9 U 0.40 U 0.38 U 0.38 U 0.38 U 0.38 U 0.36 U 0.40 U 0.40 U 0.36 U 0.24 J 0.39 U 0.36 U 0.14 J 0.36 U 0.38 U 0.22 J 0.28 J 0.17 J 0.33 U 0.38 U 0.39 U 0.36 U 0.33 U 0.36 U 0.38 U 0.31 U 0.32 U 0.39 U 0.33 U 0.38 U 0.39 U 0.36 U 0.33 U 0.36 U 0.38 U 0.31 U 0.32 U 0.39 U 0.33 U 0.19 U 0.20 U 0.18 U 0.16 U 0.18 U 0.19 U 0.16 U 0.16 U 0.19 U 0.16 U 0.38 U 0.39 U 0.36 U 0.33 U 0.36 U 0.38 U 0.31 U 0.32 U 0.39 U 0.33 U 0.38 U 0.39 U 0.36 U 0.33 U 0.36 U 0.38 U 0.31 U 0.32 U 0.39 U 0.33 U 0.38 U 0.39 U 0.36 U 0.33 U 0.36 U 0.38 U 0.31 U 0.32 U 0.39 U 0.33 U 0.38 U 0.39 U 0.36 U 0.33 U 0.36 U 0.38 U 0.31 U 0.32 U 0.39 U 0.33 U 0.38 U 0.39 U 0.36 U 0.33 U 0.36 U 0.38 U 0.31 U 0.32 U 0.39 U 0.33 U 0.38 U 0.39 U 0.36 U 0.33 U 0.36 U 0.38 U 0.31 U 0.32 U 0.39 U 0.33 U 1.3 0.61 J 0.34 J 0.35 J 0.26 J 0.32 U 130.00 140.00 21 4.2 0.34 U 0.37 U 0.39 U 0.36 U 0.34 U 0.32 U 1.1 1.1 0.24 J 0.37 U 0.34 U 0.37 U 0.39 U 0.36 U 0.34 U 0.32 U 0.28 J 0.29 J 0.34 U 0.37 U 0.17 U 0.18 U 0.19 U 0.18 U 0.17 U 0.16 U 4.3 3.8 0.56 J 0.23 J 0.34 U 0.37 U 0.39 U 0.36 U 0.34 U 0.32 U 0.85 J 0.92 J 0.34 U 0.37 U 0.34 U 0.37 U 0.39 U 0.36 U 0.34 U 0.32 U 1.4 1.5 0.34 U 0.37 U 0.34 U 0.37 U 0.39 U 0.36 U 0.34 U 0.32 U 0.38 J 0.42 J 0.34 U 0.37 U 0.34 U 0.37 U 0.39 U 0.36 U 0.34 U 0.32 U 0.37 U 0.40 U 0.34 U 0.37 U 0.34 U 0.37 U 0.39 U 0.36 U 0.34 U 0.32 U 0.37 U 0.40 J 0.34 U 0.37 U 0.34 U 0.37 U 0.39 U 0.36 U 0.34 U 0.32 U 0.37 U 0.40 U 0.34 U 0.37 U 8:2 Fluorotelomer Sulfonate Perfluorohexane Sulfonate (PFHxS) na Perfluorooctane Sulfonamide (PFOSA) Perfluorohexanoic Acid (PFHxA) 1600000 Perfluorooctane Sulfonate (PFOS) Perfluoropentanoic Acid (PFPeA) na Perfluoro-n-Octanoic Acid (PFOA) Perfluorobutane Sulfonate (PFBS) EPA RSL: Perfluoroheptanoic Acid (PFHpA) Location Analyte Perfluorobutanoic acid (PFBA) Appendix C.2 Summary of Soil Analytical Testing Results Site Inspection of AFFF Usage Kirtland Air Force Base, New Mexico na 1260 1260 na na µg/kg µg/kg µg/kg AFFF Area 1 Air Forece FT013 FT013-SB01 FT013-SB02 FT013-SB03 FT014-SB01 FT014-SB02 FT014-SB03 AFA-SB01 AFA-SB02 AFA-SB03 3.9 U 3.9 U 3.9 U 11 170 3.9 U 9.3 J 1.7 J 1.9 2.8 J 0.40 U 0.27 J 0.40 U 0.20 U 1.2 J 1.5 1.6 J 0.38 U 0.38 U 0.38 U 0.19 U 0.38 U 0.21 J 0.38 U 0.38 U 0.38 U 0.38 U 0.19 U 0.38 U 0.39 J 0.57 J 6.1 0.38 U 0.54 J 2.1 2.9 0.38 U 0.38 U 0.34 J 0.25 J 0.34 J 1.2 0.36 U 0.36 U 0.36 U 0.36 U 0.36 U 0.36 U 0.18 U 0.40 U 0.40 U 0.40 U 0.95 J 0.40 U 0.40 U 0.41 J 0.40 U 0.32 J 0.99 J 1.9 0.40 U 0.40 U 0.69 J 0.36 U 0.36 U 0.36 U 0.36 U 0.36 U 0.36 U 0.18 U AFFF Area 2 Air Forece FT014 0.38 U 0.38 U 0.38 U 0.38 U 0.38 U 0.38 U 0.19 U 0.39 U 0.39 U 0.39 U 0.39 U 0.39 U 0.39 U 0.20 U 0.36 U 0.36 U 0.36 U 0.36 U 0.36 U 0.36 U 0.18 U 0.33 U 0.33 U 0.33 U 0.33 U 0.33 U 0.33 U 0.16 U 0.36 U 0.36 U 0.36 U 0.36 U 0.36 U 0.36 U 0.18 U 0.38 U 0.38 U 0.38 U 0.38 U 0.38 U 0.38 U 0.19 U 0.31 U 0.31 U 0.31 U 0.31 U 0.31 U 0.31 U 0.16 U 0.32 U 0.32 U 0.32 U 0.32 U 0.32 U 0.32 U 0.16 U 0.39 U 0.39 U 0.39 U 0.39 U 0.39 U 0.39 U 0.19 U 0.33 U 0.33 U 0.33 U 0.33 U 0.33 U 0.33 U 0.16 U AFFF Area 3 AFFF Spray Area 0.34 U 0.30 J 0.38 J 2.3 0.27 J 0.58 J 0.58 J 0.37 U 0.37 U 0.37 U 0.37 U 0.37 U 0.37 U 0.18 U 0.39 U 0.39 U 0.39 U 0.39 U 0.39 U 0.39 U 0.19 U 0.36 U 0.59 J 0.75 J 0.48 J 0.36 U 0.33 J 0.32 J 0.34 U 0.34 U 0.34 U 0.34 U 0.26 J 0.34 U 0.17 U 0.32 U 0.32 U 0.32 U 0.32 U 0.32 U 0.32 U 0.16 U 0.37 U 0.61 J 0.71 J 2.3 0.33 J 0.49 J 1.1 0.40 U 0.67 J 0.77 J 2.4 0.36 J 0.54 J 1.1 0.34 U 0.26 J 0.28 J 4.2 0.36 J 0.32 J 0.86 0.37 U 0.37 U 0.32 J 5.7 0.84 J 0.45 J 1.6 Location STSA-SB01 STSA-SB02 STSA-SB03 Sample ID Sample Date DXN426 DXN427 DXN428 DXN429 DXN430 DXN431 DXN432 DXR080 DXR081 DXR082 2/14/2017 2/14/2017 2/14/2017 2/14/2017 2/14/2017 2/14/2017 2/14/2017 2/15/2017 2/15/2017 2/15/2017 Notes: EPA = Environmental Protection Agency FD = Field Duplicate Sample ft = feet ID = Identification J = Estimated detect at concentration shown N = Normal Field Sample na = not applicable RSL = Regional Screening Level U = non-dectect at reporting limit shown µg/kg = micrograms per kilograms na Perfluorotetradecanoic Acid (PFTeDA) na Perfluorotridecanoic Acid (PFTrDA) 1260 Perfluorododecanoic Acid (PFDoA) 1260 Perfluoroundecanoic Acid (PFUnA) na Perfluorodecane Sulfonate (PFDS) na Perfluorodecanoic Acid (PFDA) na Perfluorononanoic Acid (PFNA) 6:2 Fluorotelomer Sulfonate na 8:2 Fluorotelomer Sulfonate Perfluorohexane Sulfonate (PFHxS) na Perfluorooctane Sulfonamide (PFOSA) Perfluorohexanoic Acid (PFHxA) 1600000 Perfluorooctane Sulfonate (PFOS) Perfluoropentanoic Acid (PFPeA) na Perfluoro-n-Octanoic Acid (PFOA) Perfluorobutane Sulfonate (PFBS) EPA RSL: Perfluoroheptanoic Acid (PFHpA) Analyte Perfluorobutanoic acid (PFBA) Appendix C.2 Summary of Soil Analytical Testing Results Site Inspection of AFFF Usage Kirtland Air Force Base, New Mexico na na na na na na na Sample Sample µg/kg Depth (ft) Type µg/kg µg/kg µg/kg µg/kg µg/kg µg/kg µg/kg µg/kg µg/kg µg/kg µg/kg µg/kg µg/kg µg/kg µg/kg µg/kg 0.0 -1.0 15.0-16.0 24.0-25.0 0.0 -1.0 0.0 -1.0 15.0-16.0 24.0-25.0 0.0 -1.0 15.0-16.0 24.0-25.0 0.36 U 0.40 U 0.38 U 0.34 U 0.44 U 0.38 U 0.40 U 0.34 U 0.33 U 0.34 U AFFF Area 4 South Taxiway Spill Area 0.30 J 1.1 6.2 0.36 U 0.44 J 2.5 0.40 U 0.40 U 0.40 U 0.40 U 0.40 U 0.20 U 0.38 U 0.38 U 0.38 U 0.38 UJ 0.38 U 0.19 U 0.34 U 0.34 U 0.31 J 0.34 U 0.34 U 0.17 U 0.44 U 0.44 U 0.27 J 0.44 U 0.44 U 0.22 U 0.38 U 0.38 U 0.38 U 0.38 U 0.38 U 0.19 U 0.40 U 0.40 U 0.26 J 0.40 U 0.40 U 0.20 U 0.34 U 0.34 U 0.24 J 0.34 U 0.34 U 0.19 J 0.33 U 0.33 U 0.33 U 0.33 U 0.33 U 0.16 U 0.34 U 0.34 U 0.34 U 0.34 U 0.34 U 0.17 U 2.0 0.37 J 0.38 U 3.0 J 1.3 J 0.38 U 0.40 U 1.1 0.20 J 0.34 U 0.36 U 0.40 U 0.38 U 0.34 U 0.44 U 0.38 U 0.40 U 0.34 U 0.33 U 0.34 U 0.36 U 0.40 U 0.38 U 0.34 U 0.44 U 0.38 U 0.40 U 0.34 U 0.33 U 0.34 U 0.36 U 0.40 U 0.38 U 0.34 U 0.44 U 0.38 U 0.40 U 0.34 U 0.33 U 0.34 U 0.36 U 0.40 U 0.38 U 0.34 U 0.44 U 0.38 U 0.40 U 0.34 U 0.33 U 0.34 U N N N N FD N N N N N 0.36 U 0.40 U 0.38 U 0.34 U 0.44 U 0.38 U 0.40 U 0.34 U 0.33 U 0.34 U µg/kg 0.36 U 0.40 U 0.38 U 0.34 U 0.44 U 0.38 U 0.40 U 0.34 U 0.33 U 0.34 U 0.18 U 0.20 U 0.19 U 0.17 U 0.22 U 0.19 U 0.20 U 0.17 U 0.16 U 0.17 U 0.36 U 0.40 U 0.38 U 0.34 U 0.44 U 0.38 U 0.40 U 0.34 U 0.33 U 0.34 U 0.36 U 0.40 U 0.38 U 0.34 U 0.44 U 0.38 U 0.40 U 0.34 U 0.33 U 0.34 U 0.36 U 0.40 U 0.38 U 0.34 U 0.44 U 0.38 U 0.40 U 0.34 U 0.33 U 0.34 U Perfluorononanoic Acid (PFNA) Perfluorodecanoic Acid (PFDA) Perfluorodecane Sulfonate (PFDS) Perfluoroundecanoic Acid (PFUnA) Perfluorododecanoic Acid (PFDoA) Perfluorotridecanoic Acid (PFTrDA) Perfluorotetradecanoic Acid (PFTeDA) na na 0.07 0.07 na na na na na na na na na µg/L µg/L µg/L µg/L µg/L µg/L µg/L µg/L µg/L µg/L µg/L µg/L µg/L µg/L µg/L µg/L µg/L µg/L 0.010 U 0.014 U 0.014 U 0.0070 U 0.010 U 0.010 U 0.010 U 0.014 U 0.010 U 0.014 U 0.010 U 0.014 U 0.014 U 0.010 U 0.014 U 0.010 U 0.010 U 0.014 UJ 0.010 U 0.014 U Perfluoroheptanoic Acid (PFHpA) 8:2 Fluorotelomer Sulfonate na Perfluorooctane Sulfonamide (PFOSA) na Perfluorooctane Sulfonate (PFOS) na Perfluoro-n-Octanoic Acid (PFOA) 380 6:2 Fluorotelomer Sulfonate na Perfluorobutane Sulfonate (PFBS) Perfluorohexane Sulfonate (PFHxS) Sample ID EPA HA: Sample Sample Depth (ft) Type Perfluorohexanoic Acid (PFHxA) Location Sample Date Perfluorobutanoic Acid (PFBA) Analyte Perfluoropentanoic Acid (PFPeA) Appendix C.3 Summary of Groundwater Analytical Testing Results Site Inspection of AFFF Usage Kirtland Air Force Base, New Mexico AFFF Area 1 Air Forece FT013 FT013 KAFB0417 2/17/2017 447.94 N 0.014 U 0.0070 U 0.010 U 0.010 U 0.010 U 0.014 U 0.010 U 0.014 U 0.0044 J 0.014 U 0.014 U 0.010 U 0.014 U 0.010 U 0.010 U 0.014 U AFFF Area 2 Air Forece FT014 FT014 KAFB0622 2/13/2017 538.25 N AFFF Area 3 AFFF Spray Area AFA KAFB_7001 2/15/2017 KAFB_7001FD 2/15/2017 448.55 448.55 N FD STSA KAFB-106027 2/15/2017 478.00 N Notes: EPA = Environmental Protection Agency FD = Field Duplicate Sample ft = feet HA = Health Advisory ID = Identification J = Estimated detect at concentration shown N = Normal Field Sample na = not applicable U = non-dectect at reporting limit shown µg/kg = micrograms per kilograms 0.014 U 0.0085 J 0.012 J 0.0060 J 0.010 U 0.014 U 0.010 U 0.014 U 0.014 U 0.014 U 0.014 U 0.010 U 0.014 U 0.010 U 0.010 U 0.014 U 0.010 U 0.014 U 0.014 U 0.0078 J 0.011 J 0.0048 J 0.010 U 0.014 U 0.010 U 0.014 U 0.014 U 0.014 U 0.014 U 0.010 U 0.014 U 0.010 U 0.010 U 0.014 U 0.010 UJ 0.014 UJ AFFF Area 4 South Taxiway Spill Area 0.014 U 0.0070 U 0.0048 J 0.010 U 0.0042 J 0.014 U 0.010 U 0.014 U 0.010 U 0.014 U 0.014 U 0.010 U 0.014 U 0.010 U 0.010 U 0.014 U 0.010 U 0.014 U Final Site Inspection for Aqueous Film Forming Foam Areas Kirtland Air Force Base, New Mexico Appendix D Data Validation Report Contract No. W912BV-15-C-0082 September 2017 Appendix D Data Validation Report Site Inspection Report for AFCEC Kirtland Air Force Base, New Mexico TABLE OF CONTENTS 1.0 2.0 INTRODUCTION ........................................................................................................... 3 DATA REVIEW / VALIDATION RESULTS ......................................................................... 4 2.1 Data Package 1 – B730538 ............................................................................................................ 4 2.1.1 Preservation and Holding Times ........................................................................................... 4 2.1.2 Calibrations ........................................................................................................................... 4 2.1.3 Field QC Blanks ...................................................................................................................... 4 2.1.4 Isotope Surrogate Recoveries and Internal Standards ......................................................... 4 2.1.5 Laboratory QC Blank Sample ................................................................................................ 4 2.1.6 Laboratory Control Samples ................................................................................................. 4 2.1.7 Matrix Spikes/Matrix Spike Duplicates ................................................................................. 4 2.1.8 Field Duplicates ..................................................................................................................... 4 2.1.9 Other ..................................................................................................................................... 4 2.2 Data Package 2 – B731881 ............................................................................................................ 4 2.2.1 Preservation and Holding Times ........................................................................................... 5 2.2.2 Calibrations ........................................................................................................................... 5 2.2.3 Field QC Blanks ...................................................................................................................... 5 2.2.4 Isotope Surrogate Recoveries and Internal Standards ......................................................... 5 2.2.5 Laboratory QC Blanks ............................................................................................................ 5 2.2.6 Laboratory Control Samples ................................................................................................. 5 2.2.7 Matrix Spikes/Matrix Spike Duplicates ................................................................................. 5 2.2.8 Field Duplicates ..................................................................................................................... 5 2.2.9 Other ..................................................................................................................................... 5 2.3 Data Package 3 – B731889 ............................................................................................................ 5 2.3.1 Preservation and Holding Times ........................................................................................... 6 2.3.2 Calibrations ........................................................................................................................... 6 2.3.3 Field QC Blanks ...................................................................................................................... 6 2.3.4 Isotope Surrogate Recoveries and Internal Standards ......................................................... 6 2.3.5 Laboratory QC Sample .......................................................................................................... 6 2.3.6 Laboratory Control Samples ................................................................................................. 6 2.3.7 Matrix Spikes/Matrix Spike Duplicates ................................................................................. 6 2.3.8 Field Duplicates ..................................................................................................................... 6 2.3.9 Other ..................................................................................................................................... 6 2.4 Data Package 4 – B732757 ............................................................................................................ 7 2.4.1 Preservation and Holding Times ........................................................................................... 7 2.4.2 Calibrations ........................................................................................................................... 7 2.4.3 Field QC Blanks ...................................................................................................................... 7 2.4.4 Isotope Surrogate Recoveries and Internal Standards ......................................................... 7 2.4.5 Laboratory QC Blank ............................................................................................................. 7 2.4.6 Laboratory Control Samples ................................................................................................. 7 2.4.7 Matrix Spikes/Matrix Spike Duplicates ................................................................................. 7 2.4.8 Field Duplicates ..................................................................................................................... 7 2.4.9 Other ..................................................................................................................................... 7 Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises D-1 Appendix D Data Validation Report Site Inspection Report for AFCEC Kirtland Air Force Base, New Mexico 2.5 Data Package 5 – B733153 ............................................................................................................ 8 2.5.1 Preservation and Holding Times ........................................................................................... 8 2.5.2 Calibrations ........................................................................................................................... 8 2.5.3 Field QC Blanks ...................................................................................................................... 8 2.5.4 Isotope Surrogate and Internal Standard Recoveries ........................................................... 8 2.5.5 Laboratory QC Blank ............................................................................................................. 8 2.5.6 Laboratory Control Samples ................................................................................................. 8 2.5.7 Matrix Spikes/Matrix Spike Duplicates ................................................................................. 8 2.5.8 Field Duplicates ..................................................................................................................... 8 2.5.9 Other ..................................................................................................................................... 8 2.6 Data Package 6 – B734065 ............................................................................................................ 8 2.6.1 Preservation and Holding Times ........................................................................................... 8 2.6.2 Calibrations ........................................................................................................................... 9 2.6.3 Field QC Blanks ...................................................................................................................... 9 2.6.4 Isotope Surrogate Recoveries and Internal Standards ......................................................... 9 2.6.5 Laboratory QC Blank ............................................................................................................. 9 2.6.6 Laboratory Control Samples ................................................................................................. 9 2.6.7 Matrix Spikes/Matrix Spike Duplicates ................................................................................. 9 2.6.8 Field Duplicates ..................................................................................................................... 9 2.6.9 Other ..................................................................................................................................... 9 2.7 Data Package 7 – B734076 ............................................................................................................ 9 2.7.1 Preservation and Holding Times ........................................................................................... 9 2.7.2 Calibrations ........................................................................................................................... 9 2.7.3 Field QC Blanks ...................................................................................................................... 9 2.7.4 Isotope Surrogate and Internal Standard Recoveries ........................................................... 9 2.7.5 Laboratory QC Blank ........................................................................................................... 10 2.7.6 Laboratory Control Samples ............................................................................................... 10 2.7.7 Matrix Spikes/Matrix Spike Duplicates ............................................................................... 10 2.7.8 Field Duplicates ................................................................................................................... 10 2.7.9 Other ................................................................................................................................... 10 2.8 Field Procedures.......................................................................................................................... 10 3.0 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 SUMMARY ................................................................................................................ 11 Precision ...................................................................................................................................... 11 Accuracy ...................................................................................................................................... 11 Representativeness ..................................................................................................................... 11 Completeness.............................................................................................................................. 11 Conclusion ................................................................................................................................... 13 TABLES (IN TEXT) Table 1 Cross-Referenced Field Sample Identifications and Laboratory Identifications ......................... 11 Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises D-2 Appendix D Data Validation Report Site Inspection Report for AFCEC Kirtland Air Force Base, New Mexico 1.0 INTRODUCTION The Data Validation Report presents findings for validation of environmental samples associated with this project that were analyzed for PFASs by United States Environmental Protection Agency (U.S. EPA) Method 537 Modified. Maxxam Laboratories analyzed all samples and has current accreditations from Department of Defense Environmental Laboratory Accreditation Program (DOD ELAP). Data were validated by Oneida Total Integrated Enterprise’s (OTIE’s) Senior Chemist. Analytical data were validated in accordance with the following documents: • Final Uniform Federal Policy for Quality Assurance Project Plan (QAPP) Addendum, Site Inspections of Aqueous Film Forming Foam Usage at Kirtland AFB, Kirtland AFB, New Mexico(OTIE, 2017a); • U.S. EPA National Functional Guidelines for Superfund Organic Methods Data Review dated August 2014 (U.S. EPA 2014a); and • U.S. EPA SW846, Third Edition, Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste, update 1, July 1992; update IIA, August 1993; update II, September 1994; update IIB, January 1995; update III, December 1996; update IIIA, April 1998; IIIB, November 2014; update IV, February 2007; update V, July 2014 (U.S. EPA 2014c). Analytical results from 7 Maxxam Laboratory sample delivery groups (SDGs) were validated; samples consisted of a total of 36 soil and 4 groundwater normal samples, 5 duplicate samples, 3 matrix spike/ matrix spike (MS/MSD) pairs and field QC samples. Samples were collected in accordance with the QAPP (OTIE 2017a) and analyzed for PFASs by U.S. EPA Method 537 modified. Maxxam Laboratory SDGs underwent a Level II data validation review, while 10% underwent a Level IV data validation review. Level II and level IV quality control (QC) forms are summarized in the Laboratory Review Checklists (LRC). These LRCs are included as an attachment to this Data Validation Report. The following are definitions of the data qualifiers used during data validation: Qualifier Definition U Not detected. Analysis for the analyte was performed but the analyte was not detected above the limit of detection (LOD). J Estimated. The analyte was detected between the detection limit (DL) and limit of quantitation (LOQ). The numerical value is the approximate concentration of the analyte in the sample. Analytical result is has some Quality Control Issue. UJ Not detected. The analyte was not detected above the reported LOD. The numerical value of the LOD is estimated and may be inaccurate. R Rejected. The data are unusable. Bias Codes H Bias in the sample result is believed to be high. L Bias in the sample result is believed to be low. NOTE: No data were rejected, biased high, or biased low. A cross reference table correlating field sample identifications (IDs) and laboratory IDs is provided in Table 1 (end of document). Analytical results summary tables are included in Appendix A. Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises D-3 Appendix D Data Validation Report Site Inspection Report for AFCEC Kirtland Air Force Base, New Mexico 2.0 DATA REVIEW / VALIDATION RESULTS 2.1 DATA PACKAGE 1 – B730538 Nine soil normal samples and one field duplicate sample were analyzed for PFASs by U.S. EPA Method 537 Modified. 2.1.1 Preservation and Holding Times Samples were collected, shipped, and received by lab in accordance with their respective method requirements. Analytical technical holding times were met. 2.1.2 Calibrations According to the LRC, initial calibration and continuing calibration data met the method requirements for all analyses. 2.1.3 Field QC Blanks No field blank samples were collected and analyzed to assess potential cross-contamination introduced during sample collection or sample shipment. All method blanks were below method specific quantitation limits. 2.1.4 Isotope Surrogate Recoveries and Internal Standards Laboratory isotope surrogate and internal standards recoveries were within acceptance criteria. 2.1.5 Laboratory QC Blank Sample Laboratory blank samples were analyzed as required by the method. PFAS was not detected above the LOD in the laboratory blank sample. 2.1.6 Laboratory Control Samples Laboratory control samples (LCS) recoveries were analyzed as required by the method. Percent recoveries (%R) and relative percent differences (RPD) were within their respective QC limits. 2.1.7 Matrix Spikes/Matrix Spike Duplicates No project specific Matrix Spike/Matrix Spike Duplicates (MS/MSD) samples were collected during the sampling event. 2.1.8 Field Duplicates Field duplicates were collected and analyzed as an indication of overall precision. Evaluation of the precision was accomplished by calculating the RPD of detected compounds in the parent and duplicate sample. For this SDG, one field duplicate pair was collected and the RPD calculated was below the established control limit of 30%. 2.1.9 Other None. 2.2 DATA PACKAGE 2 – B731881 Nine normal, one duplicate and one pair of MS/MSD samples were analyzed for PFASs by U.S. EPA Method 537 Modified. Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises D-4 Appendix D Data Validation Report Site Inspection Report for AFCEC Kirtland Air Force Base, New Mexico 2.2.1 Preservation and Holding Times Samples were collected, shipped, and received by lab in accordance with their respective method requirements. Analytical technical holding times were met. 2.2.2 Calibrations According to the LRC, initial calibration and continuing calibration data met the method requirements for all analyses. 2.2.3 Field QC Blanks No field blank samples were collected. All method blanks were below method specific quantitation limits. 2.2.4 Isotope Surrogate Recoveries and Internal Standards Laboratory isotope surrogate and internal standards recoveries were within acceptance criteria. 2.2.5 Laboratory QC Blanks Laboratory blank samples were analyzed as required by the method. PFAS was not detected above the LOD in the laboratory blank sample. 2.2.6 Laboratory Control Samples LCS recoveries were analyzed as required by the method. All %R and RPD were within their respective QC limits. 2.2.7 Matrix Spikes/Matrix Spike Duplicates One project specific MS/MSD sample was collected as part of this SDG. The MS/MSD %R and RPDs were within their respective QC limits. 2.2.8 Field Duplicates Field duplicates were collected and analyzed as an indication of overall precision. Evaluation of the precision was accomplished by calculating the RPD of detected compounds in the parent and duplicate sample. For this SDG, one field duplicate pair was collected and the RPD calculated for each was below the established control limit of 30% with the following exception: • 2.2.9 The RPD between sample FT013-SB01-15-16 and FT013-SB01-15-16FD was >30% for the following analytes: PFBS and PFHxA. As a result, the PFBS and PFHxA detections in the above samples were qualified as estimated and denoted with data qualifier “J.” Other Sample FT013-SB01-0-1 (DXN398) had high concentrations of target analytes. This sample was diluted 10x for all analytes except for PFOS which required a 100x dilution. The lab adjusted the detection limits accordingly. 2.3 DATA PACKAGE 3 – B731889 Six normal samples, one field duplicate and one MS/MSD pair samples were analyzed for PFASs by U.S. EPA Method 537 Modified. Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises D-5 Appendix D Data Validation Report Site Inspection Report for AFCEC Kirtland Air Force Base, New Mexico 2.3.1 Preservation and Holding Times Samples were collected, shipped, and received by lab in accordance with their respective method requirements. Analytical technical holding times were met. 2.3.2 Calibrations According to the LRC, initial calibration and continuing calibration data met the method requirements for all analyses. 2.3.3 Field QC Blanks No field blank samples were collected. All method blanks were below method specific quantitation limits. 2.3.4 Isotope Surrogate Recoveries and Internal Standards Laboratory isotope surrogate and internal standards recoveries were within acceptance criteria with the following exceptions: Isotopically labeled 13C2-6:2 Fluorotelomersulfonate (M2-6:2FTS) is used as an internal standard to quantify native 6:2 Fluorotelomersulfonate (6:2FTS). The instrument response observed for this labeled compound was below the defined lower control limit (LCL) for the following sample: • DXN428 STSA-SB01-24-25 • The analyte was flagged this analyte UJ. 2.3.5 Laboratory QC Sample Laboratory blank samples were analyzed as required by the method. PFAS was not detected above the LOD in the laboratory blank sample. 2.3.6 Laboratory Control Samples LCS recoveries were analyzed as required by the method. All %R and RPD were within their respective QC limits. 2.3.7 Matrix Spikes/Matrix Spike Duplicates One project specific MS/MSD sample was collected as part of this SDG. The MS/MSD %R and RPDs were within their respective QC limits. 2.3.8 Field Duplicates Field duplicates were collected and analyzed as an indication of overall precision. Evaluation of the precision was accomplished by calculating the RPD of detected compounds in the parent and duplicate sample. For this SDG, one field duplicate pair was collected and the RPD calculated was below the established control limit of 30% with the following exception: The RPD between sample STSA-SB02-0-1 and STSA-SB02-0-1FD was the limit for PFOS. As a result, the PFOS detections in the above samples were qualified as estimated and denoted with data qualifier “J.” 2.3.9 Other None. Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises D-6 Appendix D Data Validation Report Site Inspection Report for AFCEC Kirtland Air Force Base, New Mexico 2.4 DATA PACKAGE 4 – B732757 Nine normal samples, one field duplicate and one MS/MSD pair samples were analyzed for PFASs by U.S. EPA Method 537 Modified. 2.4.1 Preservation and Holding Times Samples were collected, shipped, and received by lab in accordance with their respective method requirements. Analytical technical holding times were met. 2.4.2 Calibrations According to the LRC, initial calibration and continuing calibration data met the method requirements for all analyses. 2.4.3 Field QC Blanks Field QC blank samples were not collected. 2.4.4 Isotope Surrogate Recoveries and Internal Standards Laboratory isotope surrogate and internal standards recoveries were within acceptance criteria. 2.4.5 Laboratory QC Blank Laboratory blank samples were analyzed as required by the method. PFAS was not detected above the LOD in the laboratory blank sample. 2.4.6 Laboratory Control Samples LCS recoveries were analyzed as required by the method. All %R and RPD were within their respective QC limits. 2.4.7 Matrix Spikes/Matrix Spike Duplicates One project specific MS/MSD sample was collected as part of this SDG. The MS/MSD %R and RPDs were within their respective QC limits with the following exception: • 2.4.8 Sample AFA-SB03-0-1FD, both the MS and MSD recoveries for Perfluorotridecanoic Acid were within limits. However, the RPD between the MS and MSD was >30 for Perfluorotridecanoic Acid. As a result, the Perfluorotridecanoic Acid detections in the above samples were qualified as estimated and denoted with data qualifier “J.” Field Duplicates One field duplicate pair was collected and the RPD calculated for each was below the established control limit of 30%. 2.4.9 Other Soil samples were initially analyzed on QC batch 4872302 (2017/03/09). The concentrations of PFOS exceeded the upper calibration range for the following samples: • DXR061 AFA-SB03-0-1 • DXR062 AFA-SB03-0-1FD Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises D-7 Appendix D Data Validation Report Site Inspection Report for AFCEC Kirtland Air Force Base, New Mexico These samples were re-analyzed with 10x dilutions for these analytes. Detection limits were adjusted accordingly. Detection limits were adjusted accordingly. Data quality was not impacted no flags were applied. 2.5 DATA PACKAGE 5 – B733153 Three normal samples were analyzed for PFASs by U.S. EPA Method 537 Modified. 2.5.1 Preservation and Holding Times Samples were collected, shipped, and received by lab in accordance with their respective method requirements. Analytical technical holding times were met. 2.5.2 Calibrations According to the LRC, initial calibration and continuing calibration data met the method requirements for all analyses. 2.5.3 Field QC Blanks No field blank samples were collected. All method blanks were below method specific quantitation limits. 2.5.4 Isotope Surrogate and Internal Standard Recoveries Laboratory isotope surrogate and internal standards recoveries were within acceptance criteria. 2.5.5 Laboratory QC Blank Laboratory blank samples were analyzed as required by the method. PFAS was not detected above the LOD in the laboratory blank sample. 2.5.6 Laboratory Control Samples LCS recoveries were analyzed as required by the method. All %R and RPD were within their respective QC limits 2.5.7 Matrix Spikes/Matrix Spike Duplicates No project specific MS/MSD samples were collected for this SDG. 2.5.8 Field Duplicates No field duplicate pairs were collected for this SDG. 2.5.9 Other None. 2.6 DATA PACKAGE 6 – B734065 One field blank and three equipment blank sample were analyzed for PFASs by U.S. EPA Method 537 Modified. 2.6.1 Preservation and Holding Times Samples were collected, shipped, and received by lab in accordance with their respective method requirements. Analytical technical holding times were met. Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises D-8 Appendix D Data Validation Report Site Inspection Report for AFCEC Kirtland Air Force Base, New Mexico 2.6.2 Calibrations According to the LRC, initial calibration and continuing calibration data met the method requirements for all analyses. 2.6.3 Field QC Blanks No analyst were detected above the LOD in the field QC sample. 2.6.4 Isotope Surrogate Recoveries and Internal Standards Laboratory isotope surrogate and internal standards recoveries were within acceptance criteria. 2.6.5 Laboratory QC Blank Laboratory blank samples were analyzed as required by the method. PFAS was not detected above the LOD in the laboratory blank sample.. 2.6.6 Laboratory Control Samples LCS recoveries were analyzed as required by the method. All %R and RPD were within their respective QC limits. 2.6.7 Matrix Spikes/Matrix Spike Duplicates No project specific MS/MSD samples were collected for this SDG. 2.6.8 Field Duplicates No field duplicate pairs were collected for this SDG. 2.6.9 Other None. 2.7 DATA PACKAGE 7 – B734076 Four normal samples, one field duplicate sample and one MS/MSD sample were analyzed for PFASs by U.S. EPA Method 537 Modified. 2.7.1 Preservation and Holding Times Samples were collected, shipped, and received by lab in accordance with their respective method requirements. All technical holding times were met. 2.7.2 Calibrations According to the LRC, initial calibration and continuing calibration data met the method requirements for all analyses. 2.7.3 Field QC Blanks PFAS was not detected above the LOD in the field QC sample. 2.7.4 Isotope Surrogate and Internal Standard Recoveries Laboratory isotope surrogate and internal standards recoveries were within acceptance criteria with the following exception: • DXW949 KAFB 0622 (MPFDoA) Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises D-9 Appendix D Data Validation Report Site Inspection Report for AFCEC Kirtland Air Force Base, New Mexico • DXW951 KAFB-7001FD (MPFTeDA) Isotopically labeled 13C2-Perfluorododecanoic acid (MPFDoA) and 13C2-Perfluorotetradecanoic acid (MPFTeDA) are used as internal standards to quantify native Perfluorododecanoic acid (PFDoA) and Perfluorotridecanoic acid (PFTrDA) & Perfluorotetradecanoic acid (PFTeDA) respectively. The instrument responses observed for selected labeled compounds were below the defined lower control limit (LCL). As a result, the analyte detections in the above samples were qualified as estimated and denoted with data qualifier “UJ.” 2.7.5 Laboratory QC Blank Laboratory blank samples were analyzed as required by the method. PFAS was not detected above the LOD in the laboratory blank sample. 2.7.6 Laboratory Control Samples LCS recoveries were analyzed as required by the method. All %R and RPD were within their respective QC limits. 2.7.7 Matrix Spikes/Matrix Spike Duplicates Samples were within method acceptance criteria. 2.7.8 Field Duplicates One field duplicate pair was collected and the RPD calculated for each was below the established control limit of 30%. 2.7.9 Other None. 2.8 FIELD PROCEDURES Soil and groundwater samples were collected in accordance with the approved QAPP (OTIE 2016a). Field documentation, including COCs, were reviewed and deemed acceptable. Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises D-10 Appendix D Data Validation Report Site Inspection Report for AFCEC Kirtland Air Force Base, New Mexico 3.0 SUMMARY Analytical data are usable for the purpose of determining current project Chemicals of Concern (COC) concentrations in groundwater at the affected property. In general, the soil and groundwater results reviewed for these 7 SDGs met acceptance criteria and are usable. Laboratory QC performance was generally within criteria. Continuing calibration standards and LCS were within acceptance criteria. 3.1 PRECISION Analytical requirements precision can be found in Tables 12 and 28 in the project specific QAPP (OTIE 2017a). With the few exceptions listed above the acceptance criteria of 30%RPD was met. Five sets of field duplicates were collected during the sampling event. Analytical results for PFOS were outside the acceptance criteria on 1 set of duplicates. In addition one set of duplicates were outside the acceptance range for PFBS and PFHxA. All laboratories LCD were within acceptance criteria. Results outside of the 30% RPD were flagged ‘J’. 3.2 ACCURACY The accuracy/bias goals were met by comparing percent recoveries of LCS, LCSD, MS, MSD, and surrogate compounds to accuracy goals identified in Worksheet # 28 of the QAPP (OTIE 2017a). The acceptance criteria were met with the few exceptions noted in the individual SDGs. The data were qualified based accordingly. 3.3 REPRESENTATIVENESS The reviewing chemist determined that the data adequately represented the intended goals of the project. All samples were collected in accordance with the standard operating practices (SOPs) outlined in the QAPP (OTIE 2017a). 3.4 COMPLETENESS Under this program 100% completeness was obtained. Table 1 Cross-Referenced Field Sample Identifications and Laboratory Identifications Field Identification Laboratory Identification Report B730538 FT014-SB01-0-1 DXH435 FT014-SB01-15-16 DXH436 FT014-SB01-24-25 DXH437 FT014-SB02-0-1 DXH438 FT014-SB02-15-16 DXH439 FT014-SB02-24-25 DXH440 FT014-SB03-0-1 DXH441 FT014-SB03-0-1FD DXH442 FT014-SB03-15-16 DXH443 FT014-SB03-24-25 DXH444 Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises D-11 Appendix D Data Validation Report Site Inspection Report for AFCEC Kirtland Air Force Base, New Mexico Table 1 Cross-Referenced Field Sample Identifications and Laboratory Identifications Field Identification Laboratory Identification Report B731881 FT013-SB01-0-1 DXN398 FT013-SB01-15-16 DXN399 FT013-SB01-15-16FD DXN400 FT013-SB01-24-25 DXN401 FT013-SB02-0-1 DXN402 FT013-SB02-0-1MS DXN402 FT013-SB02-15-16 DXN403 FT013-SB02-24-25 DXN404 FT013-SB03-0-1 DXN405 FT013-SB03-15-16 DXN406 FT013-SB03-24-25 DXN407 Report B731889 STSA-SB01-0-1 DXN426 STSA-SB01-15-16 DXN427 STSA-SB01-15-16MS DXN427 STSA-SB01-15-16SD DXN427 STSA-SB01-24-25 DXN428 STSA-SB02-0-1 DXN429 STSA-SB02-0-1FD DXN430 STSA-SB02-15-16 DXN431 STSA-SB02-24-25 DXN432 Report B732757 AFA-SB01-0-1 DXR065 AFA-SB01-15-16 DXR066 AFA-SB01-24-25 DXR067 AFA-SB02-0-1 DXR068 AFA-SB02-15-16 DXR069 AFA-SB02-24-25 DXR061 AFA-SB03-0-1 DXR061 AFA-SB03-0-1FD DXR062 AFA-SB03-15-16 DXR063 AFA-SB03-24-25 DXR064 Report B733153 STSA-SB03-0-1 DXR080 STSA-SB03-15-16 DXR081 STSA-SB03-24-25 DXR082 Report B6734065 FB1150217 DXW905 EB115022017 DXW906 Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises D-12 Appendix D Data Validation Report Site Inspection Report for AFCEC Kirtland Air Force Base, New Mexico Table 1 Cross-Referenced Field Sample Identifications and Laboratory Identifications Field Identification Laboratory Identification EB215022017 DXW907 EB315022017 DXW908 Report B734076 3.5 KAFB-0622 DXW949 KAFB-0622MS DXW949 KAFB-0622MSD DXW949 KAFB-7001 DXW950 KAFB-7001FD DXW951 KAFB-106027 DXW952 KAFB-0417 DXW953 CONCLUSION The reviewed soil, sediment, and groundwater results met the acceptance criteria and are deemed usable. Validated data were used to evaluate PFAS at the AFFF SI Areas. Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises D-13 Final Site Inspection for Aqueous Film Forming Foam Areas Kirtland Air Force Base, New Mexico Appendix E Survey Report Contract No. W912BV-15-C-0082 September 2017 SHIELDS SURVEY LTD. o. 0 LAND IN COLORADO, MEXICO, TEXAS OKLXIIOMA A PO. Box 639 619 South Second Street Raton, New Mexico 87740 Phone: (575)445-1232 July 51 2017 Fax: (575)445-3648 Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises 1033 North Mayfair Road, Suite 200 Milwaukee, WI 53226 Attn: Cecil lrby Dear Mr. rby~ This letter is regarding the survey completed by Shields Survey Ltd. Co. on February 16, 2017. The survey was completed and meets the standards set forth in the SOW for the project. The attached list of survey points was collected on the said date then processed and adjusted. They were adjusted to the closest NGS point called Hangar FOO354) and scaled to ground from said point with a Combined Scale Factor of 1.00034007277249. The list contains State Plane coordinates being New Mexico Central Zone, NAD83 projection, elevations are NAVD88 and US. Survey Feet. The points were shot at the actual hole location. In the description of the points is the point location name and number. If you have any questions, please don?t hesitate to call or email. I, Lee Shields, 3 Registered Professional Land Surveyor in the State of New Mexico certify that I conducted and am responsible for this survey. That this survey is true and correct to the best of my knowledge amogief. P. - I. Prbf?Ssional Land Surveyor New Mexico Registration No. 5103 Thank you for choosing Shields Survey for your surveying needs. We appreciate your business! JN17005 Points JLNI ?011,? HMS NADS3 95,59 1001, 1473317.31 i1536187.06? ?110.931 1005 1473446.43 ' 1_536373.36 5321.0 AFA-SBOZ _1562753.30 400911 1562428.40 5540.0 FT014-SB03 7 _1011?_ _1457679.65 1562615.32 5552.3 FT914-5302 7?1043, 147070523I 71254270946? _10_15_ "147071737.+ 154104345 53295 57574-5302" 10171 147074077: 153944353 ?5329437545301" 7 710149? "146963965 715346373077 1021; 446926943 717534413715 75316.5 51013-il3g 1023? 146920256 153517101 5299.3JFT013-5303 2/21/2017 Final Site Inspection for Aqueous Film Forming Foam Areas Kirtland Air Force Base, New Mexico Appendix F Waste Documentation Contract No. W912BV-15-C-0082 September 2017 DRUM INVENTORY RECORD . I . AnOneidaNatanompany Project No. 2015341 adj}, Phase 6% Task 5 602 . Date: 52 45/17 3332?; llfi'blgl Date Generated? Content Volume .. 0mm 1 0Q 09/12) /r7 ma /i7 uaa?ifr" 100% -14#P&obaa /7ooi 0mm a gy? PIG 03/15/17 09 maxi?BF 0mm 3 . 91? oa/rS/n 09 Ab modi?er- 75% MP6- 5 Winn? Mr 09/25/17 (39 mo A7 water {00 ?Po ia?Pe? ioboa MRDRILLING MUD, 1 Waste Collection Start Date 2 Field Team Lead Initials 3?Technician Initials ?Photograph Label on drum . Page I of ANALYTICAL RESULTS Prepared by: Prepared for: Eurofins Lancaster Laboratories Environmental 2425 New Holland Pike Lancaster, PA 17601 Oneida Total Integration Ent. 1033 N. Mayfair Road Suite 200 Milwaukee WI 53226-3442 Report Date: March 05, 2017 Project: 2015341-06-0604 Site: Submittal Date: 02/18/2017 Group Number: 1767808 SDG: OTI35 PO Number: 10976 State of Sample Origin: NM Lancaster Labs (LL) # 8844834 8844835 Client Sample Description DRUM 1 Groundwater DRUM 2 Groundwater The specific methodologies used in obtaining the enclosed analytical results are indicated on the Laboratory Sample Analysis Record. Regulatory agencies do not accredit laboratories for all methods, analytes, and matrices. Our current scopes of accreditation can be viewed at http://www.eurofinsus.com/environment-testing/laboratories/eurofins-lancasterlaboratories-environmental/resources/certifications/ . To request copies of prior scopes of accreditation, contact your project manager. Electronic Copy To Oneida Total Integration Ent. Attn: Oscar Martinez Respectfully Submitted, (717) 556-7260 Page 1 of 26 Case Narrative Project Name: 2015341-06-0604 LL Group #: 1767808 General Comments: All analyses have been performed in accordance with DOD QSM Version 5.0 unless otherwise noted below. See the Laboratory Sample Analysis Record section of the Analysis Report for the method references. All QC met criteria unless otherwise noted in an Analysis Specific Comment below. Refer to the QC Summary for specific values and acceptance criteria. Project specific QC samples are not included in this data set Matrix QC may not be reported if site-specific QC samples were not submitted. In these situations, to demonstrate precision and accuracy at a batch level, a LCS/LCSD was performed, unless otherwise specified in the method. Surrogate recoveries (if applicable) which are outside of the QC window are confirmed unless attributed to a dilution or otherwise noted in an Analysis Specific Comment below. The samples were received at the appropriate temperature and in accordance with the chain of custody unless otherwise noted. Analysis Specific Comments: SW-846 6010B, Metals Batch #: 170531848004 (Sample number(s): 8844834-8844835 UNSPK: 8844835 BKG: 8844835) The recovery(ies) for the following analyte(s) in the LCS exceeded the acceptance window indicating a positive bias: Silver SW-846 Chapter 7.3, Wet Chemistry Sample #s: 8844834, 8844835 Reactivity: This sample was extracted and analyzed by the interim method described in SW-846 Revision 3, December 1996 - Chapter 7.3. The Interim Guidance for Reactive Cyanide and Reactive Sulfide (SW-846 Sections 7.3.3 and 7.3.4 of Chapter 7 - December 1996) identifies a reactive material as generating more than 250 mg/kg of hydrogen cyanide or 500 mg/kg of hydrogen sulfide. This waste is not considered hazardous due to reactivity based on that standard. These results do not reflect total cyanide or total sulfide. On July 14, 2005, EPA published a rule in the Federal Register that removed the Interim Guidance and the method referenced above. At this time there is no specific guidance or a method to be used to evaluate "Reactivity". Batch #: 17060112101A (Sample number(s): 8844834-8844835 UNSPK: P851149) The recovery(ies) for the following analyte(s) in the MS and/or MSD was outside the acceptance window: Sulfide (Reactivity) Batch #: 17061104201A (Sample number(s): 8844834-8844835 UNSPK: P851149) The recovery(ies) for the following analyte(s) in the MS and/or MSD was outside the acceptance window: Cyanide (Reactivity) v 1.9.4 3/5/2017 12:22:32PM Page 2 of 26 ASTM D93- 07, Wet Chemistry Sample #s: 8844835 No flash observed below 185F. Test flame extinguished at 165F. Flash point was determined using Pensky Martens closed cup apparatus. Sample #s: 8844834 No flash observed below 187F. Test flame extinguished at 167F. Flash point was determined using Pensky Martens closed cup apparatus. SW-846 Chapter 7, Wet Chemistry Sample #s: 8844835 The pH of the sample is 7.65 indicating that the sample is not corrosive. A sample is corrosive if it exhibits a pH equal to or less than 2 or equal to or greater than 12.5. Sample #s: 8844834 The pH of the sample is 7.96 indicating that the sample is not corrosive. A sample is corrosive if it exhibits a pH equal to or less than 2 or equal to or greater than 12.5. SW-846 Chapter 7.3, Wet Chemistry Sample #s: 8844834, 8844835 Reactivity: This sample was extracted and analyzed by the interim method described in SW-846 Revision 3, December 1996 - Chapter 7.3. The Interim Guidance for Reactive Cyanide and Reactive Sulfide (SW-846 Sections 7.3.3 and 7.3.4 of Chapter 7 - December 1996) identifies a reactive material as generating more than 250 mg/kg of hydrogen cyanide or 500 mg/kg of hydrogen sulfide. This waste is not considered hazardous due to reactivity based on that standard. These results do not reflect total cyanide or total sulfide. On July 14, 2005, EPA published a rule in the Federal Register that removed the Interim Guidance and the method referenced above. At this time there is no specific guidance or a method to be used to evaluate "Reactivity". Batch #: 17060112101A (Sample number(s): 8844834-8844835 UNSPK: P851149) The recovery(ies) for the following analyte(s) in the MS and/or MSD was outside the acceptance window: Sulfide (Reactivity) Batch #: 17061104201A (Sample number(s): 8844834-8844835 UNSPK: P851149) The recovery(ies) for the following analyte(s) in the MS and/or MSD was outside the acceptance window: Cyanide (Reactivity) v 1.9.4 3/5/2017 12:22:32PM Page 3 of 26 Sample Description: DRUM 1 Groundwater 2015341-06-0604 LL Sample # WW 8844834 LL Group # 1767808 Account # 37016 Project Name: 2015341-06-0604 Collected: 02/17/2017 11:45 by RK Oneida Total Integration Ent. 1033 N. Mayfair Road Suite 200 Milwaukee WI 53226-3442 Submitted: 02/18/2017 09:50 Reported: 03/05/2017 12:22 60401 CAT No. SDG#: OTI35-01 Analysis Name GC/MS Volatiles 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 CAS Number SW-846 8260B Acetone Benzene Bromodichloromethane Bromoform Bromomethane 2-Butanone Carbon Disulfide Carbon Tetrachloride Chlorobenzene Chloroethane Chloroform Chloromethane Cyclohexane 1,2-Dibromo-3-chloropropane Dibromochloromethane 1,2-Dibromoethane 1,2-Dichlorobenzene 1,3-Dichlorobenzene 1,4-Dichlorobenzene Dichlorodifluoromethane 1,1-Dichloroethane 1,2-Dichloroethane 1,1-Dichloroethene cis-1,2-Dichloroethene trans-1,2-Dichloroethene 1,2-Dichloropropane cis-1,3-Dichloropropene trans-1,3-Dichloropropene Ethylbenzene Freon 113 2-Hexanone Isopropylbenzene Methyl Acetate Methyl Tertiary Butyl Ether 4-Methyl-2-pentanone Methylcyclohexane Methylene Chloride Styrene 1,1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane Tetrachloroethene Toluene 1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene 1,1,1-Trichloroethane 1,1,2-Trichloroethane Trichloroethene Trichlorofluoromethane Vinyl Chloride Xylene (Total) 67-64-1 71-43-2 75-27-4 75-25-2 74-83-9 78-93-3 75-15-0 56-23-5 108-90-7 75-00-3 67-66-3 74-87-3 110-82-7 96-12-8 124-48-1 106-93-4 95-50-1 541-73-1 106-46-7 75-71-8 75-34-3 107-06-2 75-35-4 156-59-2 156-60-5 78-87-5 10061-01-5 10061-02-6 100-41-4 76-13-1 591-78-6 98-82-8 79-20-9 1634-04-4 108-10-1 108-87-2 75-09-2 100-42-5 79-34-5 127-18-4 108-88-3 120-82-1 71-55-6 79-00-5 79-01-6 75-69-4 75-01-4 1330-20-7 Result ug/l N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. 3 N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. 17 Detection Limit* Limit of Detection Limit of Quantitation ug/l ug/l ug/l 6 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 3 1 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 2 2 0.5 0.5 1 1 1 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 2 3 1 1 0.5 3 1 2 1 0.5 0.5 0.5 1 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 20 1 1 1 1 8 2 1 1 1 1 1 4 4 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 8 2 2 1 8 2 4 2 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 20 1 1 4 1 10 5 1 1 1 1 1 5 5 1 1 5 5 5 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 10 10 5 5 1 10 5 4 5 1 1 1 5 1 1 1 1 1 1 *=This limit was used in the evaluation of the final result Page 4 of 26 DF 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Sample Description: DRUM 1 Groundwater 2015341-06-0604 LL Sample # WW 8844834 LL Group # 1767808 Account # 37016 Project Name: 2015341-06-0604 Collected: 02/17/2017 11:45 by RK Oneida Total Integration Ent. 1033 N. Mayfair Road Suite 200 Milwaukee WI 53226-3442 Submitted: 02/18/2017 09:50 Reported: 03/05/2017 12:22 60401 CAT No. SDG#: OTI35-01 Analysis Name GC/MS Semivolatiles CAS Number SW-846 8270C 83-32-9 208-96-8 98-86-2 120-12-7 1912-24-9 100-52-7 56-55-3 50-32-8 205-99-2 191-24-2 207-08-9 92-52-4 101-55-3 85-68-7 84-74-2 105-60-2 86-74-8 59-50-7 106-47-8 111-91-1 111-44-4 91-58-7 95-57-8 7005-72-3 108-60-1 Result ug/l N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. Detection Limit* Limit of Detection Limit of Quantitation ug/l ug/l ug/l 0.1 0.1 0.5 0.1 2 1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.5 0.5 2 2 5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.4 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.4 0.4 1 0.4 4 4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 1 1 4 4 15 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0.5 0.5 1 0.5 5 5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 1 1 5 5 15 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0.4 0.4 1 4 1 4 1 4 15 30 4 1 4 0.4 0.4 0.4 1 15 4 0.4 0.5 0.5 1 5 1 5 1 5 15 30 5 1 5 0.5 0.5 0.5 1 15 5 0.5 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 Acenaphthene Acenaphthylene Acetophenone Anthracene Atrazine Benzaldehyde Benzo(a)anthracene Benzo(a)pyrene Benzo(b)fluoranthene Benzo(g,h,i)perylene Benzo(k)fluoranthene 1,1'-Biphenyl 4-Bromophenyl-phenylether Butylbenzylphthalate Di-n-butylphthalate Caprolactam Carbazole 4-Chloro-3-methylphenol 4-Chloroaniline bis(2-Chloroethoxy)methane bis(2-Chloroethyl)ether 2-Chloronaphthalene 2-Chlorophenol 4-Chlorophenyl-phenylether 2,2'-oxybis(1-Chloropropane) 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 Bis(2-chloroisopropyl) ether CAS #39638-32-9 and 2,2'-Oxybis(1-chloropropane) CAS #108-60-1 cannot be separated chromatographically. The reported result represents the combined total of both compounds. Chrysene 218-01-9 N.D. 0.1 Dibenz(a,h)anthracene 53-70-3 N.D. 0.1 Dibenzofuran 132-64-9 N.D. 0.5 3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine 91-94-1 N.D. 2 2,4-Dichlorophenol 120-83-2 N.D. 0.5 Diethylphthalate 84-66-2 N.D. 2 2,4-Dimethylphenol 105-67-9 N.D. 0.5 Dimethylphthalate 131-11-3 N.D. 2 4,6-Dinitro-2-methylphenol 534-52-1 N.D. 5 2,4-Dinitrophenol 51-28-5 N.D. 10 2,4-Dinitrotoluene 121-14-2 N.D. 1 2,6-Dinitrotoluene 606-20-2 N.D. 0.5 bis(2-Ethylhexyl)phthalate 117-81-7 N.D. 2 Fluoranthene 206-44-0 N.D. 0.1 Fluorene 86-73-7 N.D. 0.1 Hexachlorobenzene 118-74-1 N.D. 0.1 Hexachlorobutadiene 87-68-3 N.D. 0.5 Hexachlorocyclopentadiene 77-47-4 N.D. 5 Hexachloroethane 67-72-1 N.D. 1 Indeno(1,2,3-cd)pyrene 193-39-5 N.D. 0.1 *=This limit was used in the evaluation of the final result Page 5 of 26 DF Sample Description: DRUM 1 Groundwater 2015341-06-0604 LL Sample # WW 8844834 LL Group # 1767808 Account # 37016 Project Name: 2015341-06-0604 Collected: 02/17/2017 11:45 by RK Oneida Total Integration Ent. 1033 N. Mayfair Road Suite 200 Milwaukee WI 53226-3442 Submitted: 02/18/2017 09:50 Reported: 03/05/2017 12:22 60401 CAT No. SDG#: OTI35-01 Analysis Name CAS Number Detection Limit* Result ug/l ug/l SW-846 8270C Isophorone 78-59-1 N.D. 0.5 2-Methylnaphthalene 91-57-6 N.D. 0.1 2-Methylphenol 95-48-7 N.D. 0.5 4-Methylphenol 106-44-5 N.D. 0.5 3-Methylphenol and 4-methylphenol cannot be resolved under the chromatographic conditions used for sample analysis. The result reported for 4-methylphenol represents the combined total of both compounds. Naphthalene 91-20-3 N.D. 0.1 2-Nitroaniline 88-74-4 N.D. 0.5 3-Nitroaniline 99-09-2 N.D. 0.5 4-Nitroaniline 100-01-6 N.D. 0.5 Nitrobenzene 98-95-3 N.D. 0.5 2-Nitrophenol 88-75-5 N.D. 0.5 4-Nitrophenol 100-02-7 N.D. 10 N-Nitroso-di-n-propylamine 621-64-7 N.D. 0.5 N-Nitrosodiphenylamine 86-30-6 N.D. 0.5 N-nitrosodiphenylamine decomposes in the GC inlet forming diphenylamine. The result reported for N-nitrosodiphenylamine represents the combined total of both compounds. Di-n-octylphthalate 117-84-0 N.D. 2 Pentachlorophenol 87-86-5 N.D. 1 Phenanthrene 85-01-8 N.D. 0.1 Phenol 108-95-2 N.D. 0.5 Pyrene 129-00-0 N.D. 0.1 2,4,5-Trichlorophenol 95-95-4 N.D. 0.5 2,4,6-Trichlorophenol 88-06-2 N.D. 0.5 GC/MS Semivolatiles 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 Metals SW-846 6010B 07035 07046 07049 07051 07055 07036 07066 Arsenic Barium Cadmium Chromium Lead Selenium Silver 00259 Mercury 7440-38-2 7440-39-3 7440-43-9 7440-47-3 7439-92-1 7782-49-2 7440-22-4 SW-846 7470A Wet Chemistry 7439-97-6 SW-846 Chapter 7.3 01123 Cyanide (Reactivity) 00430 Flash Point n.a. ASTM D93- 07 n.a. Limit of Detection Limit of Quantitation ug/l ug/l 1 0.4 1 1 1 0.5 1 1 1 1 1 1 0.4 1 1 1 1 1 30 1 1 0.5 1 1 1 1 1 30 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 4 0.4 1 0.4 1 1 5 5 0.5 1 0.5 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 DF mg/l N.D. 0.103 N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. mg/l 0.0097 0.0011 0.00049 0.0018 0.0062 0.0097 0.0019 mg/l 0.0200 0.0025 0.0013 0.0038 0.0150 0.0200 0.0050 mg/l 0.0200 0.0050 0.0050 0.0150 0.0150 0.0200 0.0050 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 mg/l N.D. mg/l 0.000050 mg/l 0.00010 mg/l 0.00020 1 mg/kg N.D. mg/kg 19.2 mg/kg 57.5 mg/kg 57.5 1 Degrees F Degrees F Degrees F Degrees F No Flash Observed 50 50 50 No flash observed below 187F. Test flame extinguished at 167F. Flash point was determined using Pensky Martens closed cup apparatus. *=This limit was used in the evaluation of the final result Page 6 of 26 1 Sample Description: DRUM 1 Groundwater 2015341-06-0604 LL Sample # WW 8844834 LL Group # 1767808 Account # 37016 Project Name: 2015341-06-0604 Collected: 02/17/2017 11:45 by RK Oneida Total Integration Ent. 1033 N. Mayfair Road Suite 200 Milwaukee WI 53226-3442 Submitted: 02/18/2017 09:50 Reported: 03/05/2017 12:22 60401 CAT No. SDG#: OTI35-01 Analysis Name Wet Chemistry Detection Limit* Limit of Detection Limit of Quantitation Degrees C 20.1 Degrees C Degrees C Degrees C 0.010 0.010 0.010 Std. Units 8.0 Std. Units Std. Units Std. Units 0.010 0.010 0.010 1 0 1 CAS Number Result n.a. EPA 170.1 12151 Temperature of pH 12152 pH 00496 Corrosivity n.a. See Below 0 0 The pH of the sample is 7.96 indicating that the sample is not corrosive. A sample is corrosive if it exhibits a pH equal to or less than 2 or equal to or greater than 12.5. 01122 Sulfide (Reactivity) SM 4500-H+ B-2000 n.a. DF 1 SW-846 Chapter 7 SW-846 Chapter 7.3 n.a. SW-846 Chapter 7.3 01121 mg/kg N.D. mg/kg 53.6 mg/kg 150 mg/kg 160 1 see below See Below see below 0 see below 0 see below 0 1 Reactivity n.a. Reactivity: This sample was extracted and analyzed by the interim method described in SW-846 Revision 3, December 1996 - Chapter 7.3. The Interim Guidance for Reactive Cyanide and Reactive Sulfide (SW-846 Sections 7.3.3 and 7.3.4 of Chapter 7 - December 1996) identifies a reactive material as generating more than 250 mg/kg of hydrogen cyanide or 500 mg/kg of hydrogen sulfide. This waste is not considered hazardous due to reactivity based on that standard. These results do not reflect total cyanide or total sulfide. On July 14, 2005, EPA published a rule in the Federal Register that removed the Interim Guidance and the method referenced above. At this time there is no specific guidance or a method to be used to evaluate "Reactivity". Sample Comments All QC is compliant unless otherwise noted. Please refer to the Quality Control Summary for overall QC performance data and associated samples. Laboratory Sample Analysis Record CAT Analysis Name No. 10335 TCL VOCs 4.3 8260B 01163 GC/MS VOA Water Prep 14240 TCL SVOCs 8270C 00813 BNA Water Extraction 07035 Arsenic 07046 Barium 07049 Cadmium 07051 Chromium 07055 Lead 07036 Selenium Method SW-846 SW-846 SW-846 SW-846 SW-846 SW-846 SW-846 SW-846 SW-846 SW-846 Trial# Batch# 8260B 5030B 8270C 3510C 6010B 6010B 6010B 6010B 6010B 6010B 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Y170581AA Y170581AA 17054WAD026 17054WAD026 170531848004 170531848004 170531848004 170531848004 170531848004 170531848004 Analysis Date and Time 02/27/2017 15:53 02/27/2017 15:53 02/24/2017 12:07 02/23/2017 17:00 02/24/2017 15:50 02/24/2017 15:50 02/24/2017 15:50 02/24/2017 15:50 02/24/2017 15:50 02/28/2017 11:29 *=This limit was used in the evaluation of the final result Page 7 of 26 Analyst Matthew S Krause Matthew S Krause Holly B Ziegler Kate E Lutte Suzanne M Will Suzanne M Will Suzanne M Will Suzanne M Will Suzanne M Will Eric L Eby Dilution Factor 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Sample Description: DRUM 1 Groundwater 2015341-06-0604 LL Sample # WW 8844834 LL Group # 1767808 Account # 37016 Project Name: 2015341-06-0604 Collected: 02/17/2017 11:45 by RK Oneida Total Integration Ent. 1033 N. Mayfair Road Suite 200 Milwaukee WI 53226-3442 Submitted: 02/18/2017 09:50 Reported: 03/05/2017 12:22 60401 SDG#: OTI35-01 Laboratory Sample Analysis Record Method CAT Analysis Name Trial# Batch# No. 07066 Silver SW-846 6010B 1 170531848004 00259 Mercury SW-846 7470A 1 170535713005 1 170531848004 01848 ICP-WW, 3005A (tot rec) - SW-846 3005A U3 05713 WW SW846 Hg Digest SW-846 7470A 1 170535713005 01123 Cyanide (Reactivity) SW-846 Chapter 7.3 1 17061104201A Analysis Date and Time 02/24/2017 15:50 02/24/2017 11:25 02/24/2017 08:05 Analyst 02/24/2017 03/02/2017 08:15 07:01 Denise L Trimby Dein K Bernot 1 1 00430 12151 12152 00496 01121 Flash Point Temperature of pH pH Corrosivity Reactivity ASTM D93- 07 EPA 170.1 SM 4500-H+ B-2000 SW-846 Chapter 7 SW-846 Chapter 7.3 1 1 1 1 1 17058043001A 17056121521A 17056121521A 17056121521A 17060112101A 02/27/2017 02/25/2017 02/25/2017 02/25/2017 03/01/2017 14:20 12:20 12:20 12:20 08:20 Susan Luz M Luz M Luz M Susan A Engle Groff Groff Groff E Hibner 1 1 1 1 1 01122 Sulfide (Reactivity) SW-846 Chapter 7.3 1 17060112101A 03/01/2017 08:20 Susan E Hibner 1 *=This limit was used in the evaluation of the final result Page 8 of 26 Suzanne M Will Damary Valentin Denise L Trimby Dilution Factor 1 1 1 Sample Description: DRUM 2 Groundwater 2015341-06-0604 LL Sample # WW 8844835 LL Group # 1767808 Account # 37016 Project Name: 2015341-06-0604 Collected: 02/17/2017 12:05 by RK Oneida Total Integration Ent. 1033 N. Mayfair Road Suite 200 Milwaukee WI 53226-3442 Submitted: 02/18/2017 09:50 Reported: 03/05/2017 12:22 60402 CAT No. SDG#: OTI35-02 Analysis Name GC/MS Volatiles 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 CAS Number SW-846 8260B Acetone Benzene Bromodichloromethane Bromoform Bromomethane 2-Butanone Carbon Disulfide Carbon Tetrachloride Chlorobenzene Chloroethane Chloroform Chloromethane Cyclohexane 1,2-Dibromo-3-chloropropane Dibromochloromethane 1,2-Dibromoethane 1,2-Dichlorobenzene 1,3-Dichlorobenzene 1,4-Dichlorobenzene Dichlorodifluoromethane 1,1-Dichloroethane 1,2-Dichloroethane 1,1-Dichloroethene cis-1,2-Dichloroethene trans-1,2-Dichloroethene 1,2-Dichloropropane cis-1,3-Dichloropropene trans-1,3-Dichloropropene Ethylbenzene Freon 113 2-Hexanone Isopropylbenzene Methyl Acetate Methyl Tertiary Butyl Ether 4-Methyl-2-pentanone Methylcyclohexane Methylene Chloride Styrene 1,1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane Tetrachloroethene Toluene 1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene 1,1,1-Trichloroethane 1,1,2-Trichloroethane Trichloroethene Trichlorofluoromethane Vinyl Chloride Xylene (Total) 67-64-1 71-43-2 75-27-4 75-25-2 74-83-9 78-93-3 75-15-0 56-23-5 108-90-7 75-00-3 67-66-3 74-87-3 110-82-7 96-12-8 124-48-1 106-93-4 95-50-1 541-73-1 106-46-7 75-71-8 75-34-3 107-06-2 75-35-4 156-59-2 156-60-5 78-87-5 10061-01-5 10061-02-6 100-41-4 76-13-1 591-78-6 98-82-8 79-20-9 1634-04-4 108-10-1 108-87-2 75-09-2 100-42-5 79-34-5 127-18-4 108-88-3 120-82-1 71-55-6 79-00-5 79-01-6 75-69-4 75-01-4 1330-20-7 Result ug/l N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. 0.7 N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. 2 N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. 7 J Detection Limit* Limit of Detection Limit of Quantitation ug/l ug/l ug/l 6 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 3 1 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 2 2 0.5 0.5 1 1 1 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 2 3 1 1 0.5 3 1 2 1 0.5 0.5 0.5 1 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 20 1 1 1 1 8 2 1 1 1 1 1 4 4 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 8 2 2 1 8 2 4 2 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 20 1 1 4 1 10 5 1 1 1 1 1 5 5 1 1 5 5 5 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 10 10 5 5 1 10 5 4 5 1 1 1 5 1 1 1 1 1 1 *=This limit was used in the evaluation of the final result Page 9 of 26 DF 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Sample Description: DRUM 2 Groundwater 2015341-06-0604 LL Sample # WW 8844835 LL Group # 1767808 Account # 37016 Project Name: 2015341-06-0604 Collected: 02/17/2017 12:05 by RK Oneida Total Integration Ent. 1033 N. Mayfair Road Suite 200 Milwaukee WI 53226-3442 Submitted: 02/18/2017 09:50 Reported: 03/05/2017 12:22 60402 CAT No. SDG#: OTI35-02 Analysis Name GC/MS Semivolatiles CAS Number SW-846 8270C 83-32-9 208-96-8 98-86-2 120-12-7 1912-24-9 100-52-7 56-55-3 50-32-8 205-99-2 191-24-2 207-08-9 92-52-4 101-55-3 85-68-7 84-74-2 105-60-2 86-74-8 59-50-7 106-47-8 111-91-1 111-44-4 91-58-7 95-57-8 7005-72-3 108-60-1 Result ug/l N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. Detection Limit* Limit of Detection Limit of Quantitation ug/l ug/l ug/l 0.1 0.1 0.5 0.1 2 1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.5 0.5 2 2 5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.4 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.4 0.4 1 0.4 4 4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 1 1 4 4 15 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0.5 0.5 1 0.5 5 5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 1 1 5 5 15 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0.4 0.4 1 4 1 4 1 4 15 30 4 1 4 0.4 0.4 0.4 1 15 4 0.4 0.5 0.5 1 5 1 5 1 5 15 30 5 1 5 0.5 0.5 0.5 1 15 5 0.5 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 Acenaphthene Acenaphthylene Acetophenone Anthracene Atrazine Benzaldehyde Benzo(a)anthracene Benzo(a)pyrene Benzo(b)fluoranthene Benzo(g,h,i)perylene Benzo(k)fluoranthene 1,1'-Biphenyl 4-Bromophenyl-phenylether Butylbenzylphthalate Di-n-butylphthalate Caprolactam Carbazole 4-Chloro-3-methylphenol 4-Chloroaniline bis(2-Chloroethoxy)methane bis(2-Chloroethyl)ether 2-Chloronaphthalene 2-Chlorophenol 4-Chlorophenyl-phenylether 2,2'-oxybis(1-Chloropropane) 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 Bis(2-chloroisopropyl) ether CAS #39638-32-9 and 2,2'-Oxybis(1-chloropropane) CAS #108-60-1 cannot be separated chromatographically. The reported result represents the combined total of both compounds. Chrysene 218-01-9 N.D. 0.1 Dibenz(a,h)anthracene 53-70-3 N.D. 0.1 Dibenzofuran 132-64-9 N.D. 0.5 3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine 91-94-1 N.D. 2 2,4-Dichlorophenol 120-83-2 N.D. 0.5 Diethylphthalate 84-66-2 N.D. 2 2,4-Dimethylphenol 105-67-9 N.D. 0.5 Dimethylphthalate 131-11-3 N.D. 2 4,6-Dinitro-2-methylphenol 534-52-1 N.D. 5 2,4-Dinitrophenol 51-28-5 N.D. 10 2,4-Dinitrotoluene 121-14-2 N.D. 1 2,6-Dinitrotoluene 606-20-2 N.D. 0.5 bis(2-Ethylhexyl)phthalate 117-81-7 N.D. 2 Fluoranthene 206-44-0 N.D. 0.1 Fluorene 86-73-7 N.D. 0.1 Hexachlorobenzene 118-74-1 N.D. 0.1 Hexachlorobutadiene 87-68-3 N.D. 0.5 Hexachlorocyclopentadiene 77-47-4 N.D. 5 Hexachloroethane 67-72-1 N.D. 1 Indeno(1,2,3-cd)pyrene 193-39-5 N.D. 0.1 *=This limit was used in the evaluation of the final result Page 10 of 26 DF Sample Description: DRUM 2 Groundwater 2015341-06-0604 LL Sample # WW 8844835 LL Group # 1767808 Account # 37016 Project Name: 2015341-06-0604 Collected: 02/17/2017 12:05 by RK Oneida Total Integration Ent. 1033 N. Mayfair Road Suite 200 Milwaukee WI 53226-3442 Submitted: 02/18/2017 09:50 Reported: 03/05/2017 12:22 60402 CAT No. SDG#: OTI35-02 Analysis Name CAS Number Result Detection Limit* ug/l ug/l SW-846 8270C Isophorone 78-59-1 N.D. 0.5 2-Methylnaphthalene 91-57-6 N.D. 0.1 2-Methylphenol 95-48-7 N.D. 0.5 4-Methylphenol 106-44-5 N.D. 0.5 3-Methylphenol and 4-methylphenol cannot be resolved under the chromatographic conditions used for sample analysis. The result reported for 4-methylphenol represents the combined total of both compounds. Naphthalene 91-20-3 N.D. 0.1 2-Nitroaniline 88-74-4 N.D. 0.5 3-Nitroaniline 99-09-2 N.D. 0.5 4-Nitroaniline 100-01-6 N.D. 0.5 Nitrobenzene 98-95-3 N.D. 0.5 2-Nitrophenol 88-75-5 N.D. 0.5 4-Nitrophenol 100-02-7 N.D. 10 N-Nitroso-di-n-propylamine 621-64-7 N.D. 0.5 N-Nitrosodiphenylamine 86-30-6 N.D. 0.5 N-nitrosodiphenylamine decomposes in the GC inlet forming diphenylamine. The result reported for N-nitrosodiphenylamine represents the combined total of both compounds. Di-n-octylphthalate 117-84-0 N.D. 2 Pentachlorophenol 87-86-5 N.D. 1 Phenanthrene 85-01-8 N.D. 0.1 Phenol 108-95-2 N.D. 0.5 Pyrene 129-00-0 N.D. 0.1 2,4,5-Trichlorophenol 95-95-4 N.D. 0.5 2,4,6-Trichlorophenol 88-06-2 N.D. 0.5 GC/MS Semivolatiles 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 Metals SW-846 6010B 07035 07046 07049 07051 07055 07036 07066 Arsenic Barium Cadmium Chromium Lead Selenium Silver 00259 Mercury 7440-38-2 7440-39-3 7440-43-9 7440-47-3 7439-92-1 7782-49-2 7440-22-4 SW-846 7470A Wet Chemistry 7439-97-6 SW-846 Chapter 7.3 01123 Cyanide (Reactivity) 00430 Flash Point n.a. ASTM D93- 07 n.a. Limit of Detection Limit of Quantitation ug/l ug/l 1 0.4 1 1 1 0.5 1 1 1 1 1 1 0.4 1 1 1 1 1 30 1 1 0.5 1 1 1 1 1 30 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 4 0.4 1 0.4 1 1 5 5 0.5 1 0.5 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 DF mg/l N.D. 0.208 N.D. 0.0030 J N.D. N.D. N.D. mg/l 0.0097 0.0011 0.00049 0.0018 0.0062 0.0097 0.0019 mg/l 0.0200 0.0025 0.0013 0.0038 0.0150 0.0200 0.0050 mg/l 0.0200 0.0050 0.0050 0.0150 0.0150 0.0200 0.0050 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 mg/l N.D. mg/l 0.000050 mg/l 0.00010 mg/l 0.00020 1 mg/kg N.D. mg/kg 19.4 mg/kg 58.1 mg/kg 58.1 1 Degrees F Degrees F Degrees F Degrees F No Flash Observed 50 50 50 No flash observed below 185F. Test flame extinguished at 165F. Flash point was determined using Pensky Martens closed cup apparatus. *=This limit was used in the evaluation of the final result Page 11 of 26 1 Sample Description: DRUM 2 Groundwater 2015341-06-0604 LL Sample # WW 8844835 LL Group # 1767808 Account # 37016 Project Name: 2015341-06-0604 Collected: 02/17/2017 12:05 by RK Oneida Total Integration Ent. 1033 N. Mayfair Road Suite 200 Milwaukee WI 53226-3442 Submitted: 02/18/2017 09:50 Reported: 03/05/2017 12:22 60402 CAT No. SDG#: OTI35-02 Analysis Name Wet Chemistry Detection Limit* Limit of Detection Limit of Quantitation Degrees C 20.0 Degrees C Degrees C Degrees C 0.010 0.010 0.010 Std. Units 7.7 Std. Units Std. Units Std. Units 0.010 0.010 0.010 1 0 1 CAS Number Result n.a. EPA 170.1 12151 Temperature of pH 12152 pH 00496 Corrosivity n.a. See Below 0 0 The pH of the sample is 7.65 indicating that the sample is not corrosive. A sample is corrosive if it exhibits a pH equal to or less than 2 or equal to or greater than 12.5. 01122 Sulfide (Reactivity) SM 4500-H+ B-2000 n.a. DF 1 SW-846 Chapter 7 SW-846 Chapter 7.3 n.a. SW-846 Chapter 7.3 01121 mg/kg N.D. mg/kg 53.6 mg/kg 150 mg/kg 160 1 see below See Below see below 0 see below 0 see below 0 1 Reactivity n.a. Reactivity: This sample was extracted and analyzed by the interim method described in SW-846 Revision 3, December 1996 - Chapter 7.3. The Interim Guidance for Reactive Cyanide and Reactive Sulfide (SW-846 Sections 7.3.3 and 7.3.4 of Chapter 7 - December 1996) identifies a reactive material as generating more than 250 mg/kg of hydrogen cyanide or 500 mg/kg of hydrogen sulfide. This waste is not considered hazardous due to reactivity based on that standard. These results do not reflect total cyanide or total sulfide. On July 14, 2005, EPA published a rule in the Federal Register that removed the Interim Guidance and the method referenced above. At this time there is no specific guidance or a method to be used to evaluate "Reactivity". Sample Comments All QC is compliant unless otherwise noted. Please refer to the Quality Control Summary for overall QC performance data and associated samples. Laboratory Sample Analysis Record CAT Analysis Name No. 10335 TCL VOCs 4.3 8260B 01163 GC/MS VOA Water Prep 14240 TCL SVOCs 8270C 00813 BNA Water Extraction 07035 Arsenic 07046 Barium 07049 Cadmium 07051 Chromium 07055 Lead 07036 Selenium Method SW-846 SW-846 SW-846 SW-846 SW-846 SW-846 SW-846 SW-846 SW-846 SW-846 Trial# Batch# 8260B 5030B 8270C 3510C 6010B 6010B 6010B 6010B 6010B 6010B 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Y170581AA Y170581AA 17054WAD026 17054WAD026 170531848004 170531848004 170531848004 170531848004 170531848004 170531848004 Analysis Date and Time 02/27/2017 13:19 02/27/2017 13:19 02/24/2017 12:37 02/23/2017 17:00 02/24/2017 15:32 02/24/2017 15:32 02/24/2017 15:32 02/24/2017 15:32 02/24/2017 15:32 02/24/2017 15:32 *=This limit was used in the evaluation of the final result Page 12 of 26 Analyst Brett W Kenyon Brett W Kenyon Holly B Ziegler Kate E Lutte Suzanne M Will Suzanne M Will Suzanne M Will Suzanne M Will Suzanne M Will Suzanne M Will Dilution Factor 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Sample Description: DRUM 2 Groundwater 2015341-06-0604 LL Sample # WW 8844835 LL Group # 1767808 Account # 37016 Project Name: 2015341-06-0604 Collected: 02/17/2017 12:05 by RK Oneida Total Integration Ent. 1033 N. Mayfair Road Suite 200 Milwaukee WI 53226-3442 Submitted: 02/18/2017 09:50 Reported: 03/05/2017 12:22 60402 SDG#: OTI35-02 Laboratory Sample Analysis Record Method CAT Analysis Name Trial# Batch# No. 07066 Silver SW-846 6010B 1 170531848004 00259 Mercury SW-846 7470A 1 170535713005 1 170531848004 01848 ICP-WW, 3005A (tot rec) - SW-846 3005A U3 05713 WW SW846 Hg Digest SW-846 7470A 1 170535713005 01123 Cyanide (Reactivity) SW-846 Chapter 7.3 1 17061104201A Analysis Date and Time 02/24/2017 15:32 02/24/2017 11:33 02/24/2017 08:05 Analyst 02/24/2017 03/02/2017 08:15 07:02 Denise L Trimby Dein K Bernot 1 1 00430 12151 12152 00496 01121 Flash Point Temperature of pH pH Corrosivity Reactivity ASTM D93- 07 EPA 170.1 SM 4500-H+ B-2000 SW-846 Chapter 7 SW-846 Chapter 7.3 1 1 1 1 1 17058043001A 17056121521A 17056121521A 17056121521A 17060112101A 02/27/2017 02/25/2017 02/25/2017 02/25/2017 03/01/2017 14:20 12:20 12:20 12:20 08:20 Susan Luz M Luz M Luz M Susan A Engle Groff Groff Groff E Hibner 1 1 1 1 1 01122 Sulfide (Reactivity) SW-846 Chapter 7.3 1 17060112101A 03/01/2017 08:20 Susan E Hibner 1 *=This limit was used in the evaluation of the final result Page 13 of 26 Suzanne M Will Damary Valentin Denise L Trimby Dilution Factor 1 1 1 Quality Control Summary Group Number: 1767808 Client Name: Oneida Total Integration Ent. Reported: 03/05/2017 12:22 Matrix QC may not be reported if insufficient sample or site-specific QC samples were not submitted. In these situations, to demonstrate precision and accuracy at a batch level, a LCS/LCSD was performed, unless otherwise specified in the method. All Inorganic Initial Calibration and Continuing Calibration Blanks met acceptable method criteria unless otherwise noted on the Analysis Report. Method Blank Analysis Name Result ug/l DL** ug/l LOD ug/l LOQ ug/l Batch number: Y170581AA Acetone Benzene Bromodichloromethane Bromoform Bromomethane 2-Butanone Carbon Disulfide Carbon Tetrachloride Chlorobenzene Chloroethane Chloroform Chloromethane Cyclohexane 1,2-Dibromo-3-chloropropane Dibromochloromethane 1,2-Dibromoethane 1,2-Dichlorobenzene 1,3-Dichlorobenzene 1,4-Dichlorobenzene Dichlorodifluoromethane 1,1-Dichloroethane 1,2-Dichloroethane 1,1-Dichloroethene cis-1,2-Dichloroethene trans-1,2-Dichloroethene 1,2-Dichloropropane cis-1,3-Dichloropropene trans-1,3-Dichloropropene Ethylbenzene Freon 113 2-Hexanone Isopropylbenzene Methyl Acetate Methyl Tertiary Butyl Ether 4-Methyl-2-pentanone Methylcyclohexane Methylene Chloride Styrene 1,1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane Tetrachloroethene Sample number(s): 8844834-8844835 N.D. 6 20 20 N.D. 0.5 1 1 N.D. 0.5 1 1 N.D. 0.5 1 4 N.D. 0.5 1 1 N.D. 3 8 10 N.D. 1 2 5 N.D. 0.5 1 1 N.D. 0.5 1 1 N.D. 0.5 1 1 N.D. 0.5 1 1 N.D. 0.5 1 1 N.D. 2 4 5 N.D. 2 4 5 N.D. 0.5 1 1 N.D. 0.5 1 1 N.D. 1 2 5 N.D. 1 2 5 N.D. 1 2 5 N.D. 0.5 1 1 N.D. 0.5 1 1 N.D. 0.5 1 1 N.D. 0.5 1 1 N.D. 0.5 1 1 N.D. 0.5 1 1 N.D. 0.5 1 1 N.D. 0.5 1 1 N.D. 0.5 1 1 N.D. 0.5 1 1 N.D. 2 4 10 N.D. 3 8 10 N.D. 1 2 5 N.D. 1 2 5 N.D. 0.5 1 1 N.D. 3 8 10 N.D. 1 2 5 N.D. 2 4 4 N.D. 1 2 5 N.D. 0.5 1 1 N.D. 0.5 1 1 *- Outside of specification **-This limit was used in the evaluation of the final result for the blank (1) The result for one or both determinations was less than five times the LOQ. (2) The unspiked result was more than four times the spike added. (3) The surrogate spike amount was less than the LOD. P###### is indicative of a Background or Unspiked sample that is batch matrix QC and was not performed using a sample from this submission group. Page 14 of 26 Quality Control Summary Group Number: 1767808 Client Name: Oneida Total Integration Ent. Reported: 03/05/2017 12:22 Method Blank (continued) Analysis Name Result ug/l DL** ug/l LOD ug/l LOQ ug/l Toluene 1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene 1,1,1-Trichloroethane 1,1,2-Trichloroethane Trichloroethene Trichlorofluoromethane Vinyl Chloride Xylene (Total) N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. 0.5 1 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 5 1 1 1 1 1 1 Batch number: 17054WAD026 Acenaphthene Acenaphthylene Acetophenone Anthracene Atrazine Benzaldehyde Benzo(a)anthracene Benzo(a)pyrene Benzo(b)fluoranthene Benzo(g,h,i)perylene Benzo(k)fluoranthene 1,1'-Biphenyl 4-Bromophenyl-phenylether Butylbenzylphthalate Di-n-butylphthalate Caprolactam Carbazole 4-Chloro-3-methylphenol 4-Chloroaniline bis(2-Chloroethoxy)methane bis(2-Chloroethyl)ether 2-Chloronaphthalene 2-Chlorophenol 4-Chlorophenyl-phenylether 2,2'-oxybis(1-Chloropropane) Chrysene Dibenz(a,h)anthracene Dibenzofuran 3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine 2,4-Dichlorophenol Diethylphthalate 2,4-Dimethylphenol Dimethylphthalate 4,6-Dinitro-2-methylphenol 2,4-Dinitrophenol 2,4-Dinitrotoluene 2,6-Dinitrotoluene bis(2-Ethylhexyl)phthalate Fluoranthene Sample number(s): 8844834-8844835 N.D. 0.1 0.4 0.5 N.D. 0.1 0.4 0.5 N.D. 0.5 1 1 N.D. 0.1 0.4 0.5 N.D. 2 4 5 N.D. 1 4 5 N.D. 0.1 0.4 0.5 N.D. 0.1 0.4 0.5 N.D. 0.1 0.4 0.5 N.D. 0.1 0.4 0.5 N.D. 0.1 0.4 0.5 N.D. 0.5 1 1 N.D. 0.5 1 1 N.D. 2 4 5 N.D. 2 4 5 N.D. 5 15 15 N.D. 0.5 1 1 N.D. 0.5 1 1 N.D. 0.5 1 1 N.D. 0.5 1 1 N.D. 0.5 1 1 N.D. 0.4 1 1 N.D. 0.5 1 1 N.D. 0.5 1 1 N.D. 0.5 1 1 N.D. 0.1 0.4 0.5 N.D. 0.1 0.4 0.5 N.D. 0.5 1 1 N.D. 2 4 5 N.D. 0.5 1 1 N.D. 2 4 5 N.D. 0.5 1 1 N.D. 2 4 5 N.D. 5 15 15 N.D. 10 30 30 N.D. 1 4 5 N.D. 0.5 1 1 N.D. 2 4 5 N.D. 0.1 0.4 0.5 *- Outside of specification **-This limit was used in the evaluation of the final result for the blank (1) The result for one or both determinations was less than five times the LOQ. (2) The unspiked result was more than four times the spike added. (3) The surrogate spike amount was less than the LOD. P###### is indicative of a Background or Unspiked sample that is batch matrix QC and was not performed using a sample from this submission group. Page 15 of 26 Quality Control Summary Group Number: 1767808 Client Name: Oneida Total Integration Ent. Reported: 03/05/2017 12:22 Method Blank (continued) Analysis Name Result ug/l DL** ug/l LOD ug/l LOQ ug/l Fluorene Hexachlorobenzene Hexachlorobutadiene Hexachlorocyclopentadiene Hexachloroethane Indeno(1,2,3-cd)pyrene Isophorone 2-Methylnaphthalene 2-Methylphenol 4-Methylphenol Naphthalene 2-Nitroaniline 3-Nitroaniline 4-Nitroaniline Nitrobenzene 2-Nitrophenol 4-Nitrophenol N-Nitroso-di-n-propylamine N-Nitrosodiphenylamine Di-n-octylphthalate Pentachlorophenol Phenanthrene Phenol Pyrene 2,4,5-Trichlorophenol 2,4,6-Trichlorophenol N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. 0.1 0.1 0.5 5 1 0.1 0.5 0.1 0.5 0.5 0.1 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 10 0.5 0.5 2 1 0.1 0.5 0.1 0.5 0.5 0.4 0.4 1 15 4 0.4 1 0.4 1 1 0.4 1 1 1 1 1 30 1 1 4 4 0.4 1 0.4 1 1 0.5 0.5 1 15 5 0.5 1 0.5 1 1 0.5 1 1 1 1 1 30 1 1 5 5 0.5 1 0.5 1 1 mg/l mg/l mg/l mg/l Batch number: 170531848004 Arsenic Barium Cadmium Chromium Lead Selenium Silver Sample number(s): 8844834-8844835 N.D. 0.0097 0.0200 N.D. 0.0011 0.0025 N.D. 0.00049 0.0013 N.D. 0.0018 0.0038 N.D. 0.0062 0.0150 N.D. 0.0097 0.0200 N.D. 0.0019 0.0050 Batch number: 170535713005 Mercury Sample number(s): 8844834-8844835 N.D. 0.000050 0.00010 0.00020 mg/kg mg/kg mg/kg 0.0200 0.0050 0.0050 0.0150 0.0150 0.0200 0.0050 mg/kg Batch number: 17061104201A Cyanide (Reactivity) Sample number(s): 8844834-8844835 N.D. 20.0 60.0 60.0 Batch number: 17060112101A Sulfide (Reactivity) Sample number(s): 8844834-8844835 N.D. 53.6 150 160 *- Outside of specification **-This limit was used in the evaluation of the final result for the blank (1) The result for one or both determinations was less than five times the LOQ. (2) The unspiked result was more than four times the spike added. (3) The surrogate spike amount was less than the LOD. P###### is indicative of a Background or Unspiked sample that is batch matrix QC and was not performed using a sample from this submission group. Page 16 of 26 Quality Control Summary Group Number: 1767808 Client Name: Oneida Total Integration Ent. Reported: 03/05/2017 12:22 LCS/LCSD Analysis Name Batch number: Y170581AA Acetone Benzene Bromodichloromethane Bromoform Bromomethane 2-Butanone Carbon Disulfide Carbon Tetrachloride Chlorobenzene Chloroethane Chloroform Chloromethane Cyclohexane 1,2-Dibromo-3-chloropropane Dibromochloromethane 1,2-Dibromoethane 1,2-Dichlorobenzene 1,3-Dichlorobenzene 1,4-Dichlorobenzene Dichlorodifluoromethane 1,1-Dichloroethane 1,2-Dichloroethane 1,1-Dichloroethene cis-1,2-Dichloroethene trans-1,2-Dichloroethene 1,2-Dichloropropane cis-1,3-Dichloropropene trans-1,3-Dichloropropene Ethylbenzene Freon 113 2-Hexanone Isopropylbenzene Methyl Acetate Methyl Tertiary Butyl Ether 4-Methyl-2-pentanone Methylcyclohexane Methylene Chloride Styrene 1,1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane Tetrachloroethene Toluene 1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene 1,1,1-Trichloroethane 1,1,2-Trichloroethane Trichloroethene Trichlorofluoromethane Vinyl Chloride LCS Spike Added ug/l LCS Conc ug/l LCSD Spike Added ug/l Sample number(s): 8844834-8844835 150 208.05 150 20 20.27 20 20 17.8 20 20 14.48 20 20 16.09 20 150 146.87 150 20 17.33 20 20 17.68 20 20 20 20 20 16.64 20 20 19.65 20 20 18.4 20 20 18.48 20 20 15.83 20 20 17.11 20 20 19.69 20 20 18.89 20 20 18.85 20 20 19.04 20 20 16.4 20 20 20.15 20 20 20.12 20 20 19.12 20 20 19.73 20 20 20.06 20 20 20.38 20 20 18.1 20 20 18.52 20 20 20.24 20 20 18.1 20 100 98.77 100 20 18.89 20 20 20.07 20 20 18.36 20 100 96.82 100 20 17.62 20 20 19.77 20 20 18.08 20 20 19.05 20 20 24.78 20 20 20.26 20 20 17.34 20 20 16.35 20 20 19.93 20 20 19.95 20 20 16.94 20 20 17.34 20 LCSD Conc ug/l LCS %REC LCSD %REC LCS/LCSD Limits RPD RPD Max 181.22 20.09 17.56 14.41 15.68 141.27 16.86 16.98 19.87 16.19 19.53 17.86 18.24 15.69 17.03 19.79 18.71 18.7 18.94 15.84 20.11 19.88 18.44 19.3 19.45 20.22 18.11 18.75 19.95 17.61 97.95 18.61 20.49 18.61 97.15 17.31 19.4 17.99 19.22 24.83 19.98 17.65 15.86 19.97 19.52 16.45 16.95 139 101 89 72 80 98 87 88 100 83 98 92 92 79 86 98 94 94 95 82 101 101 96 99 100 102 90 93 101 91 99 94 100 92 97 88 99 90 95 124 101 87 82 100 100 85 87 121 100 88 72 78 94 84 85 99 81 98 89 91 78 85 99 94 94 95 79 101 99 92 97 97 101 91 94 100 88 98 93 102 93 97 87 97 90 96 124 100 88 79 100 98 82 85 39-160 79-120 79-125 66-130 53-141 56-143 64-133 72-136 82-118 60-138 79-124 50-139 71-130 62-128 74-126 77-121 80-119 80-119 79-118 32-152 77-125 73-128 71-131 78-123 75-124 78-122 75-124 73-127 79-121 70-136 57-139 72-131 56-136 71-124 67-130 72-132 74-124 78-123 71-121 74-129 80-121 69-130 74-131 80-119 79-123 65-141 58-137 14 1 1 0 3 4 3 4 1 3 1 3 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 3 0 1 4 2 3 1 0 1 1 3 1 2 2 1 0 2 2 1 1 0 1 2 3 0 2 3 2 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 *- Outside of specification **-This limit was used in the evaluation of the final result for the blank (1) The result for one or both determinations was less than five times the LOQ. (2) The unspiked result was more than four times the spike added. (3) The surrogate spike amount was less than the LOD. P###### is indicative of a Background or Unspiked sample that is batch matrix QC and was not performed using a sample from this submission group. Page 17 of 26 Quality Control Summary Group Number: 1767808 Client Name: Oneida Total Integration Ent. Reported: 03/05/2017 12:22 LCS/LCSD (continued) Analysis Name LCS Spike Added ug/l Xylene (Total) 60 ug/l Batch number: 17054WAD026 Acenaphthene Acenaphthylene Acetophenone Anthracene Atrazine Benzaldehyde Benzo(a)anthracene Benzo(a)pyrene Benzo(b)fluoranthene Benzo(g,h,i)perylene Benzo(k)fluoranthene 1,1'-Biphenyl 4-Bromophenyl-phenylether Butylbenzylphthalate Di-n-butylphthalate Caprolactam Carbazole 4-Chloro-3-methylphenol 4-Chloroaniline bis(2-Chloroethoxy)methane bis(2-Chloroethyl)ether 2-Chloronaphthalene 2-Chlorophenol 4-Chlorophenyl-phenylether 2,2'-oxybis(1-Chloropropane) Chrysene Dibenz(a,h)anthracene Dibenzofuran 3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine 2,4-Dichlorophenol Diethylphthalate 2,4-Dimethylphenol Dimethylphthalate 4,6-Dinitro-2-methylphenol 2,4-Dinitrophenol 2,4-Dinitrotoluene 2,6-Dinitrotoluene bis(2-Ethylhexyl)phthalate Fluoranthene Fluorene Hexachlorobenzene Hexachlorobutadiene Hexachlorocyclopentadiene Hexachloroethane LCS Conc ug/l 57.96 ug/l LCSD Spike Added ug/l LCSD Conc ug/l LCS %REC LCSD %REC LCS/LCSD Limits RPD RPD Max 60 57.57 97 96 79-121 1 20 83 87 86 99 96 92 106 98 103 101 102 78 93 92 95 27 103 110 82 108 91 76 91 76 78 106 105 83 78 108 88 85 81 100 91 98 109 95 100 82 97 58 31 55 93 93 89 97 96 85 106 97 100 107 98 88 95 87 83 30 97 95 79 102 94 87 95 88 75 102 110 93 76 98 90 75 78 101 93 103 109 95 91 91 97 68 39 68 47-122 41-130 46-118 57-123 44-142 45-111 58-125 54-128 53-131 50-134 57-129 49-115 55-124 53-134 59-127 13-37 60-122 52-119 33-117 48-120 43-118 40-116 38-117 53-121 43-115 59-123 51-134 53-118 27-129 47-121 56-125 31-124 45-127 44-137 23-143 57-128 57-124 55-135 57-128 52-124 53-125 22-124 10-81 21-115 11 6 4 1 0 8 1 2 3 6 3 12 3 5 14 10 6 15 3 6 3 13 4 15 4 4 5 11 2 9 2 12 4 0 3 4 0 1 9 11 1 16 22 22 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 ug/l Sample number(s): 8844834-8844835 50 41.46 50 50 43.48 50 50 42.77 50 50 49.29 50 50 47.98 50 50 45.81 50 50 53.17 50 50 49.07 50 50 51.56 50 50 50.47 50 50 50.83 50 50 38.99 50 50 46.5 50 50 45.9 50 50 47.5 50 50 13.66 50 50 51.46 50 50 54.99 50 50 40.76 50 50 53.94 50 50 45.53 50 50 37.85 50 50 45.57 50 50 37.99 50 50 39.08 50 50 53.24 50 50 52.46 50 50 41.38 50 50 38.79 50 50 54.06 50 50 43.94 50 50 42.5 50 50 40.71 50 50 50.22 50 100 90.54 100 50 49.17 50 50 54.67 50 50 47.27 50 50 49.95 50 50 40.86 50 50 48.61 50 50 28.92 50 100 31.05 100 50 27.41 50 ug/l 46.42 46.32 44.38 48.58 48.02 42.27 52.76 48.28 49.98 53.47 49.11 43.78 47.73 43.7 41.26 15.12 48.6 47.27 39.72 50.91 47.05 43.32 47.46 44.02 37.37 51.16 55.11 46.27 38 49.2 44.87 37.51 39.15 50.47 93.18 51.27 54.53 47.62 45.42 45.6 48.27 34.11 38.92 34.02 *- Outside of specification **-This limit was used in the evaluation of the final result for the blank (1) The result for one or both determinations was less than five times the LOQ. (2) The unspiked result was more than four times the spike added. (3) The surrogate spike amount was less than the LOD. P###### is indicative of a Background or Unspiked sample that is batch matrix QC and was not performed using a sample from this submission group. Page 18 of 26 Quality Control Summary Group Number: 1767808 Client Name: Oneida Total Integration Ent. Reported: 03/05/2017 12:22 LCS/LCSD (continued) Analysis Name Indeno(1,2,3-cd)pyrene Isophorone 2-Methylnaphthalene 2-Methylphenol 4-Methylphenol Naphthalene 2-Nitroaniline 3-Nitroaniline 4-Nitroaniline Nitrobenzene 2-Nitrophenol 4-Nitrophenol N-Nitroso-di-n-propylamine N-Nitrosodiphenylamine Di-n-octylphthalate Pentachlorophenol Phenanthrene Phenol Pyrene 2,4,5-Trichlorophenol 2,4,6-Trichlorophenol LCS Spike Added ug/l 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 mg/l LCS Conc ug/l 51.05 55.3 44.31 44.14 38.51 39.86 53.65 45.28 43.62 47.62 56.26 24.69 44.05 51.42 47.76 54.17 47.61 28.11 49.66 52.35 50.94 mg/l LCSD Spike Added ug/l LCSD Conc ug/l LCS %REC LCSD %REC LCS/LCSD Limits RPD RPD Max 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 53.98 45.93 40.89 41.79 40.9 41.4 54.27 47.95 44.87 41.36 52.59 29.48 45.37 49.9 46.14 54.21 46.73 29.24 48.28 52.28 53.21 102 111 89 88 77 80 107 91 87 95 113 49 88 103 96 108 95 56 99 105 102 108 92 82 84 82 83 109 96 90 83 105 59 91 100 92 108 93 58 97 105 106 52-134 42-124 40-121 30-117 25-120 40-121 55-127 41-128 57-114 45-121 47-123 22-78 49-119 51-123 51-140 35-138 59-120 16-74 57-126 53-123 50-125 6 19 8 5 6 4 1 6 3 14 7 18 3 3 3 0 2 4 3 0 4 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 0 4 mg/l mg/l Batch number: 170531848004 Arsenic Barium Cadmium Chromium Lead Selenium Silver Sample number(s): 8844834-8844835 0.150 0.160 2.00 2.05 0.0500 0.0529 0.200 0.208 0.150 0.159 0.150 0.145 0.0500 0.0583 107 103 106 104 106 97 117* 87-113 88-113 88-113 90-113 86-113 83-114 84-115 Batch number: 170535713005 Mercury Sample number(s): 8844834-8844835 0.00100 0.000842 84 80-120 Batch number: 17061104201A Cyanide (Reactivity) Sample number(s): 8844834-8844835 1000 964.81 96 77-113 Batch number: 17056121521A Corrosivity Sample number(s): 8844834-8844835 7.00 7.00 100 89-110 mg/kg Degrees F Batch number: 17058043001A Flash Point mg/kg Degrees F mg/kg Degrees F mg/kg Degrees F Sample number(s): 8844834-8844835 81 81.7 81 81.7 101 101 97-103 *- Outside of specification **-This limit was used in the evaluation of the final result for the blank (1) The result for one or both determinations was less than five times the LOQ. (2) The unspiked result was more than four times the spike added. (3) The surrogate spike amount was less than the LOD. P###### is indicative of a Background or Unspiked sample that is batch matrix QC and was not performed using a sample from this submission group. Page 19 of 26 Quality Control Summary Group Number: 1767808 Client Name: Oneida Total Integration Ent. Reported: 03/05/2017 12:22 LCS/LCSD (continued) LCS Spike Added mg/kg Analysis Name Batch number: 17060112101A Sulfide (Reactivity) LCSD Spike Added mg/kg LCSD Conc mg/kg LCS %REC Sample number(s): 8844834-8844835 570 435.35 Std. Units Batch number: 17056121521A pH LCS Conc mg/kg Std. Units LCSD %REC LCS/LCSD Limits 76 68-102 100 95-105 RPD Max RPD Std. Units Std. Units Sample number(s): 8844834-8844835 7.00 7.00 MS/MSD Unspiked (UNSPK) = the sample used in conjunction with the matrix spike Unspiked Conc mg/l Analysis Name Batch number: Arsenic Barium Cadmium Chromium Lead Selenium Silver 170531848004 Batch number: Mercury 170535713005 MS Spike Added mg/l MS Conc mg/l MSD Spike Added mg/l MSD Conc mg/l Sample number(s): 8844834-8844835 UNSPK: 8844835 N.D. 0.150 0.161 0.150 0.162 0.208 2.00 2.27 2.00 2.27 N.D. 0.0500 0.0518 0.0500 0.0520 0.00298 0.200 0.210 0.200 0.209 N.D. 0.150 0.154 0.150 0.154 N.D. 0.150 0.152 0.150 0.147 N.D. 0.0500 0.0568 0.0500 0.0562 Sample number(s): 8844834-8844835 UNSPK: 8844834 N.D. 0.00100 0.000867 0.00100 0.000838 mg/kg mg/kg mg/kg mg/kg Sample number(s): 8844834-8844835 UNSPK: P851149 N.D. 1000 N.D. 1000 N.D. Batch number: 17060112101A Sulfide (Reactivity) Sample number(s): 8844834-8844835 UNSPK: P851149 N.D. 549 361.29 549 332.02 mg/kg mg/kg MSD %Rec MS/MSD Limits RPD RPD Max 107 103 104 104 103 102 114 108 103 104 103 103 98 112 87-113 88-113 88-113 90-113 86-113 83-114 84-115 0 0 0 0 0 3 1 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 87 84 80-120 3 20 0* 0* 77-113 0 11 66* 60* 68-102 8 24 mg/kg Batch number: 17061104201A Cyanide (Reactivity) mg/kg MS %Rec mg/kg mg/kg Laboratory Duplicate Background (BKG) = the sample used in conjunction with the duplicate Analysis Name BKG Conc mg/l DUP Conc mg/l DUP RPD DUP RPD Max *- Outside of specification **-This limit was used in the evaluation of the final result for the blank (1) The result for one or both determinations was less than five times the LOQ. (2) The unspiked result was more than four times the spike added. (3) The surrogate spike amount was less than the LOD. P###### is indicative of a Background or Unspiked sample that is batch matrix QC and was not performed using a sample from this submission group. Page 20 of 26 Quality Control Summary Group Number: 1767808 Client Name: Oneida Total Integration Ent. Reported: 03/05/2017 12:22 Laboratory Duplicate Background (BKG) = the sample used in conjunction with the duplicate Analysis Name BKG Conc mg/l DUP Conc mg/l DUP RPD DUP RPD Max Batch number: 170531848004 Arsenic Barium Cadmium Chromium Lead Selenium Silver Sample number(s): 8844834-8844835 BKG: 8844835 N.D. N.D. 0 (1) 0.208 0.203 2 N.D. N.D. 0 (1) 0.00298 0.00277 7 (1) N.D. N.D. 0 (1) N.D. N.D. 0 (1) N.D. N.D. 0 (1) 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Batch number: 170535713005 Mercury Sample number(s): 8844834-8844835 BKG: 8844834 N.D. N.D. 0 (1) 20 Batch number: 17056121521A Corrosivity Sample number(s): 8844834-8844835 BKG: P844610 7.54 7.49 1 2 Batch number: 17056121521A Temperature of pH Sample number(s): 8844834-8844835 BKG: P844610 20 20 0 Batch number: 17058043001A Flash Point Sample number(s): 8844834-8844835 BKG: P846689 139.7 136.7 2 (1) Batch number: 17056121521A pH Sample number(s): 8844834-8844835 BKG: P844610 7.54 7.49 1 Degrees C Degrees C Degrees F 5 Degrees F Std. Units 20 Std. Units 3 Surrogate Quality Control Surrogate recoveries which are outside of the QC window are confirmed unless attributed to dilution or otherwise noted on the Analysis Report. Analysis Name: TCL VOCs 4.3 8260B Batch number: Y170581AA Dibromofluoromethane 1,2-Dichloroethane-d4 %Rec LOD %Rec LOD (ug/l) (ug/l) Toluene-d8 %Rec LOD (ug/l) 4-Bromofluorobenzene %Rec LOD (ug/l) 8844834 8844835 Blank LCS LCSD 103 102 102 103 103 98 97 97 100 100 99 97 97 98 98 1 1 1 1 1 103 103 103 102 102 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 *- Outside of specification **-This limit was used in the evaluation of the final result for the blank (1) The result for one or both determinations was less than five times the LOQ. (2) The unspiked result was more than four times the spike added. (3) The surrogate spike amount was less than the LOD. P###### is indicative of a Background or Unspiked sample that is batch matrix QC and was not performed using a sample from this submission group. Page 21 of 26 Quality Control Summary Group Number: 1767808 Client Name: Oneida Total Integration Ent. Reported: 03/05/2017 12:22 Surrogate Quality Control Surrogate recoveries which are outside of the QC window are confirmed unless attributed to dilution or otherwise noted on the Analysis Report. Analysis Name: TCL VOCs 4.3 8260B Batch number: Y170581AA Dibromofluoromethane 1,2-Dichloroethane-d4 Toluene-d8 4-Bromofluorobenzene 80-119 81-118 89-112 85-114 Analysis Name: TCL SVOCs 8270C Batch number: 17054WAD026 2-Fluorophenol Phenol-d6 %Rec LOD %Rec LOD (ug/l) (ug/l) 2,4,6-Tribromophenol %Rec LOD (ug/l) Nitrobenzene-d5 %Rec LOD (ug/l) 2-Fluorobiphenyl %Rec LOD (ug/l) Terphenyl-d14 %Rec LOD (ug/l) 8844834 8844835 Blank LCS LCSD 96 89 88 100 101 79 68 71 90 76 75 61 57 77 76 94 83 92 93 94 Limits: Limits: 46 43 37 64 66 81 81 80 80 80 34 31 28 50 53 81 81 80 80 80 81 81 80 80 80 40 41 40 40 40 40 41 40 40 40 2-Fluorophenol Phenol-d6 2,4,6-Tribromophenol Nitrobenzene-d5 2-Fluorobiphenyl Terphenyl-d14 19-119 10-71 43-140 44-120 44-119 50-134 40 41 40 40 40 *- Outside of specification **-This limit was used in the evaluation of the final result for the blank (1) The result for one or both determinations was less than five times the LOQ. (2) The unspiked result was more than four times the spike added. (3) The surrogate spike amount was less than the LOD. P###### is indicative of a Background or Unspiked sample that is batch matrix QC and was not performed using a sample from this submission group. Page 22 of 26 Environmental Analysis ReqUest/Chain of Custody :35: urofi n5 For Eurotins caster Laboratories Environmental use only Lancaster Laboratories Acct. Group i 7&3 Sampletl <5 y??q Environmental Ana COC or Lab Use Only SC: nt information uested l1 El El OWE gilcl . Name/ll: a '2 $3 Preservation 2L) 3 i? ??0604? t: 5 .43 TaThiosulfate 3 . El (9 ?33? 3 .x a 4 020ther . 4* El El - Quote#. 1: 2 a as sampies were collected: For Compl Collected 9- .. Sample Identification '5 r5 3 Date Time 0 0: 4-- 165 Turnaround me A (please circle) Rush (Rush TAT is subjct to laboratory approval and surcharge.) results are needed: 14? CQCE Agog E-mail address: 0 Data Package Options (circle if required) Type (EPA Level 3 Equivalent/non-CLP) Received by Received by Received by Relinquished Date elinquished by Commer ?al Carrier: UPS FedEx Other Temperature upon receipt oC No EDD Required? if yes, format: Site-Specific QC Yes (if yes. indicate QC Euroflns Lancaster Laboratories Environmental. LLC . 2425 New Holland Pike, Lancaster, PA 17601 - 717-656-2300 The white copy should accompany samples to Euro?ns Lancaster Laboratories FEgronmental. The yellow copy should be retained by the client. 7044 0216 Page 23 0 Type (Reduced non-CLP) NYSDEC Category A or MA MOP CT NO and submit triplicate sample Angela Miller We?? From: Oscar Martinez Sent: Monday, February 20, 2017 9:57 AM To: Angela Miller; Catalina Restrepo Subject: RE: OTIE samples 02-16?17 No we will not need the trip blanks. Oscar A. Martinez Oneida Total integrated Enterprises 21054?06465 x2230 office Original Message-?m? From: Angela Miller Sent: Monday, February 20, 2017 8:56 AM To: Catalina Restrepo Cc: Oscar Martinez Subject: RE: OTIE samples 02-16-17 Hi Catalina, Thank you; we received these samples on Saturday. Did you want us to analyze the trip bianks? Thank you, Angela Angela Miller Specialist Eurofins Lancaster Laboratories Environmental, LLC 2425 New Holland Pike Lancaster, PA 17601 USA Phone: +1 717-556-7260 Original From: Catalina Restrepo Sent: Friday, February 17, 2017 9:17 PM To: Angela Miller Cc: Oscar Martinez Subject: Re: OTIE samples 02-16?17 Hi Angela, - Today we shipped 2 coolers with 4 IDW kits. They are scheduled to be delivered tomorrow Saturday. The tracking are 809586653763 and 809586653652. Below are the COCs. i only reaiized after I had already taped the coolers that I didn't include de two trip blanks you sent us on the COCs. Just FYI. 1 Page 24 of 26 eurofins Sample Administration Doc Log 176027 Laboratories Recei Documentation L0 9 Group Number(s): 1 9C0 ?2 S209 i {invireni?nentai Client: 2015341-06-0604 Delivery and Receipt Information Delivery Method: Arrival Timestamp: 02/18/2017 9:50 Number of Packages: 1 Number of Projects: 1 State/Province of Origin: EM Arrival Condition Summary Shipping Container Sealed: Yes Sample IDs on COC match Containers: Yes Custody Seal Present: Yes Sample Date/Times match COC: Yes Custody Seal Intact: Yes VOA Vial Headspace 2 6mm: No Samples Chilled: Yes Totai Trip Blank Qty: 1 Paperwork Enclosed: Yes Trip Blank Type: HCI Samples Intact: Yes Air Quality Samples Present: No Missing Samples: No Extra Samples: No Discrepancy in Container Qty on COC: No Unpacked by William Richardson (12178) at 16:35 on 02/18/2017 Samples Chilled Details: 2015341-06-0604 Thermometer Types: DT Digital (Temp. Bottle) IR Infrared (Surface Temp) All Temperatures in Cooier Thermometer ID Corrected Temp Therm. Type Ice Type Ice Present? Ice Container Elevated Temp? 1 DT121 0.6 DT Wet Loose/Bag page 1 of 1 2425 New Holland Pike 1 717-656?2300 LancasBr, PA 17605~2425 3 717?655~2681 age 25 Of 26 Explanation of Symbols and Abbreviations The following defines common symbols and abbreviations used in reporting technical data: BMQL C cfu CP Units F g IU kg L lb. m3 meq Below Minimum Quantitation Level degrees Celsius colony forming units cobalt-chloroplatinate units degrees Fahrenheit gram(s) International Units kilogram(s) liter(s) pound(s) cubic meter(s) milliequivalents < less than > greater than mg mL MPN N.D. ng NTU pg/L RL TNTC µg µL umhos/cm milligram(s) milliliter(s) Most Probable Number none detected nanogram(s) nephelometric turbidity units picogram/liter Reporting Limit Too Numerous To Count microgram(s) microliter(s) micromhos/cm ppm parts per million - One ppm is equivalent to one milligram per kilogram (mg/kg) or one gram per million grams. For aqueous liquids, ppm is usually taken to be equivalent to milligrams per liter (mg/l), because one liter of water has a weight very close to a kilogram. For gases or vapors, one ppm is equivalent to one microliter per liter of gas. ppb parts per billion Dry weight basis Results printed under this heading have been adjusted for moisture content. This increases the analyte weight concentration to approximate the value present in a similar sample without moisture. All other results are reported on an as-received basis. Laboratory Data Qualifiers: C - Result confirmed by reanalysis E - Concentration exceeds the calibration range J (or G, I, X) - estimated value ≥ the Method Detection Limit (MDL or DL) and < the Limit of Quantitation (LOQ or RL) P - Concentration difference between the primary and confirmation column >40%. The lower result is reported. U - Analyte was not detected at the value indicated V - Concentration difference between the primary and confirmation column >100%. The reporting limit is raised due to this disparity and evident interference… W - The dissolved oxygen uptake for the unseeded blank is greater than 0.20 mg/L. Additional Organic and Inorganic CLP qualifiers may be used with Form 1 reports as defined by the CLP methods. Qualifiers specific to Dioxin/Furans and PCB Congeners are detailed on the individual Analysis Report. Analytical test results meet all requirements of the associated regulatory program (i.e., NELAC (TNI), DoD, and ISO 17025) unless otherwise noted under the individual analysis. Measurement uncertainty values, as applicable, are available upon request. Tests results relate only to the sample tested. Clients should be aware that a critical step in a chemical or microbiological analysis is the collection of the sample. Unless the sample analyzed is truly representative of the bulk of material involved, the test results will be meaningless. If you have questions regarding the proper techniques of collecting samples, please contact us. We cannot be held responsible for sample integrity, however, unless sampling has been performed by a member of our staff. This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of the laboratory. Times are local to the area of activity. Parameters listed in the 40 CFR Part 136 Table II as “analyze immediately” are not performed within 15 minutes. WARRANTY AND LIMITS OF LIABILITY - In accepting analytical work, we warrant the accuracy of test results for the sample as submitted. THE FOREGOING EXPRESS WARRANTY IS EXCLUSIVE AND IS GIVEN IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED. WE DISCLAIM ANY OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING A WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY. IN NO EVENT SHALL EUROFINS LANCASTER LABORATORIES ENVIRONMENTAL, LLC BE LIABLE FOR INDIRECT, SPECIAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF PROFIT OR GOODWILL REGARDLESS OF (A) THE NEGLIGENCE (EITHER SOLE OR CONCURRENT) OF EUROFINS LANCASTER LABORATORIES ENVIRONMENTAL AND (B) WHETHER EUROFINS LANCASTER LABORATORIES ENVIRONMENTAL HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. We accept no legal responsibility for the purposes for which the client uses the test results. No purchase order or other order for work shall be accepted by Eurofins Lancaster Laboratories Environmental which includes any conditions that vary from the Standard Terms and Conditions, and Eurofins Lancaster Laboratories Environmental hereby objects to any conflicting terms contained in any acceptance or order submitted by client. 3768 1216 Page 26 of 26 ANALYTICAL RESULTS Prepared by: Prepared for: Eurofins Lancaster Laboratories Environmental 2425 New Holland Pike Lancaster, PA 17601 Oneida Total Integration Ent. 1033 N. Mayfair Road Suite 200 Milwaukee WI 53226-3442 Report Date: March 05, 2017 Project: 2015341-06-0604 Site: Submittal Date: 02/18/2017 Group Number: 1767809 SDG: OTI36 PO Number: 10976 State of Sample Origin: NM Lancaster Labs (LL) # 8844837 8844838 Client Sample Description DRUM 3 Groundwater DRUM 4 Groundwater The specific methodologies used in obtaining the enclosed analytical results are indicated on the Laboratory Sample Analysis Record. Regulatory agencies do not accredit laboratories for all methods, analytes, and matrices. Our current scopes of accreditation can be viewed at http://www.eurofinsus.com/environment-testing/laboratories/eurofins-lancasterlaboratories-environmental/resources/certifications/ . To request copies of prior scopes of accreditation, contact your project manager. Electronic Copy To Oneida Total Integration Ent. Attn: Oscar Martinez Respectfully Submitted, (717) 556-7260 Page 1 of 26 Case Narrative Project Name: 2015341-06-0604 LL Group #: 1767809 General Comments: All analyses have been performed in accordance with DOD QSM Version 5.0 unless otherwise noted below. See the Laboratory Sample Analysis Record section of the Analysis Report for the method references. All QC met criteria unless otherwise noted in an Analysis Specific Comment below. Refer to the QC Summary for specific values and acceptance criteria. Project specific QC samples are not included in this data set Matrix QC may not be reported if site-specific QC samples were not submitted. In these situations, to demonstrate precision and accuracy at a batch level, a LCS/LCSD was performed, unless otherwise specified in the method. Surrogate recoveries (if applicable) which are outside of the QC window are confirmed unless attributed to a dilution or otherwise noted in an Analysis Specific Comment below. The samples were received at the appropriate temperature and in accordance with the chain of custody unless otherwise noted. Analysis Specific Comments: SW-846 6010B, Metals Batch #: 170531848004 (Sample number(s): 8844837-8844838 UNSPK: P844835 BKG: P844835) The recovery(ies) for the following analyte(s) in the LCS exceeded the acceptance window indicating a positive bias: Silver SW-846 Chapter 7.3, Wet Chemistry Sample #s: 8844837, 8844838 Reactivity: This sample was extracted and analyzed by the interim method described in SW-846 Revision 3, December 1996 - Chapter 7.3. The Interim Guidance for Reactive Cyanide and Reactive Sulfide (SW-846 Sections 7.3.3 and 7.3.4 of Chapter 7 - December 1996) identifies a reactive material as generating more than 250 mg/kg of hydrogen cyanide or 500 mg/kg of hydrogen sulfide. This waste is not considered hazardous due to reactivity based on that standard. These results do not reflect total cyanide or total sulfide. On July 14, 2005, EPA published a rule in the Federal Register that removed the Interim Guidance and the method referenced above. At this time there is no specific guidance or a method to be used to evaluate "Reactivity". Batch #: 17060112101A (Sample number(s): 8844837-8844838 UNSPK: P851149) The recovery(ies) for the following analyte(s) in the MS and/or MSD was outside the acceptance window: Sulfide (Reactivity) Batch #: 17061104201A (Sample number(s): 8844837-8844838 UNSPK: P851149) The recovery(ies) for the following analyte(s) in the MS and/or MSD was outside the acceptance window: Cyanide (Reactivity) v 1.9.4 3/5/2017 12:22:56PM Page 2 of 26 ASTM D93- 07, Wet Chemistry Sample #s: 8844837 No flash observed below 182F. Test flame extinguished at 162F. Flash point was determined using Pensky Martens closed cup apparatus. Sample #s: 8844838 No flash observed below 184F. Test flame extinguished at 164F. Flash point was determined using Pensky Martens closed cup apparatus. SW-846 Chapter 7, Wet Chemistry Sample #s: 8844838 The pH of the sample is 8.02 indicating that the sample is not corrosive. A sample is corrosive if it exhibits a pH equal to or less than 2 or equal to or greater than 12.5. Sample #s: 8844837 The pH of the sample is 8.07 indicating that the sample is not corrosive. A sample is corrosive if it exhibits a pH equal to or less than 2 or equal to or greater than 12.5. SW-846 Chapter 7.3, Wet Chemistry Sample #s: 8844837, 8844838 Reactivity: This sample was extracted and analyzed by the interim method described in SW-846 Revision 3, December 1996 - Chapter 7.3. The Interim Guidance for Reactive Cyanide and Reactive Sulfide (SW-846 Sections 7.3.3 and 7.3.4 of Chapter 7 - December 1996) identifies a reactive material as generating more than 250 mg/kg of hydrogen cyanide or 500 mg/kg of hydrogen sulfide. This waste is not considered hazardous due to reactivity based on that standard. These results do not reflect total cyanide or total sulfide. On July 14, 2005, EPA published a rule in the Federal Register that removed the Interim Guidance and the method referenced above. At this time there is no specific guidance or a method to be used to evaluate "Reactivity". Batch #: 17060112101A (Sample number(s): 8844837-8844838 UNSPK: P851149) The recovery(ies) for the following analyte(s) in the MS and/or MSD was outside the acceptance window: Sulfide (Reactivity) Batch #: 17061104201A (Sample number(s): 8844837-8844838 UNSPK: P851149) The recovery(ies) for the following analyte(s) in the MS and/or MSD was outside the acceptance window: Cyanide (Reactivity) v 1.9.4 3/5/2017 12:22:56PM Page 3 of 26 Sample Description: DRUM 3 Groundwater 2015341-06-0604 LL Sample # WW 8844837 LL Group # 1767809 Account # 37016 Project Name: 2015341-06-0604 Collected: 02/17/2017 12:15 by RK Oneida Total Integration Ent. 1033 N. Mayfair Road Suite 200 Milwaukee WI 53226-3442 Submitted: 02/18/2017 09:50 Reported: 03/05/2017 12:22 60403 CAT No. SDG#: OTI36-01 Analysis Name GC/MS Volatiles 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 CAS Number SW-846 8260B Acetone Benzene Bromodichloromethane Bromoform Bromomethane 2-Butanone Carbon Disulfide Carbon Tetrachloride Chlorobenzene Chloroethane Chloroform Chloromethane Cyclohexane 1,2-Dibromo-3-chloropropane Dibromochloromethane 1,2-Dibromoethane 1,2-Dichlorobenzene 1,3-Dichlorobenzene 1,4-Dichlorobenzene Dichlorodifluoromethane 1,1-Dichloroethane 1,2-Dichloroethane 1,1-Dichloroethene cis-1,2-Dichloroethene trans-1,2-Dichloroethene 1,2-Dichloropropane cis-1,3-Dichloropropene trans-1,3-Dichloropropene Ethylbenzene Freon 113 2-Hexanone Isopropylbenzene Methyl Acetate Methyl Tertiary Butyl Ether 4-Methyl-2-pentanone Methylcyclohexane Methylene Chloride Styrene 1,1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane Tetrachloroethene Toluene 1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene 1,1,1-Trichloroethane 1,1,2-Trichloroethane Trichloroethene Trichlorofluoromethane Vinyl Chloride Xylene (Total) 67-64-1 71-43-2 75-27-4 75-25-2 74-83-9 78-93-3 75-15-0 56-23-5 108-90-7 75-00-3 67-66-3 74-87-3 110-82-7 96-12-8 124-48-1 106-93-4 95-50-1 541-73-1 106-46-7 75-71-8 75-34-3 107-06-2 75-35-4 156-59-2 156-60-5 78-87-5 10061-01-5 10061-02-6 100-41-4 76-13-1 591-78-6 98-82-8 79-20-9 1634-04-4 108-10-1 108-87-2 75-09-2 100-42-5 79-34-5 127-18-4 108-88-3 120-82-1 71-55-6 79-00-5 79-01-6 75-69-4 75-01-4 1330-20-7 Result ug/l N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. 0.6 N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. 3 J Detection Limit* Limit of Detection Limit of Quantitation ug/l ug/l ug/l 6 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 3 1 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 2 2 0.5 0.5 1 1 1 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 2 3 1 1 0.5 3 1 2 1 0.5 0.5 0.5 1 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 20 1 1 1 1 8 2 1 1 1 1 1 4 4 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 8 2 2 1 8 2 4 2 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 20 1 1 4 1 10 5 1 1 1 1 1 5 5 1 1 5 5 5 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 10 10 5 5 1 10 5 4 5 1 1 1 5 1 1 1 1 1 1 *=This limit was used in the evaluation of the final result Page 4 of 26 DF 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Sample Description: DRUM 3 Groundwater 2015341-06-0604 LL Sample # WW 8844837 LL Group # 1767809 Account # 37016 Project Name: 2015341-06-0604 Collected: 02/17/2017 12:15 by RK Oneida Total Integration Ent. 1033 N. Mayfair Road Suite 200 Milwaukee WI 53226-3442 Submitted: 02/18/2017 09:50 Reported: 03/05/2017 12:22 60403 CAT No. SDG#: OTI36-01 Analysis Name GC/MS Semivolatiles CAS Number SW-846 8270C 83-32-9 208-96-8 98-86-2 120-12-7 1912-24-9 100-52-7 56-55-3 50-32-8 205-99-2 191-24-2 207-08-9 92-52-4 101-55-3 85-68-7 84-74-2 105-60-2 86-74-8 59-50-7 106-47-8 111-91-1 111-44-4 91-58-7 95-57-8 7005-72-3 108-60-1 Result ug/l N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. Detection Limit* Limit of Detection Limit of Quantitation ug/l ug/l ug/l 0.1 0.1 0.5 0.1 2 1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.5 0.5 2 2 5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.4 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.4 0.4 1 0.4 4 4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 1 1 4 4 15 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0.5 0.5 1 0.5 5 5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 1 1 5 5 15 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0.4 0.4 1 4 1 4 1 4 15 30 4 1 4 0.4 0.4 0.4 1 15 4 0.4 0.5 0.5 1 5 1 5 1 5 15 30 5 1 5 0.5 0.5 0.5 1 15 5 0.5 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 Acenaphthene Acenaphthylene Acetophenone Anthracene Atrazine Benzaldehyde Benzo(a)anthracene Benzo(a)pyrene Benzo(b)fluoranthene Benzo(g,h,i)perylene Benzo(k)fluoranthene 1,1'-Biphenyl 4-Bromophenyl-phenylether Butylbenzylphthalate Di-n-butylphthalate Caprolactam Carbazole 4-Chloro-3-methylphenol 4-Chloroaniline bis(2-Chloroethoxy)methane bis(2-Chloroethyl)ether 2-Chloronaphthalene 2-Chlorophenol 4-Chlorophenyl-phenylether 2,2'-oxybis(1-Chloropropane) 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 Bis(2-chloroisopropyl) ether CAS #39638-32-9 and 2,2'-Oxybis(1-chloropropane) CAS #108-60-1 cannot be separated chromatographically. The reported result represents the combined total of both compounds. Chrysene 218-01-9 N.D. 0.1 Dibenz(a,h)anthracene 53-70-3 N.D. 0.1 Dibenzofuran 132-64-9 N.D. 0.5 3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine 91-94-1 N.D. 2 2,4-Dichlorophenol 120-83-2 N.D. 0.5 Diethylphthalate 84-66-2 N.D. 2 2,4-Dimethylphenol 105-67-9 N.D. 0.5 Dimethylphthalate 131-11-3 N.D. 2 4,6-Dinitro-2-methylphenol 534-52-1 N.D. 5 2,4-Dinitrophenol 51-28-5 N.D. 10 2,4-Dinitrotoluene 121-14-2 N.D. 1 2,6-Dinitrotoluene 606-20-2 N.D. 0.5 bis(2-Ethylhexyl)phthalate 117-81-7 N.D. 2 Fluoranthene 206-44-0 N.D. 0.1 Fluorene 86-73-7 N.D. 0.1 Hexachlorobenzene 118-74-1 N.D. 0.1 Hexachlorobutadiene 87-68-3 N.D. 0.5 Hexachlorocyclopentadiene 77-47-4 N.D. 5 Hexachloroethane 67-72-1 N.D. 1 Indeno(1,2,3-cd)pyrene 193-39-5 N.D. 0.1 *=This limit was used in the evaluation of the final result Page 5 of 26 DF Sample Description: DRUM 3 Groundwater 2015341-06-0604 LL Sample # WW 8844837 LL Group # 1767809 Account # 37016 Project Name: 2015341-06-0604 Collected: 02/17/2017 12:15 by RK Oneida Total Integration Ent. 1033 N. Mayfair Road Suite 200 Milwaukee WI 53226-3442 Submitted: 02/18/2017 09:50 Reported: 03/05/2017 12:22 60403 CAT No. SDG#: OTI36-01 Analysis Name CAS Number Detection Limit* Result ug/l ug/l SW-846 8270C Isophorone 78-59-1 N.D. 0.5 2-Methylnaphthalene 91-57-6 N.D. 0.1 2-Methylphenol 95-48-7 N.D. 0.5 4-Methylphenol 106-44-5 N.D. 0.5 3-Methylphenol and 4-methylphenol cannot be resolved under the chromatographic conditions used for sample analysis. The result reported for 4-methylphenol represents the combined total of both compounds. Naphthalene 91-20-3 N.D. 0.1 2-Nitroaniline 88-74-4 N.D. 0.5 3-Nitroaniline 99-09-2 N.D. 0.5 4-Nitroaniline 100-01-6 N.D. 0.5 Nitrobenzene 98-95-3 N.D. 0.5 2-Nitrophenol 88-75-5 N.D. 0.5 4-Nitrophenol 100-02-7 N.D. 10 N-Nitroso-di-n-propylamine 621-64-7 N.D. 0.5 N-Nitrosodiphenylamine 86-30-6 N.D. 0.5 N-nitrosodiphenylamine decomposes in the GC inlet forming diphenylamine. The result reported for N-nitrosodiphenylamine represents the combined total of both compounds. Di-n-octylphthalate 117-84-0 N.D. 2 Pentachlorophenol 87-86-5 N.D. 1 Phenanthrene 85-01-8 N.D. 0.1 Phenol 108-95-2 N.D. 0.5 Pyrene 129-00-0 N.D. 0.1 2,4,5-Trichlorophenol 95-95-4 N.D. 0.5 2,4,6-Trichlorophenol 88-06-2 N.D. 0.5 GC/MS Semivolatiles 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 Metals SW-846 6010B 07035 07046 07049 07051 07055 07036 07066 Arsenic Barium Cadmium Chromium Lead Selenium Silver 00259 Mercury 7440-38-2 7440-39-3 7440-43-9 7440-47-3 7439-92-1 7782-49-2 7440-22-4 SW-846 7470A Wet Chemistry 7439-97-6 SW-846 Chapter 7.3 01123 Cyanide (Reactivity) 00430 Flash Point n.a. ASTM D93- 07 n.a. Limit of Detection Limit of Quantitation ug/l ug/l 1 0.4 1 1 1 0.5 1 1 1 1 1 1 0.4 1 1 1 1 1 30 1 1 0.5 1 1 1 1 1 30 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 4 0.4 1 0.4 1 1 5 5 0.5 1 0.5 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 DF mg/l N.D. 0.249 N.D. 0.0028 J N.D. N.D. N.D. mg/l 0.0097 0.0011 0.00049 0.0018 0.0062 0.0097 0.0019 mg/l 0.0200 0.0025 0.0013 0.0038 0.0150 0.0200 0.0050 mg/l 0.0200 0.0050 0.0050 0.0150 0.0150 0.0200 0.0050 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 mg/l N.D. mg/l 0.000050 mg/l 0.00010 mg/l 0.00020 1 mg/kg N.D. mg/kg 19.1 mg/kg 57.4 mg/kg 57.4 1 Degrees F Degrees F Degrees F Degrees F No Flash Observed 50 50 50 No flash observed below 182F. Test flame extinguished at 162F. Flash point was determined using Pensky Martens closed cup apparatus. *=This limit was used in the evaluation of the final result Page 6 of 26 1 Sample Description: DRUM 3 Groundwater 2015341-06-0604 LL Sample # WW 8844837 LL Group # 1767809 Account # 37016 Project Name: 2015341-06-0604 Collected: 02/17/2017 12:15 by RK Oneida Total Integration Ent. 1033 N. Mayfair Road Suite 200 Milwaukee WI 53226-3442 Submitted: 02/18/2017 09:50 Reported: 03/05/2017 12:22 60403 CAT No. SDG#: OTI36-01 Analysis Name Wet Chemistry Detection Limit* Limit of Detection Limit of Quantitation Degrees C 20.0 Degrees C Degrees C Degrees C 0.010 0.010 0.010 Std. Units 8.1 Std. Units Std. Units Std. Units 0.010 0.010 0.010 1 0 1 CAS Number Result n.a. EPA 170.1 12151 Temperature of pH 12152 pH 00496 Corrosivity n.a. See Below 0 0 The pH of the sample is 8.07 indicating that the sample is not corrosive. A sample is corrosive if it exhibits a pH equal to or less than 2 or equal to or greater than 12.5. 01122 Sulfide (Reactivity) SM 4500-H+ B-2000 n.a. DF 1 SW-846 Chapter 7 SW-846 Chapter 7.3 n.a. SW-846 Chapter 7.3 01121 mg/kg N.D. mg/kg 53.6 mg/kg 150 mg/kg 160 1 see below See Below see below 0 see below 0 see below 0 1 Reactivity n.a. Reactivity: This sample was extracted and analyzed by the interim method described in SW-846 Revision 3, December 1996 - Chapter 7.3. The Interim Guidance for Reactive Cyanide and Reactive Sulfide (SW-846 Sections 7.3.3 and 7.3.4 of Chapter 7 - December 1996) identifies a reactive material as generating more than 250 mg/kg of hydrogen cyanide or 500 mg/kg of hydrogen sulfide. This waste is not considered hazardous due to reactivity based on that standard. These results do not reflect total cyanide or total sulfide. On July 14, 2005, EPA published a rule in the Federal Register that removed the Interim Guidance and the method referenced above. At this time there is no specific guidance or a method to be used to evaluate "Reactivity". Sample Comments All QC is compliant unless otherwise noted. Please refer to the Quality Control Summary for overall QC performance data and associated samples. Laboratory Sample Analysis Record CAT Analysis Name No. 10335 TCL VOCs 4.3 8260B 01163 GC/MS VOA Water Prep 14240 TCL SVOCs 8270C 00813 BNA Water Extraction 07035 Arsenic 07046 Barium 07049 Cadmium 07051 Chromium 07055 Lead 07036 Selenium Method SW-846 SW-846 SW-846 SW-846 SW-846 SW-846 SW-846 SW-846 SW-846 SW-846 Trial# Batch# 8260B 5030B 8270C 3510C 6010B 6010B 6010B 6010B 6010B 6010B 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Y170581AA Y170581AA 17054WAD026 17054WAD026 170531848004 170531848004 170531848004 170531848004 170531848004 170531848004 Analysis Date and Time 02/27/2017 13:41 02/27/2017 13:41 02/24/2017 13:06 02/23/2017 17:00 02/24/2017 15:54 02/24/2017 15:54 02/24/2017 15:54 02/24/2017 15:54 02/24/2017 15:54 02/24/2017 15:54 *=This limit was used in the evaluation of the final result Page 7 of 26 Analyst Brett W Kenyon Brett W Kenyon Holly B Ziegler Kate E Lutte Suzanne M Will Suzanne M Will Suzanne M Will Suzanne M Will Suzanne M Will Suzanne M Will Dilution Factor 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Sample Description: DRUM 3 Groundwater 2015341-06-0604 LL Sample # WW 8844837 LL Group # 1767809 Account # 37016 Project Name: 2015341-06-0604 Collected: 02/17/2017 12:15 by RK Oneida Total Integration Ent. 1033 N. Mayfair Road Suite 200 Milwaukee WI 53226-3442 Submitted: 02/18/2017 09:50 Reported: 03/05/2017 12:22 60403 SDG#: OTI36-01 Laboratory Sample Analysis Record Method CAT Analysis Name Trial# Batch# No. 07066 Silver SW-846 6010B 1 170531848004 00259 Mercury SW-846 7470A 1 170535713005 1 170531848004 01848 ICP-WW, 3005A (tot rec) - SW-846 3005A U3 05713 WW SW846 Hg Digest SW-846 7470A 1 170535713005 01123 Cyanide (Reactivity) SW-846 Chapter 7.3 1 17061104201A Analysis Date and Time 02/24/2017 15:54 02/24/2017 11:35 02/24/2017 08:05 Analyst 02/24/2017 03/02/2017 08:15 07:03 Denise L Trimby Dein K Bernot 1 1 00430 12151 12152 00496 01121 Flash Point Temperature of pH pH Corrosivity Reactivity ASTM D93- 07 EPA 170.1 SM 4500-H+ B-2000 SW-846 Chapter 7 SW-846 Chapter 7.3 1 1 1 1 1 17058043001A 17056121521A 17056121521A 17056121521A 17060112101A 02/27/2017 02/25/2017 02/25/2017 02/25/2017 03/01/2017 14:20 12:20 12:20 12:20 08:20 Susan Luz M Luz M Luz M Susan A Engle Groff Groff Groff E Hibner 1 1 1 1 1 01122 Sulfide (Reactivity) SW-846 Chapter 7.3 1 17060112101A 03/01/2017 08:20 Susan E Hibner 1 *=This limit was used in the evaluation of the final result Page 8 of 26 Suzanne M Will Damary Valentin Denise L Trimby Dilution Factor 1 1 1 Sample Description: DRUM 4 Groundwater 2015341-06-0604 LL Sample # WW 8844838 LL Group # 1767809 Account # 37016 Project Name: 2015341-06-0604 Collected: 02/17/2017 12:25 by RK Oneida Total Integration Ent. 1033 N. Mayfair Road Suite 200 Milwaukee WI 53226-3442 Submitted: 02/18/2017 09:50 Reported: 03/05/2017 12:22 60404 CAT No. SDG#: OTI36-02 Analysis Name GC/MS Volatiles 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 10335 CAS Number SW-846 8260B Acetone Benzene Bromodichloromethane Bromoform Bromomethane 2-Butanone Carbon Disulfide Carbon Tetrachloride Chlorobenzene Chloroethane Chloroform Chloromethane Cyclohexane 1,2-Dibromo-3-chloropropane Dibromochloromethane 1,2-Dibromoethane 1,2-Dichlorobenzene 1,3-Dichlorobenzene 1,4-Dichlorobenzene Dichlorodifluoromethane 1,1-Dichloroethane 1,2-Dichloroethane 1,1-Dichloroethene cis-1,2-Dichloroethene trans-1,2-Dichloroethene 1,2-Dichloropropane cis-1,3-Dichloropropene trans-1,3-Dichloropropene Ethylbenzene Freon 113 2-Hexanone Isopropylbenzene Methyl Acetate Methyl Tertiary Butyl Ether 4-Methyl-2-pentanone Methylcyclohexane Methylene Chloride Styrene 1,1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane Tetrachloroethene Toluene 1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene 1,1,1-Trichloroethane 1,1,2-Trichloroethane Trichloroethene Trichlorofluoromethane Vinyl Chloride Xylene (Total) 67-64-1 71-43-2 75-27-4 75-25-2 74-83-9 78-93-3 75-15-0 56-23-5 108-90-7 75-00-3 67-66-3 74-87-3 110-82-7 96-12-8 124-48-1 106-93-4 95-50-1 541-73-1 106-46-7 75-71-8 75-34-3 107-06-2 75-35-4 156-59-2 156-60-5 78-87-5 10061-01-5 10061-02-6 100-41-4 76-13-1 591-78-6 98-82-8 79-20-9 1634-04-4 108-10-1 108-87-2 75-09-2 100-42-5 79-34-5 127-18-4 108-88-3 120-82-1 71-55-6 79-00-5 79-01-6 75-69-4 75-01-4 1330-20-7 Result ug/l N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. 3 N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. 15 Detection Limit* Limit of Detection Limit of Quantitation ug/l ug/l ug/l 6 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 3 1 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 2 2 0.5 0.5 1 1 1 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 2 3 1 1 0.5 3 1 2 1 0.5 0.5 0.5 1 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 20 1 1 1 1 8 2 1 1 1 1 1 4 4 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 8 2 2 1 8 2 4 2 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 20 1 1 4 1 10 5 1 1 1 1 1 5 5 1 1 5 5 5 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 10 10 5 5 1 10 5 4 5 1 1 1 5 1 1 1 1 1 1 *=This limit was used in the evaluation of the final result Page 9 of 26 DF 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Sample Description: DRUM 4 Groundwater 2015341-06-0604 LL Sample # WW 8844838 LL Group # 1767809 Account # 37016 Project Name: 2015341-06-0604 Collected: 02/17/2017 12:25 by RK Oneida Total Integration Ent. 1033 N. Mayfair Road Suite 200 Milwaukee WI 53226-3442 Submitted: 02/18/2017 09:50 Reported: 03/05/2017 12:22 60404 CAT No. SDG#: OTI36-02 Analysis Name GC/MS Semivolatiles CAS Number SW-846 8270C 83-32-9 208-96-8 98-86-2 120-12-7 1912-24-9 100-52-7 56-55-3 50-32-8 205-99-2 191-24-2 207-08-9 92-52-4 101-55-3 85-68-7 84-74-2 105-60-2 86-74-8 59-50-7 106-47-8 111-91-1 111-44-4 91-58-7 95-57-8 7005-72-3 108-60-1 Result ug/l N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. Detection Limit* Limit of Detection Limit of Quantitation ug/l ug/l ug/l 0.1 0.1 0.5 0.1 2 1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.5 0.5 2 2 5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.4 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.4 0.4 1 0.4 4 4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 1 1 4 4 15 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0.5 0.5 1 0.5 5 5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 1 1 5 5 15 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0.4 0.4 1 4 1 4 1 4 15 30 4 1 4 0.4 0.4 0.4 1 15 4 0.4 0.5 0.5 1 5 1 5 1 5 15 30 5 1 5 0.5 0.5 0.5 1 15 5 0.5 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 Acenaphthene Acenaphthylene Acetophenone Anthracene Atrazine Benzaldehyde Benzo(a)anthracene Benzo(a)pyrene Benzo(b)fluoranthene Benzo(g,h,i)perylene Benzo(k)fluoranthene 1,1'-Biphenyl 4-Bromophenyl-phenylether Butylbenzylphthalate Di-n-butylphthalate Caprolactam Carbazole 4-Chloro-3-methylphenol 4-Chloroaniline bis(2-Chloroethoxy)methane bis(2-Chloroethyl)ether 2-Chloronaphthalene 2-Chlorophenol 4-Chlorophenyl-phenylether 2,2'-oxybis(1-Chloropropane) 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 Bis(2-chloroisopropyl) ether CAS #39638-32-9 and 2,2'-Oxybis(1-chloropropane) CAS #108-60-1 cannot be separated chromatographically. The reported result represents the combined total of both compounds. Chrysene 218-01-9 N.D. 0.1 Dibenz(a,h)anthracene 53-70-3 N.D. 0.1 Dibenzofuran 132-64-9 N.D. 0.5 3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine 91-94-1 N.D. 2 2,4-Dichlorophenol 120-83-2 N.D. 0.5 Diethylphthalate 84-66-2 N.D. 2 2,4-Dimethylphenol 105-67-9 N.D. 0.5 Dimethylphthalate 131-11-3 N.D. 2 4,6-Dinitro-2-methylphenol 534-52-1 N.D. 5 2,4-Dinitrophenol 51-28-5 N.D. 10 2,4-Dinitrotoluene 121-14-2 N.D. 1 2,6-Dinitrotoluene 606-20-2 N.D. 0.5 bis(2-Ethylhexyl)phthalate 117-81-7 N.D. 2 Fluoranthene 206-44-0 N.D. 0.1 Fluorene 86-73-7 N.D. 0.1 Hexachlorobenzene 118-74-1 N.D. 0.1 Hexachlorobutadiene 87-68-3 N.D. 0.5 Hexachlorocyclopentadiene 77-47-4 N.D. 5 Hexachloroethane 67-72-1 N.D. 1 Indeno(1,2,3-cd)pyrene 193-39-5 N.D. 0.1 *=This limit was used in the evaluation of the final result Page 10 of 26 DF Sample Description: DRUM 4 Groundwater 2015341-06-0604 LL Sample # WW 8844838 LL Group # 1767809 Account # 37016 Project Name: 2015341-06-0604 Collected: 02/17/2017 12:25 by RK Oneida Total Integration Ent. 1033 N. Mayfair Road Suite 200 Milwaukee WI 53226-3442 Submitted: 02/18/2017 09:50 Reported: 03/05/2017 12:22 60404 CAT No. SDG#: OTI36-02 Analysis Name CAS Number Result Detection Limit* ug/l ug/l SW-846 8270C Isophorone 78-59-1 N.D. 0.5 2-Methylnaphthalene 91-57-6 N.D. 0.1 2-Methylphenol 95-48-7 N.D. 0.5 4-Methylphenol 106-44-5 N.D. 0.5 3-Methylphenol and 4-methylphenol cannot be resolved under the chromatographic conditions used for sample analysis. The result reported for 4-methylphenol represents the combined total of both compounds. Naphthalene 91-20-3 N.D. 0.1 2-Nitroaniline 88-74-4 N.D. 0.5 3-Nitroaniline 99-09-2 N.D. 0.5 4-Nitroaniline 100-01-6 N.D. 0.5 Nitrobenzene 98-95-3 N.D. 0.5 2-Nitrophenol 88-75-5 N.D. 0.5 4-Nitrophenol 100-02-7 N.D. 10 N-Nitroso-di-n-propylamine 621-64-7 N.D. 0.5 N-Nitrosodiphenylamine 86-30-6 N.D. 0.5 N-nitrosodiphenylamine decomposes in the GC inlet forming diphenylamine. The result reported for N-nitrosodiphenylamine represents the combined total of both compounds. Di-n-octylphthalate 117-84-0 N.D. 2 Pentachlorophenol 87-86-5 N.D. 1 Phenanthrene 85-01-8 N.D. 0.1 Phenol 108-95-2 N.D. 0.5 Pyrene 129-00-0 N.D. 0.1 2,4,5-Trichlorophenol 95-95-4 N.D. 0.5 2,4,6-Trichlorophenol 88-06-2 N.D. 0.5 GC/MS Semivolatiles 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 14240 Metals SW-846 6010B 07035 07046 07049 07051 07055 07036 07066 Arsenic Barium Cadmium Chromium Lead Selenium Silver 00259 Mercury 7440-38-2 7440-39-3 7440-43-9 7440-47-3 7439-92-1 7782-49-2 7440-22-4 SW-846 7470A Wet Chemistry 7439-97-6 SW-846 Chapter 7.3 01123 Cyanide (Reactivity) 00430 Flash Point n.a. ASTM D93- 07 n.a. Limit of Detection Limit of Quantitation ug/l ug/l 1 0.4 1 1 1 0.5 1 1 1 1 1 1 0.4 1 1 1 1 1 30 1 1 0.5 1 1 1 1 1 30 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 4 0.4 1 0.4 1 1 5 5 0.5 1 0.5 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 DF mg/l N.D. 0.0957 N.D. 0.0036 J N.D. N.D. N.D. mg/l 0.0097 0.0011 0.00049 0.0018 0.0062 0.0097 0.0019 mg/l 0.0200 0.0025 0.0013 0.0038 0.0150 0.0200 0.0050 mg/l 0.0200 0.0050 0.0050 0.0150 0.0150 0.0200 0.0050 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 mg/l N.D. mg/l 0.000050 mg/l 0.00010 mg/l 0.00020 1 mg/kg N.D. mg/kg 19.7 mg/kg 59.2 mg/kg 59.2 1 Degrees F Degrees F Degrees F Degrees F No Flash Observed 50 50 50 No flash observed below 184F. Test flame extinguished at 164F. Flash point was determined using Pensky Martens closed cup apparatus. *=This limit was used in the evaluation of the final result Page 11 of 26 1 Sample Description: DRUM 4 Groundwater 2015341-06-0604 LL Sample # WW 8844838 LL Group # 1767809 Account # 37016 Project Name: 2015341-06-0604 Collected: 02/17/2017 12:25 by RK Oneida Total Integration Ent. 1033 N. Mayfair Road Suite 200 Milwaukee WI 53226-3442 Submitted: 02/18/2017 09:50 Reported: 03/05/2017 12:22 60404 CAT No. SDG#: OTI36-02 Analysis Name Wet Chemistry Detection Limit* Limit of Detection Limit of Quantitation Degrees C 20.0 Degrees C Degrees C Degrees C 0.010 0.010 0.010 Std. Units 8.0 Std. Units Std. Units Std. Units 0.010 0.010 0.010 1 0 1 CAS Number Result n.a. EPA 170.1 12151 Temperature of pH 12152 pH 00496 Corrosivity n.a. See Below 0 0 The pH of the sample is 8.02 indicating that the sample is not corrosive. A sample is corrosive if it exhibits a pH equal to or less than 2 or equal to or greater than 12.5. 01122 Sulfide (Reactivity) SM 4500-H+ B-2000 n.a. DF 1 SW-846 Chapter 7 SW-846 Chapter 7.3 n.a. SW-846 Chapter 7.3 01121 mg/kg N.D. mg/kg 53.6 mg/kg 150 mg/kg 160 1 see below See Below see below 0 see below 0 see below 0 1 Reactivity n.a. Reactivity: This sample was extracted and analyzed by the interim method described in SW-846 Revision 3, December 1996 - Chapter 7.3. The Interim Guidance for Reactive Cyanide and Reactive Sulfide (SW-846 Sections 7.3.3 and 7.3.4 of Chapter 7 - December 1996) identifies a reactive material as generating more than 250 mg/kg of hydrogen cyanide or 500 mg/kg of hydrogen sulfide. This waste is not considered hazardous due to reactivity based on that standard. These results do not reflect total cyanide or total sulfide. On July 14, 2005, EPA published a rule in the Federal Register that removed the Interim Guidance and the method referenced above. At this time there is no specific guidance or a method to be used to evaluate "Reactivity". Sample Comments All QC is compliant unless otherwise noted. Please refer to the Quality Control Summary for overall QC performance data and associated samples. Laboratory Sample Analysis Record CAT Analysis Name No. 10335 TCL VOCs 4.3 8260B 01163 GC/MS VOA Water Prep 14240 TCL SVOCs 8270C 00813 BNA Water Extraction 07035 Arsenic 07046 Barium 07049 Cadmium 07051 Chromium 07055 Lead 07036 Selenium Method SW-846 SW-846 SW-846 SW-846 SW-846 SW-846 SW-846 SW-846 SW-846 SW-846 Trial# Batch# 8260B 5030B 8270C 3510C 6010B 6010B 6010B 6010B 6010B 6010B 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Y170581AA Y170581AA 17054WAD026 17054WAD026 170531848004 170531848004 170531848004 170531848004 170531848004 170531848004 Analysis Date and Time 02/27/2017 14:03 02/27/2017 14:03 02/24/2017 13:35 02/23/2017 17:00 02/24/2017 16:03 02/24/2017 16:03 02/24/2017 16:03 02/24/2017 16:03 02/24/2017 16:03 02/24/2017 16:03 *=This limit was used in the evaluation of the final result Page 12 of 26 Analyst Brett W Kenyon Brett W Kenyon Holly B Ziegler Kate E Lutte Suzanne M Will Suzanne M Will Suzanne M Will Suzanne M Will Suzanne M Will Suzanne M Will Dilution Factor 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Sample Description: DRUM 4 Groundwater 2015341-06-0604 LL Sample # WW 8844838 LL Group # 1767809 Account # 37016 Project Name: 2015341-06-0604 Collected: 02/17/2017 12:25 by RK Oneida Total Integration Ent. 1033 N. Mayfair Road Suite 200 Milwaukee WI 53226-3442 Submitted: 02/18/2017 09:50 Reported: 03/05/2017 12:22 60404 SDG#: OTI36-02 Laboratory Sample Analysis Record Method CAT Analysis Name Trial# Batch# No. 07066 Silver SW-846 6010B 1 170531848004 00259 Mercury SW-846 7470A 1 170535713005 1 170531848004 01848 ICP-WW, 3005A (tot rec) - SW-846 3005A U3 05713 WW SW846 Hg Digest SW-846 7470A 1 170535713005 01123 Cyanide (Reactivity) SW-846 Chapter 7.3 1 17061104201A Analysis Date and Time 02/24/2017 16:03 02/24/2017 11:37 02/24/2017 08:05 Analyst 02/24/2017 03/02/2017 08:15 07:05 Denise L Trimby Dein K Bernot 1 1 00430 12151 12152 00496 01121 Flash Point Temperature of pH pH Corrosivity Reactivity ASTM D93- 07 EPA 170.1 SM 4500-H+ B-2000 SW-846 Chapter 7 SW-846 Chapter 7.3 1 1 1 1 1 17058043001A 17056121521A 17056121521A 17056121521A 17060112101A 02/27/2017 02/25/2017 02/25/2017 02/25/2017 03/01/2017 14:20 12:20 12:20 12:20 08:20 Susan Luz M Luz M Luz M Susan A Engle Groff Groff Groff E Hibner 1 1 1 1 1 01122 Sulfide (Reactivity) SW-846 Chapter 7.3 1 17060112101A 03/01/2017 08:20 Susan E Hibner 1 *=This limit was used in the evaluation of the final result Page 13 of 26 Suzanne M Will Damary Valentin Denise L Trimby Dilution Factor 1 1 1 Quality Control Summary Group Number: 1767809 Client Name: Oneida Total Integration Ent. Reported: 03/05/2017 12:22 Matrix QC may not be reported if insufficient sample or site-specific QC samples were not submitted. In these situations, to demonstrate precision and accuracy at a batch level, a LCS/LCSD was performed, unless otherwise specified in the method. All Inorganic Initial Calibration and Continuing Calibration Blanks met acceptable method criteria unless otherwise noted on the Analysis Report. Method Blank Analysis Name Result ug/l DL** ug/l LOD ug/l LOQ ug/l Batch number: Y170581AA Acetone Benzene Bromodichloromethane Bromoform Bromomethane 2-Butanone Carbon Disulfide Carbon Tetrachloride Chlorobenzene Chloroethane Chloroform Chloromethane Cyclohexane 1,2-Dibromo-3-chloropropane Dibromochloromethane 1,2-Dibromoethane 1,2-Dichlorobenzene 1,3-Dichlorobenzene 1,4-Dichlorobenzene Dichlorodifluoromethane 1,1-Dichloroethane 1,2-Dichloroethane 1,1-Dichloroethene cis-1,2-Dichloroethene trans-1,2-Dichloroethene 1,2-Dichloropropane cis-1,3-Dichloropropene trans-1,3-Dichloropropene Ethylbenzene Freon 113 2-Hexanone Isopropylbenzene Methyl Acetate Methyl Tertiary Butyl Ether 4-Methyl-2-pentanone Methylcyclohexane Methylene Chloride Styrene 1,1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane Tetrachloroethene Sample number(s): 8844837-8844838 N.D. 6 20 20 N.D. 0.5 1 1 N.D. 0.5 1 1 N.D. 0.5 1 4 N.D. 0.5 1 1 N.D. 3 8 10 N.D. 1 2 5 N.D. 0.5 1 1 N.D. 0.5 1 1 N.D. 0.5 1 1 N.D. 0.5 1 1 N.D. 0.5 1 1 N.D. 2 4 5 N.D. 2 4 5 N.D. 0.5 1 1 N.D. 0.5 1 1 N.D. 1 2 5 N.D. 1 2 5 N.D. 1 2 5 N.D. 0.5 1 1 N.D. 0.5 1 1 N.D. 0.5 1 1 N.D. 0.5 1 1 N.D. 0.5 1 1 N.D. 0.5 1 1 N.D. 0.5 1 1 N.D. 0.5 1 1 N.D. 0.5 1 1 N.D. 0.5 1 1 N.D. 2 4 10 N.D. 3 8 10 N.D. 1 2 5 N.D. 1 2 5 N.D. 0.5 1 1 N.D. 3 8 10 N.D. 1 2 5 N.D. 2 4 4 N.D. 1 2 5 N.D. 0.5 1 1 N.D. 0.5 1 1 *- Outside of specification **-This limit was used in the evaluation of the final result for the blank (1) The result for one or both determinations was less than five times the LOQ. (2) The unspiked result was more than four times the spike added. (3) The surrogate spike amount was less than the LOD. P###### is indicative of a Background or Unspiked sample that is batch matrix QC and was not performed using a sample from this submission group. Page 14 of 26 Quality Control Summary Group Number: 1767809 Client Name: Oneida Total Integration Ent. Reported: 03/05/2017 12:22 Method Blank (continued) Analysis Name Result ug/l DL** ug/l LOD ug/l LOQ ug/l Toluene 1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene 1,1,1-Trichloroethane 1,1,2-Trichloroethane Trichloroethene Trichlorofluoromethane Vinyl Chloride Xylene (Total) N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. 0.5 1 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 5 1 1 1 1 1 1 Batch number: 17054WAD026 Acenaphthene Acenaphthylene Acetophenone Anthracene Atrazine Benzaldehyde Benzo(a)anthracene Benzo(a)pyrene Benzo(b)fluoranthene Benzo(g,h,i)perylene Benzo(k)fluoranthene 1,1'-Biphenyl 4-Bromophenyl-phenylether Butylbenzylphthalate Di-n-butylphthalate Caprolactam Carbazole 4-Chloro-3-methylphenol 4-Chloroaniline bis(2-Chloroethoxy)methane bis(2-Chloroethyl)ether 2-Chloronaphthalene 2-Chlorophenol 4-Chlorophenyl-phenylether 2,2'-oxybis(1-Chloropropane) Chrysene Dibenz(a,h)anthracene Dibenzofuran 3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine 2,4-Dichlorophenol Diethylphthalate 2,4-Dimethylphenol Dimethylphthalate 4,6-Dinitro-2-methylphenol 2,4-Dinitrophenol 2,4-Dinitrotoluene 2,6-Dinitrotoluene bis(2-Ethylhexyl)phthalate Fluoranthene Sample number(s): 8844837-8844838 N.D. 0.1 0.4 0.5 N.D. 0.1 0.4 0.5 N.D. 0.5 1 1 N.D. 0.1 0.4 0.5 N.D. 2 4 5 N.D. 1 4 5 N.D. 0.1 0.4 0.5 N.D. 0.1 0.4 0.5 N.D. 0.1 0.4 0.5 N.D. 0.1 0.4 0.5 N.D. 0.1 0.4 0.5 N.D. 0.5 1 1 N.D. 0.5 1 1 N.D. 2 4 5 N.D. 2 4 5 N.D. 5 15 15 N.D. 0.5 1 1 N.D. 0.5 1 1 N.D. 0.5 1 1 N.D. 0.5 1 1 N.D. 0.5 1 1 N.D. 0.4 1 1 N.D. 0.5 1 1 N.D. 0.5 1 1 N.D. 0.5 1 1 N.D. 0.1 0.4 0.5 N.D. 0.1 0.4 0.5 N.D. 0.5 1 1 N.D. 2 4 5 N.D. 0.5 1 1 N.D. 2 4 5 N.D. 0.5 1 1 N.D. 2 4 5 N.D. 5 15 15 N.D. 10 30 30 N.D. 1 4 5 N.D. 0.5 1 1 N.D. 2 4 5 N.D. 0.1 0.4 0.5 *- Outside of specification **-This limit was used in the evaluation of the final result for the blank (1) The result for one or both determinations was less than five times the LOQ. (2) The unspiked result was more than four times the spike added. (3) The surrogate spike amount was less than the LOD. P###### is indicative of a Background or Unspiked sample that is batch matrix QC and was not performed using a sample from this submission group. Page 15 of 26 Quality Control Summary Group Number: 1767809 Client Name: Oneida Total Integration Ent. Reported: 03/05/2017 12:22 Method Blank (continued) Analysis Name Result ug/l DL** ug/l LOD ug/l LOQ ug/l Fluorene Hexachlorobenzene Hexachlorobutadiene Hexachlorocyclopentadiene Hexachloroethane Indeno(1,2,3-cd)pyrene Isophorone 2-Methylnaphthalene 2-Methylphenol 4-Methylphenol Naphthalene 2-Nitroaniline 3-Nitroaniline 4-Nitroaniline Nitrobenzene 2-Nitrophenol 4-Nitrophenol N-Nitroso-di-n-propylamine N-Nitrosodiphenylamine Di-n-octylphthalate Pentachlorophenol Phenanthrene Phenol Pyrene 2,4,5-Trichlorophenol 2,4,6-Trichlorophenol N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. N.D. 0.1 0.1 0.5 5 1 0.1 0.5 0.1 0.5 0.5 0.1 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 10 0.5 0.5 2 1 0.1 0.5 0.1 0.5 0.5 0.4 0.4 1 15 4 0.4 1 0.4 1 1 0.4 1 1 1 1 1 30 1 1 4 4 0.4 1 0.4 1 1 0.5 0.5 1 15 5 0.5 1 0.5 1 1 0.5 1 1 1 1 1 30 1 1 5 5 0.5 1 0.5 1 1 mg/l mg/l mg/l mg/l Batch number: 170531848004 Arsenic Barium Cadmium Chromium Lead Selenium Silver Sample number(s): 8844837-8844838 N.D. 0.0097 0.0200 N.D. 0.0011 0.0025 N.D. 0.00049 0.0013 N.D. 0.0018 0.0038 N.D. 0.0062 0.0150 N.D. 0.0097 0.0200 N.D. 0.0019 0.0050 Batch number: 170535713005 Mercury Sample number(s): 8844837-8844838 N.D. 0.000050 0.00010 0.00020 mg/kg mg/kg mg/kg 0.0200 0.0050 0.0050 0.0150 0.0150 0.0200 0.0050 mg/kg Batch number: 17061104201A Cyanide (Reactivity) Sample number(s): 8844837-8844838 N.D. 20.0 60.0 60.0 Batch number: 17060112101A Sulfide (Reactivity) Sample number(s): 8844837-8844838 N.D. 53.6 150 160 *- Outside of specification **-This limit was used in the evaluation of the final result for the blank (1) The result for one or both determinations was less than five times the LOQ. (2) The unspiked result was more than four times the spike added. (3) The surrogate spike amount was less than the LOD. P###### is indicative of a Background or Unspiked sample that is batch matrix QC and was not performed using a sample from this submission group. Page 16 of 26 Quality Control Summary Group Number: 1767809 Client Name: Oneida Total Integration Ent. Reported: 03/05/2017 12:22 LCS/LCSD Analysis Name Batch number: Y170581AA Acetone Benzene Bromodichloromethane Bromoform Bromomethane 2-Butanone Carbon Disulfide Carbon Tetrachloride Chlorobenzene Chloroethane Chloroform Chloromethane Cyclohexane 1,2-Dibromo-3-chloropropane Dibromochloromethane 1,2-Dibromoethane 1,2-Dichlorobenzene 1,3-Dichlorobenzene 1,4-Dichlorobenzene Dichlorodifluoromethane 1,1-Dichloroethane 1,2-Dichloroethane 1,1-Dichloroethene cis-1,2-Dichloroethene trans-1,2-Dichloroethene 1,2-Dichloropropane cis-1,3-Dichloropropene trans-1,3-Dichloropropene Ethylbenzene Freon 113 2-Hexanone Isopropylbenzene Methyl Acetate Methyl Tertiary Butyl Ether 4-Methyl-2-pentanone Methylcyclohexane Methylene Chloride Styrene 1,1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane Tetrachloroethene Toluene 1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene 1,1,1-Trichloroethane 1,1,2-Trichloroethane Trichloroethene Trichlorofluoromethane Vinyl Chloride LCS Spike Added ug/l LCS Conc ug/l LCSD Spike Added ug/l Sample number(s): 8844837-8844838 150 208.05 150 20 20.27 20 20 17.8 20 20 14.48 20 20 16.09 20 150 146.87 150 20 17.33 20 20 17.68 20 20 20 20 20 16.64 20 20 19.65 20 20 18.4 20 20 18.48 20 20 15.83 20 20 17.11 20 20 19.69 20 20 18.89 20 20 18.85 20 20 19.04 20 20 16.4 20 20 20.15 20 20 20.12 20 20 19.12 20 20 19.73 20 20 20.06 20 20 20.38 20 20 18.1 20 20 18.52 20 20 20.24 20 20 18.1 20 100 98.77 100 20 18.89 20 20 20.07 20 20 18.36 20 100 96.82 100 20 17.62 20 20 19.77 20 20 18.08 20 20 19.05 20 20 24.78 20 20 20.26 20 20 17.34 20 20 16.35 20 20 19.93 20 20 19.95 20 20 16.94 20 20 17.34 20 LCSD Conc ug/l LCS %REC LCSD %REC LCS/LCSD Limits RPD RPD Max 181.22 20.09 17.56 14.41 15.68 141.27 16.86 16.98 19.87 16.19 19.53 17.86 18.24 15.69 17.03 19.79 18.71 18.7 18.94 15.84 20.11 19.88 18.44 19.3 19.45 20.22 18.11 18.75 19.95 17.61 97.95 18.61 20.49 18.61 97.15 17.31 19.4 17.99 19.22 24.83 19.98 17.65 15.86 19.97 19.52 16.45 16.95 139 101 89 72 80 98 87 88 100 83 98 92 92 79 86 98 94 94 95 82 101 101 96 99 100 102 90 93 101 91 99 94 100 92 97 88 99 90 95 124 101 87 82 100 100 85 87 121 100 88 72 78 94 84 85 99 81 98 89 91 78 85 99 94 94 95 79 101 99 92 97 97 101 91 94 100 88 98 93 102 93 97 87 97 90 96 124 100 88 79 100 98 82 85 39-160 79-120 79-125 66-130 53-141 56-143 64-133 72-136 82-118 60-138 79-124 50-139 71-130 62-128 74-126 77-121 80-119 80-119 79-118 32-152 77-125 73-128 71-131 78-123 75-124 78-122 75-124 73-127 79-121 70-136 57-139 72-131 56-136 71-124 67-130 72-132 74-124 78-123 71-121 74-129 80-121 69-130 74-131 80-119 79-123 65-141 58-137 14 1 1 0 3 4 3 4 1 3 1 3 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 3 0 1 4 2 3 1 0 1 1 3 1 2 2 1 0 2 2 1 1 0 1 2 3 0 2 3 2 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 *- Outside of specification **-This limit was used in the evaluation of the final result for the blank (1) The result for one or both determinations was less than five times the LOQ. (2) The unspiked result was more than four times the spike added. (3) The surrogate spike amount was less than the LOD. P###### is indicative of a Background or Unspiked sample that is batch matrix QC and was not performed using a sample from this submission group. Page 17 of 26 Quality Control Summary Group Number: 1767809 Client Name: Oneida Total Integration Ent. Reported: 03/05/2017 12:22 LCS/LCSD (continued) Analysis Name LCS Spike Added ug/l Xylene (Total) 60 ug/l Batch number: 17054WAD026 Acenaphthene Acenaphthylene Acetophenone Anthracene Atrazine Benzaldehyde Benzo(a)anthracene Benzo(a)pyrene Benzo(b)fluoranthene Benzo(g,h,i)perylene Benzo(k)fluoranthene 1,1'-Biphenyl 4-Bromophenyl-phenylether Butylbenzylphthalate Di-n-butylphthalate Caprolactam Carbazole 4-Chloro-3-methylphenol 4-Chloroaniline bis(2-Chloroethoxy)methane bis(2-Chloroethyl)ether 2-Chloronaphthalene 2-Chlorophenol 4-Chlorophenyl-phenylether 2,2'-oxybis(1-Chloropropane) Chrysene Dibenz(a,h)anthracene Dibenzofuran 3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine 2,4-Dichlorophenol Diethylphthalate 2,4-Dimethylphenol Dimethylphthalate 4,6-Dinitro-2-methylphenol 2,4-Dinitrophenol 2,4-Dinitrotoluene 2,6-Dinitrotoluene bis(2-Ethylhexyl)phthalate Fluoranthene Fluorene Hexachlorobenzene Hexachlorobutadiene Hexachlorocyclopentadiene Hexachloroethane LCS Conc ug/l 57.96 ug/l LCSD Spike Added ug/l LCSD Conc ug/l LCS %REC LCSD %REC LCS/LCSD Limits RPD RPD Max 60 57.57 97 96 79-121 1 20 83 87 86 99 96 92 106 98 103 101 102 78 93 92 95 27 103 110 82 108 91 76 91 76 78 106 105 83 78 108 88 85 81 100 91 98 109 95 100 82 97 58 31 55 93 93 89 97 96 85 106 97 100 107 98 88 95 87 83 30 97 95 79 102 94 87 95 88 75 102 110 93 76 98 90 75 78 101 93 103 109 95 91 91 97 68 39 68 47-122 41-130 46-118 57-123 44-142 45-111 58-125 54-128 53-131 50-134 57-129 49-115 55-124 53-134 59-127 13-37 60-122 52-119 33-117 48-120 43-118 40-116 38-117 53-121 43-115 59-123 51-134 53-118 27-129 47-121 56-125 31-124 45-127 44-137 23-143 57-128 57-124 55-135 57-128 52-124 53-125 22-124 10-81 21-115 11 6 4 1 0 8 1 2 3 6 3 12 3 5 14 10 6 15 3 6 3 13 4 15 4 4 5 11 2 9 2 12 4 0 3 4 0 1 9 11 1 16 22 22 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 ug/l Sample number(s): 8844837-8844838 50 41.46 50 50 43.48 50 50 42.77 50 50 49.29 50 50 47.98 50 50 45.81 50 50 53.17 50 50 49.07 50 50 51.56 50 50 50.47 50 50 50.83 50 50 38.99 50 50 46.5 50 50 45.9 50 50 47.5 50 50 13.66 50 50 51.46 50 50 54.99 50 50 40.76 50 50 53.94 50 50 45.53 50 50 37.85 50 50 45.57 50 50 37.99 50 50 39.08 50 50 53.24 50 50 52.46 50 50 41.38 50 50 38.79 50 50 54.06 50 50 43.94 50 50 42.5 50 50 40.71 50 50 50.22 50 100 90.54 100 50 49.17 50 50 54.67 50 50 47.27 50 50 49.95 50 50 40.86 50 50 48.61 50 50 28.92 50 100 31.05 100 50 27.41 50 ug/l 46.42 46.32 44.38 48.58 48.02 42.27 52.76 48.28 49.98 53.47 49.11 43.78 47.73 43.7 41.26 15.12 48.6 47.27 39.72 50.91 47.05 43.32 47.46 44.02 37.37 51.16 55.11 46.27 38 49.2 44.87 37.51 39.15 50.47 93.18 51.27 54.53 47.62 45.42 45.6 48.27 34.11 38.92 34.02 *- Outside of specification **-This limit was used in the evaluation of the final result for the blank (1) The result for one or both determinations was less than five times the LOQ. (2) The unspiked result was more than four times the spike added. (3) The surrogate spike amount was less than the LOD. P###### is indicative of a Background or Unspiked sample that is batch matrix QC and was not performed using a sample from this submission group. Page 18 of 26 Quality Control Summary Group Number: 1767809 Client Name: Oneida Total Integration Ent. Reported: 03/05/2017 12:22 LCS/LCSD (continued) Analysis Name Indeno(1,2,3-cd)pyrene Isophorone 2-Methylnaphthalene 2-Methylphenol 4-Methylphenol Naphthalene 2-Nitroaniline 3-Nitroaniline 4-Nitroaniline Nitrobenzene 2-Nitrophenol 4-Nitrophenol N-Nitroso-di-n-propylamine N-Nitrosodiphenylamine Di-n-octylphthalate Pentachlorophenol Phenanthrene Phenol Pyrene 2,4,5-Trichlorophenol 2,4,6-Trichlorophenol LCS Spike Added ug/l 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 mg/l LCS Conc ug/l 51.05 55.3 44.31 44.14 38.51 39.86 53.65 45.28 43.62 47.62 56.26 24.69 44.05 51.42 47.76 54.17 47.61 28.11 49.66 52.35 50.94 mg/l LCSD Spike Added ug/l LCSD Conc ug/l LCS %REC LCSD %REC LCS/LCSD Limits RPD RPD Max 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 53.98 45.93 40.89 41.79 40.9 41.4 54.27 47.95 44.87 41.36 52.59 29.48 45.37 49.9 46.14 54.21 46.73 29.24 48.28 52.28 53.21 102 111 89 88 77 80 107 91 87 95 113 49 88 103 96 108 95 56 99 105 102 108 92 82 84 82 83 109 96 90 83 105 59 91 100 92 108 93 58 97 105 106 52-134 42-124 40-121 30-117 25-120 40-121 55-127 41-128 57-114 45-121 47-123 22-78 49-119 51-123 51-140 35-138 59-120 16-74 57-126 53-123 50-125 6 19 8 5 6 4 1 6 3 14 7 18 3 3 3 0 2 4 3 0 4 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 0 4 mg/l mg/l Batch number: 170531848004 Arsenic Barium Cadmium Chromium Lead Selenium Silver Sample number(s): 8844837-8844838 0.150 0.160 2.00 2.05 0.0500 0.0529 0.200 0.208 0.150 0.159 0.150 0.145 0.0500 0.0583 107 103 106 104 106 97 117* 87-113 88-113 88-113 90-113 86-113 83-114 84-115 Batch number: 170535713005 Mercury Sample number(s): 8844837-8844838 0.00100 0.000842 84 80-120 Batch number: 17061104201A Cyanide (Reactivity) Sample number(s): 8844837-8844838 1000 964.81 96 77-113 Batch number: 17056121521A Corrosivity Sample number(s): 8844837-8844838 7.00 7.00 100 89-110 mg/kg Degrees F Batch number: 17058043001A Flash Point mg/kg Degrees F mg/kg Degrees F mg/kg Degrees F Sample number(s): 8844837-8844838 81 81.7 81 81.7 101 101 97-103 *- Outside of specification **-This limit was used in the evaluation of the final result for the blank (1) The result for one or both determinations was less than five times the LOQ. (2) The unspiked result was more than four times the spike added. (3) The surrogate spike amount was less than the LOD. P###### is indicative of a Background or Unspiked sample that is batch matrix QC and was not performed using a sample from this submission group. Page 19 of 26 Quality Control Summary Group Number: 1767809 Client Name: Oneida Total Integration Ent. Reported: 03/05/2017 12:22 LCS/LCSD (continued) LCS Spike Added mg/kg Analysis Name Batch number: 17060112101A Sulfide (Reactivity) LCSD Spike Added mg/kg LCSD Conc mg/kg LCS %REC Sample number(s): 8844837-8844838 570 435.35 Std. Units Batch number: 17056121521A pH LCS Conc mg/kg Std. Units LCSD %REC LCS/LCSD Limits 76 68-102 100 95-105 RPD Max RPD Std. Units Std. Units Sample number(s): 8844837-8844838 7.00 7.00 MS/MSD Unspiked (UNSPK) = the sample used in conjunction with the matrix spike Unspiked Conc mg/l Analysis Name Batch number: Arsenic Barium Cadmium Chromium Lead Selenium Silver 170531848004 Batch number: Mercury 170535713005 MS Spike Added mg/l MS Conc mg/l MSD Spike Added mg/l MSD Conc mg/l Sample number(s): 8844837-8844838 UNSPK: P844835 N.D. 0.150 0.161 0.150 0.162 0.208 2.00 2.27 2.00 2.27 N.D. 0.0500 0.0518 0.0500 0.0520 0.00298 0.200 0.210 0.200 0.209 N.D. 0.150 0.154 0.150 0.154 N.D. 0.150 0.152 0.150 0.147 N.D. 0.0500 0.0568 0.0500 0.0562 Sample number(s): 8844837-8844838 UNSPK: P844834 N.D. 0.00100 0.000867 0.00100 0.000838 mg/kg mg/kg mg/kg mg/kg Sample number(s): 8844837-8844838 UNSPK: P851149 N.D. 1000 N.D. 1000 N.D. Batch number: 17060112101A Sulfide (Reactivity) Sample number(s): 8844837-8844838 UNSPK: P851149 N.D. 549 361.29 549 332.02 mg/kg mg/kg MSD %Rec MS/MSD Limits RPD RPD Max 107 103 104 104 103 102 114 108 103 104 103 103 98 112 87-113 88-113 88-113 90-113 86-113 83-114 84-115 0 0 0 0 0 3 1 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 87 84 80-120 3 20 0* 0* 77-113 0 11 66* 60* 68-102 8 24 mg/kg Batch number: 17061104201A Cyanide (Reactivity) mg/kg MS %Rec mg/kg mg/kg Laboratory Duplicate Background (BKG) = the sample used in conjunction with the duplicate Analysis Name BKG Conc mg/l DUP Conc mg/l DUP RPD DUP RPD Max *- Outside of specification **-This limit was used in the evaluation of the final result for the blank (1) The result for one or both determinations was less than five times the LOQ. (2) The unspiked result was more than four times the spike added. (3) The surrogate spike amount was less than the LOD. P###### is indicative of a Background or Unspiked sample that is batch matrix QC and was not performed using a sample from this submission group. Page 20 of 26 Quality Control Summary Group Number: 1767809 Client Name: Oneida Total Integration Ent. Reported: 03/05/2017 12:22 Laboratory Duplicate Background (BKG) = the sample used in conjunction with the duplicate Analysis Name BKG Conc mg/l DUP Conc mg/l DUP RPD DUP RPD Max Batch number: 170531848004 Arsenic Barium Cadmium Chromium Lead Selenium Silver Sample number(s): 8844837-8844838 BKG: P844835 N.D. N.D. 0 (1) 0.208 0.203 2 N.D. N.D. 0 (1) 0.00298 0.00277 7 (1) N.D. N.D. 0 (1) N.D. N.D. 0 (1) N.D. N.D. 0 (1) 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Batch number: 170535713005 Mercury Sample number(s): 8844837-8844838 BKG: P844834 N.D. N.D. 0 (1) 20 Batch number: 17056121521A Corrosivity Sample number(s): 8844837-8844838 BKG: P844610 7.54 7.49 1 2 Batch number: 17056121521A Temperature of pH Sample number(s): 8844837-8844838 BKG: P844610 20 20 0 Batch number: 17058043001A Flash Point Sample number(s): 8844837-8844838 BKG: P846689 139.7 136.7 2 (1) Batch number: 17056121521A pH Sample number(s): 8844837-8844838 BKG: P844610 7.54 7.49 1 Degrees C Degrees C Degrees F 5 Degrees F Std. Units 20 Std. Units 3 Surrogate Quality Control Surrogate recoveries which are outside of the QC window are confirmed unless attributed to dilution or otherwise noted on the Analysis Report. Analysis Name: TCL VOCs 4.3 8260B Batch number: Y170581AA Dibromofluoromethane 1,2-Dichloroethane-d4 %Rec LOD %Rec LOD (ug/l) (ug/l) Toluene-d8 %Rec LOD (ug/l) 4-Bromofluorobenzene %Rec LOD (ug/l) 8844837 8844838 Blank LCS LCSD 103 103 102 103 103 97 99 97 100 100 98 98 97 98 98 1 1 1 1 1 104 105 103 102 102 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 *- Outside of specification **-This limit was used in the evaluation of the final result for the blank (1) The result for one or both determinations was less than five times the LOQ. (2) The unspiked result was more than four times the spike added. (3) The surrogate spike amount was less than the LOD. P###### is indicative of a Background or Unspiked sample that is batch matrix QC and was not performed using a sample from this submission group. Page 21 of 26 Quality Control Summary Group Number: 1767809 Client Name: Oneida Total Integration Ent. Reported: 03/05/2017 12:22 Surrogate Quality Control Surrogate recoveries which are outside of the QC window are confirmed unless attributed to dilution or otherwise noted on the Analysis Report. Analysis Name: TCL VOCs 4.3 8260B Batch number: Y170581AA Dibromofluoromethane 1,2-Dichloroethane-d4 Toluene-d8 4-Bromofluorobenzene 80-119 81-118 89-112 85-114 Analysis Name: TCL SVOCs 8270C Batch number: 17054WAD026 2-Fluorophenol Phenol-d6 %Rec LOD %Rec LOD (ug/l) (ug/l) 2,4,6-Tribromophenol %Rec LOD (ug/l) Nitrobenzene-d5 %Rec LOD (ug/l) 2-Fluorobiphenyl %Rec LOD (ug/l) Terphenyl-d14 %Rec LOD (ug/l) 8844837 8844838 Blank LCS LCSD 93 89 88 100 101 75 76 71 90 76 75 69 57 77 76 87 90 92 93 94 Limits: Limits: 45 44 37 64 66 81 81 80 80 80 32 30 28 50 53 81 81 80 80 80 81 81 80 80 80 41 41 40 40 40 41 41 40 40 40 2-Fluorophenol Phenol-d6 2,4,6-Tribromophenol Nitrobenzene-d5 2-Fluorobiphenyl Terphenyl-d14 19-119 10-71 43-140 44-120 44-119 50-134 41 41 40 40 40 *- Outside of specification **-This limit was used in the evaluation of the final result for the blank (1) The result for one or both determinations was less than five times the LOQ. (2) The unspiked result was more than four times the spike added. (3) The surrogate spike amount was less than the LOD. P###### is indicative of a Background or Unspiked sample that is batch matrix QC and was not performed using a sample from this submission group. Page 22 of 26 Environmental Analysis Request/Chain 0f Custody . . . ?55, e? (of For Eurofms Lancaster Laboratories Enwronmental use only Lancaster Laboratories Acct. 5 7mm Group 7%9 Sample# WHHS 3 7?39 COC Environmental An uested or Lab Use Only on as SC: Client Inform "Li-ore Name/it: PWSID cb?r Manager: P.O. #110 as Rimes where samples were collected: No Collected Preservation T=Thiosulfate 0=Other Remarks NPDES [1 Surface bps-m} TEL 8 otai of Containers Piling VOCs 'Sml 82?0?b Sample Identification Soil Sediment [j Tissue [l Potable Ground Water 9" Composite Rudbn Date Time 2 :2 Ft urnaround me A Req (please circle) i Rah rain i330 th?s beb (Rush TAT is subject to laboratory approval and surcharge.) nqulshed by Date Recewed by Date te results are needed: i 4 by Received by Date sJ . . E-mail address: 'v am by . Received by Data Package Options (circle if required) Type 1 (EPA Level 3 by Equivalent/non-CLP) a a nly) EDD Requi No quished by Commercial Carrier: if yes, format: UPS FedEx Other I - I A Site QC Yes Temperature upon receipt Type (Reduced non-CLP) TX TRRP-13 NYSDEC Category A or MA MCP CT RCP {it yes, indicate QC sample and submit triplicate sample volume.) Euro?ns Lancaster Laboratories Environmental, LLC - 2425 New Holland Pike, Lancaster, PA 17601 . 717-656-2300 The white copy should accompany samples to Eurofins Lancaster Laboratories Environmental. The yellow copy should be retained by the client. 7044 0216 Page 23 of 26 i'7?p'ite9 Deborah Neslund From: Oscar Martinez Sent: Monday, February 20, 2017 9:57 AM To: Angela Miiler; Catalina Restrepo Subject: RE: OTIE samples 021617 No we will not need the trip blanks. Oscar A. Martinez Oneida Total Integrated Enterprises (OTIE) 21054-06465 x2230 office Original Message?--?- From: Angela Miller Sent: Monday, February 20, 2017 8:56 AM To: Catalina Restrepo Cc: Oscar Martinez Subject: RE: OTIE samples 02?16?17 Hi Catalina, Thank you; we received these samples on Saturday. Did you want us to analyze the trip blanks? Thank you, Angela Angela Miller Specialist Eurofins Lancaster Laboratories Environmental, LLC 2425 New Holland Pike Lancaster, PA 17601 USA Phone: +1 717?556?7260 Original From: Catalina Restrepo Sent: Friday, February 17, 2017 9:17 PM To: Angela Miller Cc: Oscar Martinez Subject: Re: OTIE samples 02?16-17 Hi Angela, Today we shipped 2 coolers with 4 IDW kits. They are scheduled to be delivered tomorrow Saturday. The tracking are 809586653763 and 809586653652. Below are the COCs. only realized after I had already taped the coolers that i didn't include de two trip blanks you sent us on the COCs. Just FYI. 1 Page 24 of 26 a, eurefins Sample Administration DOC Log in 176029 Lancaster Laberatorres Receipt Documentation Log Envirenmenial Group Number(s): l7Q 7 (313,9 Client: 9E 2015341?06-0604 Delivery and Receipt Information Delivery Method: Egg Arrival Timestamp: 02/18/2017 9:50 Number of Packages: 1 Number of Projects: 1 State/Province of Origin: Arrival Condition Summary Shipping Container Sealed: Yes Sample IDs on COC match Containers: Yes Custody Seal Present: Yes Sample Date/Times match COC: Yes Custody Seal lntact: Yes VOA Vial Headspace a 6mm: No Samples Chilled: Yes Total Trip Blank Qty: 1 Paperwork Enclosed: Yes Trip Blank Type: Samples Intact: Yes Air Quality Samples Present: No Missing Samples: No Extra Samples: No Discrepancy in Container Qty on COC: No UnpaCked by William Richardson (12178) at 16:51 on 02/18/2017 Samples Chilled Details: 2015341-06-0604 Thermometer Types: DT Digital (Temp. Bottle) IR Infrared (Surface Temp) All Temperatures in Cooler Thermometer iD Corrected Temp Therm. TVIE lce Tvpe Ice Present? Ice Container Elevated Temp? 1 DT121 0,4 DT Wet Loose/Bag Page 1 of 1 2425 New Holland Pike 717155632300 Lancaster, PA 17605-2425 7176532681 Page 25 of 26 Explanation of Symbols and Abbreviations The following defines common symbols and abbreviations used in reporting technical data: BMQL C cfu CP Units F g IU kg L lb. m3 meq Below Minimum Quantitation Level degrees Celsius colony forming units cobalt-chloroplatinate units degrees Fahrenheit gram(s) International Units kilogram(s) liter(s) pound(s) cubic meter(s) milliequivalents < less than > greater than mg mL MPN N.D. ng NTU pg/L RL TNTC µg µL umhos/cm milligram(s) milliliter(s) Most Probable Number none detected nanogram(s) nephelometric turbidity units picogram/liter Reporting Limit Too Numerous To Count microgram(s) microliter(s) micromhos/cm ppm parts per million - One ppm is equivalent to one milligram per kilogram (mg/kg) or one gram per million grams. For aqueous liquids, ppm is usually taken to be equivalent to milligrams per liter (mg/l), because one liter of water has a weight very close to a kilogram. For gases or vapors, one ppm is equivalent to one microliter per liter of gas. ppb parts per billion Dry weight basis Results printed under this heading have been adjusted for moisture content. This increases the analyte weight concentration to approximate the value present in a similar sample without moisture. All other results are reported on an as-received basis. Laboratory Data Qualifiers: C - Result confirmed by reanalysis E - Concentration exceeds the calibration range J (or G, I, X) - estimated value ≥ the Method Detection Limit (MDL or DL) and < the Limit of Quantitation (LOQ or RL) P - Concentration difference between the primary and confirmation column >40%. The lower result is reported. U - Analyte was not detected at the value indicated V - Concentration difference between the primary and confirmation column >100%. The reporting limit is raised due to this disparity and evident interference… W - The dissolved oxygen uptake for the unseeded blank is greater than 0.20 mg/L. Additional Organic and Inorganic CLP qualifiers may be used with Form 1 reports as defined by the CLP methods. Qualifiers specific to Dioxin/Furans and PCB Congeners are detailed on the individual Analysis Report. Analytical test results meet all requirements of the associated regulatory program (i.e., NELAC (TNI), DoD, and ISO 17025) unless otherwise noted under the individual analysis. Measurement uncertainty values, as applicable, are available upon request. Tests results relate only to the sample tested. Clients should be aware that a critical step in a chemical or microbiological analysis is the collection of the sample. Unless the sample analyzed is truly representative of the bulk of material involved, the test results will be meaningless. If you have questions regarding the proper techniques of collecting samples, please contact us. We cannot be held responsible for sample integrity, however, unless sampling has been performed by a member of our staff. This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of the laboratory. Times are local to the area of activity. Parameters listed in the 40 CFR Part 136 Table II as “analyze immediately” are not performed within 15 minutes. WARRANTY AND LIMITS OF LIABILITY - In accepting analytical work, we warrant the accuracy of test results for the sample as submitted. THE FOREGOING EXPRESS WARRANTY IS EXCLUSIVE AND IS GIVEN IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED. WE DISCLAIM ANY OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING A WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY. IN NO EVENT SHALL EUROFINS LANCASTER LABORATORIES ENVIRONMENTAL, LLC BE LIABLE FOR INDIRECT, SPECIAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF PROFIT OR GOODWILL REGARDLESS OF (A) THE NEGLIGENCE (EITHER SOLE OR CONCURRENT) OF EUROFINS LANCASTER LABORATORIES ENVIRONMENTAL AND (B) WHETHER EUROFINS LANCASTER LABORATORIES ENVIRONMENTAL HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. We accept no legal responsibility for the purposes for which the client uses the test results. No purchase order or other order for work shall be accepted by Eurofins Lancaster Laboratories Environmental which includes any conditions that vary from the Standard Terms and Conditions, and Eurofins Lancaster Laboratories Environmental hereby objects to any conflicting terms contained in any acceptance or order submitted by client. 3768 1216 Page 26 of 26 Final Site Inspection for Aqueous Film Forming Foam Areas Kirtland Air Force Base, New Mexico Appendix G Data Validation Reports (Located in Sharepoint File) Contract No. W912BV-15-C-0082 September 2017 Final Site Inspection for Aqueous Film Forming Foam Areas Kirtland Air Force Base, New Mexico Appendix H Water Supply Well Report Contract No. W912BV-15-C-0082 September 2017 DEPARTMENT OF THE AIR FORCE 377TH AEROSPACE MEDICINE SQUADRON (AFGSC) KIRTLAND AIR FORCE BASE, NEW MEXICO 2 Feb 17 MEMORANDUM FOR HQ AF GSC 245 Davis Ave Barksdale AFB LA, 71101 FROM: 377 2050A 2nd Street SE Kirtland AFB NM, 87117?5559 Per?uorooctanoic Acid (PFOA) Per?uorooctane Sulfonate (PFOS) Sample Results: Wells 3, 4, 14, 15, 20 Entry Point 08. l. Bioenvironmental Engineering (BE) conducted sampling on 28 Nov 16 for PFOA PFOS compounds at the wells that provide drinking water for Kirtland AFB. Sampling was accomplished in wells 3, 4, 14, 15 20. A sample for PFOA PFOS compounds was also taken at the distribution sampling point (EPOS). This sampling was conducted IAW EPA guidelines and Policy. 2. Results of this sampling indicate that Kirtland Air Force Base (KAFB) drinking water does not exceed the Health Advisory (HA) level of 70 ng/L (or 70 parts per trillion) established by the EPA. PFOA PFOS compounds are commonly found in industrial processes, ?re?ghting foam and numerous commercial products. 3. Results are listed below: Sample Result (ng/L) Detection L1mlt(ng/L) Sample ID Location Sample Collected Post Chlorination Samples Pre Post Chlorination Well 3 ND 2.0 Samples Pre Post Chlorination Well 4 2.0 ND Samples Pre Post Chlorination Well 14 2.0 ND Samples Pre Post Chlorination Well 15 2.0 ND Samples Pre Post Chlorination Well 20 ND 2.0 Samples Detected or below the Detection Limit. EPOS 2.2 2.0 4. If you have any questions regarding the PFOA and PFOS sampling or the results, please do not hesitate to contact the undersigned at 505?846?4259. PAUL J. HAGARTY, GS-12, DAF Environmental Protection Specialist 2 Attachments: 1. Sample Results 2. EPA PFOA PFOS Fact Sheet cc: 377 377 377 (Mr. John Pike) 377 (Ms. Melissa Clarke) (Mr. Scott Clark) 377 (Mr. Mark Dalzell) Field Of?ce (Mr. Steven Black)